UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, or
|
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File No. 1-11083
BOSTON SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
DELAWARE
|
|
04-2695240
|
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
ONE BOSTON SCIENTIFIC PLACE, NATICK, MASSACHUSETTS 01760-1537
(Address of principal executive offices)
(508) 650-8000
(Registrants telephone number)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE
|
|
NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
|
(Title of each class)
|
|
(Name of exchange on which registered)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act. Yes:
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes:
o
No
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes:
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorted period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes:
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K
(§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated
filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
þ
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting
company)
|
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act). Yes:
o
No
þ
The aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by non-affiliates was
approximately $8.6 billion based on the closing price of the registrants common stock on June 30,
2010, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrants common stock as of January 31, 2011 was
1,523,368,979.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrants definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission in connection with its 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
The Company
Boston Scientific Corporation is a worldwide developer, manufacturer and marketer of medical
devices that are used in a broad range of interventional medical specialties. Our mission is to
improve the quality of patient care and the productivity of healthcare delivery through the
development and advocacy of less-invasive medical devices and procedures. This is accomplished
through the continuing refinement of existing products and procedures and the investigation and
development of new technologies that are least- or less-invasive, reducing risk, trauma, procedure
time and the need for aftercare; cost- and comparatively-effective and, where possible, reduce or
eliminate refractory drug use. When used in this report, the terms we, us, our and the
Company mean Boston Scientific Corporation and its divisions and subsidiaries.
Our history began in the late 1960s when our co-founder, John Abele, acquired an equity interest in
Medi-tech, Inc., a research and development company focused on developing alternatives to surgery.
In 1969, Medi-tech introduced a family of steerable catheters used in some of the first
less-invasive procedures performed. In 1979, John Abele joined with Pete Nicholas to form Boston
Scientific Corporation, which indirectly acquired Medi-tech. This acquisition began a period of
active and focused marketing, new product development and organizational growth. Since then, we
have advanced the practice of less-invasive medicine by helping physicians and other medical
professionals treat a variety of diseases and conditions and improve patients quality of life by
providing alternatives to surgery and other medical procedures that are typically traumatic to the
body.
Our net sales have increased substantially since our formation over thirty years ago. Our growth
has been fueled in part by strategic acquisitions and alliances designed to improve our ability to
take advantage of growth opportunities in the medical device industry. On April 21, 2006, we
consummated our acquisition of Guidant Corporation. With this acquisition, we became a major
provider in the worldwide cardiac rhythm management (CRM) market, enhancing our overall competitive
position and long-term growth potential and further diversifying our product portfolio. This
acquisition has established us as one of the worlds largest cardiovascular device companies and a
global leader in microelectronic therapies. This and other strategic acquisitions have helped us to
add promising new technologies to our pipeline and to offer one of the broadest product portfolios
in the world for use in less-invasive procedures. We believe that the depth and breadth of our
product portfolio has also enabled us to compete more effectively in, and better absorb the
pressures of, the current healthcare environment of cost containment, managed care, large buying
groups, government contracting and hospital consolidation and will generally assist us in
navigating through the complexities of the global healthcare market, including healthcare
reform.
Business Strategy
Our strategy is to lead global markets for less-invasive medical devices by developing and
marketing innovative products, services and therapies that address unmet patient needs, provide
superior clinical outcomes and demonstrate proven economic value. We intend to do so by building
and buying products we understand, through sales forces we already have. The following are the five
elements of our strategic plan:
|
|
|
Prepare
our People
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that our success will be driven by strong leadership, robust
communication and the high caliber of our employees. We have strengthened our focus on
talent assessment and leadership development, and are committed to developing our people
and providing them with opportunities to contribute to the Companys growth and success.
Recently, we redefined the specific leadership criteria necessary for our people to allow
us to win in our global marketplace. As a demonstration of our commitment to the
preparation of our people, we have also developed a Leadership Academy, a set of
integrated training and enrichment programs designed to support our goal of developing a
culture of leadership at all levels within the organization.
|
3
|
|
|
Optimize
the Company
|
|
|
|
|
We plan to adapt our existing business model to allow us to operate in a more efficient manner
and allow for enhanced execution, while providing better value to hospitals, better solutions
to physicians and better outcomes to patients. In 2010, we began implementing several
restructuring initiatives designed to strengthen and position us for long-term success,
including the integration of our Cardiovascular and CRM groups into one stronger and more
competitive organization that we believe will improve our ability to deliver innovative
products and technologies, leading clinical science and exceptional service; as well as the
restructuring of certain other businesses and corporate functions. We are centralizing
corporate research and development to refocus and strengthen our innovation efforts, and are
organizing our clinical organization to take full advantage of the global resources available
to conduct more cost-effective clinical studies, accelerate the time to bring new products to
market, and gain access to worldwide technological developments that we can implement across
our product lines. In addition, we will look to transform the way we conduct research and
development, leverage low-cost geographies, and scrutinize our cost structure, which we expect
will generate significant savings over the next three years.
|
|
|
|
|
Win
Global Market Share
|
|
|
|
|
Through our global presence, we seek to increase net sales and market share, and leverage our
relationships with leading physicians and their clinical research programs. We plan to
re-align our International regions to be more effective in executing our business strategy and
renew our focus on selling in order to maximize our opportunities in countries whose economies
and healthcare sectors are growing rapidly. We expect to invest $30 million to $40 million by
the end of 2011 to introduce new products and strengthen our sales organization in emerging
markets such as Brazil, China and India.
|
|
|
|
|
Expand
our Sales and Marketing Focus
|
|
|
|
|
We are expanding our focus on sales, using new analytics, best practices and technologies to
improve our sales methods and tools. We are also increasing our global sales focus through
targeted sales force expansions and through delivering new global best practice capabilities
in crucial areas such as training, management, forecasting and planning, and reaching the
economic customer on a global basis. We offer products in numerous product categories, which
are used by physicians throughout the world in a broad range of diagnostic and therapeutic
procedures. The breadth and diversity of our product lines permit medical specialists and
purchasing organizations to satisfy many of their less-invasive medical device requirements
from a single source. In addition, we endeavor to expand our footprint in the hospital beyond
our current product offerings to provide us greater strategic mass.
|
|
|
|
|
Realign
our Business Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
We are directing our
research and development and business development efforts to products
with higher returns and increasing our discipline and metrics to improve returns on our
investments. We are realigning our business portfolio through strategic acquisitions and select divestitures in order to reduce risk, optimize operational leverage and accelerate profitable,
sustainable revenue growth, while preserving our ability to meet the needs of physicians and
their patients. We expect to continue to invest in our core franchises, and also investigate
opportunities to further expand our presence in, and diversify into, priority growth areas
including atrial fibrillation, autonomic modulation therapy, coronary artery disease, deep-brain stimulation, diabetes/obesity, endoluminal surgery, endoscopic pulmonary intervention,
hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, structural heart disease, sudden cardiac arrest,
and womens health. We have recently announced several acquisitions targeting many of the
above conditions and disease states, and, in January 2011, closed the sale of our
Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation. The sale of our Neurovascular business provides
us with increased flexibility to fund acquisitions and repay debt.
|
We
believe that the execution of this strategy will drive innovation,
accelerate profitable revenue growth
and increase shareholder value.
4
Products
During 2010, our products were offered for sale by seven dedicated business groupsCRM;
Cardiovascular, including our Interventional Cardiology and Peripheral Interventions businesses;
Electrophysiology; Endoscopy; Urology/Womens Health; Neuromodulation; and Neurovascular. In 2010,
we began the restructuring of our organization, which we believe will allow us to operate in a more
effective and efficient manner, and includes the integration of our CRM and Cardiovascular groups
into a newly formed Cardiology, Rhythm and Vascular group, which includes an Endovascular unit
encompassing Peripheral Interventions, Imaging and Electrophysiology.
During 2010, we derived 28 percent of our net sales from our CRM business, 42 percent from our
Cardiovascular group, two percent from our Electrophysiology business, 14 percent from our
Endoscopy business, six percent from our Urology/Womens Health business, four percent from our
Neuromodulation business, and four percent from our Neurovascular business. The following section
describes certain of our product offerings:
Cardiac Rhythm Management
We develop, manufacture and market a variety of implantable devices that monitor the heart and
deliver electricity to treat cardiac abnormalities, including:
|
|
|
Implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) systems used
to detect and treat abnormally fast heart rhythms
(tachycardia) that could result in sudden cardiac death,
including implantable cardiac resynchronization therapy
defibrillator (CRT-D) systems used to treat heart failure;
and
|
|
|
|
|
Implantable pacemaker systems used to manage slow or
irregular heart rhythms (bradycardia), including
implantable cardiac resynchronization therapy pacemaker
(CRT-P) systems used to treat heart failure.
|
A key component of many of our implantable device systems is our remote LATITUDE® Patient
Management System, which enables physicians to monitor device performance remotely while patients
are in their homes, allowing for more frequent monitoring in order to guide treatment decisions. In
2010, we launched several new CRM products, including an upgrade to our LATITUDE® system, providing
enhanced functionality, as well as our new 4-SITE lead delivery system. We have experienced
continued success with our next-generation COGNIS
®
CRT-D and TELIGEN® ICD systems, as well as our
ALTRUA® family of pacemaker systems and, in 2011 and 2012, we will continue to execute on our
product pipeline with the expected launch of our next-generation INGENIO pacemaker system, and our
next-generation line of defibrillators, INCEPTA, ENERGEN and PUNCTUA. This product line includes
new features designed to improve functionality, diagnostic capability and ease of use.
Interventional Cardiology
Coronary Stent Systems
Our broad, innovative product offerings have enabled us to become a leader in the interventional
cardiology market. This leadership is due in large part to our coronary stent product offerings.
Coronary stents are tiny, mesh tubes used in the treatment of coronary artery disease, which are
implanted in patients to prop open arteries and facilitate blood flow to and from the heart. Our
VeriFLEX (Liberté®) bare-metal coronary stent system is designed to enhance deliverability and
conformability, particularly in challenging lesions. We have further enhanced the outcomes
associated with the use of coronary stents, particularly the processes that lead to
restenosis
1
, through dedicated internal and external product development, strategic
alliances and scientific research of drug-eluting stent systems. We are the only company in the
industry to offer a two-drug platform strategy with our paclitaxel-eluting and everolimus-eluting
stent system offerings, and are the industry leader for
|
|
|
|
|
1
The growth of neointimal tissue within an artery after angioplasty and stenting.
|
5
widest range of coronary stent sizes. In 2010, we launched our third-generation TAXUS® Element
paclitaxel-eluting stent system in our Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA) region and certain
Inter-Continental countries, and continue to sell our second-generation TAXUS® Liberté®
paclitaxel-eluting stent system in the U.S. and Japan. We also market the PROMUS®
everolimus-eluting stent system, currently supplied to us in the U.S. and Japan by Abbott
Laboratories, as well as our next-generation internally-developed and manufactured
everolimus-eluting stent system, the PROMUS® Element stent system, currently marketed in our EMEA
region and certain Inter-Continental countries. We expect to launch our PROMUS® Element stent
system in the U.S. and Japan in mid-2012, and our TAXUS® Element stent system in the U.S. (to be
commercialized as ION) mid-2011 and Japan in late 2011 or early 2012.
Coronary Revascularization
We market a broad line of products used to treat patients with atherosclerosis. Atherosclerosis, a
principal cause of coronary artery obstructive disease, is characterized by a thickening of the
walls of the coronary arteries and a narrowing of arterial openings caused by the progressive
development of deposits of plaque. Our product offerings include balloon catheters, rotational
atherectomy systems, guide wires, guide catheters, embolic protection devices, and diagnostic
catheters used in percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA). In 2010, we launched our
Apex pre-dilatation balloon catheter with platinum marker bands for improved radiopacity, our NC
Quantum Apex post-dilatation balloon catheter, developed specifically to address physicians needs
in optimizing coronary stent deployment, which has been received very positively in the market, as
well as our Kinetix family of guidewires. We continue to hold a strong leadership position in the
PTCA balloon catheter market with an estimated 56 percent share
of the U.S. market, and 38 percent
worldwide.
Intraluminal Ultrasound Imaging
We market a family of intraluminal catheter-directed ultrasound imaging catheters and systems for
use in coronary arteries and heart chambers as well as certain peripheral vessels. The iLab®
Ultrasound Imaging System continues as our flagship console and is compatible with our full line of
imaging catheters. This system is designed to enhance the diagnosis and treatment of blocked
vessels and heart disorders.
Structural Heart Therapy
In January 2011, as part of our priority growth initiatives, we completed the acquisition of Sadra
Medical, Inc. Sadra is developing a fully repositionable and retrievable device for percutaneous
aortic valve replacement (PAVR) to treat patients with severe aortic stenosis and recently
completed a series of European feasibility studies for its Lotus Valve System, which consists of a
stent-mounted tissue valve prosthesis and catheter delivery system for guidance and placement of
the valve. The low-profile delivery system and introducer sheath are designed to enable accurate
positioning, repositioning and retrieval at any time prior to release of the aortic valve implant.
PAVR is one of the fastest growing medical device markets.
Electrophysiology
Within our Electrophysiology business, we develop less-invasive medical technologies used in the
diagnosis and treatment of rate and rhythm disorders of the heart. Included in our product
offerings are radio frequency generators, intracardiac ultrasound and steerable ablation catheters,
and diagnostic catheters. Our leading products include the Blazer line of ablation catheters,
including our next-generation Blazer Prime ablation catheter, designed to deliver enhanced
performance, responsiveness and durability, and the Chilli II® cooled ablation catheter. In January
2011, as part of our priority growth initiatives, we announced the signing of a definitive merger
agreement under which we will acquire Atritech, Inc., subject to customary closing conditions.
Atritech has developed a novel device designed to close the left atrial appendage in patients with
atrial fibrillation who are at risk for ischemic stroke. The WATCHMAN
®
Left Atrial
Appendage Closure Technology, developed by Atritech, is the first device proven in a randomized
clinical trial to offer an alternative to anticoagulant drugs, and is approved for use in CE Mark
countries.
6
Peripheral Interventions
We sell various products designed to treat patients with peripheral disease (disease which appears
in blood vessels other than in the heart and in the biliary tree), including a broad line of
medical devices used in percutaneous transluminal angioplasty and peripheral vascular stenting. Our
peripheral product offerings include stents, balloon catheters, sheaths, wires and vena cava
filters, and we hold the number one position in the worldwide Peripheral Interventions market. We
market the PolarCath peripheral dilatation system used in CryoPlasty® Therapy, an innovative
approach to the treatment of peripheral artery disease in the lower extremities. In 2010, we
successfully launched several of our market-leading products internationally, including the launch
in Japan of our Carotid WALLSTENT® Monorail® Endoprosthesis for the treatment of patients with
carotid artery disease who are at high risk for surgery.
We also sell products designed to treat patients with non-vascular disease (disease which appears
outside the blood system). Our non-vascular suite of products includes biliary stents, drainage
catheters and micro-puncture sets designed to treat, diagnose and ease various forms of benign and
malignant tumors. In 2010, our Express LD Stent System received U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) approval for an iliac indication, and we continued to market our Express® SD Renal Monorail®
premounted stent system for use as an adjunct therapy to percutaneous transluminal renal
angioplasty in certain lesions of the renal arteries; as well as our Sterling® Monorail® and
Over-the-Wire balloon dilatation catheter for use in the renal and lower extremity arteries, and
our extensive line of Interventional Oncology product solutions.
Embolic Protection
Our FilterWire EZ Embolic Protection System is a low profile filter designed to capture embolic
material that may become dislodged during a procedure, which could otherwise travel into the
microvasculature where it could cause a heart attack or stroke. It is commercially available in the
U.S., our EMEA region and certain Inter-Continental countries for multiple indications, including
the treatment of disease in peripheral, coronary and carotid vessels. It is also available in the
U.S. for the treatment of saphenous vein grafts and carotid artery stenting procedures.
Endoscopy
Gastroenterology
We market a broad range of products to diagnose, treat and ease a variety of digestive diseases,
including those affecting the esophagus, stomach, liver, pancreas, duodenum, and colon. Common
disease states include esophagitis, portal hypertension, peptic ulcers as well as esophageal,
biliary, pancreatic and colonic cancer. We offer the Radial Jaw® 4 Single-Use Biopsy Forceps, which
are designed to enable collection of large high-quality tissue specimens without the need to use
large channel therapeutic endoscopes and, in 2010, expanded our offering of this product to include
a wider variety of sizes. Our exclusive line of RX Biliary System devices are designed to provide
greater access and control for physicians to diagnose and treat challenging conditions of the bile
ducts, such as removing gallstones, opening obstructed bile ducts and obtaining biopsies in
suspected tumors. We also market the Spyglass® Direct Visualization System for direct imaging of
the pancreatico-biliary system. The Spyglass® System is the first single-operator cholangioscopy
device that offers clinicians a direct visualization of the pancreatico-biliary system and includes
supporting devices for tissue acquisition, stone management and lithotripsy. In 2010, we continued
commercialization of our WallFlex® family of stents, in particular, the WallFlex® Biliary line and
WallFlex® Esophageal line; and our Resolution® Clip Device, used to treat gastrointestinal
bleeding. Our Resolution® Clip is the only currently-marketed mechanical clip designed to open and
close, up to five times, before deployment to help enable a physician to see the effects of the
clip before committing to deployment.
Interventional Bronchoscopy
We market devices to diagnose, treat and ease pulmonary disease systems within the airway and
lungs. Our products are designed to help perform biopsies, retrieve foreign bodies from the airway,
open narrowings of an
7
airway, stop internal bleeding, and ease symptoms of some types of airway cancers. Our product line
includes pulmonary biopsy forceps, transbronchial aspiration needles, cytology brushes and
tracheobronchial stents used to dilate narrowed airway passages or for tumor management. In
addition, as part of our priority growth initiatives, in October 2010, we completed our acquisition
of Asthmatx, Inc. Asthmatx designs, manufactures and markets a less-invasive, catheter-based
bronchial thermoplasty procedure for the treatment of severe persistent asthma. The
Alair
®
Bronchial Thermoplasty System, developed by Asthmatx, has both CE Mark and FDA
approval and is the first device-based asthma treatment approved by the FDA.
Urology/Womens Health
Our Urology/Womens Health division develops and manufactures devices to treat various urological
and gynecological disorders. We sell a variety of products designed to treat patients with urinary
stone disease, stress urinary incontinence, pelvic organ prolapse and excessive uterine bleeding.
We offer a full line of stone management products, including ureteral stents, wires, lithotripsy
devices, stone retrieval devices, sheaths, balloons and catheters.
We continue to expand our focus on Womens Health. We market a range of devices for the treatment
of conditions such as female urinary incontinence, pelvic floor reconstruction (rebuilding of the
anatomy to its original state), and menorrhagia (excessive menstrual bleeding). We offer a full
breadth of mid-urethral sling products, sling materials, graft materials, pelvic floor
reconstruction kits, and suturing devices. We recently launched our Genesys Hydro ThermAblator®
(HTA) system, a next-generation endometrial ablation system designed to ablate the endometrial
lining of the uterus in premenopausal women with menorrhagia. The Genesys HTA System features a
smaller and lighter console, simplified set-up requirements, and an enhanced graphic user interface
and is designed to improve operating performance.
Neuromodulation
Within our Neuromodulation business, we market the Precision® Spinal Cord Stimulation (SCS) system,
used for the management of chronic pain. This system delivers pain management by applying an
electrical signal to mask pain signals traveling from the spinal cord to the brain. The Precision
System utilizes a rechargeable battery and features a programming system. In 2010, we received FDA
approval and launched two lead splitters, as well as the Linear 3-4 and Linear 3-6 Percutaneous
Leads for use with our SCS systems, offering a broader range of lead configurations and designed to
provide physicians more treatment options for their chronic pain patients. These leads provide the
broadest range of percutaneous lead configurations in the industry. We believe that we continue to
have a technology advantage over our competitors with proprietary features such as Multiple
Independent Current Control, which is intended to allow the physician to target specific areas of
pain more precisely, and are involved in various studies designed to evaluate the use of spinal
cord stimulation in the treatment of additional sources of pain. As a demonstration of our
commitment to strengthening clinical evidence with spinal cord stimulation, we have initiated a
trial to assess the therapeutic effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of spinal cord stimulation
compared to reoperation in patients with failed back surgery syndrome. We believe that this trial
could result in consideration of spinal cord stimulation much earlier in the continuum of care. In
addition, in late 2010 we initiated a European clinical trial for the treatment of Parkinsons
disease using our Vercise deep-brain stimulation system, and, in January 2011, we completed the
acquisition of Intelect Medical, Inc., a development-stage company developing advanced
visualization and programming for the Vercise system. We believe this acquisition leverages the
core architecture of our Vercise platform and advances the field of deep-brain stimulation.
Neurovascular
In January 2011, we closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation. This
business markets a broad line of coated and uncoated detachable coils, micro-delivery stents,
micro-guidewires, micro-catheters, guiding catheters and embolics to neuro-interventional
radiologists and neurosurgeons to treat diseases of the neurovascular system. In 2010, we marketed
the GDC® Coils (Guglielmi Detachable Coil) and Matrix® systems to treat brain aneurysms and, in
late 2010, we received FDA approval for the next-generation family of detachable coils, which
includes an enhanced delivery system designed to reduce coil detachment times, and began a phased
8
launch of the product. We also offered the NeuroForm® stent system, and launched the Neuroform EZ
stent system, a fourth-generation intracranial aneurysm stent system designed for use in
conjunction with endovascular coiling to treat wide-necked aneurysm, and the Wingspan® Stent System
with Gateway® PTA Balloon Catheter, each under a Humanitarian Device Exemption approval granted by
the FDA. The Wingspan Stent System is designed to treat atherosclerotic lesions or accumulated
plaque in brain arteries. Designed for the brains fragile vessels, the Wingspan Stent System is a
self-expanding, nitinol stent sheathed in a delivery system that enables it to reach and open
narrowed arteries in the brain. The Wingspan Stent System is currently the only device available in
the U.S. for the treatment of intracranial atherosclerotic disease (ICAD) and is indicated for
improving cerebral artery lumen diameter in patients with ICAD who are unresponsive to medical
therapy.
Innovation
Our approach to innovation combines internally-developed products and technologies with those we
may obtain externally through strategic acquisitions and alliances. Our research and development
efforts are focused largely on the development of next-generation and novel technology offerings
across multiple programs and divisions. Since 1995, we have undertaken strategic acquisitions to
assemble the lines of business necessary to achieve the critical mass that allows us to continue to
be a leader in the medical device industry. We expect to continue to invest in our core franchises,
and also investigate opportunities to further expand our presence in, and diversify into, priority
growth areas including atrial fibrillation, autonomic modulation therapy, coronary artery disease,
deep-brain stimulation, diabetes/obesity, endoluminal surgery, endoscopic pulmonary intervention,
hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, structural heart disease, sudden cardiac arrest, and
womens health. We have recently announced several acquisitions targeting many of the above
conditions and disease states. In 2010, we completed the acquisition of Asthmatx, Inc., and in
January 2011, we completed the acquisitions of Sadra Medical, Inc. and Intelect Medical, Inc., and
announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement to acquire Atritech, Inc., each discussed
above. There can be no assurance that technologies developed internally or acquired through
acquisitions and alliances will achieve technological feasibility, obtain regulatory approvals or
gain market acceptance, and any delay in the development or approval of these technologies may
adversely impact our future growth.
Research and Development
Our investment in research and development is critical to driving our future growth. We expended
$939 million on research and development in 2010, $1.035 billion in 2009 and $1.006 billion in
2008, representing approximately 12 to 13 percent of our net sales each year. Our investment in
research and development reflects:
|
|
|
regulatory compliance, clinical science, and internal research and
development programs, as well as others obtained through our strategic
acquisitions and alliances; and
|
|
|
|
|
sustaining engineering efforts which incorporate customer feedback
into continuous improvement efforts for currently marketed and next-generation products.
|
We have directed our development efforts toward regulatory compliance and innovative technologies
designed to expand current markets or enter new markets. We are looking to transform the way we
conduct research and development, leverage low-cost geographies, and scrutinize our cost structure,
which we expect will generate significant savings over the next three years. Our approach to new
product design and development is through focused, cross-functional teams. We believe that our
formal process for technology and product development aids in our ability to offer innovative and
manufacturable products in a consistent and timely manner. Involvement of the research and
development, clinical, quality, regulatory, manufacturing and marketing teams early in the process
is the cornerstone of our product development cycle. This collaboration allows these teams to
concentrate resources on the most viable and clinically relevant new products and technologies, and
focus on bringing them to market in a timely and cost-effective manner. In addition to internal
development, we work with hundreds of leading research institutions, universities and clinicians
around the world to develop, evaluate and clinically test our products. We believe our future
success will depend upon the strength of these development efforts.
9
Marketing and Sales
During 2010, we marketed our products to over 10,000 hospitals, clinics, outpatient facilities and
medical offices in nearly 100 countries worldwide. The majority of our net sales are derived from
countries in which we have direct sales organizations. A network of distributors and dealers who
offer our products worldwide accounts for our remaining sales. We will continue to leverage our
infrastructure in markets where commercially appropriate and use third parties in those markets
where it is not economical or strategic to establish or maintain a direct presence. We are not
dependent on any single institution and no single institution accounted for more than ten percent
of our net sales in 2010 or 2009; however, large group purchasing organizations, hospital networks
and other buying groups have become increasingly important to our business and represent a
substantial portion of our U.S. net sales. We have a dedicated corporate sales organization in the
U.S. focused principally on selling to major buying groups and integrated healthcare networks. We
consistently strive to understand and exceed the expectations of our customers. Each of our
business groups maintains dedicated sales forces and marketing teams focusing on physicians who
specialize in the diagnosis and treatment of different medical conditions. We believe that this
focused disease state management enables us to develop highly knowledgeable and dedicated sales
representatives and to foster collaborative relationships with physicians. We believe that we have
positive working relationships with physicians and others in the medical industry, which enable us
to gain a detailed understanding of new therapeutic and diagnostic alternatives and to respond
quickly to the changing needs of physicians and their patients.
International Operations
International net sales accounted for 44 percent of our net sales in 2010. Net sales and operating
income attributable to our 2010 geographic regions are presented in
Note PSegment Reporting
to
our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. Our
international structure operates through three international business units: EMEA, consisting of
Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Japan; and Inter-Continental, consisting of our Asia Pacific
and the Americas reporting units. Maintaining and expanding our international presence is an
important component of our long-term growth plan. Through our international presence, we seek to
increase net sales and market share, leverage our relationships with leading physicians and their
clinical research programs, accelerate the time to bring new products to market, and gain access to
worldwide technological developments that we can implement across our product lines. We plan to
invest $30 million to $40 million through the end of 2011 to introduce new products and strengthen
our sales capabilities in emerging markets such as Brazil, China and India. A discussion of the
risks associated with our international operations is included in Item 1A of this Annual Report.
As of December 31, 2010, we had six international manufacturing facilities, including three in
Ireland, two in Costa Rica and one in Puerto Rico. Approximately 55 percent of our products sold
worldwide during 2010 were manufactured at these facilities. Additionally, we maintain
international research and development capabilities in Ireland, as well as physician training
centers in France and Japan.
Manufacturing and Raw Materials
We are focused on continuously improving our supply chain effectiveness, strengthening our
manufacturing processes and increasing operational efficiencies within our organization. By
shifting global manufacturing along product lines, we are able to leverage our existing resources
and concentrate on new product development, including the enhancement of existing products, and
their commercial launch. We are implementing new systems designed to provide improved quality and
reliability, service, greater efficiency and lower supply chain costs, and have substantially
increased our focus on process controls and validations, supplier controls, distribution controls
and providing our operations teams with the training and tools necessary to drive continuous
improvement in product quality. In addition, we continue to focus on examining our operations and
general business activities to identify cost-improvement opportunities in order to enhance our
operational effectiveness, including our Plant Network Optimization program and our recently
completed 2007 Restructuring plan, discussed in Item 7 of this Annual Report.
10
Our
products are designed and manufactured in technology centers around the world,
either by us or third parties. In
most cases, the manufacturing of our products is concentrated
in one or a few locations.
We consistently monitor our inventory levels, manufacturing and
distribution capabilities, and maintain recovery plans to address
potential disruptions that we may encounter; however, any significant interruption in our ability to manufacture these products over an extended duration may result in delays in our ability
to resume production of affected products, due to needs for regulatory approvals. As a result, we
may suffer loss of market share, which we may be unable to recapture, and harm to our reputation,
which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Many components
used in the manufacture of our products are readily fabricated from commonly available raw
materials or off-the-shelf items available from multiple supply sources. Certain items are custom
made to meet our specifications. We believe that in most cases, redundant capacity exists at our
suppliers and that alternative sources of supply are available or could be developed within a
reasonable period of time. We also have an on-going program to identify single-source components
and to develop alternative back-up supplies and we regularly re-address the adequacy and abilities of our suppliers to meet our needs. However, in certain cases, we may not be able to
quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for specific materials, components or
products, largely due to the regulatory approval system and the complex nature of our manufacturing
processes and those of our suppliers. A reduction or interruption in supply, an inability to
develop and validate alternative sources if required, or a significant increase in the price of raw
materials, components or products could adversely affect our operations and financial condition,
particularly materials or components related to our CRM products and drug-eluting stent systems. In
addition, our products require sterilization prior to sale and we utilize a mix of internal
resources and third-party vendors to perform this service. We believe
we have redundant capabilities that are sufficient to sterilize our products; however, to the extent we or our third-party sterilizers are unable
to sterilize our products, whether due to capacity, regulatory or other constraints, we may be unable
to transition to other providers in a timely manner, which could have an adverse impact on our
operations.
Certain products are manufactured for us by third parties. We are currently reliant on Abbott
Laboratories for our supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems in the U.S. and Japan. Our supply
agreement with Abbott for everolimus-eluting stent systems in these regions extends through the end
of the second quarter of 2012. At present, we believe that our supply of everolimus-eluting stent
systems from Abbott, coupled with our current launch plans for our next-generation
internally-developed and manufactured everolimus-eluting stent system in these regions, is
sufficient to meet customer demand. However, any production or capacity issues that affect Abbotts
manufacturing capabilities or our process for forecasting, ordering and receiving shipments may
impact the ability to increase or decrease our level of supply in a timely manner; therefore, our
supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by Abbott may not align with customer
demand, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results. Further, a delay in the launch
of our internally-developed and manufactured next-generation PROMUS® Element everolimus-eluting
stent system in the U.S. and Japan, currently expected in mid-2012, could result in an inability to
meet customer demand for everolimus-eluting stent systems. We launched our PROMUS® Element stent
system in our EMEA region and certain Inter-Continental countries in the fourth quarter of 2009,
quickly gaining market share, exiting 2010 with approximately one
quarter share of the drug-eluting stent market
in EMEA.
Quality Assurance
In January 2006, we received a corporate warning letter from the FDA notifying us of serious
regulatory problems at three of our facilities and advising us that our corporate-wide corrective
action plan relating to three site-specific warning letters issued to us in 2005 was inadequate. We
identified solutions to the quality system issues cited by the FDA and implemented those solutions
throughout our organization. During 2008, the FDA reinspected a number of our facilities and, in
October 2008, informed us that our quality system was in substantial compliance with its Quality
System Regulations. In November 2009 and January 2010, the FDA reinspected two of our sites to
follow up on observations from the 2008 FDA inspections. Both of these FDA inspections confirmed
that all issues at the sites have been resolved and all restrictions related to the corporate
warning letter were removed. On August 11, 2010, we were notified by the FDA that the corporate
warning letter had been lifted.
We are committed to providing high quality products to our customers. To meet this commitment, we
have implemented updated quality systems and concepts throughout our organization. Our quality
system starts with the initial product specification and continues through the design of the
product, component specification process and the manufacturing, sale and servicing of the product.
Our quality system is intended to build in quality and process control and to utilize continuous
improvement concepts throughout the product life. These systems are designed to enable us to
satisfy the various international quality system regulations, including those of the FDA
11
with respect to products sold in the U.S. All of our manufacturing facilities, including our U.S.
and European distribution centers, are certified under the ISO13485:2003 quality system standard,
established by the International Standards Organization, for medical devices, which requires, among
other items, an implemented quality system that applies to component quality, supplier control,
product design and manufacturing operations. This certification can be obtained only after a
complete audit of a companys quality system by an independent outside auditor. Maintenance of the
certification requires that these facilities undergo periodic re-examination.
In addition, we maintain an on-going initiative to seek ISO14001 certification at our plants around
the world. ISO14001 is a globally recognized standard for Environmental Management Systems,
established by the International Standards Organization, which provides a voluntary framework to
identify key environmental aspects associated with our business. We engage in continuous
environmental performance improvement efforts, and at present, ten of our 14 manufacturing and
distribution facilities have attained ISO14001 certification. We are committed to achieving
ISO14001 certification at all of our manufacturing facilities and Tier I distribution centers
worldwide.
Competition
We encounter significant competition across our product lines and in each market in which we sell
our products from various companies, some of which may have greater financial and marketing
resources than we do. Our primary competitors include Johnson & Johnson (including its subsidiary,
Cordis Corporation); Medtronic, Inc.; Abbott Laboratories; and St. Jude Medical, Inc.; as well as a
wide range of medical device companies that sell a single or limited number of competitive products
or participate in only a specific market segment. We also face competition from non-medical device
companies, such as pharmaceutical companies, which may offer alternative therapies for disease
states intended to be treated using our products.
We believe that our products compete primarily on their ability to safely and effectively perform
diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in a less-invasive manner, including clinical outcomes, ease
of use, comparative effectiveness, reliability and physician familiarity. In the current
environment of managed care, economically-motivated buyers, consolidation among healthcare
providers, increased competition and declining reimbursement rates, we have been increasingly
required to compete on the basis of price, value, reliability and efficiency. We believe the
current global economic conditions and healthcare reform measures could put additional competitive
pressure on us, including on our average selling prices, overall procedure rates and market sizes.
We recognize that our continued competitive success will depend upon our ability to offer products
with differentiated clinical outcomes; create or acquire innovative, scientifically advanced
technology; apply our technology cost-effectively and with superior quality across product lines
and markets; develop or acquire proprietary products; attract and retain skilled personnel; obtain
patent or other protection for our products; obtain required regulatory and reimbursement
approvals; continually enhance our quality systems; manufacture and successfully market our
products either directly or through outside parties; and supply sufficient inventory to meet
customer demand.
Regulatory Environment
The medical devices that we manufacture and market are subject to regulation by numerous regulatory
bodies, including the FDA and comparable international regulatory agencies. These agencies require
manufacturers of medical devices to comply with applicable laws and regulations governing the
development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing and distribution of medical devices.
Devices are generally subject to varying levels of regulatory control, the most comprehensive of
which requires that a clinical evaluation be conducted before a device receives approval for
commercial distribution.
In the U.S., approval to distribute a new device generally can be met in one of three ways. The
first process requires that a pre-market notification (510(k) Submission) be made to the FDA to
demonstrate that the device is as safe and effective as, or substantially equivalent to, a legally
marketed device that is not subject to pre-market approval (PMA), i.e., the predicate device. An
appropriate predicate device for a pre-market notification is one that (i) was legally marketed
prior to May 28, 1976, (ii) was approved under a PMA but then subsequently reclassified from Class
III to Class II or I, or (iii) has been found to be substantially equivalent and cleared for
12
commercial distribution under a 510(k) Submission. Applicants must submit descriptive data and,
when necessary, performance data to establish that the device is substantially equivalent to a
predicate device. In some instances, data from human clinical trials must also be submitted in
support of a 510(k) Submission. If so, these data must be collected in a manner that conforms to
the applicable Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) regulations. The FDA must issue an order
finding substantial equivalence before commercial distribution can occur. Changes to existing
devices covered by a 510(k) Submission that are not significant can generally be made without
additional 510(k) Submissions. Changes that could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness
of the device, such as significant changes in designs or materials, may require a new 510(k) with
data to support that the modified device remains substantially equivalent. In August 2010, the FDA
released numerous draft proposals on the 510(k) process aimed at increasing transparency and
streamlining the process, while adding more scientific rigor to the review process. In January
2011, the FDA released the implementation plan for changes to the 510(k) Submission program, which
includes additional training of FDA staff, the creation of various guidance documents intended to
provide greater clarity to certain processes, as well as various internal changes to the FDAs
procedures. We have a portfolio of products that includes numerous Class II medical devices.
Several of the FDAs proposals could increase the regulatory burden on our industry, including
those that could increase the cost, complexity and time to market for certain high-risk Class II
medical devices.
The second process requires the submission of an application for PMA to the FDA to demonstrate that
the device is safe and effective for its intended use as manufactured. This approval process
applies to certain Class III devices. In this case, two steps of FDA approval are generally
required before marketing in the U.S. can begin. First, we must comply with the applicable IDE
regulations in connection with any human clinical investigation of the device in the U.S. Second,
the FDA must review our PMA application, which contains, among other things, clinical information
acquired under the IDE. The FDA will approve the PMA application if it finds that there is a
reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended purpose.
The third process requires that an application for a Humanitarian Device Exemption (HDE) be made to
the FDA for the use of a Humanitarian Use Device (HUD). A HUD is intended to benefit patients by
treating or diagnosing a disease or condition that affects, or is manifested in, fewer than 4,000
individuals in the U.S. per year. The application submitted to the FDA for an HDE is similar in
both form and content to a PMA application, but is exempt from the effectiveness requirements of a
PMA. This approval process demonstrates that there is no comparable device available to treat or
diagnose the condition, the device will not expose patients to unreasonable or significant risk,
and the benefits to health from use outweigh the risks. The HUD provision of the regulation
provides an incentive for the development of devices for use in the treatment or diagnosis of
diseases affecting smaller patient populations.
The FDA can ban certain medical devices; detain or seize adulterated or misbranded medical devices;
order repair, replacement or refund of these devices; and require notification of health
professionals and others with regard to medical devices that present unreasonable risks of
substantial harm to the public health. The FDA may also enjoin and restrain certain violations of
the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Safe Medical Devices Act pertaining to medical devices, or
initiate action for criminal prosecution of such violations. International sales of medical devices
manufactured in the U.S. that are not approved by the FDA for use in the U.S., or that are banned
or deviate from lawful performance standards, are subject to FDA export requirements. Exported
devices are subject to the regulatory requirements of each country to which the device is exported.
Some countries do not have medical device regulations, but in most foreign countries, medical
devices are regulated. Frequently, regulatory approval may first be obtained in a foreign country
prior to application in the U.S. to take advantage of differing regulatory requirements. Most
countries outside of the U.S. require that product approvals be recertified on a regular basis,
generally every five years. The recertification process requires that we evaluate any device
changes and any new regulations or standards relevant to the device and conduct appropriate testing
to document continued compliance. Where recertification applications are required, they must be
approved in order to continue selling our products in those countries.
In the European Union, we are required to comply with applicable medical device directives
(including the Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive) and
obtain CE Mark certification in order to market medical devices. The CE Mark certification, granted
following approval from an independent notified body, is an international symbol of adherence to
quality assurance standards and
13
compliance with applicable European Medical Devices Directives. We are also required to comply with
other foreign regulations such as the requirement that we obtain approval from the Japanese
Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW) before we can launch new products in Japan. The time
required to obtain these foreign approvals to market our products may vary from U.S. approvals, and
requirements for these approvals may differ from those required by the FDA.
We are also subject to various environmental laws, directives and regulations both in the U.S. and
abroad. Our operations, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances
regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. We do
not believe that compliance with environmental laws will have a material impact on our capital
expenditures, earnings or competitive position. However, given the scope and nature of these laws,
there can be no assurance that environmental laws will not have a material impact on our results of
operations. We assess potential environmental contingent liabilities on a regular basis. At
present, we are not aware of any such liabilities that would have a material impact on our
business.
We believe that sound environmental, health and safety performance contributes to our competitive
strength while benefiting our customers, shareholders and employees. We are committed to continuous
improvement in these areas by reducing pollution, the depletion of natural resources, and our
overall environmental footprint. Specifically, we are working to optimize energy and resource
usage, ultimately reducing greenhouse gas emissions and waste. We are certified to the FTSE4Good
Corporate Social Responsibility Index, managed by The Financial Times and the London Stock
Exchange, which measures the performance of companies that meet globally recognized standards of
corporate responsibility. This certification recognizes our dedication to those standards, and it
places us in a select group of companies with a demonstrated commitment to responsible business
practices and sound environmental policies.
Government Affairs
We maintain a global Government Affairs presence, headquartered in Washington D.C., to actively
monitor and influence a myriad of legislative and administrative policies impacting us, both on a
domestic and an international front. The Government Affairs office works closely with members of
Congress, key Congressional committee staff and White House and Administration staff, which
facilitates our active engagement on issues affecting our business. Our proactive approach and
depth of political and policy expertise are aimed at having our positions heard by federal, state
and global decision-makers, while also advancing our business objectives by educating policymakers
on our positions, key priorities and the value of our technologies. The Government Affairs office
also manages our political action committee and works closely with trade groups on issues affecting
our industry and healthcare in general.
Healthcare Reform and Current Economic Climate
Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to potential
fundamental changes that could substantially affect our results of operations. Government and
private sector initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including price regulation,
competitive pricing, coverage and payment policies, comparative effectiveness of therapies,
technology assessments and managed-care arrangements, are continuing in many countries where we do
business, including the U.S. These changes are causing the marketplace to put increased emphasis on
the delivery of more cost-effective treatments. Although we believe our less-invasive products and
technologies generate favorable clinical outcomes, value and cost efficiency, the resources
necessary to demonstrate comparative effectiveness may be significant. In addition, uncertainty
remains regarding proposed significant reforms to the U.S. healthcare system.
Further, certain state governments have recently enacted, and the federal government has proposed,
legislation aimed at increasing transparency in relationships between industry and healthcare
professionals (HCPs). As a result, we are required by law to report many types of direct and
indirect payments and other transfers of value to HCPs licensed by certain states and expect that
we will have to make similar reports at the federal level in the near future. We have devoted
substantial time and financial resources in order to develop and implement enhanced structure,
policies, systems and processes in order to comply with these legal and regulatory
14
requirements. These systems are designed to provide enhanced visibility and consistency across our
businesses with respect to our interactions with healthcare professionals. Implementation of these
policies, systems and processes, or failure to comply with these policies could have a negative
impact on our results of operations.
Additionally, our results of operations could be substantially affected by global economic factors
and local operating and economic conditions. Our customers may experience financial difficulties or
be unable to borrow money to fund their operations which may adversely impact their ability or
decision to purchase our products, particularly capital equipment, or to pay for our products they
do purchase on a timely basis, if at all. We cannot predict to what extent global economic
conditions and the increased focus on healthcare systems and costs in the U.S. and abroad may
negatively impact our average selling prices, our net sales and profit margins, procedural volumes
and reimbursement rates from third-party payors.
Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement
Our products are purchased principally by hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers
around the world that typically bill various third-party payors, including governmental programs
(e.g., Medicare and Medicaid), private insurance plans and managed care programs, for the
healthcare services provided to their patients. Third-party payors may provide or deny coverage for
certain technologies and associated procedures based on independently determined assessment
criteria. Reimbursement by third-party payors for these services is based on a wide range of
methodologies that may reflect the services assessed resource costs, clinical outcomes and
economic value. These reimbursement methodologies confer different, and sometimes conflicting,
levels of financial risk and incentives to healthcare providers and patients, and these
methodologies are subject to frequent refinements. Third-party payors are also increasingly
adjusting reimbursement rates, often downwards, and challenging the prices charged for medical
products and services. There can be no assurance that our products will be covered automatically by
third-party payors, that reimbursement will be available or, if available, that the third-party
payors coverage policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.
Initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including price regulation, are also underway
in many countries in which we do business. Implementation of cost containment initiatives and
healthcare reforms in significant markets such as the U.S., Japan, Europe and other international
markets may limit the price of, or the level at which reimbursement is provided for, our products
and may influence a physicians selection of products used to treat patients.
Proprietary Rights and Patent Litigation
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets and non-disclosure agreements to
protect our intellectual property. We generally file patent applications in the U.S. and foreign
countries where patent protection for our technology is appropriate and available. As of December
31, 2010, we held more than 15,000 patents, and had approximately 9,000 patent applications pending
worldwide that cover various aspects of our technology. In addition, we hold exclusive and
non-exclusive licenses to a variety of third-party technologies covered by patents and patent
applications. There can be no assurance that pending patent applications will result in the
issuance of patents, that patents issued to or licensed by us will not be challenged or
circumvented by competitors, or that these patents will be found to be valid or sufficiently broad
to protect our technology or to provide us with a competitive advantage. In the aggregate, these
intellectual property assets and licenses are of material importance to our business; however, we
believe that no single patent, technology, trademark, intellectual property asset or license,
except for those relating to our drug-eluting coronary stent systems, is material in relation to
our business as a whole.
We rely on non-disclosure and non-competition agreements with employees, consultants and other
parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary technology. There can be no
assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any
breach, that others will not independently develop equivalent proprietary information or that third
parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge.
15
There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in
the medical device industry, particularly in the areas in which we compete. We continue to defend
ourselves against claims and legal actions alleging infringement of the patent rights of others.
Adverse determinations in any patent litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to
third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties, and, if licenses are not available,
prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using certain of our products, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, we may find it necessary to initiate
litigation to enforce our patent rights, to protect our trade secrets or know-how and to determine
the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Patent litigation can be costly and
time-consuming, and there can be no assurance that our litigation expenses will not be significant
in the future or that the outcome of litigation will be favorable to us. Accordingly, we may seek
to settle some or all of our pending litigation, particularly to manage risk over time. Settlement
may include cross licensing of the patents that are the subject of the litigation as well as our
other intellectual property and may involve monetary payments to or from third parties.
See
Item 3 and
Note L Commitments and Contingencies
to our 2010 consolidated financial
statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report for a discussion of intellectual property and
other litigation and proceedings in which we are involved. In managements opinion, we are not
currently involved in any legal proceeding other than those specifically identified in
Note L,
which, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material effect on our financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.
Risk Management
The testing, marketing and sale of human healthcare products entails an inherent risk of product
liability claims. In the normal course of business, product liability and securities claims are
asserted against us. Product liability and securities claims may be asserted against us in the
future related to events unknown at the present time. We are substantially self-insured with
respect to product liability and intellectual property infringement claims. We maintain insurance
policies providing limited coverage against securities claims. The absence of significant
third-party insurance coverage increases our potential exposure to unanticipated claims or adverse
decisions. Product liability claims, securities and commercial litigation and other litigation in
the future, regardless of outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe
that our risk management practices, including limited insurance coverage, are reasonably adequate
to protect against anticipated product liability and securities litigation losses. However,
unanticipated catastrophic losses could have a material adverse impact on our financial position,
results of operations and liquidity.
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 25,000 employees, including approximately 13,000 in
operations; 6,000 in selling, marketing and distribution; 4,000 in clinical, regulatory and
research and development; and 2,000 in administration. Of these employees, we employed
approximately 10,000 outside the U.S., approximately 7,000 of whom are in the operations function.
We believe that the continued success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to
attract and retain qualified personnel, and we are committed to developing our people and providing
them with opportunities to contribute to our growth and success.
Community Outreach
In line with our corporate mission to improve the quality of patient care and the productivity of
healthcare delivery, we are committed to making more possible in the communities where we live and
work. We bring this commitment to life by supporting global, national and local health and
education initiatives, striving to improve patient advocacy, adhering to strong ethical standards
that deliver on our commitments, and minimizing our impact on the environment. A prominent example
of our ongoing commitment to patients is our Close the Gap program, which addresses disparities in
cardiovascular care for the underserved patient populations of women, black Americans, and Latino
Americans. Close the Gap increases awareness of cardiovascular risk factors, teaches healthcare
providers about cultural beliefs and barriers to treatment, and advocates for measures that help
ensure all patients receive the cardiovascular care they need.
16
Through the Boston Scientific Foundation, we fund non-profit organizations in our local communities
and medical education fellowships at institutions throughout the U.S. Our community
grants support programs aimed at improving the lives of those with unmet needs by engaging in
partnerships that promote long-term, systemic change. The Foundation is committed to funding
organizations focused on increasing access to quality healthcare and improving educational
opportunities, particularly with regards to science, technology, engineering and math. We have
committed to contributing $15 million to our Close the Gap program and Science, Technology,
Engineering and Math (STEM) education over the next three years.
Seasonality
Our worldwide sales do not reflect any significant degree of seasonality; however, customer
purchases have historically been lighter in the third quarter of the year, as compared to other
quarters. This reflects, among other factors, lower demand during summer months, particularly in
European countries.
Available Information
Copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form
8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge on our website
(www.bostonscientific.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the
material with or furnish it to the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC). Printed copies of these posted materials are also available
free of charge to shareholders who request them in writing from Investor Relations, One Boston
Scientific Place, Natick, MA 01760-1537. Information on our website or connected to our website is
not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
Safe Harbor for Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements that we may make from time to time, including statements contained in this
report and information incorporated by reference into this report, constitute forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words like
anticipate, expect, project, believe, plan, may, estimate, intend and similar
words. These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and estimates using
information available to us at the time and are not intended to be guarantees of future events or
performance. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements regarding our
financial performance; our growth strategy; our intentions and expectations regarding our business
strategy; the completion of planned acquisitions, divestitures and strategic investments, as well
as integration of acquired businesses; our ability to successfully separate our Neurovascular
business; the timing and impact of our restructuring initiatives, expected costs and cost savings;
our intention not to pay dividends and to instead use our cash flow to repay debt and invest in our
business; changes in the market and our market share;
product development and iterations; timing of regulatory approvals; our regulatory and quality
compliance; expected research and development efforts and the reallocation of research and
development expenditures; new and existing product launches, including their timing in new
geographies and their impact on our market share and financial position; our sales and marketing
strategy and our investments in our sales organization; reimbursement practices; our market
position in the marketplace for our products; our initiatives regarding plant certifications and
reductions; the ability of our suppliers and sterilizers to meet our requirements; our ability to
meet customer demand for our products; the effect of new accounting pronouncements on our financial
results; competitive pressures; the impact of new or recently enacted excise taxes; the effect of
proposed tax laws; the outcome of matters before taxing authorities; our tax position; intellectual
property, governmental proceedings and litigation matters; anticipated expenses and capital
expenditures and our ability to finance them; and our ability to meet the financial covenants
required by our term loan and revolving credit facility, or to renegotiate the terms of or obtain
waivers for compliance with those covenants. If our underlying assumptions turn out to be
incorrect, or if certain risks or uncertainties materialize, actual results could vary materially
from the expectations and projections expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a
result, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of our forward-looking statements.
17
Except as required by law, we do not intend to update any forward-looking statements even if new
information becomes available or other events occur in the future. We have identified these
forward-looking statements, which are based on certain risks and uncertainties, including the risk
factors described in Item 1A of this Annual Report. Factors that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements are contained below and
described further in Item 1A.
CRM Business
|
|
|
Our ability to minimize loss of and recapture market share following
the ship hold and product removal of our ICD and CRT-D systems in the
U.S.;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to retain and attract key members of our CRM sales force
and other key CRM personnel, particularly following the ship hold and
product removal of our ICD and CRT-D systems in the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
|
Our estimates for the U.S. and worldwide CRM markets, as well as our
ability to increase CRM net sales and recapture market share;
|
|
|
|
|
The overall performance of, and referring physician, implanting
physician and patient confidence in, our and our competitors CRM
products and technologies, including our COGNIS
®
CRT-D and TELIGEN
®
ICD systems and our
LATITUDE
®
Patient Management System;
|
|
|
|
|
The results of CRM clinical trials and market studies undertaken by
us, our competitors or other third parties;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to successfully launch next-generation products and
technology features worldwide, including our INGENIO pacemaker system
and our next-generation INCEPTA, ENERGEN and PUNCTUA defibrillators
in additional geographies;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to grow sales of both new and replacement implant units;
|
|
|
|
|
Competitive offerings in the CRM market and related declines in
average selling prices, as well as the timing of receipt of regulatory
approvals to market existing and anticipated CRM products and
technologies; and
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to avoid disruption in the supply of certain components,
materials or products; or to quickly secure additional or replacement
components, materials or products on a timely basis.
|
Coronary Stent Business
|
|
|
Volatility in the coronary stent market, our estimates for the worldwide coronary stent market, our
ability to increase coronary stent system net sales, competitive offerings and the timing of receipt of
regulatory approvals, both in the U.S. and internationally, to market existing and anticipated
drug-eluting stent technology and other stent platforms;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to successfully launch next-generation products and technology features, including our
PROMUS
®
Element and TAXUS
®
Element stent systems in
additional geographies;
|
|
|
|
|
The results of coronary stent clinical trials undertaken by us, our competitors or other third parties;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to maintain or expand our worldwide market positions through reinvestment in our two
drug-eluting stent programs;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to manage the mix of net sales of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by Abbott
relative to our total drug-eluting stent system net sales and to launch on-schedule in the U.S. and
Japan our PROMUS® Element next-generation internally-developed and manufactured everolimus-eluting
stent system with gross profit margins more comparable to our TAXUS
®
stent
systems;
|
18
|
|
|
Our share of the U.S. and worldwide drug-eluting stent markets, the average number of stents used per
procedure, average selling prices, and the penetration rate of drug-eluting stent technology in the
U.S. and international markets;
|
|
|
|
|
The overall performance of, and continued physician confidence in, our and other drug-eluting stent
systems;
|
|
|
|
|
Our reliance on Abbotts manufacturing capabilities and supply chain in the U.S. and Japan, and our
ability to align our everolimus-eluting stent system supply from Abbott with customer demand in these
regions;
|
|
|
|
|
Enhanced requirements to obtain regulatory approval in the U.S. and around the world and the associated
impact on new product launch schedules and the cost of product approval and compliance; and
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to retain and attract key members of our cardiology sales force and other key personnel.
|
Other Businesses
|
|
|
The overall performance of, and continued physician confidence in, our products and technologies;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to successfully launch next-generation products and technology features in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
|
The results of clinical trials undertaken by us, our competitors or other third parties; and
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to maintain or expand our worldwide market positions through investments in next-generation
technologies.
|
Litigation and Regulatory Compliance
|
|
|
Risks generally associated with our regulatory compliance and quality systems in the U.S. and
around the world;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to minimize or avoid future field actions or FDA warning letters relating to our
products and the on-going inherent risk of potential physician advisories or field actions related
to medical devices;
|
|
|
|
|
Heightened global regulatory enforcement arising from political and regulatory changes as well as
economic pressures;
|
|
|
|
|
The effect of our litigation and risk management practices, including self-insurance, and
compliance activities on our loss contingencies, legal provision and cash flows;
|
|
|
|
|
The impact of, diversion of management attention, and costs to resolve, our stockholder derivative
and class action, patent, product liability, contract and other litigation, governmental
investigations and legal proceedings;
|
|
|
|
|
Costs associated with our on-going compliance and quality activities and sustaining organizations;
|
|
|
|
|
The impact of increased pressure on the availability and rate of third-party reimbursement for our
products and procedures worldwide; and
|
|
|
|
|
Legislative or regulatory efforts to modify the product approval or reimbursement process,
including a trend toward demonstrating clinical outcomes, comparative effectiveness and cost
efficiency.
|
19
Innovation
|
|
|
Our ability to complete planned clinical trials successfully, to obtain regulatory approvals and to
develop and launch products on a timely basis within cost estimates, including the successful completion
of in-process projects from purchased research and development;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to manage research and development and other operating expenses consistent with our expected
net sales growth;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to develop and launch next-generation products and technologies successfully across all of
our businesses;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to fund with cash or common stock any acquisitions or alliances, or to fund contingent
payments associated with these acquisitions or alliances;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to achieve benefits from our focus on internal research and development and external
alliances and acquisitions as well as our ability to capitalize on opportunities across our businesses;
|
|
|
|
|
Our failure to succeed at, or our decision to discontinue, any of our growth initiatives, as well as
competitive interest in the same or similar technologies;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to integrate the strategic acquisitions we have consummated or may consummate in the future;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to prioritize our internal research and development project portfolio and our external
investment portfolio to identify profitable revenue growth opportunities and keep expenses in line with expected
revenue levels, or our decision to sell, discontinue, write down or reduce the funding of any of these
projects;
|
|
|
|
|
The timing, size and nature of strategic initiatives, market opportunities and research and development
platforms available to us and the ultimate cost and success of these initiatives; and
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to successfully identify, develop and market new products or the ability of others to
develop products or technologies that render our products or technologies noncompetitive or obsolete.
|
International Markets
|
|
|
Our dependency on international net sales to achieve growth;
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in our international structure and leadership;
|
|
|
|
|
Risks associated with international operations, including compliance
with local legal and regulatory requirements as well as changes in
reimbursement practices and policies;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to maintain or expand our worldwide market positions
through investments in emerging markets;
|
|
|
|
|
The potential effect of foreign currency fluctuations and interest
rate fluctuations on our net sales, expenses and resulting margins;
and
|
|
|
|
|
Uncertainties related to economic conditions.
|
Liquidity
|
|
|
Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to fund operations,
capital expenditures, litigation settlements
|
20
|
|
|
and strategic investments and acquisitions, as well as to effectively manage our debt levels and
covenant compliance;
|
|
|
|
Our ability to access the public and private capital markets when
desired and to issue debt or equity securities on terms reasonably
acceptable to us;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to resolve open tax matters favorably and realize
substantially all of our deferred tax assets and the impact of changes
in tax laws; and
|
|
|
|
|
The impact of examinations and assessments by domestic and
international taxing authorities on our tax provision, financial
condition or results of operations.
|
Strategic Initiatives
|
|
|
Our ability to implement, fund, and achieve timely and sustainable cost improvement measures consistent
with our expectations, including our 2010 Restructuring plan and Plant Network Optimization program;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to maintain or expand our worldwide market positions in the various markets in which we compete
or seek to compete, as we diversify our product portfolio and focus on emerging markets;
|
|
|
|
|
Risks associated with significant changes made or to be made to our organizational structure pursuant to
our 2010 Restructuring plan and Plant Network Optimization program, or to the membership and
responsibilities of our executive committee or Board of Directors;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to direct our
research and development efforts to conduct more cost-effective clinical studies,
accelerate the time to bring new products to market, and develop products with higher returns;
|
|
|
|
|
The successful separation of divested businesses, including the performance of related transition services;
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to retain and attract key employees and avoid business disruption and employee distraction as
we execute our global compliance program, restructuring plans and divestitures of assets or businesses; and
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to maintain management focus on core business activities while also concentrating on
implementing strategic and restructuring initiatives.
|
Several important factors, in addition to the specific risk factors discussed in connection with
forward-looking statements individually and the risk factors described in Item 1A under the heading
Risk Factors, could affect our future results and growth rates and could cause those results and
rates to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and the risk
factors contained in this report. These additional factors include, among other things, future
economic, competitive, reimbursement and regulatory conditions; new product introductions;
demographic trends; intellectual property, litigation and government investigations; financial
market conditions; and future business decisions made by us and our competitors, all of which are
difficult or impossible to predict accurately and many of which are beyond our control. Therefore,
we wish to caution each reader of this report to consider carefully these factors as well as the
specific factors discussed with each forward-looking statement and risk factor in this report and
as disclosed in our filings with the SEC. These factors, in some cases, have affected and in the
future (together with other factors) could affect our ability to implement our business strategy
and may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements
expressed in this Annual Report.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report and the exhibits hereto, the
following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our business. Our business,
financial condition, cash flows or
21
results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. This section
contains forward-looking statements. You should refer to the explanation of the qualifications and
limitations on forward-looking statements set forth at the end of Item 1 of this Annual Report.
Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely
affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.
We face various risks and uncertainties as a result of the ship hold and removal of field inventory
of all implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) and cardiac resynchronization therapy
defibrillator (CRT-D) systems offered by our Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM) business in the U.S.,
which we announced on March 15, 2010. Those risks and uncertainties include harm to our business,
reputation, financial condition and results of operations.
On March 15, 2010, we announced the ship hold and removal of field inventory of all ICD systems and
CRT-D systems offered by our CRM division in the U.S., after determining that certain instances of
changes in the manufacturing process related to these products were not submitted for approval to
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). We have since submitted the required documentation
and, on April 15, 2010, we resumed U.S. distribution of our COGNIS® CRT-D systems and TELIGEN® ICD
systems, and, on May 21, 2010, we resumed U.S. distribution of all of our remaining CRT-D and ICD
devices, in each case following required FDA clearance. As a result of these actions, we have
suffered and may continue to suffer loss of market share for these products in the U.S. While we
continue to work on recapturing lost market share, our on-going net sales and results of operations
will likely continue to be negatively impacted. We may be unable to minimize this impact, or to
offset with the release of future products, and we may suffer on-going harm to our reputation,
among other risks and uncertainties, each of which may have an adverse impact on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Declines in average selling prices for our products, particularly our drug-eluting coronary stent
systems, may materially adversely affect our results of operations.
We have experienced pricing pressures across many of our businesses due to competitive activity,
increased market power of our customers as the healthcare industry consolidates, economic pressures
experienced by our customers, and the impact of managed care organizations and other third-party
payors. Competitive pricing pressures, including aggressive pricing offered by market entrants,
have particularly affected our drug-eluting coronary stent system offerings. We estimate that the
average selling price of our drug-eluting stent systems in the U.S. decreased nine percent in 2010
as compared to the prior year. Continued declines in average selling prices of our products due to
pricing pressures may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
We derive a significant portion of our net sales from the sale of drug-eluting coronary stent
systems and CRM products. Declines in market size, average selling prices, procedural volumes, and
our share of the markets in which we compete; increased competition; market perceptions of studies
published by third parties; interruption in supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems in the U.S.
and Japan; changes in our sales personnel; or product launch delays may materially adversely affect
our results of operations and financial condition, including potential future write-offs of our
goodwill and other intangible assets balances.
Net sales from drug-eluting coronary stent systems represented approximately 20 percent of our
consolidated net sales during 2010. In 2010, lower average selling prices driven by competitive
and other pricing pressures resulted in a decline in our share of the U.S. drug-eluting stent
market, as well as an overall decrease in the size of the market. Recent competitive launches and
clinical trial enrollment limiting our access to certain drug-eluting stent system customers
negatively impacted our share of the worldwide drug-eluting stent market. There can be no
assurance that these and other factors will not further impact our share of the U.S. or worldwide
drug-eluting stent markets, that we will regain share of the U.S. or worldwide drug-eluting stent
markets, or that the size of the U.S. drug-eluting stent market will reach previous levels or will
not decline further, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or
financial condition. In addition, we expect to launch our internally-developed and manufactured
next-generation everolimus-eluting stent system, the PROMUS® Element platinum chromium coronary
stent system, in the U.S. and Japan in mid-2012, and we expect to launch our next-generation TAXUS®
Element stent system in the U.S. in mid-2011 and Japan in late 2011 or early 2012. A delay in the
timing of the launch of next-generation products may result in a further decline in our market
share and have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
22
We share, with Abbott Laboratories, rights to everolimus-eluting stent technology, and are reliant
on Abbott for our supply of PROMUS
®
everolimus-eluting stent systems in the U.S. and Japan. Any
production or capacity issues that affect Abbotts manufacturing capabilities or our process for
forecasting, ordering and receiving shipments may impact our ability to increase or decrease the
level of supply to us in a timely manner; therefore, our supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems
supplied to us by Abbott may not align with customer demand. Our supply agreement for the PROMUS®
stent system from Abbott extends through the end of the second quarter of 2012 in the U.S. and
Japan. Our inability to obtain regulatory approval and timely launch our PROMUS® Element stent
system in these regions could result in an inability to meet customer demand for everolimus-eluting
stent systems and may materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
Net sales from our CRM group represented approximately 28 percent of our consolidated net sales in
2010. Worldwide CRM market growth rates, including the U.S. ICD market, remain low. Further,
physician reaction to study results published by the
Journal of the American Medical Association
regarding evidence-based guidelines for ICD implants and the U.S. Department of Justice
investigation into ICD implants may have a negative impact on the size of the CRM market. Our U.S.
ICD sales represented approximately 48 percent of our worldwide CRM net sales in 2010, and any
changes in this market could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results
of operations. We have suffered, and may continue to suffer, loss of net sales and market share in
the U.S. due to the ship hold and removal of field inventory of all of our ICDs and CRT-Ds offered
in the U.S., which we announced on March 15, 2010. There can be no assurance that the size of the
CRM market will increase above existing levels or that we will be able to increase CRM market share
or increase net sales in a timely manner, if at all. Decreases in market size or our share of the
CRM market and decreases in net sales from our CRM products could have a significant impact on our
financial condition or results of operations. In addition, our inability to increase our worldwide
CRM net sales could result in future goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges. We
expect to launch our next-generation wireless pacemaker in our Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA)
region and certain Inter-Continental countries during the second half of 2011, and in the U.S. in
late 2011 or early 2012. Variability in the timing of the launch of next-generation products may
result in excess or expired inventory positions and future inventory charges, which may result in a
loss of market share and adversely impact our results of operations.
The profit margin of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by Abbott Laboratories,
including any improvements or iterations approved for sale during the term of the applicable supply
arrangements and of the type that could be approved by a supplement to an approved FDA pre-market
approval, is significantly lower than that of our TAXUS® stent systems, TAXUS® Element stent
systems and PROMUS® Element stent systems, and an increase in sales of everolimus-eluting stent
systems supplied to us by Abbott relative to TAXUS® stent system, TAXUS® Element stent system and
PROMUS® Element stent system net sales may continue to adversely impact our gross profit and
operating profit margins. The price we pay Abbott for our supply of everolimus-eluting stent
systems supplied to us by Abbott is further impacted by our arrangements with Abbott and is subject
to retroactive adjustment, which may also negatively impact our profit margins.
As a result of the terms of our supply arrangement with Abbott, the gross profit and operating
profit margin of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by Abbott, including any
improvements or iterations approved for sale during the term of the applicable supply arrangements
and of the type that could be approved by a supplement to an approved FDA pre-market approval, are
significantly lower than that of our TAXUS® stent system, TAXUS® Element stent system and PROMUS®
Element stent system. Therefore, if sales of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by
Abbott continue to increase in relation to our total drug-eluting stent system sales, our profit
margins will continue to decrease. Further, the price we pay for our supply of everolimus-eluting
stent systems supplied to us by Abbott is determined by our contracts with Abbott. Our cost is
based, in part, on previously fixed estimates of Abbotts manufacturing costs for
everolimus-eluting stent systems and third-party reports of our average selling price of these
stent systems. Amounts paid pursuant to this pricing arrangement are subject to a retroactive
adjustment approximately every two years based on their actual costs to manufacture these stent
systems for us and our average selling price of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by
Abbott. Pursuant to these adjustments, we may make a payment to Abbott based on the differences
between their actual manufacturing costs and the contractually stipulated manufacturing costs and
differences between our actual average selling price and third-party reports of our average selling
price, in each
23
case, with respect to our purchases of everolimus-eluting stent systems from Abbott. As a result,
our profit margins in the years in which we record payments related to purchases of
everolimus-eluting stent systems from Abbott may decrease.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to increased demands for price concessions or
the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our significant market segments, which could have
an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The cost of healthcare has risen significantly over the past decade and numerous initiatives and
reforms by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a
consolidation trend in the healthcare industry, including hospitals. This consolidation has
resulted in greater pricing pressures, decreased average selling prices, and the exclusion of
certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations, independent
delivery networks and large single accounts continue to consolidate purchasing decisions for some
of our hospital customers. While our strategic initiatives include measures to address these
trends, there can be no assurance that these measures will succeed. We expect that market demand,
government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies, government contracting requirements, and
societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further
business consolidations and alliances among our customers and competitors, which may reduce
competition and continue to exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and
adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face intense competition and may not be able to keep pace with the rapid technological changes
in the medical devices industry, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
The medical device markets in which we primarily participate are highly competitive. We encounter
significant competition across our product lines and in each market in which our products are sold
from various medical device companies, some of which may have greater financial and marketing
resources than we do. Our primary competitors include Johnson & Johnson (including its subsidiary,
Cordis Corporation); Medtronic, Inc.; Abbott Laboratories; and St. Jude Medical, Inc.; as well as a
wide range of companies that sell a single or a limited number of competitive products or which
participate in only a specific market segment. We also face competition from non-medical device
companies, including pharmaceutical companies, which may offer alternative therapies for disease
states intended to be treated using our products.
Additionally, the medical device market is characterized by extensive research and development, and
rapid technological change. Developments by other companies of new or improved products, processes
or technologies may make our products or proposed products obsolete or less competitive and may
negatively impact our net sales. We are required to devote continued efforts and financial
resources to develop or acquire scientifically advanced technologies and products, apply our
technologies cost-effectively across product lines and markets, attract and retain skilled
development personnel, obtain patent and other protection for our technologies and products, obtain
required regulatory and reimbursement approvals and successfully manufacture and market our
products consistent with our quality standards. If we fail to develop new products or enhance
existing products, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Because we derive a significant amount of our net sales from international operations and a
significant percentage of our future growth is expected to come from international operations,
changes in international economic or regulatory conditions could have a material impact on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 44 percent of our net sales in 2010.
Additionally, a significant percentage of our future growth is expected to come from international
operations, including from investments in emerging markets such as Brazil, China and India. As a
result, our sales growth and operating profits from our international operations may be limited by
risks and uncertainties related to economic conditions in these regions, foreign currency
fluctuations, interest rate fluctuations, regulatory and reimbursement approvals, competitive
offerings, infrastructure development, rights to intellectual property and our ability to implement
our overall business strategy. Further, international markets are also being affected by economic
pressure to contain
24
reimbursement levels and healthcare costs; and international markets may also be impacted by
foreign government efforts to understand healthcare practices and pricing in other countries, which
could result in increased pricing transparency across geographies and pressure to harmonize
reimbursement and ultimately reduce the selling prices of our products. Certain foreign governments
may allow favorable reimbursements for locally-manufactured products, which may put us at a
competitive disadvantage and negatively affect our market share. The trend in countries around the
world, including Japan, toward more stringent regulatory requirements for product clearance,
changing reimbursement models and more rigorous inspection and enforcement activities has generally
caused or may cause medical device manufacturers to experience more uncertainty, delay, risk and
expense. In addition, most international jurisdictions have adopted regulatory approval and
periodic renewal requirements for medical devices, and we must comply with these requirements in
order to market our products in these jurisdictions. Any significant changes in the competitive,
political, legal, regulatory, reimbursement or economic environment where we conduct international
operations may have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of
operations. We have recently realigned our international structure and are devoting resources to
focus on increasing net sales in emerging markets. Sales practices in certain international
markets may be inconsistent with our desired business practices and U.S. legal requirements, which
may impact our ability to expand as planned.
We incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with our acquisition of Guidant and if we are
unable to manage our debt levels, it could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or
results of operations.
We had total debt of $5.438 billion as of December 31, 2010, attributable in large part to our 2006
acquisition of Guidant Corporation. During 2010, we completed the refinancing of the majority of
our 2011 debt maturities, establishing a $1.0 billion term loan and syndicating a new $2.0 billion
revolving credit facility, and prepaid in full our $900 million loan from Abbott Laboratories and
all $600 million of our senior notes due in June 2011. Additionally, in January 2011, we prepaid
$250 million of our senior notes due in January 2011 and borrowed $250 million under our credit and
security facility secured by our U.S. trade receivables, using the proceeds to pre-pay all $100
million of our 2011 term loan maturities and $150 million of our 2012 term loan maturities. As
part of our strategy to increase operational leverage and continue to strengthen our financial
flexibility, we are continuing to assess opportunities for improved operational effectiveness and
efficiency, closed the sale of our Neurovascular business and implemented other strategic
initiatives to generate proceeds that would be available for debt repayment. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to repay our indebtedness. Further, certain of our current credit
ratings are below investment grade and our inability to regain investment grade credit ratings
could increase our cost of borrowing funds in the future. Any disruption in our cash flow or our
ability to effectively manage our debt levels could have an adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations. In addition, our term loan and revolving credit facility
agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain specified financial ratios. If
we are unable to satisfy these covenants, we may be required to obtain waivers from our lenders and
no assurance can be made that our lenders would grant such waivers on favorable terms or at all,
and we could be required to repay any borrowings under this facility on demand.
We may record future goodwill impairment charges related to one or more of our business units,
which could materially adversely impact our results of operations.
We test our April 1 goodwill balances for impairment during the second quarter of each year, or
more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may
exist. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and, in evaluating the
potential for impairment of goodwill, we make assumptions regarding estimated revenue projections,
growth rates, cash flows and discount rates. In 2010, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of
$1.817 billion associated with our U.S. CRM reporting unit. In addition, as a result of signing of
a definitive agreement to sell our Neurovascular business, we performed an interim impairment test
on our international reporting units, excluding the assets of that business, and determined that
the remaining goodwill balances were not impaired. However, we have identified four reporting units
with a material amount of goodwill that are at higher risk of potential failure of the first step
of the impairment test in future reporting periods. These reporting units include our U.S. CRM
unit, our U.S. Cardiovascular unit, our U.S. Neuromodulation unit, and our EMEA region, which
together hold approximately $9 billion of allocated goodwill. Although we use consistent methodologies in
developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations used in our
impairment tests, these estimates are uncertain by nature and
25
can vary from actual results. For each of these reporting units, relatively small declines in the
future performance and cash flows of the reporting unit or small changes in other key assumptions
may result future goodwill impairment charges, which could materially adversely impact our results
of operations.
Failure to integrate acquired businesses into our operations successfully could adversely affect
our business.
As
part of our strategy to realign our business portfolio, we have
recently completed or announced several
acquisitions and may pursue additional acquisitions in the future. Our integration of the operations
of acquired businesses requires significant efforts, including the coordination of information
technologies, research and development, sales and marketing, operations, manufacturing and finance.
These efforts result in additional expenses and involve significant amounts of managements time.
Factors that will affect the success of our acquisitions include the strength of the acquired
companies underlying technology and ability to execute, results of clinical trials, regulatory
approvals and reimbursement levels of the acquired products and related procedures, our ability to
adequately fund acquired in-process research and development projects and retain key employees, and
our ability to achieve synergies with our acquired companies, such as increasing sales of our
products, achieving cost savings and effectively combining technologies to develop new products.
Our failure to manage successfully and coordinate the growth of the combined acquired companies
could have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, we cannot be certain that the
businesses we acquire will become profitable or remain so and if our acquisitions are not
successful, we may record related asset impairment charges in the future.
We may not be successful in our strategy relating to future strategic acquisitions of, investments
in, or alliances with, other companies and businesses, which have been a significant source of
historical growth for us, and will be key to our diversification into new markets and technologies.
Our strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances are intended to further expand our ability to
offer customers effective, high quality medical devices that satisfy their interventional needs. If
we are unsuccessful in our acquisitions, investments and alliances, we may be unable to grow our
business. These acquisitions, investments and alliances have been a significant source of our
growth. The success of our strategy relating to future acquisitions, investments or alliances will
depend on a number of factors, including:
|
|
|
our ability to identify suitable opportunities for acquisition, investment or alliance, if at all;
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to finance any future acquisition, investment or alliance on terms acceptable to us, if at all;
|
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to establish an acquisition, investment or alliance on terms that are satisfactory to
us, if at all; and
|
|
|
|
|
intellectual property and litigation related to these technologies.
|
Any potential future acquisitions we consummate may be dilutive to our earnings and may require
additional debt or equity financing, depending on size or nature.
We may not realize the expected benefits from our restructuring and Plant Network Optimization
initiatives; our long-term expense reduction programs may result in an increase in short-term
expense; and our efforts may lead to additional unintended consequences.
In February 2010, we announced our 2010 Restructuring plan designed to strengthen and position us
for long-term success. Key activities under the plan include the integration of our Cardiovascular
and CRM businesses, as well as the restructuring of certain other businesses and corporate
functions; the centralization of our research and development organization; the realignment of our
international structure; and the reprioritization and diversification of our product portfolio. In
connection with this plan and our strategy to reduce risk, increase operational leverage, realign
our business portfolio and accelerate profitable revenue growth, we recently closed the sale of our
Neurovascular business and may explore opportunities to divest additional select businesses or
assets in the future. However, our ability to complete further divestitures may be limited by the
inability to locate a buyer or to agree to terms that are favorable to us. Additionally, in January
2009, we announced our Plant Network
26
Optimization program, aimed at simplifying our plant network, reducing our manufacturing costs and
improving gross margins. Cost reduction initiatives under both plans include cost improvement
measures, including resource reallocations, head count reductions, the sale of certain non-strategic
assets and efforts to streamline our business, among other actions. These measures could yield
unintended consequences, such as distraction of our management and employees, business disruption,
attrition beyond our planned reduction in workforce and reduced employee productivity. We may be
unable to attract or retain key personnel. Attrition beyond our planned reduction in workforce or a
material decrease in employee morale or productivity could negatively affect our business, sales,
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, head count reductions may subject us to
the risk of litigation, which could result in substantial cost. Moreover, our expense reduction
programs result in charges and expenses that impact our operating results. We cannot guarantee that
these measures, or other expense reduction measures we take in the future, will result in the
expected cost savings.
The divestiture of our Neurovascular business could pose significant risks and may materially
adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
As part of our strategy to realign our business portfolio, in January 2011, we closed the sale of
our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation. The divestiture of this business may involve a
number of risks, including the diversion of management and employee attention and significant costs
and expenses, particularly unexpected costs and delays occurring during the period of separation.
In addition, we will provide post-closing services through a transition services agreement, and
will also supply products to Stryker. These transition services and supply agreements are expected
to be effective for a period of approximately 24 months following the closing of the transaction,
subject to extension, and could involve the expenditure of significant employee resources, among
other resources, and under which we will be reliant on third parties for the provision of services.
Our inability to effectively manage the post-separation activities and events could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Current economic conditions could adversely affect our results of operations.
The recent global financial crisis caused extreme disruption in the financial markets, including
severely diminished liquidity and credit availability. There can be no assurance that there will
not be further deterioration in the global economy. Our customers may experience financial
difficulties or be unable to borrow money to fund their operations which may adversely impact their
ability or decision to purchase our products, particularly capital equipment, or to pay for our
products they do purchase on a timely basis, if at all. For example, our net sales have been
adversely impacted by reductions in procedural volumes due to unemployment levels and other
economic factors, and these reductions may continue. Further, we have experienced significant
delays in the collectability of receivables in certain international countries and there can be no
assurance that these payments will ultimately be collected. Conditions in the financial markets
and other factors beyond our control may also adversely affect our ability to borrow money in the
credit markets and to obtain financing for acquisitions or other general corporate and commercial
purposes. The strength and timing of any economic recovery remains uncertain, and we cannot
predict to what extent the global economic slowdown may negatively impact our average selling
prices, our net sales and profit margins, procedural volumes and reimbursement rates from third
party payors. In addition, current economic conditions may adversely affect our suppliers, leading
them to experience financial difficulties or to be unable to borrow money to fund their operations,
which could cause disruptions in our ability to produce our products.
Healthcare policy changes, including recently passed healthcare reform legislation, may have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to potential
fundamental changes that could substantially affect our results of operations. Government and
private sector initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including price regulation,
competitive pricing, coverage and payment policies, comparative effectiveness of therapies,
technology assessments and managed-care arrangements, are continuing in many countries where we do
business, including the U.S. These changes are causing the marketplace to put increased emphasis
on the delivery of more cost-effective treatments. Our strategic initiatives include measures to address this trend; however, there can be no assurance that any of our
strategic measures will successfully address this trend.
27
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and Health Care and Education Affordability
Reconciliation Act of 2010 were enacted into law in the U.S. in March 2010. As a U.S.
headquartered company with significant sales in the U.S., this healthcare reform legislation will
materially impact us. Certain provisions of the legislation will not be effective for a number of
years, there are many programs and requirements for which the details have not yet been fully
established or consequences not fully understood, and it is unclear what the full impact of the
legislation will be. The legislation imposes on medical device manufacturers a 2.3 percent excise
tax on U.S. sales of Class I, II and III medical devices beginning in 2013. U.S. net sales
represented 56 percent of our worldwide net sales in 2010 and, therefore, this tax burden may have
a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows. Other provisions of
this legislation, including Medicare provisions aimed at improving quality and decreasing costs,
comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, and pilot programs to
evaluate alternative payment methodologies, could meaningfully change the way healthcare is
developed and delivered, and may adversely affect our business and results of operations. Further,
we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations will be ultimately implemented at the
federal or state level, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the U.S. or
internationally. However, any changes that lower reimbursements for our products or reduce medical
procedure volumes could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Healthcare cost containment pressures and legislative or administrative reforms resulting in
restrictive reimbursement practices of third-party payors or preferences for alternate therapies
could decrease the demand for our products, the prices which customers are willing to pay for those
products and the number of procedures performed using our devices, which could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our products are purchased principally by hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers
around the world that typically bill various third-party payors, including governmental programs
(e.g., Medicare and Medicaid), private insurance plans and managed care programs, for the
healthcare services provided to their patients. The ability of customers to obtain appropriate
reimbursement for their products and services from private and governmental third-party payors is
critical to the success of medical technology companies. The availability of reimbursement affects
which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. Reimbursement varies from
country to country and can significantly impact the acceptance of new products and services. After
we develop a promising new product, we may find limited demand for the product unless reimbursement
approval is obtained from private and governmental third-party payors. Further legislative or
administrative reforms to the reimbursement systems in the U.S., Japan, or other international
countries in a manner that significantly reduces reimbursement for procedures using our medical
devices or denies coverage for those procedures, including price regulation, competitive pricing,
coverage and payment policies, comparative effectiveness of therapies, technology assessments and
managed-care arrangements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Major third-party payors for hospital services in the U.S. and abroad continue to work to contain
healthcare costs. The introduction of cost containment incentives, combined with closer scrutiny of
healthcare expenditures by both private health insurers and employers, has resulted in increased
discounts and contractual adjustments to hospital charges for services performed, has lead to
increased physician employment by hospitals in the U.S., and has shifted services between inpatient
and outpatient settings. Initiatives to limit the increase of healthcare costs, including price
regulation, are also underway in several countries in which we do business. Hospitals or physicians
may respond to these cost-containment pressures by substituting lower cost products or other
therapies for our products. In connection with Guidants product recalls, certain third-party
payors have sought, and others may seek, recourse against us for amounts previously reimbursed.
We are subject to extensive and dynamic medical device regulation, which may impede or hinder the
approval or sale of our products and, in some cases, may ultimately result in an inability to
obtain approval of certain products or may result in the recall or seizure of previously approved
products.
28
Our products, marketing, sales and development activities and manufacturing processes are subject
to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
Act (FDC Act), by comparable agencies in foreign countries, and by other regulatory agencies and
governing bodies. Under the FDC Act, medical devices must receive FDA clearance or approval before
they can be commercially marketed in the U.S. The FDA has recently been reviewing its clearance
process in an effort to make it more rigorous, and there have been a number of recommendations made
by various task forces and working groups to change the 510(k) Submission program. Some of these
proposals, if enacted, could increase the level and complexity of premarket data requirements for
certain higher-risk Class II products. Others could increase the cost of maintaining the legal
status of Class II devices entered into the market via 510(k) Submissions. We have a portfolio of
products that includes numerous Class II medical devices. If implemented as currently proposed, the
changes to the 510(k) Submission program could substantially increase the cost, complexity and time
to market for certain higher-risk Class II medical devices. In addition, most major markets for
medical devices outside the U.S. require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards
before a product can be commercially marketed. The process of obtaining marketing approval or
clearance from the FDA for new products, or with respect to enhancements or modifications to
existing products, could:
|
|
|
take a significant period of time;
|
|
|
|
|
require the expenditure of substantial resources;
|
|
|
|
|
involve rigorous pre-clinical and clinical testing, as well as increased post-market surveillance;
|
|
|
|
|
require changes to products; and
|
|
|
|
|
result in limitations on the indicated uses of products.
|
Countries around the world have adopted more stringent regulatory requirements than in the past and
that have added or are expected to add to the delays and uncertainties associated with new product
releases, as well as the clinical and regulatory costs of supporting those releases. Even after
products have received marketing approval or clearance, product approvals and clearances by the FDA
can be withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen
problems following initial approval. There can be no assurance that we will receive the required
clearances for new products or modifications to existing products on a timely basis or that any
approval will not be subsequently withdrawn or conditioned upon extensive post-market study
requirements.
In addition, regulations regarding the development, manufacture and sale of medical devices are
subject to future change. We cannot predict what impact, if any, those changes might have on our
business. Failure to comply with regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations. Later discovery of previously unknown
problems with a product or manufacturer could result in fines, delays or suspensions of regulatory
clearances, seizures or recalls of products, physician advisories or other field actions, operating
restrictions and/or criminal prosecution. We may also initiate field actions as a result of a
failure to strictly comply with our internal quality policies. The failure to receive product
approval clearance on a timely basis, suspensions of regulatory clearances, seizures or recalls of
products, physician advisories or other field actions, or the withdrawal of product approval by the
FDA could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Our products, including those of our cardiovascular businesses, are continually subject to clinical
trials conducted by us, our competitors or other third parties, the results of which may be
unfavorable, or perceived as unfavorable by the market, and could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
As a part of the regulatory process of obtaining marketing clearance for new products, we conduct
and participate in numerous clinical trials with a variety of study designs, patient populations
and trial endpoints. Unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from existing or future clinical
trials conducted by us, by our competitors or by third parties, or the markets perception of this
clinical data, may adversely impact our ability
29
to obtain product approvals, our position in, and share of, the markets in which we participate and
our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects.
Our future growth is dependent upon the development of new products, which requires significant
research and development, clinical trials and regulatory approvals, all of which are very expensive
and time-consuming and may not result in commercially viable products.
In order to develop new products and improve current product offerings, we focus our research and
development programs largely on the development of next-generation and novel technology offerings
across multiple programs and businesses. We expect to launch our internally-manufactured
next-generation everolimus-eluting stent system, the PROMUS® Element platinum chromium coronary
stent, in the U.S. and Japan in mid-2012, subject to regulatory approval. In addition, we expect to
continue to invest in our CRM technologies, including our LATITUDE® Patient Management System and
our next-generation products and technologies. If we are unable to develop and launch these and
other products as anticipated, our ability to maintain or expand our market position in the
drug-eluting stent and CRM markets may be materially adversely impacted. Further, we are continuing
to investigate, and have completed several acquisitions involving, opportunities to further expand
our presence in, and diversify into, areas including, but not limited to, atrial fibrillation,
underserved defibrillator populations, coronary artery disease, peripheral vascular disease,
structural heart disease, hypertension, womens health, endoluminal surgery, diabetes/obesity,
endoscopic pulmonary intervention and deep-brain stimulation. Expanding our focus beyond our
current businesses is expensive and time-consuming. Further, there can be no assurance that we will
be able to access these technologies on terms favorable to us, or that these technologies will
achieve commercial feasibility, obtain regulatory approval or gain market acceptance. A delay in
the development or approval of these technologies or our decision to reduce our investments may
adversely impact the contribution of these technologies to our future growth.
The medical device industry is experiencing greater scrutiny and regulation by governmental
authorities and is the subject of numerous investigations, often involving marketing and other
business practices. These investigations could result in the commencement of civil and criminal
proceedings; substantial fines, penalties and administrative remedies; divert the attention of our
management; impose administrative costs and have an adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations and liquidity; and may lead to greater governmental regulation in the future.
The medical devices we design, develop, manufacture and market are subject to rigorous regulation
by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. These
authorities have been increasing their scrutiny of our industry. We have received subpoenas and
other requests for information from Congress and other state and federal governmental agencies,
including, among others, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), the Office of Inspector General of
the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), and the Department of Defense. These
investigations relate primarily to financial arrangements with healthcare providers, regulatory
compliance and product promotional practices. We are cooperating with these investigations and are
responding to these requests. We cannot predict when the investigations will be resolved, the
outcome of these investigations or their impact on us. An adverse outcome in one or more of these
investigations could include the commencement of civil and criminal proceedings; substantial fines,
penalties and administrative remedies, including exclusion from government reimbursement programs,
entry into Corporate Integrity Agreements (CIAs) with governmental agencies and amendments to
existing CIAs. In addition, resolution of any of these matters could involve the imposition of
additional and costly compliance obligations. For example, in 2009, we entered into a civil
settlement with the DOJ regarding the DOJs investigation relating to certain post-market surveys
conducted by Guidant Corporation before we acquired Guidant in 2006. As part of the settlement, we
entered into a CIA with the Office of Inspector General for HHS. The CIA requires enhancements to
certain compliance procedures related to financial arrangements with healthcare providers. The
obligations imposed upon us by the CIA and cooperation with ongoing investigations will involve
employee resources costs and diversion of employee focus. Cooperation typically also involves
document production costs. We may incur greater future costs to fulfill the obligations imposed
upon us by the CIA. Further, the CIA, and if any of the ongoing investigations continue over a long
period of time, could further divert the attention of management from the day-to-day operations of
our business and impose significant additional administrative burdens on us. These potential
consequences, as well as any adverse outcome from these investigations, could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.
30
In addition, certain state governments (including that of Massachusetts, where we are
headquartered) have enacted, and the federal government has proposed, legislation aimed at
increasing transparency of our interactions with healthcare professionals (HCPs). As a result, we
are required by law to disclose payments and other transfers for value to HCPs licensed by certain
states and expect similar requirements at the federal level in the future. Any failure to comply
with the enhanced legal and regulatory requirements could impact our business. In addition, we
devoted substantial additional time and financial resources to further develop and implement
enhanced structure, policies, systems and processes to comply with enhanced legal and regulatory
requirements, which may also impact our business.
Further, recent Supreme Court case law has clarified that the FDAs authority over medical devices
preempts state tort laws, but legislation has been introduced at the Federal level to allow state
intervention, which could lead to increased and inconsistent regulation at the state level. We
anticipate that the government will continue to scrutinize our industry closely and that we will be
subject to more rigorous regulation by governmental authorities in the future.
Changes in tax laws, unfavorable resolution of tax contingencies, or exposure to additional income
tax liabilities could have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations and
liquidity.
We are subject to income taxes as well as non-income based taxes, in both the U.S. and various
foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax
authorities may disagree with certain positions we have taken and assess additional taxes. We
regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of
our tax provision and have established contingency reserves for material, known tax exposures,
including potential tax audit adjustments related to transfer pricing in connection with the
technology license agreements between domestic and foreign subsidiaries of Guidant Corporation, in
relation to which we recently received Notices of Deficiency from the Internal Revenue Service for
the 2001-2003 tax years. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the
outcomes of these audits or issues raised by tax authorities will be resolved at a financial cost
that does not exceed our related reserves, and the actual outcomes of these audits could have a
material impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, changes in tax
laws or tax rulings could materially impact our effective tax rate. For example, proposals for
fundamental U.S. corporate tax reform, if enacted, could have a significant adverse impact on our
future results of operations. In addition, the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 impose on
medical device manufacturers a 2.3 percent excise tax on U.S. sales of Class I, II and III medical
devices beginning in 2013. U.S. net sales represented 56 percent of our worldwide net sales in 2010
and, therefore, this tax burden may have a material, negative impact on our results of operations
and our cash flows.
We may not effectively be able to protect our intellectual property rights, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The medical device market in which we primarily participate is largely technology driven. Physician
customers, particularly in interventional cardiology, have historically moved quickly to new
products and new technologies. As a result, intellectual property rights, particularly patents and
trade secrets, play a significant role in product development and differentiation. However,
intellectual property litigation is inherently complex and unpredictable. Furthermore, appellate
courts can overturn lower court patent decisions.
In addition, competing parties frequently file multiple suits to leverage patent portfolios across
product lines, technologies and geographies and to balance risk and exposure between the parties.
In some cases, several competitors are parties in the same proceeding, or in a series of related
proceedings, or litigate multiple features of a single class of devices. These forces frequently
drive settlement not only of individual cases, but also of a series of pending and potentially
related and unrelated cases. In addition, although monetary and injunctive relief is typically
sought, remedies and restitution are generally not determined until the conclusion of the trial
court proceedings and can be modified on appeal. Accordingly, the outcomes of individual cases are
difficult to time, predict or quantify and are often dependent upon the outcomes of other cases in
other geographies.
31
Several third parties have asserted that our current and former product offerings infringe patents
owned or licensed by them. We have similarly asserted that products sold by our competitors
infringe patents owned or licensed by us. Adverse outcomes in one or more of the proceedings
against us could limit our ability to sell certain products in certain jurisdictions, or reduce our
operating margin on the sale of these products and could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Patents and other proprietary rights are and will continue to be essential to our business, and our
ability to compete effectively with other companies will be dependent upon the proprietary nature
of our technologies. We rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations,
strategic alliances and licensing opportunities to develop, maintain and strengthen our competitive
position. We pursue a policy of generally obtaining patent protection in both the U.S. and abroad
for patentable subject matter in our proprietary devices and attempt to review third-party patents
and patent applications to the extent publicly available in order to develop an effective patent
strategy, avoid infringement of third-party patents, identify licensing opportunities and monitor
the patent claims of others. We currently own numerous U.S. and foreign patents and have numerous
patent applications pending. We also are party to various license agreements pursuant to which
patent rights have been obtained or granted in consideration for cash, cross-licensing rights or
royalty payments. No assurance can be made that any pending or future patent applications will
result in the issuance of patents, that any current or future patents issued to, or licensed by, us
will not be challenged or circumvented by our competitors, or that our patents will not be found
invalid. In addition, we may have to take legal action in the future to protect our patents, trade
secrets or know-how or to assert them against claimed infringement by others. Any legal action of
that type could be costly and time consuming and no assurances can be made that any lawsuit will be
successful. We are generally involved as both a plaintiff and a defendant in a number of patent
infringement and other intellectual property-related actions.
The invalidation of key patents or proprietary rights that we own, or an unsuccessful outcome in
lawsuits to protect our intellectual property, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
Pending and future intellectual property litigation could be costly and disruptive to us.
We operate in an industry that is susceptible to significant intellectual property litigation and,
in recent years, it has been common for companies in the medical device field to aggressively
challenge the patent rights of other companies in order to prevent the marketing of new devices. We
are currently the subject of various patent litigation proceedings and other proceedings described
in more detail under Item 3. Legal Proceedings and
Note L- Commitments and Contingencies
to our
2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report
.
Intellectual
property litigation is expensive, complex and lengthy and its outcome is difficult to predict.
Adverse outcomes in one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to sell certain products and on our operating margins, financial condition, results of
operation or liquidity. Pending or future patent litigation may result in significant royalty or
other payments or injunctions that can prevent the sale of products and may significantly divert
the attention of our technical and management personnel. In the event that our right to market any
of our products is successfully challenged, we may be required to obtain a license on terms which
may not be favorable to us, if at all. If we fail to obtain a required license or are unable to
design around a patent, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be
materially adversely affected.
Pending and future product liability claims and other litigation, including private securities
litigation, shareholder derivative suits and contract litigation, may adversely affect our
business, reputation and ability to attract and retain customers.
The design, manufacture and marketing of medical devices of the types that we produce entail an
inherent risk of product liability claims. Many of the medical devices that we manufacture and sell
are designed to be implanted in the human body for long periods of time or indefinitely. A number
of factors could result in an unsafe condition or injury to, or death of, a patient with respect to
these or other products that we manufacture or sell, including component failures, manufacturing
flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related
information. These factors could result in product liability claims, a recall of one or more
32
of our products or a safety alert relating to one or more of our products. Product liability claims
may be brought by individuals or by groups seeking to represent a class.
The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, is difficult to assess or quantify.
Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits often seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts,
including not only actual damages, but also punitive damages. The magnitude of the potential losses
relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, the
cost to defend against any future litigation may be significant. Further, we are substantially
self-insured with respect to product liability and intellectual property infringement claims. We
maintain insurance policies providing limited coverage against securities claims. The absence of
significant third-party insurance coverage increases our potential exposure to unanticipated claims
and adverse decisions. Product liability claims, securities and commercial litigation and other
litigation in the future, regardless of the outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Any failure to meet regulatory quality standards applicable to our manufacturing and quality
processes could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
As a medical device manufacturer, we are required to register with the FDA and are subject to
periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with its Quality System Regulation requirements,
which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including testing,
quality control and documentation procedures. In addition, the Federal Medical Device Reporting
regulations require us to provide information to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably
suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or, if a
malfunction were to occur, could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Compliance with
applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored rigorously
through periodic inspections by the FDA which may result in observations on Form 483, and in some
cases warning letters, that require corrective action. In the European Community, we are required
to maintain certain International Standards Organization (ISO) certifications in order to sell our
products and must undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies to obtain and maintain these
certifications. If we, or our manufacturers, fail to adhere to quality system regulations or ISO
requirements, this could delay production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in
obtaining regulatory clearances, recalls, enforcement actions, including injunctive relief or
consent decrees, or other consequences, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition or results of operations.
Interruption of our manufacturing operations could adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
Our
products are designed and manufactured in technology centers around
the world, either by us or third parties. In most cases,
the manufacturing of our products is concentrated in
one or a few locations. Factors such as a failure to follow specific internal protocols and
procedures, equipment malfunction, environmental factors or damage to one or more of our facilities
could adversely affect our ability to manufacture our products. In the event of an interruption in
manufacturing, we may be unable to quickly move to alternate means of producing affected products
or to meet customer demand. In some instances, for example, if the interruption is a result of a
failure to follow regulatory protocols and procedures, we may experience delays in resuming
production of affected products due primarily to needs for regulatory approvals. As a result, we may suffer
loss of market share, which we may be unable to recapture, and harm to our reputation, which could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on external manufacturers to supply us with certain materials, components and products.
Any disruption in our sources of supply or the price of inventory supplied to us could adversely
impact our production efforts and could materially adversely affect our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We purchase many of the materials and components used in manufacturing our products, some of which
are custom made from third-party vendors. Certain supplies are purchased from single-sources due to
quality considerations, expertise, costs or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. In
the event of a disruption
33
in supply, we may not be able to establish additional or replacement suppliers for certain
components, materials or products in a timely manner largely due to the complex nature of our and
many of our suppliers manufacturing processes. In addition, our products require sterilization
prior to sale and we rely on a mix of internal resources and third-party vendors to perform this
service. Production issues, including capacity constraint; the inability to sterilize our products;
quality issues affecting us or our suppliers; an inability to develop and validate alternative
sources if required; or a significant increase in the price of materials or components could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our share price will fluctuate, and accordingly, the value of an investment in our common stock may
also fluctuate.
Stock markets in general, and our common stock in particular, have experienced significant price
and volume volatility over recent years. The market price and trading volume of our common stock
may continue to be subject to significant fluctuations due not only to general stock market
conditions, but also to variability in the prevailing sentiment regarding our operations or
business prospects, as well as, among other things, changing investment priorities of our
shareholders.
ITEM
1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our world headquarters are located in Natick, Massachusetts, with additional support provided from
regional headquarters located in Tokyo, Japan and Paris, France. As of December 31, 2010, our
principal manufacturing and technology centers were located in Minnesota, California, Florida,
Indiana, and Utah within the U.S; as well as internationally in Ireland, Costa Rica and Puerto
Rico. Our products are distributed worldwide from customer fulfillment centers in Massachusetts,
The Netherlands and Japan. As of December 31, 2010, we maintained 14 manufacturing facilities,
including eight in the U.S., three in Ireland, two in Costa Rica, and one in Puerto Rico, as well
as various distribution and technology centers around the world. Many of these facilities produce
and manufacture products for more than one of our divisions and include research facilities. The
following is a summary of our facilities as of December 31, 2010 (in approximate square feet):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
5,386,000
|
|
|
|
1,141,000
|
|
|
|
6,527,000
|
|
International
|
|
|
1,513,000
|
|
|
|
960,000
|
|
|
|
2,473,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,899,000
|
|
|
|
2,101,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our Plant Network Optimization program, described in Items 1 and 8 of this
Annual Report, we intend to close one of our manufacturing plants in the U.S. by the end of 2012,
representing a total of approximately 350,000 owned square feet. In addition, as part of the
January 2011 sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation, we intend to
transfer portions of certain owned and leased facilities to Stryker. We regularly evaluate the
condition and capacity of our facilities to ensure they are suitable for the development,
manufacturing, and marketing of our products, and provide adequate capacity for current and
expected future needs.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
See
Note LCommitments and Contingencies
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in
Item 8 of this Annual Report.
ITEM 4. [REMOVED AND RESERVED]
34
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol BSX. The
following table provides the market range for the closing price of our common stock for each of the
last eight quarters based on reported sales prices on the NYSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
9.62
|
|
|
$
|
6.80
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
7.35
|
|
|
|
5.44
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
6.59
|
|
|
|
5.13
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
7.85
|
|
|
|
5.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
9.41
|
|
|
$
|
6.14
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
10.42
|
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
11.75
|
|
|
|
9.63
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
10.29
|
|
|
|
7.99
|
|
The closing price of our common stock on February 10, 2011 was $6.91.
We did not pay a cash dividend in 2010 or 2009. We currently do not intend to pay dividends, and
intend to retain all of our earnings to repay indebtedness and invest in the continued growth of
our business. We may consider declaring and paying a dividend in the future; however, there can be
no assurance that we will do so.
We did not repurchase any of our common stock in 2010 or 2009. There are approximately 37 million
remaining under previous share repurchase authorizations, which do not expire.
As of February 10, 2011, there were 17,524 holders of record of our common stock.
35
Stock Performance Graph
The graph below compares the five-year total return to stockholders on our common stock with the
return of the Standard & Poors (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P Health Care
Equipment Index. The graph assumes $100 was invested in our common stock in each of the named
indices on December 31, 2005, and that all dividends were reinvested.
36
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
FIVE-YEAR SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(in millions, except per share data)
Operating Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
|
$
|
8,357
|
|
|
$
|
7,821
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,207
|
|
|
|
5,612
|
|
|
|
5,581
|
|
|
|
6,015
|
|
|
|
5,614
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
6,506
|
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
6,029
|
|
|
|
8,563
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(894
|
)
|
|
|
(1,505
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(2,949
|
)
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(1,063
|
)
|
|
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
|
(2,031
|
)
|
|
|
(569
|
)
|
|
|
(3,535
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(1,065
|
)
|
|
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
|
(2,036
|
)
|
|
|
(495
|
)
|
|
|
(3,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.33
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.81
|
)
|
Assuming dilution
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.33
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.81
|
)
|
Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
864
|
|
|
$
|
1,641
|
|
|
$
|
1,452
|
|
|
$
|
1,668
|
|
Working capital*
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
1,577
|
|
|
|
2,219
|
|
|
|
2,691
|
|
|
|
3,399
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
22,128
|
|
|
|
25,177
|
|
|
|
27,139
|
|
|
|
31,197
|
|
|
|
30,882
|
|
Borrowings (long-term and short-term)
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
5,918
|
|
|
|
6,745
|
|
|
|
8,189
|
|
|
|
8,902
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
11,296
|
|
|
|
12,301
|
|
|
|
13,174
|
|
|
|
15,097
|
|
|
|
15,298
|
|
Book value per common share
|
|
$
|
7.43
|
|
|
$
|
8.14
|
|
|
$
|
8.77
|
|
|
$
|
10.12
|
|
|
$
|
10.37
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
In 2010, we reclassified certain assets to the assets held for sale caption
in our consolidated balance sheets. These assets are labeled as current to
give effect to the short term nature of those assets that were divested in the
first quarter of 2011 in connection with the sale of our Neurovascular
business, or assets that are expected to be sold in 2011. We have reclassified
2009 balances for comparative purposes on the face of the consolidated balance
sheets, as well as in the working capital metric above. We have not restated
working capital for these items in years prior to 2009 above.
|
See also the notes to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
37
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Executive Summary
Financial Highlights and Trends
In 2010, we generated net sales of $7.806 billion, as compared to $8.188 billion in 2009, a
decrease of $382 million, or five percent. Foreign currency fluctuations contributed $62 million to
our net sales in 2010, as compared to 2009. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, our net sales
decreased $444 million, or five percent, as compared to the prior year. This decrease was
attributable in part to the ship hold and removal of field inventory of all implantable
cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) systems and cardiac resynchronization therapy defibrillator
(CRT-D) systems offered by our Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM) division in the U.S., which we
announced on March 15, 2010, after determining that certain instances of changes in the
manufacturing process related to these products were not submitted for approval to the U.S. Food
and Drug Administration (FDA). We have since submitted the required documentation and, on April 15,
2010, we received clearance from the FDA for certain of the manufacturing changes and immediately
resumed distribution of our COGNIS® CRT-D systems and TELIGEN® ICD systems, which represent
virtually all of our defibrillator implant volume in the U.S. We returned earlier generations of
these products to the U.S. market on May 21, 2010, following required FDA clearance. We are working
with our physician and patient customers to recapture market share lost as a result of the ship
hold and have experienced better-than-expected recovery to date. However, our U.S. CRM net sales
decreased $237 million in 2010, as compared to our market share
exiting 2009, and we estimate that our U.S. defibrillator
market share decreased approximately 300 basis points exiting 2010, as compared to the prior year,
due primarily to these product actions.
In addition, throughout 2010 we continued to experience competitive and other pricing pressures
across our businesses and, particularly, on our drug-eluting coronary stent system offerings. Net
sales of our drug-eluting coronary stent systems decreased $171 million in 2010, as compared to
2009, and we estimate that the average selling price of our drug-eluting stent systems in the U.S.
decreased nine percent in 2010, as compared to the prior year. Further, our net sales have been
adversely impacted by reductions in procedural volumes, due to unemployment levels and other
economic factors.
During 2010, net sales from our Endoscopy, Urology/Womens Health, and Neuromodulation businesses
increased $117 million, or eight percent, as compared to 2009, on the strength of new product
introductions, increased sales investments and further expansion into international markets. Refer
to the
Business and Market Overview
and
Results of Operations
sections for more discussion of our
net sales by division and region.
Our reported net loss in 2010 was $1.065 billion, or $0.70 per share, and was driven primarily by a
goodwill impairment charge related to our U.S. CRM reporting unit following the ship hold and
product removal actions described above. Our reported results for 2010 included goodwill and
intangible asset impairment charges; acquisition-, divestiture-, litigation- and
restructuring-related net charges; discrete tax items and amortization expense (after-tax) of
$2.116 billion, or $1.39 per share. Excluding these items, net income for 2010 was $1.051 billion,
or $0.69 per share. Our reported net loss in 2009 was $1.025 billion, or $0.68 per share. Our
reported results for 2009 included intangible asset impairment charges; acquisition-, divestiture-,
litigation- and restructuring-related net charges; discrete tax items and amortization expense of
$2.207 billion (after-tax), or $1.46 per share. Excluding these items, net income for 2009 was
$1.182 billion, or $0.78 per share.
Net income and net income per share that exclude certain
items are not measures prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). See
Additional Information
for an explanation of managements use of these non-GAAP measures. The
following is a reconciliation of our results of operations prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP to
those adjusted results considered by management. Refer to
Results of Operations
for a discussion of
each reconciling item:
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact per
|
|
|
|
in millions, except per share data
|
|
Pre-Tax
|
|
|
Impact
|
|
|
After-Tax
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
|
|
GAAP results
|
|
$
|
(1,063
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,065
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
|
Non-GAAP adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment charge
|
|
|
1,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,817
|
|
|
|
1.20
|
|
*
|
|
Intangible asset impairment charges
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
*
|
|
Acquisition-related credits
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
(0.13
|
)
|
*
|
|
Divestiture-related charges
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
*
|
|
Restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
*
|
|
Litigation-related net credits
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)
|
*
|
|
Discrete tax items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
*
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted results
|
|
$
|
1,154
|
|
|
$
|
(103
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,051
|
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Assumes dilution of 10.0 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2010 for all or
a portion of these non-GAAP adjustments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact per
|
|
|
|
in millions, except per share data
|
|
Pre-Tax
|
|
|
Impact
|
|
|
After-Tax
|
|
|
share
|
|
|
|
|
GAAP results
|
|
$
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
|
$
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
|
Non-GAAP adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible asset impairment charges
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
Acquisition-related charges
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
Divestiture-related credits
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
Litigation-related net charges
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
1,771
|
|
|
|
1.17
|
|
*
|
|
Discrete tax items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(0.07
|
)
|
*
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted results
|
|
$
|
1,380
|
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,182
|
|
|
$
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Assumes dilution of 8.0 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2009 for all or
a portion of these non-GAAP adjustments.
|
Cash generated by operating activities was $325 million in 2010 and $835 million in 2009, and
included approximately $1.6 billion of litigation-related net payments in 2010, as compared to
approximately $800 million in 2009, as well as the receipt of an
acquisition-related milestone payment of $250 million.
Our cash generated by operations continues to be a significant source of funds for servicing our
outstanding debt obligations and investing in our growth. As of December 31, 2010, we had total
debt of $5.438 billion, cash and cash equivalents of $213 million and working capital of $1.006
billion. During 2010, we completed the refinancing of the majority of our 2011 debt maturities,
establishing a $1.0 billion term loan and syndicating a new $2.0 billion revolving credit facility,
and prepaid in full our $900 million loan from Abbott and all $600 million of our senior notes due
in June 2011. Further, in January 2011, we paid at maturity $250 million of our senior notes. In
2009, Standard & Poors upgraded our credit rating to investment grade with a stable outlook. In
2010, Fitch Ratings upgraded our outlook to positive from stable, and Moodys raised our liquidity
rating to its highest level. We believe these rating improvements reflect the strength of our
product portfolio, our commitment to debt reduction, our improving financial fundamentals, and the
progress we are making towards driving profitable sales growth.
Recent Events
As part of our strategy, we are realigning our business portfolio through select divestitures and
targeted acquisitions in order to reduce risk, optimize operational leverage and accelerate
profitable, sustainable revenue
growth, while preserving our ability to meet the needs of physicians and their patients. We have
recently announced several acquisitions targeting many of our priority growth areas, and, in
January 2011, closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation.
39
Acquisitions
We expect to continue to invest in our core franchises, and are also investigating opportunities to
further expand our presence in, and diversify into, priority growth areas including atrial
fibrillation, autonomic modulation therapy, coronary artery disease, deep-brain stimulation,
diabetes/obesity, endoluminal surgery, endoscopic pulmonary intervention, hypertension, peripheral
vascular disease, structural heart disease, sudden cardiac arrest, and womens health. In late 2010
and early 2011, we announced the acquisitions of Asthmatx, Inc.; Sadra Medical, Inc.; Atritech,
Inc.; and Intelect Medical, Inc., targeting many of the above conditions and disease states. Each
of these acquisitions is discussed in the
Business and Market Overview
section below.
Business Divestiture
In January 2011, we closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation for a
purchase price of $1.5 billion in cash. We received $1.450 billion at closing, including an upfront
payment of $1.426 billion, and $24 million which was placed into escrow to be released upon the
completion of local closings in certain foreign jurisdictions, and will receive an additional $50
million contingent upon the transfer or separation of certain manufacturing facilities, which we
expect will be completed over a period of approximately 24 months. We will provide transitional
services through a transition services agreement, and will also supply products to Stryker. These
transition services and supply agreements are expected to be effective for a period of up to 24
months following the closing of the transaction, subject to extension. Due to our continuing
involvement in the operations of the Neurovascular business, the divestiture does not meet the
criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation. Refer to
Note C Divestitures and Assets
Held for Sale
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements
included in Item 8 of this Annual
Report for more information.
Business and Market Overview
Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM)
Our CRM division develops, manufactures and markets a variety of implantable devices that monitor
the heart and deliver electricity to treat cardiac abnormalities. Worldwide net sales of these
products of $2.180 billion represented approximately 28 percent of our consolidated net sales in
2010. Our worldwide CRM net sales decreased $233 million, or ten percent, in 2010, as compared to
2009. Foreign currency fluctuations did not materially impact our CRM net sales in 2010, as
compared to the prior year. This decrease was driven primarily by the negative impact of the ship
hold and product removal actions associated with our ICD and CRT-D systems earlier in the year. We
experienced market share loss in the U.S. as a result of these actions; however, we believe that
our products, including our COGNIS® CRT-D and TELIGEN® ICD systems, among the worlds smallest and
thinnest high-energy devices, will continue to be successful in the global market.
While we have recaptured a portion of our lost market share, the extent and timing of our recovery
is difficult to predict. We estimate that our U.S. defibrillator market share exiting 2010
decreased approximately 300 basis points, as compared to our market share exiting 2009, due
primarily to these product actions. Further, overall expectations of future CRM market growth have
declined, driven primarily by competitive and other pricing pressures, as well as fewer launches of
market-expanding technologies than previously anticipated. We estimate that the worldwide CRM
market approximated $11.4 billion in 2010, representing a slight increase over the 2009 market size
of $11.1 billion. In addition, physician reaction to study results published by the
Journal of the
American Medical Association
regarding evidence-based guidelines for ICD implants and the U.S.
Department of Justice investigation into ICD implants may have a negative impact on the CRM market.
However, in September 2010, we received FDA approval for an exclusive expanded indication for use
of our CRT-D systems with certain patients in earlier stages of heart failure. We believe this
indication could potentially create an opportunity to expand the worldwide CRM market by
approximately $250 million to $350 million over the next few years, and further enhance our
position within that market.
40
The following are the components of our worldwide CRM net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
(in millions)
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defibrillator systems
|
|
$
|
1,037
|
|
|
$
|
562
|
|
|
$
|
1,599
|
|
|
$
|
1,248
|
|
|
$
|
544
|
|
|
$
|
1,792
|
|
Pacemaker systems
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CRM products
|
|
$
|
1,357
|
|
|
$
|
823
|
|
|
$
|
2,180
|
|
|
$
|
1,594
|
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
|
$
|
2,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our U.S. CRM net sales decreased $237 million, or 15 percent, in 2010 as compared to 2009,
driven primarily by the ship hold and product removal actions involving our ICD and CRT-D systems,
discussed above. We are committed to advancing our technologies to strengthen our CRM business. In
2010, we continued to execute on our product pipeline and expect to launch our next-generation line
of defibrillators in the U.S. in late 2011 or early 2012, which include new features designed to
improve functionality, diagnostic capability and ease of use. Due in part to anticipated changes to
current FDA regulatory requirements industry-wide, which would increase the number of patients and
length of time needed for certain clinical studies, we now expect to launch our next-generation
INGENIO pacemaker system, which leverages the strength of our high-voltage platform and will be
compatible with our LATITUDE® Patient Management System, in the U.S. in late 2011 or early 2012,
depending on final FDA requirements. Refer to
Regulatory
Environment
included in Item 1 of this
Annual Report for more information.
Our international CRM net sales increased $4 million, or less than one percent, in 2010, as
compared to 2009. International net sales of our defibrillator systems increased $18 million, or
three percent, in 2010, as compared to 2009, driven by strong market acceptance of our COGNIS®
CRT-D and TELIGEN® ICD systems, and our recently-launched 4-SITE lead delivery system. In addition,
in July 2009, we received CE Mark approval for our LATITUDE® Patient Management System and have
since launched this technology in the majority of our European markets. The LATITUDE® technology,
which is designed to enable physicians to monitor device performance remotely while patients are in
their homes, is a key component of many of our CRM systems. In late 2010, we received CE Mark
approval for our next-generation line of defibrillators, INCEPTA, ENERGEN and PUNCTUA, and plan
to launch these products in our Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA) region and certain
Inter-Continental countries in the first half of 2011. These products provide physicians and their
patients with more options to customize therapy and enhance our market advantage in size, shape and
longevity. We also plan to launch our next-generation INGENIO pacemaker system in these regions in
the second half of 2011 and believe that these launches position us well within the worldwide CRM
market.
Net sales from our CRM products represent a significant source of our overall net sales. Therefore,
increases or decreases in our CRM net sales could have a significant impact on our results of
operations. The variables that may impact the size of the CRM market and/or our share of that
market include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
our ability to retain and attract key members of our CRM sales force and other key CRM
personnel;
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to recapture lost market share following the ship hold and product removal
of our ICD and CRT-D systems in the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of market and economic conditions on average selling prices and the overall
number of procedures performed;
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of CRM manufacturers to maintain the trust and confidence of the
implanting physician community, the referring physician community and prospective
patients in CRM technologies;
|
|
|
|
|
future product field actions or new physician advisories by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully develop and launch next-generation products and technology;
|
41
|
|
|
clinical trials that may provide opportunities to expand indications for use,
particularly in light of anticipated changes to current FDA regulatory requirements
industry-wide;
|
|
|
|
|
variations in clinical results, reliability or product performance of our and our
competitors products;
|
|
|
|
|
delayed or limited regulatory approvals and unfavorable reimbursement policies; and
|
|
|
|
|
new competitive launches.
|
Coronary Stent Systems
Our coronary stent system offerings include
the VeriFLEX
(Liberté®) bare-metal coronary stent system,
designed to enhance deliverability and conformability, particularly in challenging lesions, as well
as drug-eluting coronary stent systems. We are the only company in the industry to offer a two-drug
platform strategy, which has enabled us to maintain our leadership position in the drug-eluting
stent market. We currently market our TAXUS® paclitaxel-eluting stent line, including our
third-generation TAXUS® Element stent system, launched in our EMEA region and certain
Inter-Continental countries during the second quarter of 2010. The CE Mark approval for our TAXUS®
Element stent system includes a specific indication for treatment in diabetic patients. We also
offer our everolimus-eluting stent line, consisting of the PROMUS® stent system, currently supplied
to us by Abbott Laboratories, and our next-generation internally-developed and manufactured
everolimus-eluting stent system, the PROMUS® Element stent system, which we launched in our EMEA
region and certain Inter-Continental countries in the fourth quarter of 2009. In September 2010, we
received CE Mark approval for expanded indications for the use of our PROMUS® Element stent system
in diabetic and heart attack patients. Our Element stent platform incorporates a unique platinum
chromium alloy designed to offer greater radial strength and flexibility than older alloys,
enhanced visibility and reduced recoil. The innovative stent design improves deliverability and
allows for more consistent lesion coverage and drug distribution. These product offerings
demonstrate our commitment to drug-eluting stent market leadership and continued innovation. We
expect to launch our TAXUS® Element stent system in the U.S. (to be commercialized as ION) in
mid-2011 and Japan in late 2011 or early 2012. We expect to launch our PROMUS® Element stent
system in the U.S. and Japan in mid-2012.
Net sales of our coronary stent systems, including bare-metal stent systems, of $1.670 billion
represented approximately 21 percent of our consolidated net sales in 2010. Worldwide sales of
these products decreased $209 million, or 11 percent, in 2010, as compared to the prior year.
Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, which contributed $26 million to our
coronary stent system net sales in 2010, as compared to 2009, net sales of these products decreased
12 percent, as compared to the prior year. Despite continued competition and pricing pressures
resulting in a decline in sales of these products, we maintained our leadership position in 2010
with an estimated 36 percent share of the worldwide drug-eluting stent market, as compared to 41
percent in 2009. We estimate that the worldwide coronary stent market approximated $5.0 billion in
2010, consistent with the 2009 market size. The size of the coronary stent market is driven
primarily by the number of percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) procedures performed, as well
as the percentage of those in which stents are implanted; the number of devices used per procedure;
average selling prices; and the drug-eluting stent penetration
rate
2
.
|
|
|
2
A measure of the mix between bare-metal and drug-eluting stents used across procedures.
|
42
The following are the components of our worldwide coronary stent system sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
(in millions)
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAXUS®
|
|
$
|
277
|
|
|
$
|
223
|
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
431
|
|
|
$
|
596
|
|
|
$
|
1,027
|
|
PROMUS®
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
681
|
|
PROMUS® Element
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drug-eluting stent systems
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
|
1,537
|
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
|
1,708
|
|
Bare-metal stent systems
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
849
|
|
|
$
|
821
|
|
|
$
|
1,670
|
|
|
$
|
968
|
|
|
$
|
911
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our U.S. net sales of drug-eluting stent systems decreased $106 million, or 12 percent, in
2010, as compared to 2009. This decrease resulted primarily from a decline in our share of the U.S.
drug-eluting stent market, as well as an overall decrease in the size of this market, resulting
principally from lower average selling prices driven by competitive and other pricing pressures. We
estimate our share of the U.S. drug-eluting stent market approximated 46 percent for the last five
quarters, as compared to an average of 49 percent during 2009, and estimate that the average
selling price of drug-eluting stent systems in the U.S. decreased approximately nine percent in
2010, as compared to 2009. This decline was due primarily to lower sales of our TAXUS® drug-eluting
stent systems, which we believe was due to customer perceptions of data from a single-center,
non-double-blinded, underpowered study sponsored by one of our competitors. We believe that average
drug-eluting stent penetration rates in the U.S. were 77 percent in 2010, as compared to an average
of 75 percent during 2009, which partially offset the impact of lower average selling prices on the
size of the U.S. drug-eluting stent market. We believe we have maintained our leadership position
in this market due to the success of our two-drug platform strategy and the breadth of our product
offerings, including the industrys widest range of coronary stent sizes.
Our international drug-eluting stent system net sales decreased $65 million, or eight percent, in
2010, as compared to 2009. Net sales of our drug-eluting stent systems in Japan decreased $49
million, or 19 percent, in 2010, as compared to the prior year and our estimated share of the
drug-eluting stent market in Japan declined to an average of 39 percent in 2010 (exiting at 36
percent), as compared to an average of 49 percent in 2009 (exiting at 44 percent). We believe that
aggressive pricing offered by market entrants and clinical trial enrollment limiting our access to
certain customers contributed to the decline in our market share in Japan in 2010, as compared to
the prior year. This decrease was partially offset by our first quarter 2010 launch of the PROMUS®
stent system in Japan, enabling us to begin the execution of our two-drug platform strategy in this
region. Our net sales of drug-eluting stent systems in our EMEA region decreased $26 million, or
eight percent in 2010, as compared to 2009, due primarily to declines in average selling prices,
partially offset by increased penetration rates. However, in the second quarter of 2010, we
launched our third-generation TAXUS® Element stent system in our EMEA region and certain
Inter-Continental countries. We believe that this launch, coupled with the November 2009 launch of
our PROMUS® Element stent system, which has quickly gained market share, exiting 2010 with
approximately one quarter share of the drug-eluting stent market in EMEA, position us well in this
market going forward. Net sales of drug-eluting stent systems in our Inter-Continental region
increased $10 million, or five percent, driven by an increase in penetration rates and procedural
volume.
We market the PROMUS® everolimus-eluting coronary stent system, a private-labeled XIENCE V® stent
system supplied to us by Abbott Laboratories. As of the closing of Abbotts 2006 acquisition of
Guidant Corporations vascular intervention and endovascular solutions businesses, we obtained a
perpetual license to the intellectual property used in Guidants drug-eluting stent system program
purchased by Abbott. We believe that being the only company to offer two distinct drug-eluting
stent platforms provides us a considerable advantage in the drug-eluting stent market and has
enabled us to sustain our worldwide leadership position. However, under the terms of our supply
arrangement with Abbott, the gross profit and operating profit margin of everolimus-eluting stent
systems supplied to us by Abbott, including any improvements or iterations approved for sale during
the term of the applicable supply arrangements and of the type that could be approved by a supplement
to an approved FDA pre-market approval, is significantly lower than that of our TAXUS® and PROMUS®
Element stent systems. Specifically, the PROMUS® stent system has operating profit margins that
approximate half of our TAXUS® stent system operating profit margin. Therefore, if sales of
everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to
43
us by Abbott increase in relation to our total
drug-eluting stent system sales, our profit margins will decrease. Refer to our
Gross Profit
discussion for more information on the impact this sales mix has had on our gross profit margins.
Our internally-developed and manufactured PROMUS® Element everolimus-eluting stent system,
launched in our EMEA region and certain Inter-Continental countries in the fourth quarter of 2009,
generates gross profit margins more favorable than the PROMUS® stent system and we expect will
positively affect our overall gross profit and operating profit margins in these
regions as sales shift from PROMUS® to PROMUS® Element.
Further, the price we pay for our supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems from Abbott is
determined by contracts with Abbott and is based, in part, on previously fixed estimates of
Abbotts manufacturing costs for everolimus-eluting stent systems and third-party reports of our
average selling price of these stent systems. Amounts paid pursuant to this pricing arrangement are
subject to a retroactive adjustment approximately every two years based on Abbotts actual costs to
manufacture these stent systems for us and our average selling price of everolimus-eluting stent
systems supplied to us by Abbott. Our gross profit margin may be positively or negatively impacted
in the future as a result of this adjustment process.
We are currently reliant on Abbott for our supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems in the U.S.
and Japan. Our supply agreement with Abbott for everolimus-eluting stent systems in the U.S. and
Japan extends through the end of the second quarter of 2012. At present, we believe that our supply
of everolimus-eluting stent systems from Abbott, coupled with our current launch plans for our
internally-developed and manufactured PROMUS® Element everolimus-eluting stent system, is
sufficient to meet customer demand. However, any production or capacity issues that affect Abbotts
manufacturing capabilities or our process for forecasting, ordering and receiving shipments may
impact the ability to increase or decrease our level of supply in a timely manner; therefore, our
supply of everolimus-eluting stent systems supplied to us by Abbott may not align with customer
demand, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results. Further, a delay in the launch
of our internally-developed and manufactured PROMUS® Element everolimus-eluting stent system in
the U.S. and Japan, currently expected in mid-2012, could result in an inability to meet customer
demand for everolimus-eluting stent systems.
Historically, the worldwide coronary stent market has been dynamic and highly competitive with
significant market share volatility. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we
conduct and participate in numerous clinical trials with a variety of study designs, patient
populations and trial end points. Unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from existing or future
clinical trials conducted by us, our competitors or third parties, or the markets perception of
these clinical data, may adversely impact our position in, and share of, the drug-eluting stent
market and may contribute to increased volatility in the market.
We believe that we can sustain our leadership position within the worldwide drug-eluting stent
market in the foreseeable future for a variety of reasons, including:
|
|
|
our two-drug platform strategy, including specialty stent sizes;
|
|
|
|
|
the broad and consistent long-term results of our TAXUS® clinical trials, and
the favorable results of the XIENCE V®/PROMUS® and PROMUS® Element stent system
clinical trials to date;
|
|
|
|
|
the performance benefits of our current and future technology;
|
|
|
|
|
the strength of our pipeline of drug-eluting stent products, including our
PROMUS® Element and TAXUS® Element stent systems, in additional geographies;
|
|
|
|
|
our overall position in the worldwide interventional medicine market and our
experienced interventional cardiology sales force; and
|
|
|
|
|
the strength of our clinical, selling, marketing and manufacturing capabilities.
|
44
However, a decline in net sales from our drug-eluting stent systems could have a significant
adverse impact on our operating results and operating cash flows. The most significant variables
that may impact the size of the drug-eluting stent market and our position within this market
include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
the impact of competitive pricing pressure on average selling prices of
drug-eluting stent systems available in the market;
|
|
|
|
|
the impact and outcomes of on-going and future clinical results involving our
or our competitors products, including those trials sponsored by our
competitors, or perceived product performance of our or our competitors
products;
|
|
|
|
|
physician and patient confidence in our current and next-generation technology;
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully launch next-generation products and technology
features, including the PROMUS® Element and TAXUS® Element stent systems in
additional geographies;
|
|
|
|
|
changes in drug-eluting stent penetration rates, the overall number of PCI
procedures performed and the average number of stents used per procedure;
|
|
|
|
|
delayed or limited regulatory approvals and unfavorable reimbursement policies;
|
|
|
|
|
new competitive product launches; and
|
|
|
|
|
the outcome of intellectual property litigation.
|
During 2009 and early 2010, we successfully negotiated closure of several long-standing legal
matters, including multiple matters with Johnson & Johnson; all outstanding litigation between us
and Medtronic, Inc. with respect to interventional cardiology and endovascular repair cases; and
all outstanding litigation between us and Bruce Saffran, M.D., Ph.D. However, there continues to be
significant intellectual property litigation particularly in the coronary stent market. In
particular, although we have resolved multiple litigation matters with Johnson & Johnson, we
continue to be involved in patent litigation with them, particularly relating to drug-eluting stent
systems. Adverse outcomes in one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on
our ability to sell certain products and on our operating margins, financial position, results of
operations or liquidity.
Interventional Cardiology
(excluding coronary stent systems)
In addition to coronary stent systems, our Interventional Cardiology business markets balloon
catheters, rotational atherectomy systems, guide wires, guide catheters, embolic protection
devices, and diagnostic catheters used in percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA)
procedures, as well as ultrasound imaging systems. Our worldwide net sales of these products
decreased to $932 million in 2010, as compared to $980 million in 2009, a decrease of $48 million,
or five percent. Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations which contributed $12
million to our Interventional Cardiology (excluding coronary stent systems) net sales in 2010, as
compared to the prior year, net sales of these products decreased $60 million, or six percent. Our
U.S. net sales of these products were $394 million in 2010, as compared to $409 million in 2009.
Our international net sales of these products were $538 million in 2010, as compared to $571
million for the prior year. This decrease was the result of a delay in new product introductions,
pricing pressures and competitive product launches. We continue to hold a strong leadership
position in the PTCA balloon catheter market, maintaining an
estimated 56 percent average share of
the U.S. market and 38 percent worldwide in 2010. We have executed and are planning a number of
additional new product launches during 2011, including the full launch of our Apex pre-dilatation
balloon catheter with platinum marker bands for improved radiopacity, launched in limited markets
during the second quarter of 2010. In June 2010, we launched the NC Quantum Apex post-dilatation
balloon catheter, developed specifically to address physicians needs in optimizing coronary stent deployment, which
has been received positively in the market. In addition, we began a phased launch of our Kinetix
family of guidewires in the U.S., our EMEA region and certain Inter-Continental countries in April
2010.
45
As part of our strategic plan, we are investigating opportunities to further expand our presence
in, and diversify into, other areas and disease states, including structural heart. In January
2011, we completed the acquisition of Sadra Medical, Inc. Sadra is developing a repositionable
and retrievable device for percutaneous aortic valve replacement (PAVR) to treat patients with
severe aortic stenosis and recently completed a series of European feasibility studies for its
Lotus Valve System, which consists of a stent-mounted tissue valve prosthesis and catheter
delivery system for guidance and placement of the valve. The low-profile delivery system and
introducer sheath are designed to enable accurate positioning, repositioning and retrieval at any
time prior to release of the aortic valve implant. PAVR is one of the fastest growing medical
device markets.
Peripheral Interventions
Our Peripheral Interventions business product offerings include stents, balloon catheters, sheaths,
wires and vena cava filters, which are used to diagnose and treat peripheral vascular disease, and
we continue to hold the number one position in the worldwide Peripheral Interventions market. Our
worldwide net sales of these products increased to $669 million in 2010, as compared to $661
million in 2009, an increase of $8 million, or one percent. Excluding the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations, which contributed $6 million to our Peripheral Interventions net sales in
2010, as compared the prior year, net sales of these products increased $2 million, or less than
one percent, as compared to 2009. Our U.S. net sales of these products were $310 million in 2010,
as compared to $320 million for the prior year. Our international net sales were $359 million in
2010, as compared to $341 million in 2009, driven by several international product launches,
including the second quarter 2010 launch in Japan of our Carotid WALLSTENT® Monorail®
Endoprosthesis. We look forward to new product launches, including our next-generation percutaneous
transluminal angioplasty balloon, expected in the second half of 2011 and believe that these
launches, coupled with the strength of our Express® SD Renal Monorail® premounted stent system; our
Express LD Stent System, which received FDA approval in the first quarter of 2010 for an iliac
indication; our Sterling® Monorail® and Over-the-Wire balloon dilatation catheter and our extensive
line of Interventional Oncology product solutions, will continue to position us well in the growing
Peripheral Interventions market.
Electrophysiology
We develop less-invasive medical technologies used in the diagnosis and treatment of rate and
rhythm disorders of the heart. Our leading products include the Blazer line of ablation catheters,
including our next-generation Blazer Prime ablation catheter, designed to deliver enhanced
performance, responsiveness and durability, which we launched in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of
2009. Worldwide net sales of our Electrophysiology products decreased to $147 million in 2010, as
compared to $149 million in 2009, a decrease of $2 million, or two percent, due principally to
product availability constraints with our Chilli II catheter line. Foreign currency fluctuations
did not materially impact our Electrophysiology net sales in 2010, as compared to the prior year.
Our U.S. net sales of these products were $112 million, as compared to $116 million for the prior
year, and our international net sales were $35 million in 2010, as compared to $33 million in 2009.
We have begun a limited launch of our Blazer Prime ablation catheter in the U.S., our EMEA region
and certain Inter-Continental countries, and believe that with the increasing adoption of this
technology and other upcoming product launches, we are well-positioned within the Electrophysiology
market. As part of our strategic plan, we are investigating opportunities to further expand our
presence in, and diversify into, other areas and disease states, including atrial fibrillation. In
January 2011, we announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement under which we will acquire
Atritech, Inc., subject to customary closing conditions. Atritech has developed a novel device
designed to close the left atrial appendage in patients with atrial fibrillation who are at risk
for ischemic stroke. The WATCHMAN® Left Atrial Appendage Closure Technology, developed
by Atritech, is the first device proven in a randomized clinical trial to offer an alternative to
anticoagulant drugs, and is approved for use in CE Mark countries.
Endoscopy
Our Endoscopy division develops and manufactures devices to treat a variety of medical conditions
including diseases of the digestive and pulmonary systems. Our worldwide net sales of these
products increased to $1.079 billion in 2010, as compared to $1.006 billion in 2009, an increase of
$73 million, or seven percent.
46
Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, which
contributed $9 million to our Endoscopy net sales in 2010, as compared to the prior year, net sales
of these products increased $64 million, or six percent, as compared to 2009. Our U.S. net sales of
these products were $541 million in 2010, as compared to $517 million for the prior year, and our
international net sales were $538 million in 2010, as compared to $489 million in 2009. These
increases were due primarily to higher net sales within our stent franchise, driven by the
continued commercialization and adoption of our WallFlex® family of stents, in particular, the
WallFlex Biliary line and WallFlex Esophageal line. In addition, our hemostasis franchise net sales
benefited from increased utilization of our Resolution
®
Clip Device, an endoscopic mechanical clip
to treat gastrointestinal bleeding, and our biliary franchise drove solid growth on the strength of
our rapid exchange biliary devices. During 2010, we introduced expanded sizes of our Radial® Jaw 4
biopsy forceps, and have launched a number of new products targeting the biliary interventional
market. As part of our strategic plan, we are investigating opportunities to further expand our
presence in, and diversify into, other areas and disease states, including endoscopic pulmonary
intervention. On October 26, 2010, we completed our acquisition of Asthmatx, Inc. Asthmatx designs,
manufactures and markets a less-invasive, catheter-based bronchial thermoplasty procedure for the
treatment of severe persistent asthma. The Alair
®
Bronchial Thermoplasty
System, developed by Asthmatx, has both CE Mark and FDA approval and is the first device-based
asthma treatment approved by the FDA. We expect this technology to strengthen our existing offering
of pulmonary devices and contribute to the mid- to long-term growth and diversification of the
Endoscopy business.
Urology/Womens Health
Our Urology/Womens Health division develops and manufactures devices to treat various urological
and gynecological disorders. Our worldwide net sales of these products increased to $481 million in
2010 from $456 million in 2009, an increase of $25 million, or five percent. Foreign currency
fluctuations did not materially impact our Urology/Womens Health net sales in 2010, as compared to
the prior year. Our U.S. net sales of these products were $365 million in 2010, as compared to $353
million in 2009, and our international net sales were $116 million in 2010, as compared to $103
million for the prior year. These increases were driven by new product introductions and increased
sales investments. In 2011, we plan to expand the launch of our recently-approved Genesys Hydro
ThermAblator® (HTA) system, a next-generation endometrial ablation system designed to ablate the
endometrial lining of the uterus in premenopausal women with menorrhagia. The Genesys HTA System
features a smaller and lighter console, simplified set-up requirements, and an enhanced graphic
user interface and is designed to improve operating performance. We believe this new product
offering will enable us to increase our share of this market.
Neuromodulation
Within our Neuromodulation business, we market the Precision® Spinal Cord Stimulation (SCS) system,
used for the management of chronic pain. Our worldwide net sales of Neuromodulation products
increased to $304 million in 2010, as compared to $285 million in 2009, an increase of $19 million,
or seven percent. Foreign currency fluctuations did not materially impact our Neuromodulation net
sales in 2010, as compared to the prior year. Our U.S. net sales of these products were $288
million in 2010 as compared to $271 million for the prior year, and our international net sales of
these products were $16 million in 2010, as compared to $14 million in 2009, driven by an increase
in procedural volume and new product launches. In 2010, we received FDA approval and launched two
lead splitters, as well as the Linear 3-4 and Linear 3-6 Percutaneous Leads for use with our SCS
systems, offering a broader range of lead configurations and designed to provide physicians more
treatment options for their chronic pain patients. These represent the broadest range of
percutaneous lead configurations in the industry. We believe that we continue to have a technology
advantage over our competitors with proprietary features such as Multiple Independent Current
Control, which is intended to allow the physician to target specific areas of pain more precisely,
and are involved in various studies designed to evaluate the use of spinal cord stimulation in the
treatment of additional sources of pain. As a demonstration of our commitment to strengthening
clinical evidence with spinal cord stimulation, we have initiated a trial to assess the therapeutic
effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of spinal cord stimulation compared to reoperation in patients
with failed back surgery syndrome. We believe that this trial could result in consideration of
spinal cord stimulation much earlier in the continuum of care. In addition, in late 2010 we
initiated a European clinical trial for the treatment of Parkinsons disease using our Vercise
deep-brain stimulation system, and, in January 2011, we completed the
47
acquisition of Intelect
Medical, Inc., a development-stage company developing advanced visualization and programming for
the Vercise system. We believe this acquisition leverages the core architecture of our Vercise
platform and advances the field of deep-brain stimulation.
Neurovascular
In January 2011, we closed the sale our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation. We will
provide transitional services through a transition services agreement, and will also supply
products to Stryker. These transition services and supply agreements are expected to be effective
for a period of up to 24 months following the closing of the transaction, subject to extension, and
we will recognize net sales on the sale of Neurovascular products in certain countries during this
period. Our future sales of Neurovascular products to Stryker will be significantly lower than our
2010 Neurovascular net sales and will be at significantly reduced gross margins. The Neurovascular
business markets a broad line of coated and uncoated detachable coils, micro-delivery stents,
micro-guidewires, micro-catheters, guiding catheters and embolics to neuro-interventional
radiologists and neurosurgeons to treat diseases of the neurovascular system. Our worldwide net
sales of Neurovascular products decreased to $340 million in 2010, as compared to $348 million in
2009, a decrease of $8 million, or two percent. Excluding the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations, which contributed $7 million to Neurovascular net sales in 2010, as compared to the
prior year, net sales of these products decreased $15 million, or four percent, in 2010, as
compared to 2009. Our U.S. net sales of these products were $120 million, as compared to $125
million for the prior year, and our international net sales were $220 million in 2010, as compared
to $223 million in 2009. These decreases resulted primarily from new competitive launches and a
delay in the launch of the next-generation family of detachable coils, as well the impact of a
field action initiated during the third quarter with respect to selective lots of the Matrix®
Detachable Coil. However, in October 2010, we received FDA approval for the next-generation family
of detachable coils, which includes an enhanced delivery system designed to reduce coil detachment
times and began a phased launch of the product in 2010. In 2010, we also launched the Neuroform EZ
stent system, the fourth-generation intracranial aneurysm stent system designed for use in
conjunction with endovascular coiling to treat wide-necked aneurysms, in the U.S. and our EMEA
region.
FDA Matters
In January 2006, we received a corporate warning letter from the FDA notifying us of serious
regulatory problems at three of our facilities and advising us that our corporate-wide corrective
action plan relating to three site-specific warning letters issued to us in 2005 was inadequate. We
identified solutions to the quality system issues cited by the FDA and implemented those solutions
throughout our organization. During 2008, the FDA reinspected a number of our facilities and, in
October 2008, informed us that our quality system was in substantial compliance with its Quality
System Regulations. In November 2009 and January 2010, the FDA reinspected two of our sites to
follow-up on observations from the 2008 FDA inspections. Both of these FDA inspections confirmed
that all issues at the sites have been resolved and all restrictions related to the corporate
warning letter were removed. On August 11, 2010, we were notified by the FDA that the corporate
warning letter had been lifted.
In August 2010, the FDA released numerous draft proposals on the 510(k) process aimed at increasing
transparency and streamlining the process, while adding more scientific rigor to the review
process. In January 2011, the FDA released the implementation plan for changes to the 510(k)
Submission program, which includes additional training of FDA staff, the creation of various
guidance documents intended to provide greater clarity to certain processes, as well as various
internal changes to the FDAs procedures. We have a portfolio of products that includes numerous
Class II medical devices. Several of the FDAs proposals could increase the regulatory burden on
our industry, including those that could increase the cost, complexity and time to market for
certain high-risk Class II medical devices.
Restructuring Initiatives
We are a diversified worldwide medical device leader and hold number one or two positions in the
majority of the markets in which we compete. Since our inception, we have generated significant
revenue growth driven by product innovation, strategic acquisitions and robust investments in
research and development. We generate
48
strong cash flow, which has enabled us to reduce our debt
obligations and further invest in our growth. On an on-going basis, we monitor the dynamics of the
economy, the healthcare industry, and the markets in which we compete; and we continue to assess
opportunities for improved operational effectiveness and efficiency, and better alignment of
expenses with revenues, while preserving our ability to make the investments in research and
development projects, capital and our people that are essential to our long-term success. As a
result of these assessments, we have undertaken various restructuring initiatives in order to
enhance our growth potential and position us for long-term success. These initiatives are
described below, and additional information can be found in
Results of Operations
and
Note I
Restructuring-related Activities
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8
of this Annual Report.
2010 Restructuring plan
On February 6, 2010, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, a series of management
changes and restructuring initiatives (the 2010 Restructuring plan) designed to focus our business,
drive innovation, accelerate profitable revenue growth and increase both accountability and shareholder
value. Key activities under the plan include the integration of our Cardiovascular and CRM
businesses, as well as the restructuring of certain other businesses and corporate functions; the
centralization of our research and development organization; the re-alignment of our international
structure to reduce our administrative costs and invest in expansion opportunities including
significant investments in emerging markets; and the reprioritization and diversification of our
product portfolio. We estimate that the execution of this plan will result in gross reductions in
pre-tax operating expenses of approximately $200 million to $250 million, once completed in 2012.
We expect to reinvest a portion of the savings into customer-facing and other activities to help
drive future sales growth and support the business. Activities under the 2010 Restructuring plan
were initiated in the first quarter of 2010 and are expected to be substantially complete by the
end of 2012. We expect the execution of the 2010 Restructuring plan will result in the elimination
of approximately 1,000 to 1,300 positions worldwide.
Plant Network Optimization
In January 2009, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, a Plant Network Optimization
program, which is intended to simplify our manufacturing plant structure by transferring certain
production lines among facilities and by closing certain other facilities. The program is a
complement to our 2007 Restructuring plan, discussed below, and is intended to improve overall
gross profit margins. We estimate that the program will result in annualized run-rate reductions of
manufacturing costs of approximately $65 million exiting 2012. These savings are in
addition to the estimated $35 million of annual reductions of manufacturing costs from activities
under our 2007 Restructuring plan, discussed below. Activities under the Plant Network Optimization
program were initiated in the first quarter of 2009 and are expected to be substantially complete
by the end of 2012.
2007 Restructuring plan
In October 2007, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, an expense and head count
reduction plan (the 2007 Restructuring plan). The plan was intended to bring expenses in line with
revenues as part of our initiatives to enhance short- and long-term shareholder value. Key
activities under the plan included the restructuring of several businesses, corporate functions and
product franchises in order to better utilize resources, strengthen competitive positions, and
create a more simplified and efficient business model; the elimination, suspension or reduction of
spending on certain research and development projects; and the transfer of certain production lines
among facilities. The execution of this plan enabled us to reduce research and development and
selling, general and administrative expenses by an annualized run rate of approximately $500
million exiting 2008. We have partially reinvested our savings from these initiatives into targeted
head count increases, primarily in customer-facing positions. In addition, we expect reductions of
annualized run-rate manufacturing costs of approximately $35 million exiting 2010 as a result of
transfers of certain production lines. Due to the longer term
nature of these initiatives, we do not expect to achieve the full benefit of these reductions in
manufacturing costs until 2012. We initiated activities under the plan in the fourth quarter of
2007. The transfer of certain production lines contemplated under the 2007 Restructuring plan was
completed as of December 31, 2010; all other major
49
activities under the plan, with the exception of
final production line transfers, were completed as of December 31, 2009.
Healthcare Reform
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and Health Care and Education Affordability
Reconciliation Act were enacted into law in the U.S. in 2010. Certain provisions of the legislation
will not be effective for a number of years and there are many programs and requirements for which
the details have not yet been fully established or consequences not fully understood, and it is
unclear what the full impact will be from the legislation. The legislation imposes on medical
device manufacturers a 2.3 percent excise tax on U.S. sales of Class I, II and III medical devices
beginning in 2013. U.S. net sales represented 56 percent of our worldwide net sales in 2010 and,
therefore, this tax burden may have a material negative impact on our results of operations and
cash flows. Other provisions of this legislation, including Medicare provisions aimed at improving
quality and decreasing costs, comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory
board, and pilot programs to evaluate alternative payment methodologies, could meaningfully change
the way healthcare is developed and delivered, and may adversely affect our business and results of
operations. Further, we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations will be ultimately
implemented at the federal or state level, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in
the U.S. or internationally. However, any changes that lower reimbursements for our products or
reduce medical procedure volumes could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Results of Operations
Net Sales
We manage our international operating segments on a constant currency basis, and we manage market
risk from currency exchange rate changes at the corporate level. Management excludes the impact of
foreign exchange for purposes of reviewing regional and divisional revenue growth rates to
facilitate an evaluation of current operating performance and comparison to past operating
performance. To calculate revenue growth rates that exclude the impact of currency exchange, we
convert current period and prior period net sales from local currency to U.S. dollars using current
period currency exchange rates. The regional constant currency growth rates in the tables below can
be recalculated from our net sales by reportable segment as presented
in
Note P Segment
Reporting
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
As of December 31, 2010, we had four reportable segments based on geographic regions: the United
States; EMEA, consisting of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Japan; and Inter-Continental,
consisting of our Asia Pacific and the Americas operating segments. The reportable segments
represent an aggregate of all operating divisions within each segment.
The following tables provide our worldwide net sales by region and the relative change on an as
reported and constant currency basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 versus 2009
|
|
2009 versus 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
Constant
|
|
As Reported
|
|
Constant
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
Currency
|
|
Currency
|
|
Currency
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Basis
|
|
Basis
|
|
Basis
|
|
Basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
4,335
|
|
|
$
|
4,675
|
|
|
$
|
4,487
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
%
|
|
|
(7)
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
1,759
|
|
|
|
1,837
|
|
|
|
1,960
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
%
|
|
|
(1)
|
%
|
|
|
(6)
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
Japan
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(8)
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
Inter-Continental
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
3,467
|
|
|
|
3,502
|
|
|
|
3,494
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
%
|
|
|
(3)
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
7,802
|
|
|
|
8,177
|
|
|
|
7,981
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Divested Businesses
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides our worldwide net sales by division and the relative change on an
as reported and constant currency basis.
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 versus 2009
|
|
2009 versus 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
Constant
|
|
As Reported
|
|
Constant
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
Currency
|
|
Currency
|
|
Currency
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Basis
|
|
Basis
|
|
Basis
|
|
Basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cardiac Rhythm Management
|
|
$
|
2,180
|
|
|
$
|
2,413
|
|
|
$
|
2,286
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
%
|
|
|
(10)
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interventional Cardiology
|
|
|
2,602
|
|
|
|
2,859
|
|
|
|
2,879
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
%
|
|
|
(10)
|
%
|
|
|
(1)
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Peripheral Interventions
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(3)
|
%
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cardiovascular Group
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
3,520
|
|
|
|
3,563
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
%
|
|
|
(8)
|
%
|
|
|
(1)
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electrophysiology
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(1)
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurovascular
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(4)
|
%
|
|
|
(3)
|
%
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endoscopy
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Urology/Womens Health
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuromodulation
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
7,802
|
|
|
|
8,177
|
|
|
|
7,981
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Divested Businesses
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The divisional constant currency growth rates in the tables above can be recalculated from the
reconciliations provided below. Growth rates are based on actual, non-rounded amounts and may not
recalculate precisely. Please see
Additional Information
for further information regarding
managements use of these non-GAAP measures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Net Sales as compared to 2009
|
|
2009 Net Sales as compared to 2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
Constant
|
|
|
Impact of
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
Constant
|
|
|
Impact of
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
in millions
|
|
Basis
|
|
|
Basis
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
Basis
|
|
|
Basis
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cardiac Rhythm Management
|
|
$
|
(233
|
)
|
|
$
|
(230
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interventional Cardiology
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
(295
|
)
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Peripheral Interventions
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cardiovascular Group
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electrophysiology
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neurovascular
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Endoscopy
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Urology/ Womens Health
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuromodulation
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
(375
|
)
|
|
|
(437
|
)
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Divested Businesses
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
(382
|
)
|
|
$
|
(444
|
)
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
230
|
|
|
$
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Net Sales
During 2010, our U.S. net sales decreased $340 million, or seven percent, as compared to 2009. The
decrease was driven primarily by lower U.S. CRM net sales of $237 million, due primarily to the
ship hold and product removal actions impacting our ICD and CRT-D systems discussed above, as well
as a decline in U.S. coronary stent system net sales of $119 million, due primarily to a decline in
our share of the U.S. drug-eluting stent market as well as lower average selling prices. In
addition, U.S. net sales of our Interventional Cardiology (excluding coronary stent systems)
business decreased $15 million in 2010, as compared to the prior year. These decreases were
partially offset by increases of U.S. net sales in 2010 from our Endoscopy business of $24 million,
$12 million attributable to our Urology/Womens Health business, and $17 million of growth in our
Neuromodulation
51
business, as compared to 2009. Refer to the
Business and Market Overview
section
for further discussion of our net sales.
During 2009, our U.S. net sales increased $188 million, or four percent, as compared to 2008. The
increase was driven primarily by an increase in U.S. CRM net sales of $125 million and an increase
of $47 million in U.S. net sales of our coronary stent systems. In addition, U.S. net sales in 2009
from our Endoscopy business grew $40 million, our Urology/Womens Health net sales increased $18
million, and our Neuromodulation division
increased U.S. net sales $37 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. These increases were partially offset by
declines in U.S. net sales from our Interventional Cardiology (excluding coronary stent systems)
business of $52 million and a decrease of $16 million in Peripheral Interventions U.S. net sales in
2009, as compared to the prior year.
International Net Sales
During 2010, our international net sales decreased $35 million, or one percent, as compared to
2009. Foreign currency fluctuations contributed $62 million to our international net sales in 2010,
as compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, net sales in
our EMEA region decreased $21 million, or one percent, in 2010, as compared the prior year. Our net
sales in Japan decreased $81 million, or eight percent, excluding the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations in 2010, as compared to 2009, due primarily to competitive launches of drug-eluting
stent system technology and clinical trial enrollment limiting our access to certain drug-eluting
stent system customers, as well as reductions in average selling prices. Net sales in our
Inter-Continental region, excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, increased $5
million, or one percent, in 2010, as compared to the prior year. Refer to the
Business and Market
Overview
section for further discussion of our net sales.
During 2009, our international net sales increased $8 million, or less than one percent, as
compared to 2008. Foreign currency fluctuations contributed a negative $92 million to our
international net sales, as compared to the prior year. Excluding
the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, net sales in our EMEA region increased $11 million, or
one percent, in 2009, as compared to 2008. Our net sales in Japan increased $37 million, or four
percent, excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations in 2009, as compared to 2008, due
primarily to an increase in coronary stent system sales following the launch of our
second-generation TAXUS
®
Liberté
®
stent system in that
region. Net sales in our Inter-Continental region increased $52 million, or eight percent,
excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, in 2009, as compared to the prior year.
Gross Profit
Our gross profit was $5.207 billion in 2010, $5.612 billion in 2009, and $5.581 billion in 2008. As
a percentage of net sales, our gross profit decreased to 66.7 percent in 2010, as compared to 68.5
percent in 2009 and 69.3 percent in 2008. The following is a reconciliation of our gross profit
margins and a description of the drivers of the change from period to period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
Gross
profit - prior year
|
|
|
68.5
|
%
|
|
|
69.3
|
%
|
Drug-eluting stent system sales mix and pricing
|
|
|
(1.7)
|
%
|
|
|
(1.4)
|
%
|
Impact of CRM ship hold
|
|
|
(0.4)
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Net impact of foreign currency
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
All other
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
(0.3)
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
profit - current year
|
|
|
66.7
|
%
|
|
|
68.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The primary factor contributing to the reduction in our gross profit margin during 2010 and
2009, as compared to the prior years, was, in each year, a further decrease in sales of our
higher-margin TAXUS® drug-eluting stent systems and an increasing shift towards the PROMUS® stent
system, as well as declines in the average selling prices of drug-eluting stent systems. Sales of
the PROMUS® stent system represented approximately 52 percent of our worldwide drug-eluting stent
system sales in 2010, 40 percent in 2009, and 19 percent in 2008. As a result of the terms of our
supply arrangement with Abbott, the gross profit margin of a PROMUS® stent system, supplied to us
by Abbott, is significantly lower than that of our TAXUS® stent system. In the fourth quarter of
2009, we launched our next-generation internally-developed and manufactured PROMUS® Element
everolimus-eluting
52
stent system in our EMEA region and certain Inter-Continental countries. This
product generates gross profit margins more favorable than the PROMUS® stent system, and has
positively affected our overall gross profit and operating profit margins. We expect to launch our
PROMUS® Element stent system in the U.S. and Japan in mid-2012. In addition, the average selling
prices of drug-eluting stent systems have decreased, including an estimated nine percent decline in
the U.S., in 2010, as compared to 2009. Our gross profit margin in 2010 was also
negatively impacted by the ship hold and product removal actions associated with our U.S. CRM
business previously discussed.
We expect our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, will continue to be negatively impacted
by declines in average selling prices across our businesses. In addition, our 2011 gross profit
percentage will be negatively impacted as a result of our expected low-margin sales of
Neurovascular product to Stryker under the terms of our transitional supply agreements.
Operating Expenses
The following table provides a summary of certain of our operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
(in millions)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Sales
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,580
|
|
|
|
33.1
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
|
|
2,589
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
1,035
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
Royalty expense
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) Expenses
In 2010, our SG&A expenses decreased $55 million, or two percent, as compared to 2009. This
decrease was related primarily to savings from our restructuring initiatives driven by lower
head count and lower consulting and travel spending, as compared to the prior year. These decreases
were partially offset by an $11 million unfavorable impact from foreign currency fluctuations. As a
percentage of net sales, our SG&A expenses were slightly higher than 2009 due to the impact of
maintaining compensation levels for our U.S. CRM sales force, despite the reduction in our net
sales of our CRM products in the U.S. We plan to increase our investment in SG&A in 2011 to
introduce new products; strengthen our sales organization in emerging markets such as Brazil, China
and India; and to support our acquired businesses; as a result, our SG&A expenses are likely to
increase slightly as a percentage of net sales in 2011, as compared to 2010.
In 2009, our SG&A expenses increased by $46 million, or two percent, as compared to 2008. This
increase was related primarily to the addition of direct selling expenses and head count, including
expanding our global sales force and an increase in costs associated with various
litigation-related matters. These increases were partially offset by a benefit from foreign
currency fluctuations of approximately $22 million.
Research and Development (R&D) Expenses
In 2010, our R&D expenses decreased $96 million, or nine percent, as compared to 2009. This
decrease was due to the on-going re-prioritization of R&D projects and the re-allocation of
spending as part of our efforts to focus on products with higher returns, as well as the delay of
certain of our clinical trials. We remain committed to advancing medical technologies and investing
in meaningful research and development projects across our businesses in order to maintain a
healthy pipeline of new products that we believe will contribute to profitable sales growth.
In 2009, our R&D expenses increased $29 million, or three percent, as compared to 2008. As a
percentage of net sales, our R&D expenses in 2009 were relatively flat with the prior year.
Royalty Expense
53
In 2010, our royalty expense decreased $6 million, or three percent, as compared to 2009. This
decrease was due primarily to lower sales of our drug-eluting coronary stent systems, partially
offset by the continued shift in the mix of our drug-eluting stent system sales towards the
PROMUS
®
and PROMUS® Element stent systems. The
royalty rate applied to sales of these stent systems is, on average, higher than that associated
with sales of our
TAXUS
®
stent systems.
In 2009, our royalty expense decreased $12 million, or six percent, as compared to 2008. The
decrease was primarily the result of a reduction in royalty expense of $29 million attributable to
the expiration of a CRM royalty agreement during the first quarter of 2009. Partially offsetting
this decrease was an increase in royalty expense of $20 million as a result of an increase in sales
of our drug-eluting stent systems, as well as the shift in the mix of our drug-eluting stent system
sales towards the
PROMUS
®
stent system, following its launch in the U.S. in
mid-2008.
Loss on Program Termination
In the second quarter of 2009, we discontinued one of our internal R&D programs in order to focus
on those with a higher likelihood of success. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax loss of $16
million, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC) Topic 420,
Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations
(formerly FASB Statement No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities
)
,
associated with future payments
that we believe we remain contractually obligated to make. We continue to focus on developing new
technologies that we believe will contribute to profitable sales growth in the future and do not
believe that the cancellation of this program will have a material adverse impact on our future
results of operations or cash flows.
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense was $513 million in 2010, as compared to $511 million in 2009, an increase of
$2 million, or less than one percent. This non-cash charge is excluded by management for purposes
of evaluating operating performance and assessing liquidity.
Amortization expense was $511 million in 2009, as compared to $543 million in 2008, a decrease of
$32 million, or six percent. This decrease was due primarily to the impact of certain
Interventional Cardiology-related intangible assets reaching the end of their accounting useful
life during 2008, as well as the write-down of certain intangible assets to their fair values in
2009 and 2008, described in
Other Intangible Asset Impairment Charges
below.
Goodwill Impairment Charges
We test our April 1 goodwill balances during the second quarter of each year for impairment, or
more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may
exist. The ship hold and product removal actions associated with our U.S. ICD and CRT-D products,
which we announced on March 15, 2010, and the expected corresponding financial impact on our
operations created an indication of potential impairment of the goodwill balance attributable to
our U.S. CRM reporting unit. Therefore, we performed an interim impairment test in accordance with
our accounting policies and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $1.817 billion, on both a
pre-tax and after-tax basis, associated with our U.S. CRM reporting unit. This charge does not
impact our compliance with our debt covenants or our cash flows, and is excluded by management for
purposes of evaluating operating performance and assessing liquidity.
At the time we performed our interim goodwill impairment test, we estimated that our U.S.
defibrillator market share would decrease approximately 400 basis points exiting 2010 as a result
of the ship hold and product removal actions, as compared to our market share exiting 2009, and
that these actions would negatively impact our 2010 U.S. CRM revenues by approximately $300
million. In addition, we expected that, our on-going U.S. CRM net sales and profitability would
likely continue to be adversely impacted as a result of the ship hold and product removal actions.
Therefore, as a result of these product actions, as well as lower expectations of market growth in
new areas and increased competitive and other pricing pressures, we lowered our estimated average
U.S. CRM net sales growth rates within our 15-year discounted cash flow (DCF) model, as well as our
terminal
54
value growth rate, by approximately a couple of hundred basis points to derive the fair
value of the U.S. CRM reporting unit. The reduction in our forecasted 2010 U.S. CRM net sales, the
change in our expected sales growth rates thereafter and the reduction in profitability as a result
of the recently enacted excise tax on medical device
manufacturers were several key factors contributing to the impairment charge. Partially offsetting
these factors was a 50 basis point reduction in our estimated market-participant risk-adjusted
weighted-average cost of capital (WACC) used in determining our discount rate.
In the second quarter of 2010, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test for all of our
reporting units. We updated our U.S. CRM assumptions to reflect our market share position at that
time, our most recent operational budgets and long range strategic plans. In conjunction with our
annual test, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, with the exception
of our U.S. CRM reporting unit. Based on the remaining book value of our U.S. CRM reporting unit
following the goodwill impairment charge, the carrying value of our U.S. CRM business unit
continues to exceed its fair value, due primarily to the book value of amortizable intangible
assets allocated to this reporting unit. The book value of our amortizable intangible assets which
have been allocated to our U.S. CRM reporting unit is approximately $3.5 billion as of December 31,
2010. We tested these amortizable intangible assets for impairment on an undiscounted cash flow
basis as of March 31, 2010, and determined that these assets were not impaired, and there have been
no impairment indicators related to these assets subsequent to that test. The assumptions used in
our annual goodwill impairment test related to our U.S. CRM reporting unit were substantially
consistent with those used in our first quarter interim impairment test; therefore, it was not
deemed necessary to proceed to the second step of the impairment test in the second quarter of
2010.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, we performed an interim impairment test on our international
reporting units as a result of the announced divestiture of our Neurovascular business. We
allocated a portion of our goodwill from our each of our international reporting units to the
Neurovascular business. We then tested each of our international reporting units for impairment in
accordance with ASC Topic 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other
. Our testing did not identify any
reporting units whose carrying values exceeded their calculated fair values. Refer to
Critical
Accounting Estimates
for a discussion of our goodwill balances as of December 31, 2010, including
our assessment of reporting units with a higher risk of future impairment.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the decline in our stock price and our market capitalization
created an indication of potential impairment of our goodwill balance. Therefore, we performed an
interim impairment test and recorded a $2.613 billion goodwill impairment charge associated with
our U.S. CRM reporting unit. The impact of economic conditions, and the related increase in
volatility in the equity and credit markets, on our risk-adjusted weighted-average cost of capital,
along with reductions in market demand for products in our U.S. CRM reporting unit relative to our
assumptions at the time of our acquisition of Guidant, were the key factors contributing to the
impairment charge.
Intangible Asset Impairment Charges
During the first quarter of 2010, due to lower than anticipated net sales of one of our Peripheral
Interventions technology offerings, as well as changes in our expectations of future market
acceptance of this technology, we lowered our sales forecasts associated with the product. In
addition, during the third quarter of 2010, as part of our initiatives to reprioritize and
diversify our product portfolio, we discontinued one of our internal research and development
programs to focus on those with a higher likelihood of success. As a result of these factors, we
tested the related intangible assets for impairment and recorded $65 million of intangible asset
impairment charges during 2010 to write down the balance of these intangible assets to their fair
value. We do not believe that these impairments, or the factors causing these impairments, will
have a material impact on our future operations or cash flows.
In 2009, we recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $12 million, associated primarily with
lower than anticipated market penetration of one of our Urology technology offerings. We do not
believe that these impairments will have a material impact on our future operations or cash flows.
55
In 2008, we recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $177 million, including a $131 million
write-down of certain of our Peripheral Interventions-related intangible assets, and a $46 million
write-down of certain Urology-related intangible assets. We do not believe that the write-down of
these assets will have a material impact on future operations or cash flows.
These non-cash charges are excluded by management for purposes of evaluating operating performance
and assessing liquidity. Refer to
Critical Accounting Estimates
and
Note D - Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual
Report for more information on our intangible asset impairment charges.
Purchased Research and Development
On January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 141(R),
Business Combinations
(codified within ASC Topic 805,
Business Combinations
). Among other changes to accounting for
business combinations, Statement No. 141(R) superseded FASB Interpretation No. 4,
Applicability of
FASB Statement No. 2 to Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method
, which required
research and development assets acquired in a business combination that had no alternative future
use to be measured at their fair values and expensed at the acquisition date. Statement No. 141(R)
now requires that purchased research and development acquired in a business combination be
recognized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset until the completion or abandonment of the
associated research and development efforts. Accordingly, we have accounted for purchased research
and development acquired in connection with our 2010 business combinations as intangible assets in
our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Our policy is to record certain costs associated with strategic investments outside of business
combinations as purchased research and development. Our adoption of Statement No. 141(R) (Topic
805) did not change this policy with respect to asset purchases. In accordance with this policy, we
recorded purchased research and development charges of $21 million in 2009, associated with
entering certain licensing and development arrangements. Since the technology purchases did not
involve the transfer of processes or outputs as defined by Statement No. 141(R) (Topic 805), the
transactions did not qualify as business combinations.
In 2008, we recorded $43 million of purchased research and development charges, including $17
million associated with our acquisition of Labcoat, Ltd., $8 million attributable to our
acquisition of CryoCor, Inc., and $18 million associated with entering certain licensing and
development arrangements. These acquisition-related charges are excluded by management for purposes
of evaluating operating performance and assessing liquidity.
Contingent Consideration Expense
In connection with our 2010 acquisitions, we may be required to pay future consideration that is
contingent upon the achievement of certain revenue-based milestones. As of the
respective acquisition dates, we recorded total contingent liabilities of $69 million, representing
the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay to the former
shareholders of the acquired businesses. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, we re-measure this liability each reporting
period and record changes in the fair value through a separate line item within our consolidated
statements of operations. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration
liability can result from changes in discount periods and rates, as well as changes in the timing
and amount of revenue estimates. During 2010, we recorded expense of $2 million representing the
increase in the estimated fair value of this obligation. This acquisition-related charge is
excluded by management for purposes of evaluating operating performance and assessing liquidity.
Acquisition-related Milestone
In connection with Abbott Laboratories 2006 acquisition of Guidants vascular intervention and
endovascular solutions businesses, Abbott agreed to pay us a milestone payment of $250 million upon
receipt of an approval from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW) to market the
XIENCE V
®
stent system in Japan. The MHLW approved the XIENCE
V
®
stent system in the first quarter of 2010 and we received the
56
milestone
payment from Abbott, which we recorded as a $250 million pre-tax gain. This non-recurring
acquisition-related credit is excluded by management for purposes of evaluating operating
performance and assessing liquidity.
Gain on Divestitures
During 2008, we recorded a $250 million gain in connection with the sale of our Fluid Management
and Venous Access businesses and our TriVascular EVAR program. This divestiture-related gain is
excluded by management for purposes of evaluating operating performance and assessing liquidity.
Refer to
Note C Divestitures and Assets Held for Sale
to our 2010 consolidated financial
statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information on these transactions.
Restructuring Charges and Restructuring-related Activities
In October 2007, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, an expense and head count
reduction plan (the 2007 Restructuring plan). The plan was intended to bring expenses in line with
revenues as part of our initiatives to enhance short- and long-term shareholder value. Key
activities under the plan included the restructuring of several businesses, corporate functions and
product franchises in order to better utilize resources, strengthen competitive positions, and
create a more simplified and efficient business model; the elimination, suspension or reduction of
spending on certain research and development projects; and the transfer of certain production lines
among facilities. The execution of this plan enabled us to reduce research and development and
selling, general and administrative expenses by an annualized run rate of approximately $500
million exiting 2008. We have partially reinvested our savings from these initiatives into targeted
head count increases, primarily in customer-facing positions. In addition, the plan has reduced
annualized run-rate reductions of manufacturing costs by approximately $35 million exiting 2010 as
a result of transfers of certain production lines. We initiated activities under the plan in the
fourth quarter of 2007. The transfer of certain production lines contemplated under the 2007
Restructuring plan was completed as of December 31, 2010; all
other major activities under the plan, with the exception of final
production line transfers, were completed as of December 31, 2009.
The execution of this plan resulted in total pre-tax expenses of $427 million and required cash
outlays of $380 million, of which we have paid $370 million to date. We recorded a portion of these
expenses as restructuring charges and the remaining portion through other lines within our
consolidated statements of operations. The following provides a summary of total costs associated
with the plan by major type of cost:
|
|
|
Type of cost
|
|
Total amount incurred
|
|
Restructuring charges:
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$204 million
|
Fixed asset write-offs
|
|
$31 million
|
Other (1)
|
|
$67 million
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
$66 million
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
$16 million
|
Transfer costs (2)
|
|
$43 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$427 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists primarily of consulting fees, contractual cancellations, relocation costs and other costs.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Consists primarily of costs to transfer product lines among facilities, including costs of
transfer teams, freight and product line validations.
|
In January 2009, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, a Plant Network
Optimization program, which is intended to simplify our manufacturing plant structure by
transferring certain production lines among facilities and by closing certain other facilities. The
program is a complement to our 2007 Restructuring plan, discussed above, and is intended to improve
overall gross profit margins. We estimate that the program will result in annualized run-rate
reductions of manufacturing costs of approximately $65 million exiting 2012. These
savings are in addition to the estimated $35 million of annual reductions of manufacturing
57
costs
from activities under our 2007 Restructuring plan. Activities under the Plant Network Optimization
program were initiated in the first quarter of 2009 and are expected to be substantially complete
by the end of 2012. Activities under the Plant Network Optimization program were initiated in the
first quarter of 2009 and are expected to be substantially complete by the end of 2012.
We expect that the execution of the Plant Network Optimization program will result in total pre-tax
charges of approximately $135 million to $150 million, and
that approximately $115 million to $125
million of these charges will result in cash outlays, of which we
have made payments of $40 million
to date. We have recorded related costs of $79 million since the inception of the plan, and are
recording a portion of these expenses as restructuring charges and the remaining portion through
other lines within our consolidated statements of operations. The following provides a summary of
our estimates of costs associated with the Plant Network Optimization program by major type of
cost:
|
|
|
|
|
Total estimated amount expected to
|
Type of cost
|
|
be incurred
|
|
Restructuring charges:
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$30 million to $35 million
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
$20 million to $25 million
|
Transfer costs (1)
|
|
$85 million to $90 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$135 million to $150 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists primarily of costs to transfer product lines among
facilities, including costs of transfer teams, freight, idle facility
and product line validations.
|
On February 6, 2010, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, a series of
management changes and restructuring initiatives (the 2010 Restructuring plan) designed to focus
our business, drive innovation, accelerate profitable revenue growth and increase both accountability and
shareholder value. Key activities under the plan include the integration of our Cardiovascular and
CRM businesses, as well as the restructuring of certain other businesses and corporate functions;
the centralization of our research and development organization; the re-alignment of our
international structure to reduce our administrative costs and invest in expansion opportunities
including significant investments in emerging markets; and the reprioritization and diversification
of our product portfolio. We estimate that the execution of this plan will result in gross
reductions in pre-tax operating expenses of approximately $200 million to $250 million, once
completed in 2012. We expect to reinvest a portion of the savings
into customer-facing and other
activities to help drive future sales growth and support the business. Activities under the 2010
Restructuring plan were initiated in the first quarter of 2010 and are expected to be substantially
complete by the end of 2012. We expect the execution of the 2010 Restructuring plan will result in
the elimination of approximately 1,000 to 1,300 positions worldwide by the end of 2012.
We estimate that the 2010 Restructuring plan will result in total pre-tax charges of approximately
$180 million to $200 million, and that approximately $165 million to $175 million of these charges
will result in cash outlays, of which we have made payments of $69 million to date. We have
recorded related costs of $110 million since the inception of the plan, and are recording a portion
of these expenses as restructuring charges and the remaining portion through other lines within our
consolidated statements of operations. The following provides a summary of our expected total costs
associated with the plan by major type of cost:
58
|
|
|
|
|
Total estimated amount expected to
|
Type of cost
|
|
be incurred
|
|
Restructuring charges:
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$95 million to $100 million
|
Fixed asset write-offs
|
|
$10 million to $15 million
|
Other (1)
|
|
$55 million to $60 million
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
Other (2)
|
|
$20 million to $25 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$180 million to $200 million
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes primarily consulting fees and costs associated with contractual
cancellations.
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Comprised of other costs directly related to restructuring plan, including accelerated
depreciation and infrastructure-related costs.
|
We recorded restructuring charges pursuant to our restructuring plans of $116 million during
2010, $63 million during 2009, and $78 million during 2008. In addition, we recorded expenses
within other lines of our accompanying consolidated statements of operations related to our
restructuring initiatives of $53 million during 2010, $67 million during 2009, and $55 million
during 2008. The following presents these costs by major type and line item within our 2010
consolidated statements of operations included in Item 8 of this Annual Report, as well as by
program:
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Restructuring plan
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Plant Network Optimization program
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
2007 Restructuring plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant Network Optimization program
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
2007 Restructuring plan
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and restructuring-related costs recorded in 2008 related entirely to our 2007
Restructuring plan.
Termination benefits represent amounts incurred pursuant to our on-going benefit arrangements and
amounts for one-time involuntary termination benefits, and have been recorded in accordance with
ASC Topic 712,
Compensation Non-retirement Postemployment Benefits
(formerly FASB Statement No.
112,
Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits
) and ASC Topic 420,
Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations
(formerly FASB Statement 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities
). We expect to record additional termination benefits related to our Plant Network
Optimization program and 2010 Restructuring plan in 2011 and 2012 when we identify with more
specificity the job classifications, functions and locations of the remaining head count to be
eliminated. Retention incentives represent cash incentives, which were recorded over the service
period during which eligible employees remained employed with us in order to retain the payment.
Other restructuring costs, which represent primarily consulting fees, are being recorded as
incurred in accordance with Topic 420. Accelerated depreciation is being recorded over the adjusted
remaining useful life of the related assets, and production line transfer costs are being recorded
as incurred.
We
have incurred cumulative restructuring charges of $433 million and restructuring-related costs
of $183 million since we committed to each plan. The following presents these costs by major type
and by plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Plant
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Network
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Optimization
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
204
|
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
Fixed asset write-offs
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Other
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring charges
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Transfer costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
427
|
|
|
$
|
616
|
|
|
|
|
60
We made total cash payments associated with restructuring initiatives pursuant to these plans of
$133 million during 2010 and have made total cash payments of $479 million since committing to each
plan. Each of these payments was made using cash generated from operations, and are comprised
of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Plant
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Network
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Optimization
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Transfer costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Other
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program to Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
195
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Transfer costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Other
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
$
|
479
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation-related Net Charges
We record certain significant litigation-related activity as a separate line item in our
consolidated statements of operations, and these charges are excluded by management for purposes of
evaluating operating performance. During 2010, we reached a settlement with Medinol Ltd., resolving
the dispute we had with them that had been subject of arbitration before the American Arbitration
Association. Under the terms of the settlement, we received proceeds of $104 million from Medinol,
which we recorded as a pre-tax gain in our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item
8 of this Annual Report.
In 2009, we recorded litigation-related net charges of $2.022 billion, associated primarily with an
agreement to settle three patent disputes with Johnson & Johnson for $1.725 billion, plus interest.
In addition, in 2009, we reached an agreement in principle with the U.S. Department of Justice,
which was formally accepted by the District Court in 2011, under which we paid $296 million in
January 2011 in order resolve the U.S. Government investigation of Guidant Corporation related to
product advisories issued in 2005. We recorded a net charge of $294 million related to this matter
in 2009, representing $296 million associated with the agreement, net of a $2 million reversal of a
related accrual. Further, in 2009, we reduced previously recorded reserves associated with certain
litigation-related matters following certain favorable court rulings, resulting in a credit of $60
million and recorded a pre-tax charge of $50 million associated with the settlement of all
outstanding litigation with Bruce Saffran, M.D., Ph.D.
In 2008, we recorded litigation-related charges of $334 million as a result of a ruling by a
federal judge in a patent infringement case brought against us by Johnson & Johnson. This charge
was in addition to previous charges related to this matter. In 2009, we made the associated
settlement payment of $716 million, including penalties and interest. See discussion of our
material legal proceedings in
Note L Commitments and Contingencies
to our 2010 consolidated
financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Interest Expense
Our interest expense decreased to $393 million in 2010, as compared to $407 million in 2009. The
decrease in our interest expense was a result of lower average debt levels, due to term loan
prepayments throughout 2009, as well as the 2010 prepayment of our $900 million loan from Abbott
Laboratories and a slight decrease in our average borrowing rate. Our average borrowing rate was
6.0 percent in 2010 and 6.1 percent in 2009. In addition, our 2010 interest expense included $15
million of write-offs of debt issuance costs and impacts of the early termination of interest rate
contracts associated with term loan prepayments during the year, as compared to $34 million in
2009. These decreases were partially offset by the write-off of the related remaining $10 million
discount attributable to
61
the Abbott loan upon prepayment. Refer to the
Liquidity and Capital Resources
section and
Note G
Borrowings and Credit Arrangements
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item
8 of this Annual Report for information regarding our debt obligations.
Our interest expense decreased to $407 million in 2009, as compared to $468 million in 2008. The
decrease in our interest expense was a result of lower average debt levels, due to term loan
repayments during 2009. Partially offsetting these decreases were losses of $27 million associated
with the early termination of interest rate contracts for which there was no longer an underlying
exposure and the write-off of $7 million of debt issuance costs following prepayments of our term
loan, as well as a slight increase in our average borrowing rate. Our average borrowing rate was
6.1 percent in 2009 and 6.0 percent in 2008.
Other, net
Our other, net reflected expense of $14 million in 2010, $7 million in 2009, and $58 million in
2008. The following are the components of other, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Interest income
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
Foreign currency (losses) gains
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
Net (losses) gains on investments and notes receivable
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
Our
interest income increased in 2010, as compared to 2009, due primarily
to the collection of interest on outstanding accounts receivable. Our
interest income decreased in 2009, as compared to 2008, due primarily
to lower average
investment rates available in the market, as well as lower average cash balances.
Other, net included net losses of $12 million in 2010, net gains of $3 million in 2009 and net
losses of $93 million in 2008, associated with our investment portfolio. The $93 million of losses
in 2008 relate primarily to the sale of our non-strategic investments, described in
Note F
Investments and Notes Receivable
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8
of this Annual Report.
Tax Rate
The following provides a summary of our reported tax rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Point Increase (Decrease)
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
vs. 2009
|
|
vs. 2008
|
Reported tax rate
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
(21.6
|
) %
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
21.8
|
%
|
|
|
(21.8
|
) %
|
Impact of certain receipts/ charges
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
|
|
39.1
|
%
|
|
|
18.9
|
%
|
|
|
(21.1
|
) %
|
|
|
20.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
%
|
|
|
17.5
|
%
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
) %
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The change in our reported tax rate for 2010, as compared to 2009, and 2009, as compared to
2008, relates primarily to the impact of certain receipts and charges that are taxed at different
rates than our effective tax rate. In 2010, these receipts and charges included goodwill and
intangible asset impairment charges, a gain associated with the receipt of an acquisition-related
milestone payment, a gain associated with a litigation-related settlement receipt, and
restructuring-related charges. Our reported tax rate was also net favorably affected by discrete
items, related primarily to the re-measurement of an uncertain tax position resulting from a
favorable court ruling issued in a similar third-party case, a resolution of an uncertain tax
position resulting from a favorable taxpayer motion issued in a similar third-party case as well as
conclusion of the appeals process for the federal examination for certain years. In 2009, these
receipts and charges included intangible asset impairment charges, purchased research and
development charges, restructuring and litigation-related net charges, a favorable tax ruling on a
divestiture-related gain recognized in a prior period, and discrete tax items associated primarily
with resolutions of uncertain tax positions related to audit settlements and changes in estimates
for tax benefits
62
claimed related to prior periods. In 2008, these charges included gains and losses associated with
the divestiture of certain non-strategic businesses and investments, goodwill and intangible asset
impairment charges, litigation-related charges. Changes in the geographic mix of our sales also
impacted our reported tax rate in 2010, as compared to 2009, and in 2009, as compared to 2008.
We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign
jurisdictions. We have concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters through 2000 and substantially
all material state, local, and foreign income tax matters through 2001. We resolved a number of
foreign examinations during 2010. As a result of these activities, we decreased our reserve for
uncertain tax positions by $9 million, inclusive of $3 million of interest and penalties. In
addition, as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations in various foreign and state
jurisdictions, we decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions by $20 million, inclusive of $7
million of interest and penalties. Further, during 2010, we concluded the appeals process for the
federal tax examination for Boston Scientific (excluding Guidant) covering years 2002-2005 and
decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions by $72 million, inclusive of $21 million of
interest and penalties, net of payments. We also re-measured an uncertain tax position due to a
favorable court ruling issued in a similar third-party case and resolved another uncertain tax
position resulting from a favorable taxpayer motion issued in a similar third-party case, which
resulted in a decrease of $91 million, inclusive of $25 million of interest and penalties.
During 2009, we received favorable foreign court decisions and resolved certain foreign matters. As
a result of these activities, we decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions by $20 million,
inclusive of $7 million of interest and penalties. In addition, statutes of limitations expired in
various foreign and state jurisdictions, as a result, decreased our reserve for uncertain tax
positions by $29 million, inclusive of interest and penalties. We also resolved certain
litigation-related matters, described in our 2009 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K. Based on the
outcome of the settlements, we reassessed the reserve for uncertain tax positions previously
recorded on certain positions and decreased our reserve by $22 million, inclusive of $1 million of
interest.
During 2008, we resolved certain matters in federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions for Guidant
and Boston Scientific for the years 1998- 2005. We settled multiple federal issues at the Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) examination and Appellate levels, including issues related to Guidants
acquisition of Intermedics, Inc., and various litigation settlements, described in
Note L
Commitments and Contingencies
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of
this Annual Report, or our 2009 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K. We also received favorable
foreign court decisions and a favorable outcome related to our foreign research credit claims. As
a result of these audit activities, we decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions, excluding
tax payments, by $156 million, inclusive of $37 million of interest and penalties.
On December 17, 2010, we received Notices of Deficiency from the IRS reflecting proposed audit
adjustments for Guidant Corporation for the 2001-2003 tax years. The incremental tax liability
asserted by the IRS is $525 million, plus interest. The primary issue in dispute is the transfer
pricing used in connection with the technology license agreements between domestic and foreign
subsidiaries of Guidant. We believe we have meritorious defenses for our tax filings and we intend
to file a petition to the U.S. Tax Court in early 2011. No payments will be made on the issue
until it is resolved, which may take several years. We believe that our income tax reserves
associated with this matter are adequate and the final resolution will not have a material impact
on our financial condition or results of operations. However, both the final resolution and
potential impact of that resolution are uncertain and could have a material impact on our financial
condition or results of operations.
The federal tax returns of Guidant Corporation for the 2004 through April 2006 tax years and of
Boston Scientific Corporation for the 2006-2007 tax years are currently under examination by the
IRS. The relevant statutes of limitations for these examinations expire during December 2011 and
September 2011, respectively. We do not anticipate that at the conclusion of these examinations,
we will be able to reach an agreement with the IRS regarding our federal tax liabilities for these
years. We expect that final resolution of these tax liabilities will require that we avail
ourselves of applicable IRS appellate and judicial procedures, as appropriate.
63
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2010, we had $213 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, comprised of
$105 million invested in prime money market and government funds, $16 million invested in
short-term time deposits, and $92 million in interest bearing and non-interest bearing bank
accounts. Our policy is to invest excess cash in short-term marketable securities earning a market
rate of interest without assuming undue risk to principal, and we limit our direct exposure to
securities in any one industry or issuer.
Subsequent to year-end, in January 2011, we closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to
Stryker Corporation and received pre-tax proceeds of $1.450 billion at closing, including an
upfront payment of $1.426 billion, and $24 million, which was placed into escrow to be released
upon the completion of local closings in certain foreign jurisdictions, and will receive $50
million contingent upon the transfer or separation of certain manufacturing facilities, which we
expect will be completed over a period of approximately 24 months. In January 2011, we paid at
maturity $250 million of our senior notes, and a $296 million litigation-related settlement
associated with the U.S. Department of Justice matter described previously, using cash on hand. We
also have full access to our $2.0 billion revolving credit facility.
The following provides a summary and description of our cash inflows (outflows) for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
325
|
|
|
$
|
835
|
|
|
$
|
1,216
|
|
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
(793
|
)
|
|
|
324
|
|
Cash used for financing activities
|
|
|
(496
|
)
|
|
|
(820
|
)
|
|
|
(1,350
|
)
|
Operating Activities
During 2010, cash provided by operating activities was $325 million, as compared to $835 million in
2009, a decrease of $510 million. This decrease was driven primarily by the payment of $1.725
billion to Johnson & Johnson related to a patent litigation settlement, as compared to
approximately $837 million of legal settlements paid in 2009. This cash outflow was partially
offset by the receipt of a $250 million milestone payment from Abbott and $104 million received in
connection with a litigation settlement with Medinol, each described in
Results of Operations
.
During 2009, cash provided by operating activities was $835 million, as compared to $1.216 billion
in 2008, a decrease of $381 million. This decrease was due primarily to litigation-related payments
of $837 million, consisting primarily of payments to Johnson & Johnson associated with patent
litigation settlements. These cash outflows were partially offset by lower net tax payments of $370
million and lower interest payments of $50 million, due to lower average debt balances, as well as
improvements in working capital.
Investing Activities
During 2010, our investing activities were comprised primarily of capital expenditures of $272
million, as well as payments of approximately $200 million to acquire Asthmatx, Inc. and certain
other strategic assets, described in
Note B Acquisitions
to our 2010 consolidated financial
statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. We expect to incur total capital expenditures
of approximately $300 million to $350 million during 2011, which includes capital expenditures to
further upgrade our information systems infrastructure, and to enhance our manufacturing
capabilities to support continued growth in our business units.
During 2009, our investing activities included $523 million of payments related to prior period
acquisitions, comprised primarily of a final fixed payment of approximately $500 million related to
our prior period acquisition of Advanced Bionics Corporation, described in
Note B Acquisitions
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. Our
investing activities in 2009 also included capital expenditures of $312 million, payments for
investments in privately held companies, and acquisitions of
64
businesses and certain technology rights of $54 million, which were offset by proceeds from the
sale of investments in, and collection of notes receivable from, certain publicly traded and
privately held companies, of $91 million.
During 2008, our investing activities included proceeds of approximately $1.3 billion associated
with the divestiture of certain businesses, and $149 million of proceeds associated with the sale
of investments and collections of notes receivable. These cash inflows were partially offset by
$675 million in payments related to prior period acquisitions, associated primarily with Advanced
Bionics; and $39 million of net cash payments for investments in privately held companies, and
acquisitions of certain technology rights. In addition, we made capital expenditures of $362
million and paid $21 million, net of cash acquired, to acquire CryoCor, Inc. and $17 million, net
of cash acquired, to acquire Labcoat, Ltd. Refer to
Note F Investments and Notes Receivable
and
Note B Acquisitions
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this
Annual Report for more information regarding these transactions.
Financing Activities
Our cash flows from financing activities reflect issuances and repayments of debt and proceeds from
stock issuances related to our equity incentive programs.
Debt
We made payments on debt, net of proceeds from borrowings, of $527 million in 2010, $853 million in
2009, and $1.425 billion in 2008, and had total debt of $5.438 billion as of December 31, 2010 and
$5.918 billion as of December 31, 2009. The debt maturity schedule for the significant components
of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
Senior notes
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
|
4,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
$
|
5,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
The table above does not include discounts associated
with our senior notes, or amounts related to interest
rate contracts used to hedge the fair value of
certain of our senior notes.
|
There were no amounts borrowed under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2010 or December
31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, we had outstanding letters of credit of $120 million, as
compared to $123 million as of December 31, 2009, which consisted primarily of bank guarantees and
collateral for workers compensation insurance arrangements. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, none
of the beneficiaries had drawn upon the letters of credit or guarantees; accordingly, we have not
recognized a related liability for our outstanding letters of credit in our consolidated balance
sheets as of December 31, 2010 or 2009. We believe we will generate sufficient cash from
operations and intend to fund these payments without drawing on the letters of credit.
In
January 2011, we paid at maturity $250 million of our senior notes; in
addition, we borrowed $250 million under our credit and security facility secured by our U.S. trade
receivables and used the proceeds to pre-pay all $100 million of our 2011 term loan maturities and
$150 million of our 2012 term loan maturities. These prepayments are reflected as current in the
table above, as well as in our consolidated balance sheets included in Item 8 of this Annual
Report. As a result, quarterly principal payments of $50 million will commence in the fourth
quarter of 2012.
65
Our revolving credit facility agreement requires that we maintain certain financial covenants, as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual as of
|
|
|
Covenant
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
2010
|
Maximum leverage ratio (1)
|
|
3.85 times
|
|
2.3 times
|
Minimum interest coverage ratio (2)
|
|
3.0 times
|
|
6.1 times
|
|
(1)
|
|
Ratio of total debt to consolidated EBITDA, as
defined by the agreement, for the preceding
four consecutive fiscal quarters. Requirement
decreases to 3.5 times after March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Ratio of consolidated EBITDA, as defined by the
agreement, to interest expense for the
preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters.
|
The credit agreement provides for an exclusion from the calculation of consolidated EBITDA, as
defined by the agreement, through the credit agreement maturity, of up to $258 million in
restructuring charges and restructuring-related expenses related to our previously-announced
restructuring plans, plus an additional $300 million for any future restructuring initiatives. As
of December 31, 2010, we had $470 million of the aggregate restructuring charge exclusion
remaining. In addition, any litigation-related charges and credits are excluded from the
calculation of consolidated EBITDA until such items are paid or received; as well as up to $1.5
billion of any future cash payments for future litigation settlements or damage awards (net of any
litigation payments received); and litigation-related cash payments (net of cash receipts) of up to
$1.310 billion related to amounts that were recorded in the financial statements as of March 31,
2010. As of December 31, 2010, we had $2.154 billion of the aggregate legal payment exclusion
remaining.
As of and through December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the required covenants. Our
inability to maintain compliance with these covenants could require us to seek to renegotiate the
terms of our credit facilities or seek waivers from compliance with these covenants, both of which
could result in additional borrowing costs. Further, there can be no assurance that our lenders
would grant such waivers.
Equity
During 2010, we received $31 million in proceeds from stock issuances related to our stock option
and employee stock purchase plans, as compared to $33 million in 2009 and $71 million in 2008.
Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and employee stock purchases vary from period
to period based upon, among other factors, fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock
and in the exercise and stock purchase patterns of employees. Stock-based compensation expense
related to our stock ownership plans was $150 million in 2010, $144 million in 2009, and $138
million in 2008.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table provides a summary of certain information concerning our obligations and
commitments to make future payments, and is based on conditions in existence as of December 31,
2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation settlements
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
|
5,450
|
|
Interest payments
(1)
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
Operating lease obligations
(1)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Purchase obligations
(1)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
Minimum royalty obligations (1)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,391
|
|
|
$
|
451
|
|
|
$
|
1,017
|
|
|
$
|
858
|
|
|
$
|
1,460
|
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
$
|
8,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States, these obligations relate to expenses associated with
future periods and are not reflected in our consolidated balance
sheets.
|
66
The litigation settlement obligation noted above relates to our settlement with the U.S.
Department of Justice for $296 million, discussed in
Note L Commitments and Contingencies
to our
2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report, and was paid in
January 2011. Refer to
Note G Borrowings and Credit Arrangements
to our 2010 consolidated
financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information regarding our
debt obligations and associated interest obligations.
The amounts in the table above with respect to operating lease obligations represent amounts
pursuant to contractual arrangements for the lease of property, plant and equipment used in the
normal course of business. Purchase obligations relate primarily to non-cancellable inventory
commitments and capital expenditures entered in the normal course of business. Royalty obligations
reported above represent minimum contractual obligations under our current royalty agreements. The
table above does not reflect unrecognized tax benefits of $1.242 billion, the timing of which is
uncertain. Refer to
Note K Income Taxes
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included
in Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information on these unrecognized tax benefits.
Certain of our acquisitions involve the potential payment of contingent consideration, including
our 2010 acquisition of Asthmatx, Inc. The table above does not reflect any such obligations, as
the timing and amounts are uncertain. See
Note B Acquisitions
to our 2010 consolidated financial
statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report for the estimated maximum potential amount of
future contingent consideration we could be required to pay associated with prior acquisitions.
Legal Matters
The medical device market in which we primarily participate is largely technology driven. Physician
customers, particularly in interventional cardiology, have historically moved quickly to new
products and new technologies. As a result, intellectual property rights, particularly patents and
trade secrets, play a significant role in product development and differentiation. However,
intellectual property litigation is inherently complex and unpredictable. Furthermore, appellate
courts can overturn lower court patent decisions.
In addition, competing parties frequently file multiple suits to leverage patent portfolios across
product lines, technologies and geographies and to balance risk and exposure between the parties.
In some cases, several competitors are parties in the same proceeding, or in a series of related
proceedings, or litigate multiple features of a single class of devices. These forces frequently
drive settlement not only for individual cases, but also for a series of pending and potentially
related and unrelated cases. In addition, although monetary and injunctive relief is typically
sought, remedies and restitution are generally not determined until the conclusion of the trial
court proceedings and can be modified on appeal. Accordingly, the outcomes of individual cases are
difficult to time, predict or quantify and are often dependent upon the outcomes of other cases in
other geographies. Several third parties have asserted that certain of our current and former product offerings infringe patents owned or licensed by them. We have similarly asserted that other
products sold by our competitors infringe patents owned or licensed by us. Adverse outcomes in one
or more of the proceedings against us could limit our ability to sell certain products in certain
jurisdictions, or reduce our operating margin on the sale of these products and could have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
In particular, although we have resolved multiple litigation matters with Johnson & Johnson, we
continue to be involved in patent litigation with them, particularly relating to drug-eluting stent
systems. Adverse outcomes in one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on
our ability to sell certain products and on our operating margins, financial position, results of
operation or liquidity.
In the normal course of business, product liability, securities and commercial claims are asserted
against us. Similar claims may be asserted against us in the future related to events not known to
management at the present time. We are substantially self-insured with respect to product liability
claims and intellectual property infringement, and maintain an insurance policy providing limited
coverage against securities claims. The absence
67
of significant third-party insurance coverage increases our potential exposure to unanticipated
claims or adverse decisions. Product liability claims, securities and commercial litigation, and
other legal proceedings in the future, regardless of their outcome, could have a material adverse
effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. In addition, the medical
device industry is the subject of numerous governmental investigations often involving regulatory,
marketing and other business practices. These investigations could result in the commencement of
civil and criminal proceedings, substantial fines, penalties and administrative remedies, divert
the attention of our management and have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations and liquidity.
Our accrual for legal matters that are probable and estimable was $588 million as of December 31,
2010 and $2.316 billion as of December 31, 2009, and includes estimated costs of settlement,
damages and defense. The decrease in our accrual is due primarily to the payment of $1.725 billion
to Johnson & Johnson in connection with the patent litigation settlement discussed in
Note L
Commitments and Contingencies
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of
this Annual Report. We continue to assess certain litigation and claims to determine the amounts,
if any, that management believes will be paid as a result of such claims and litigation and,
therefore, additional losses may be accrued and paid in the future, which could materially
adversely impact our operating results, cash flows and our ability to comply with our debt
covenants. See further discussion of our material legal proceedings in
Note L.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our financial results are affected by the selection and application of accounting policies. We have
adopted accounting policies to prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). We describe these
accounting polices in
Note ASignificant Accounting Policies
to our 2010 consolidated financial
statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
To prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, management makes
estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent liabilities as of the date of our financial statements and the reported
amounts of our revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our actual results may differ
from these estimates. We consider estimates to be critical if (i) we are required to make
assumptions about material matters that are uncertain at the time of estimation or if (ii)
materially different estimates could have been made or it is reasonably likely that the accounting
estimate will change from period to period. The following are areas requiring managements judgment
that we consider critical:
Revenue Recognition
We generally allow our customers to return defective, damaged and, in certain cases, expired
products for credit. We base our estimate for sales returns upon historical trends and record these
amounts as a reduction of revenue when we sell the initial product. In addition, we may allow
customers to return previously purchased products for next-generation product offerings. For these
transactions, we defer recognition of revenue on the sale of the earlier generation product based
upon an estimate of the amount to be returned when the next-generation products are shipped to the
customer. Uncertain timing of next-generation product approvals, variability in product launch
strategies, product recalls and variation in product utilization all affect our estimates related
to sales returns and could cause actual returns to differ from these estimates.
Many of our CRM product offerings combine the sale of a device with our LATITUDE® Patient
Management System, which represents a future service obligation. In accordance with accounting
guidance regarding multiple-element arrangements applicable through December 31, 2010, we deferred
revenue on the undelivered service element based on verifiable objective evidence of fair value,
using the residual method of allocation, and recognized the associated revenue over the related
service period. The use of an alternative method of allocation or estimate of fair value could
result in a different amount of revenue deferral in any given period. On January 1, 2011, we
adopted ASC Update No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)- Multiple-Deliverable Revenue
Arrangements.
The consensus in Update No. 2009-13 supersedes certain guidance in Topic 605
(formerly Emerging
68
Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 00-21,
Multiple-Element Arrangements
). Update No. 2009-13
provides principles and application guidance to determine whether multiple deliverables exist, how
the individual deliverables should be separated and how to allocate the revenue in the arrangement
among those separate deliverables, including requiring the use of the relative selling price
method. The adoption of Update No. 2009-13 did not have a material impact on our results of
operations or financial position.
Inventory Provisions
We base our provisions for excess, expired and obsolete inventory primarily on our estimates of
forecasted net sales. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for our products as
compared to forecasted amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess, expired
and obsolete inventory in the future. Further, the industry in which we participate is
characterized by rapid product development and frequent new product introductions. Uncertain timing
of next-generation product approvals, variability in product launch strategies, product recalls and
variation in product utilization all affect our estimates related to excess, expired and obsolete
inventory.
Valuation of Intangible Assets
We base the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination,
including purchased research and development, on detailed valuations that use information and
assumptions provided by management, which consider managements best estimates of inputs and
assumptions that a market participant would use. Further, for those arrangements that involve
potential future contingent consideration, we record on the date of acquisition a liability equal
to the discounted fair value of the estimated additional consideration we may be obligated to make
in the future. We re-measure this liability each reporting period and record changes in the fair
value through a separate line item within our consolidated statements of operations. Increases or
decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability can result from changes in
discount periods and rates, as well as changes in the timing and amount of revenue estimates. The
use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated revenue projections; growth rates;
cash flows and discount rates and alternative estimated useful life assumptions, or probabilities
surrounding the achievement of clinical, regulatory or revenue-based milestones could result in
different purchase price allocations and amortization expense in current and future periods.
We review intangible assets subject to amortization quarterly to determine if any adverse
conditions exist or a change in circumstances has occurred that would indicate impairment or a
change in the remaining useful life. If an impairment indicator exists, we test the intangible
asset for recoverability. If the carrying value of the intangible asset is not recoverable, as
discussed in
Note A,
we will write the carrying value down to fair value in the period identified.
In addition, we test our indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually for impairment and
reassess their classification as indefinite-lived assets. To test our indefinite-lived intangible
assets for impairment, we calculate the fair value of these assets and compare the calculated fair
values to the respective carrying values. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the
indefinite-lived intangible asset, we write the carrying value down to the fair value.
We generally calculate fair value of our intangible assets as the present value of estimated future
cash flows we expect to generate from the asset using a risk-adjusted discount rate. In determining
our estimated future cash flows associated with our intangible assets, we use estimates and
assumptions about future revenue contributions, cost structures and remaining useful lives of the
asset (asset group). The use of alternative assumptions, including estimated cash flows, discount
rates, and alternative estimated remaining useful lives could result in different calculations of
impairment.
Goodwill Valuation
We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable
intangible assets acquired in a business combination to goodwill. We test our April 1 goodwill
balances during the second quarter of each year for impairment, or more frequently if indicators
are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. In performing the
assessment, we utilize the two-step approach prescribed under ASC
69
Topic 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other
(formerly FASB Statement No. 142,
Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets).
The first step requires a comparison of the carrying value of the reporting
units, as defined, to the fair value of these units. We assess goodwill for impairment at the
reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating
segment, referred to as a component. We determine our reporting units by first identifying our
operating segments, and then assess whether any components of these segments constitute a business
for which discrete financial information is available and where segment management regularly
reviews the operating results of that component. We aggregate components within an operating
segment that have similar economic characteristics. For our April 1, 2010 annual impairment
assessment, we identified our reporting units to be our seven U.S. operating segments, which in
aggregate make up the U.S. reportable segment, and our four international operating segments. When
allocating goodwill from business combinations to our reporting units, we assign goodwill to the
reporting units that we expect to benefit from the respective business combination at the time of
acquisition. In addition, for purposes of performing our annual goodwill impairment test, assets
and liabilities, including corporate assets, which relate to a reporting units operations, and
would be considered in determining its fair value, are allocated to the individual reporting units.
We allocate assets and liabilities not directly related to a specific reporting unit, but from
which the reporting unit benefits, based primarily on the respective revenue contribution of each
reporting unit.
During 2010, 2009, and 2008, we used only the income approach, specifically the discounted cash
flow (DCF) method, to derive the fair value of each of our reporting units in preparing our
goodwill impairment assessment. This approach calculates fair value by estimating the after-tax
cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting these after-tax cash flows to a
present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. We selected this method as being the most
meaningful in preparing our goodwill assessments because we believe the income approach most
appropriately measures our income producing assets. We have considered using the market approach
and cost approach but concluded they are not appropriate in valuing our reporting units given the
lack of relevant market comparisons available for application of the market approach and the
inability to replicate the value of the specific technology-based assets within our reporting units
for application of the cost approach. Therefore, we believe that the income approach represents the
most appropriate valuation technique for which sufficient data is available to determine the fair
value of our reporting units.
In applying the income approach to our accounting for goodwill, we make assumptions about the
amount and timing of future expected cash flows, terminal value growth rates and appropriate
discount rates. The amount and timing of future cash flows within our DCF analysis is based on our
most recent operational budgets, long range strategic plans and other estimates. The terminal value
growth rate is used to calculate the value of cash flows beyond the last projected period in our
DCF analysis and reflects our best estimates for stable, perpetual growth of our reporting units.
We use estimates of market-participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital (WACC) as a
basis for determining the discount rates to apply to our reporting units future expected cash
flows.
If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we then perform the second step
of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step
of the goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of a reporting units goodwill to
its carrying value. If we were unable to complete the second step of the test prior to the issuance
of our financial statements and an impairment loss was probable and could be reasonably estimated,
we would recognize our best estimate of the loss in our current period financial statements and
disclose that the amount is an estimate. We would then recognize any adjustment to that estimate in
subsequent reporting periods, once we have finalized the second step of the impairment test.
Although we use consistent methodologies in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the
fair value calculations used in our impairment tests, these estimates are uncertain by nature and
can vary from actual results. The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated
revenue projections, growth rates, cash flows and discount rates could result in different fair
value estimates.
We have identified a total of four reporting units with a material amount of goodwill that are at
higher risk of potential failure of the first step of the goodwill impairment test in future
reporting periods. These reporting units include our U.S. CRM unit, which holds $1.5 billion of
allocated goodwill, our U.S. Cardiovascular unit, which holds $2.2 billion of allocated goodwill,
our U.S. Neuromodulation unit, which holds $1.2 billion of allocated
70
goodwill, and our EMEA unit, which holds $3.9 billion of allocated goodwill. The level of excess
fair value over carrying value for these reporting units identified as being at higher risk (with
the exception of the U.S. CRM reporting unit, whose carrying value continues to exceed its fair
value) ranged from approximately six percent to 23 percent. On a quarterly basis, we monitor the
key drivers of fair value for these reporting units to detect changes that would warrant an interim
impairment test. The key variables that drive the fair value of our reporting units are estimated
revenue growth rates, levels of profitability and perpetual growth rate assumptions, as well as the
WACC. These assumptions are subject to uncertainty, including our ability to grow revenue and
improve profitability levels. For each of these reporting units, relatively small declines in the
future performance and cash flows of the reporting unit or small changes in other key assumptions
may result in the recognition of significant goodwill impairment charges. For example, keeping all
other variables constant, a 50 basis point increase in the WACC applied would require that we
perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test for our U.S. CRM, U.S. Neuromodulation, and
EMEA reporting units failing the first step of the goodwill impairment test. In addition, keeping
all other variables constant, a 100 basis point decrease in perpetual growth rates would require
that we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test for all four of the reporting units
with higher risk of impairment. The estimates used for our future cash flows and discount rates are
our best estimates and we believe they are reasonable, but future declines in the business
performance of our reporting units may impair the recoverability of our goodwill. See
Note D
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item
8 of this Annual Report for further discussion of our 2010 and 2008 goodwill impairment charges, as
well as a discussion of future events that could have a negative impact on the fair value of these
reporting units.
Income Taxes
We provide for potential amounts due in various tax jurisdictions. In the ordinary course of
conducting business in multiple countries and tax jurisdictions, there are many transactions and
calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Judgment is required in determining our
worldwide income tax provision. In our opinion, we have made adequate provisions for income taxes
for all years subject to audit. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the final outcome
of these matters may be different from that which we have reflected in our historical income tax
provisions and accruals. Such differences could have a material impact on our income tax provision
and operating results.
We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based upon the weight of available
evidence, it is more likely than not that we will not realize some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets. We consider relevant evidence, both positive and negative, to determine the need for a
valuation allowance. Information evaluated includes our financial position and results of
operations for the current and preceding years, the availability of deferred tax liabilities and
tax carrybacks, as well as an evaluation of currently available information about future years.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Standards Implemented
ASC Update No. 2010-06
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
(Topic 820) Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements
. Update No. 2010-06 requires
additional disclosure within the rollforward of activity for assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis, including transfers of assets and liabilities between Level 1 and
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the separate presentation of purchases, sales, issuances
and settlements of assets and liabilities within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition,
Update No. 2010-06 requires enhanced disclosures of the valuation techniques and inputs used in the
fair value measurements within Level 2 and Level 3. We adopted Update No. 2010-06 for our first
quarter ended March 31, 2010, except for the disclosure of purchases, sales, issuances and
settlements of Level 3 measurements, for which disclosures will be required for our first quarter
ending March 31, 2011. During 2010, we did not have any transfers of assets or liabilities between
Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to
Note E Fair Value Measurements
to our
2010 consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report for
71
disclosures surrounding our fair value measurements, including information regarding the valuation
techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements for assets and liabilities within Level 2 and
Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
ASC Update No. 2009-17
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2009-17,
Consolidations (Topic 810)
Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,
which
formally codifies FASB Statement No. 167,
Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R).
Update No.
2009-17 and Statement No. 167 amend Interpretation No. 46(R),
Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities,
to require that an enterprise perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprises
variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (VIE).
The analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the enterprise that has both 1) the
power to direct activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entitys economic
performance and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits
from the entity. Update No. 2009-17 eliminated the quantitative approach previously required for
determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE and requires ongoing reassessments of whether an
enterprise is the primary beneficiary. We adopted Update No. 2009-17 for our first quarter ended
March 31, 2010. The adoption of Update No. 2009-17 did not have any impact on our results of
operations or financial position.
ASC Update No. 2010-20
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2010-20,
Receivables (Topic 310)
-
Disclosures about
the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses
. Update No. 2010-20
requires expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures about financing receivables, including
trade accounts receivable, with respect to credit quality and credit losses, including a
rollforward of the allowance for credit losses. The enhanced disclosure requirements are generally
effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2010. We adopted Update No.
2010-20 for our year ended December 31, 2010, except for the rollforward of the allowance for
credit losses, for which disclosure will be required for our first quarter ending March 31, 2011.
Refer to
Note A
Significant Account Policies
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements
included in Item 8 of this Annual Report for disclosures surrounding concentrations of credit risk
and our policies with respect to the monitoring of the credit quality of customer accounts.
Standards to be Implemented
ASC Update No. 2009-13
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605 )-
Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.
The consensus in Update No. 2009-13 supersedes certain
guidance in Topic 605 (formerly EITF Issue No. 00-21,
Multiple-Element Arrangements
). Update No.
2009-13 provides principles and application guidance to determine whether multiple deliverables
exist, how the individual deliverables should be separated and how to allocate the revenue in the
arrangement among those separate deliverables. Update No. 2009-13 also expands the disclosure
requirements for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. We adopted Update No. 2009-13 as of
January 1, 2011. The adoption did not
have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
ASC Update No. 2010-29
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2010-29,
Business Combinations (Topic 805)
-
Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations
. Update No. 2010-29
clarifies paragraph 805-10-50-2(h) to require public entities that enter into business combinations
that are material on an individual or aggregate basis to disclose pro forma information for such
business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period, including pro forma revenue
and earnings of the combined entity as though the acquisition date had been as of the beginning of
the comparable prior annual reporting period only. We are required to adopt Update No. 2010-29 for
material business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2011.
72
Additional Information
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Use and Economic Substance of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Used by Boston Scientific
To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis, we disclose certain
non-GAAP measures, including adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share that exclude
certain amounts, and regional and divisional revenue growth rates that exclude the impact of
foreign exchange. These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative for,
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
The GAAP measure most comparable to adjusted net income is GAAP net income (loss); the GAAP measure
most comparable to adjusted net income per share is GAAP net income (loss) per share. To calculate
regional and divisional revenue growth rates that exclude the impact of foreign exchange, we
convert actual current-period net sales from local currency to U.S. dollars using constant foreign
exchange rates. The GAAP measure most comparable to this non-GAAP measure is growth rate
percentages based on GAAP revenue. Reconciliations of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to
the corresponding GAAP measure are included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Management uses these supplemental non-GAAP measures to evaluate performance period over period, to
analyze the underlying trends in our business, to assess our performance relative to our
competitors, and to establish operational goals and forecasts that are used in allocating resources
and determining compensation. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP measures to further its
understanding of the performance of operating segments. The adjustments excluded from our non-GAAP
measures are consistent with those excluded from our reportable segments measure of profit or
loss. These adjustments are excluded from the segment measures that are reported to our Chief
Operating Decision Maker and are used to make operating decisions and assess performance.
The following is an explanation of each of the adjustments that management excluded as part of its
non-GAAP measures for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, as well as reasons for
excluding each of these individual items:
|
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges
- These
amounts represent non-cash write-downs of the goodwill balance
attributable to our U.S. Cardiac Rhythm Management business, as
well as certain intangible assets balances. Following our
acquisition of Guidant Corporation in 2006, and the related
increase in debt, we have heightened our focus on cash generation
and debt pay down. We remove the impact of these charges from
operating performance to assist in assessing cash generated from
operations. We believe this is a critical metric in measuring our
ability to generate cash and pay down debt. Therefore, these
charges are excluded from managements assessment of operating
performance and are also excluded from the measures used to set
employee compensation. Accordingly, management believes this may
be useful information to users of its financial statements and
therefore has excluded these charges for purposes of calculating
these non-GAAP measures to facilitate an evaluation of current
operating performance, particularly in terms of liquidity.
|
73
|
|
|
Acquisition-related charges (credits)
- These adjustments consist
of (a) purchased research and development charges, (b) contingent
consideration expense, (c) gains on acquisition-related milestone
receipts, (d) due diligence and other fees, and (e) inventory
step-up adjustments. Purchased research and development is a
highly variable charge based on the extent and nature of external
technology acquisitions during the period. Contingent
consideration expense represents accounting adjustments to state
our contingent consideration liabilities at their estimated fair
value. These adjustments can be highly variable depending on the
assessed likelihood of making future contingent consideration
payments. In addition, contingent consideration expense was not
recognized based on accounting principles in place previous to
2009, and, therefore, is not comparable to periods prior to 2009.
Acquisition-related gains resulted from receipts related to
Guidant Corporations sale of its vascular intervention and
endovascular solutions businesses to Abbott Laboratories, and are
not indicative of future operating results. Due diligence and
other fees include legal, tax and other one time expenses
associated with recent acquisitions that are not representative of
on-going operations. Inventory step-up adjustments are non-cash
charges related to acquired inventory directly attributable to
acquisitions and is not indicative of the our on-going operations,
or on-going cost of products sold. Management therefore removes
the impact of these (credits) charges from our operating results
to facilitate an evaluation of current operating performance and a
comparison to past operating performance.
|
|
|
|
|
Divestiture-related charges (credits)
These amounts represent
fees associated with business divestitures and gains and related
tax impacts that we recognized related to the sale of certain
non-strategic investments. These gains and losses are not
indicative of future operating performance and are not used by
management to assess operating performance. Accordingly,
management excludes these amounts for purposes of calculating
these non-GAAP measures to facilitate an evaluation of current
operating performance and a comparison to past operating
performance.
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and restructuring-related costs
- These adjustments
represent costs associated with our 2010 Restructuring plan, Plant
Network Optimization program and 2007 Restructuring plan. These
expenses are excluded by management in assessing operating
performance, as well as from our operating segments measures of
profit and loss used for making operating decisions and assessing
performance. Accordingly, management excludes these charges for
purposes of calculating these non-GAAP measures to facilitate an
evaluation of current operating performance and a comparison to
past operating performance.
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation-related net (credits) charges
- These amounts are
attributable to certain significant patent litigation and other
legal matters, none of which reflect expected on-going operating
expenses. Accordingly, management excluded these (credits) charges
for purposes of calculating these non-GAAP measures to facilitate
an evaluation of current operating performance and for comparison
to past operating performance.
|
|
|
|
|
Discrete tax items
- These items represent adjustments of certain
tax positions, which were initially established in prior periods
as a result of acquisition-, divestiture-, restructuring- or
litigation-related charges (credits). These adjustments do not
reflect expected on-going operating results. Accordingly,
management excludes these amounts for purposes of calculating
these non-GAAP measures to facilitate an evaluation of current
operating performance and for comparison to past operating
performance.
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
- Amortization expense is a non-cash charge
and does not impact our liquidity or compliance with the covenants
included in our debt agreements. Management removes the impact of
amortization from our operating performance to assist in assessing
cash generated from operations. Management believes this is a
critical metric in measuring our ability to generate cash and pay
down debt. Therefore, amortization expense is excluded from
managements assessment of operating performance and is also
excluded from the measures management uses to set employee
compensation. Accordingly, management believes this may be useful
information to users of its financial statements and therefore
excludes amortization expense for purposes of calculating these
non-GAAP measures to facilitate an evaluation of current operating
performance, particularly in terms of liquidity.
|
74
|
|
|
Foreign exchange on net sales
- The impact of foreign exchange is
highly variable and difficult to predict. Accordingly, management
excludes the impact of foreign exchange for purposes of reviewing
regional and divisional revenue growth rates to facilitate an
evaluation of current operating performance and comparison to past
operating performance.
|
Material Limitations Associated with the Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Adjusted net income, adjusted net income per diluted share, and regional and divisional revenue
growth rates that exclude the impact of foreign exchange may have limitations as analytical tools,
and these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation from or as a replacement for GAAP
financial measures. Some of the limitations associated with the use of these non-GAAP financial
measures are:
|
|
|
Amortization expense and goodwill and other intangible asset
impairment charges, though not directly affecting our cash flows,
represent a net reduction in value of goodwill and other
intangible assets. The net loss associated with this reduction in
value is not included in our adjusted net income or adjusted net
income per diluted share and therefore these measures do not
reflect the full effect of the reduction in value of those assets.
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition- and divestiture-related charges (credits) reflect
economic costs and benefits and are not reflected in adjusted net
income and adjusted net income per diluted share.
|
|
|
|
|
Items such as restructuring and restructuring-related costs,
litigation-related net (credits) charges, and discrete tax items
that are excluded from adjusted net income and adjusted net income
per diluted share can have a material impact on cash flows and
GAAP net income (loss) and net income (loss) per diluted share.
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue growth rates stated on a constant currency basis, by their
nature, exclude the impact of foreign exchange, which may have a
material impact on GAAP net sales.
|
|
|
|
|
Other companies may calculate adjusted net income, adjusted net
income per diluted share, or regional and divisional revenue
growth rates that exclude the impact of foreign exchange
differently than us, limiting the usefulness of those measures for
comparative purposes.
|
Compensation for Limitations Associated with Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We compensate for the limitations on non-GAAP financial measures by relying upon GAAP results to
gain a complete picture of performance. The non-GAAP measures focus instead upon the core business,
which is only a subset, albeit a critical one, of overall performance. We provide detailed
reconciliations of each non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure
elsewhere in this Annual Report, and encourage investors to review these reconciliations.
Usefulness of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to Investors
We believe that presenting adjusted net income, adjusted net income per share, and regional and
divisional revenue growth rates that exclude the impact of foreign exchange, in addition to the
related GAAP measures, provides investors greater transparency to the information used by
management for its financial and operational decision-making and allows investors to see our
results through the eyes of management. We further believe that providing this information better
enables our investors to understand our operating performance and to evaluate the methodology used
by management to evaluate and measure such performance.
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
Periodically, certain of our executive officers adopt written stock trading plans in accordance
with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and our own Stock Trading Policy. A Rule
10b5-1 Trading Plan is a written document that pre-establishes the amounts, prices and dates (or
formula(s) for determining the amounts, prices and dates) of future purchases or sales of our
stock, including the exercise and sale of stock options, and is
75
entered into at a time when the person is not in possession of material non-public information
about the company.
On February 16, 2010, Kenneth J. Pucel, our Executive Vice President, Global Operations and
Technology, entered into a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. Mr. Pucels plan covered the sale of 5,000
shares of our stock to be acquired upon the exercise of 5,000 stock options and expired on July 25,
2010. Transactions under Mr. Pucels plan were based upon pre-established dates and stock price
thresholds and were disclosed publicly through appropriate filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC).
On March 1, 2010, Joseph M. Fitzgerald, our Senior Vice President and President, Endovascular,
entered into a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. Mr. Fitzgeralds plan covers the sale of up to 19,500
shares of our stock to be acquired upon the exercise of 4,000 stock options expiring on May 9,
2010; 4,000 stock options expiring on July 25, 2010; 4,000 stock options expiring on October 31,
2010; and 7,500 stock options expiring on February 27, 2011. Transactions under Mr. Fitzgeralds
plan are based upon pre-established dates and stock price thresholds and will expire once all of
the shares have been sold or February 25, 2011, whichever is earlier. Any transaction under Mr.
Fitzgeralds plan will be disclosed publicly through appropriate filings with the SEC.
On March 1, 2010, Jean F. Lance, our Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, entered
into a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. Ms. Lances plan covers the sale of 80,868 shares of our stock to
be acquired upon the exercise of 24,200 stock options expiring on May 9, 2010; 30,000 stock options
expiring on July 25, 2010; and 26,668 stock options expiring on December 6, 2010. Transactions
under Ms. Lances plan were based upon pre-established dates and stock price thresholds and expired
on December 6, 2010. Any transaction under Ms. Lances plan were disclosed publicly through
appropriate filings with the SEC.
On November 18, 2010, Michael P. Phalen, our Executive Vice President and President, International,
entered into a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. Mr. Phalens plan covers the sale of 25,000 shares of our
stock to be acquired upon the exercise of 15,000 stock options expiring on February 27, 2011 and
10,000 stock options expiring on December 17, 2011. Transactions under Mr. Phalens plan are based
upon pre-established dates and stock price thresholds and will expire once all of the shares have
been sold or December 9, 2011, whichever is earlier. Any transaction under Mr. Phalens plan will
be disclosed publicly through appropriate filings with the SEC.
76
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
As the management of Boston Scientific Corporation, we are responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. We designed our internal control
process to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2010. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework. Based on our
assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting
is effective at a reasonable assurance level based on these criteria.
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This report in which they
expressed an unqualified opinion is included below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Raymond Elliott
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey D. Capello
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Raymond Elliott
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey D. Capello
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
77
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Boston Scientific Corporation
We have audited Boston Scientific Corporations internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Boston
Scientific Corporations management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Boston Scientific Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Boston Scientific Corporation as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 of Boston
Scientific Corporation and our report dated February 17, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 17, 2011
78
|
|
|
ITEM
7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
We develop, manufacture and sell medical devices globally and our earnings and cash flows are
exposed to market risk from changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates. We address these
risks through a risk management program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments.
We operate the program pursuant to documented corporate risk management policies. We do not enter
derivative transactions for speculative purposes. Gains and losses on derivative financial
instruments substantially offset losses and gains on underlying hedged exposures. Furthermore, we
manage our exposure to counterparty risk on derivative instruments by entering into contracts with
a diversified group of major financial institutions and by actively monitoring outstanding
positions.
Our currency risk consists primarily of foreign currency denominated firm commitments, forecasted
foreign currency denominated intercompany and third-party transactions and net investments in
certain subsidiaries. We use both nonderivative (primarily European manufacturing operations) and
derivative instruments to manage our earnings and cash flow exposure to changes in currency
exchange rates. We had currency derivative instruments outstanding in the contract amount of $5.077
billion as of December 31, 2010 and $4.742 billion as of December 31, 2009. We recorded $82 million
of other assets and $189 million of other liabilities to recognize the fair value of these
derivative instruments as of December 31, 2010, as compared to $56 million of other assets and $110
million of other liabilities as of December 31, 2009. A ten percent appreciation in the U.S.
dollars value relative to the hedged currencies would increase the derivative instruments fair
value by $297 million as of December 31, 2010 and $271 million as of December 31, 2009. A ten
percent depreciation in the U.S. dollars value relative to the hedged currencies would decrease
the derivative instruments fair value by $363 million as of December 31, 2010 and by $331 million
as of December 31, 2009. Any increase or decrease in the fair value of our currency exchange rate
sensitive derivative instruments would be substantially offset by a corresponding decrease or
increase in the fair value of the hedged underlying asset, liability or forecasted transaction,
resulting in minimal impact on our consolidated statements of operations.
Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar borrowings, partially offset by U.S. dollar
cash investments, or net debt. As of December 31, 2010, $4.433 billion of our outstanding debt
obligations, or approximately 85 percent of our net debt, was at fixed interest rates. We did not
have any interest rate derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2010 or 2009. In the
first quarter of 2011, we entered interest rate derivative contracts having a notional amount of
$850 million to convert fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt.
See
Note E Fair Value Measurements
to our 2010 consolidated financial statements included in
Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information regarding our derivative financial
instruments.
79
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Boston Scientific Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boston Scientific Corporation as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2. These
financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of Boston Scientific Corporation at December 31, 2010
and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material
respects the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), Boston Scientific Corporations internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated
February 17, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 17, 2011
80
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except per share data)
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
2,599
|
|
|
|
2,576
|
|
|
|
2,469
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,207
|
|
|
|
5,612
|
|
|
|
5,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,580
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
2,589
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
1,035
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
Royalty expense
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
Loss on program termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
Goodwill impairment charges
|
|
|
1,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,613
|
|
Intangible asset impairment charges
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Purchased research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Contingent consideration expense
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition-related milestone
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Gain on divestitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Litigation-related net (credits) charges
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
6,506
|
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(894
|
)
|
|
|
(1,505
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(393
|
)
|
|
|
(407
|
)
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(1,063
|
)
|
|
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
|
(2,031
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(283
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(1,065
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,036
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.36
|
)
|
Assuming dilution
|
|
$
|
(0.70
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.36
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
1,517.8
|
|
|
|
1,507.9
|
|
|
|
1,498.5
|
|
Assuming dilution
|
|
|
1,517.8
|
|
|
|
1,507.9
|
|
|
|
1,498.5
|
|
(See notes to the consolidated financial statements)
81
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
(in millions, except per share data)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
864
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
1,375
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
891
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
3,615
|
|
|
|
4,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,697
|
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
10,186
|
|
|
|
11,936
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
6,343
|
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
22,128
|
|
|
$
|
25,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current debt obligations
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
2,609
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,609
|
|
|
|
3,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
4,934
|
|
|
|
5,915
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,644
|
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
1,645
|
|
|
|
2,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value - authorized 50,000,000
shares; none issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value - authorized 2,000,000,000
shares; issued 1,520,780,112 shares as of December 31, 2010
and 1,510,753,934 shares as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
16,232
|
|
|
|
16,086
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(4,822
|
)
|
|
|
(3,757
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
Unrealized costs associated with certain retirement plans
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
11,296
|
|
|
|
12,301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
$
|
22,128
|
|
|
$
|
25,177
|
|
|
|
|
(See notes to the consolidated financial statements)
82
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(in millions, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Deferred Cost, ESOP
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
Shares Issued
|
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2008
|
|
|
1,491,234,911
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
15,788
|
|
|
|
951,566
|
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
$
|
(693
|
)
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,036
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,036
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
Net change in available-for-sale investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Net change in derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Net change in certain retirement amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
Impact of stock-based compensation plans, net of tax
|
|
|
10,400,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401 (k) ESOP transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(951,566
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,501,635,679
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
15,944
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(2,732
|
)
|
|
$
|
(53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,098
|
)
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,025
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Net change in derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Impact of stock-based compensation plans, net of tax
|
|
|
9,118,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,510,753,934
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
16,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,757
|
)
|
|
$
|
(43
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,015
|
)
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,065
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,065
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
Net change in derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Impact of stock-based compensation plans, net of tax
|
|
|
10,026,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,520,780,112
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
16,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(4,822
|
)
|
|
$
|
(129
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,151
|
)
|
|
|
|
(See notes to the consolidated financial statements)
83
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(1,065
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,036
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
864
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(334
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Goodwill impairment charges
|
|
|
1,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,613
|
|
Intangible asset impairment charges
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Net losses (gains) on investments and notes receivable
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
Purchased research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Other non-cash acquisition- and divestiture-related charges (credits)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash flows from operating assets and liabilities,
excluding the effect of acquisitions and divestitures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
(1,148
|
)
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(404
|
)
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
(416
|
)
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
|
|
(312
|
)
|
|
|
(362
|
)
|
Proceeds on disposals
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
Payments relating to prior period acquisitions
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(523
|
)
|
|
|
(675
|
)
|
Other investing activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from business divestitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,287
|
|
Payments for investments in and acquisitions of certain technologies
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of investments and collections of notes receivable
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
(793
|
)
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
973
|
|
|
|
1,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on long-term borrowings
|
|
|
(1,500
|
)
|
|
|
(2,825
|
)
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facility
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on revolving credit facility borrowings
|
|
|
(200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuances of shares of common stock
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Excess tax benefit relating to stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used for financing activities
|
|
|
(496
|
)
|
|
|
(820
|
)
|
|
|
(1,350
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(651
|
)
|
|
|
(777
|
)
|
|
|
189
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
|
1,641
|
|
|
|
1,452
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
864
|
|
|
$
|
1,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (received) paid for income taxes, net
|
|
$
|
(286
|
)
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
(See notes to the consolidated financial statements)
84
NOTE A - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Boston Scientific Corporation and our
wholly-owned subsidiaries. Through December 31, 2009, we assessed the terms of our investment
interests to determine if any of our investees met the definition of a variable interest entity
(VIE) in accordance with accounting standards effective through that date, and would have
consolidated any VIEs in which we were the primary beneficiary. Our evaluation considered both
qualitative and quantitative factors and various assumptions, including expected losses and
residual returns. In December 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Update No. 2009-17,
Consolidations (Topic 810)
Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,
which
formally codifies FASB Statement No. 167,
Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R).
Update No.
2009-17 and Statement No. 167 amend Interpretation No. 46(R),
Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities,
to require that an enterprise perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprises
variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. The analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a
VIE as the enterprise that has both 1) the power to direct activities of a VIE that most
significantly impact the entitys economic performance and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of
the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity. Update No. 2009-17 eliminated the
quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE and
requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary. We adopted
Update No. 2009-17 for our first quarter ended March 31, 2010. Based on our assessments under the
applicable guidance, we did not consolidate any VIEs during the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009, or 2008.
We account for investments in entities over which we have the ability to exercise significant
influence under the equity method if we hold 50 percent or less of the voting stock and the entity
is not a VIE in which we are the primary beneficiary. We record these investments initially at
cost, and adjust the carrying amount to reflect our share of the earnings or losses of the
investee, including all adjustments similar to those made in preparing consolidated financial
statements. We account for investments in entities in which we have less than a 20 percent
ownership interest under the cost method of accounting if we do not have the ability to exercise
significant influence over the investee.
In the first quarter of 2008, we completed the divestiture of certain non-strategic businesses. Our
operating results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include the results of these businesses
through the date of separation, as these divestitures did not meet the criteria for discontinued
operations. On January 3, 2011, we closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker
Corporation. We are providing transitional services to Stryker through a transition services
agreement, and will also supply products to Stryker. These transition services and supply
agreements are expected to be effective for a period of up to 24 months, subject to extension. Due
to our continuing involvement in the operations of the Neurovascular business, the divestiture does
not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation and, therefore, the results of
the Neurovascular business are included in our results of operations for all periods presented.
Refer to
Note C Divestitures and Assets Held for Sale
for a description of these business
divestitures.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Boston Scientific Corporation have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S.
GAAP) and with the instructions to Form 10-K and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.
We have reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the current years presentation,
including those to reclassify certain balances to assets held for sale classification. See
Note C
Divestitures and Assets Held for Sale
,
Note D Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Note J
Supplemental Balance Sheet Information
, and
Note P Segment Reporting
for further details.
85
Subsequent Events
We evaluate events occurring after the date of our accompanying consolidated balance sheets for
potential recognition or disclosure in our financial statements. We did not identify any material
subsequent events requiring adjustment to our accompanying consolidated financial statements
(recognized subsequent events). Those items requiring disclosure (unrecognized subsequent events)
in the financial statements have been disclosed accordingly. Refer to
Note C Divestitures and
Assets Held for Sale,
Note G Borrowings and Credit Arrangements,
Note L Commitments and Contingencies,
and
Note R Subsequent Events
for
more information.
Accounting Estimates
To prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, management makes
estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent liabilities as of the date of our financial statements and the reported
amounts of our revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our actual results may differ
from these estimates. Refer to
Critical Accounting Estimates
included in Item 7 of this Annual
Report for further discussion.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We record cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated balance sheets at cost, which approximates
fair value. Our policy is to invest excess cash in short-term marketable securities earning a
market rate of interest without assuming undue risk to principal, and we limit our direct exposure
to securities in any one industry or issuer. We consider all highly liquid investments purchased
with a remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash
equivalents.
We record available-for-sale investments at fair value and exclude unrealized gains and temporary
losses on available-for-sale securities from earnings, reporting such gains and losses, net of tax,
as a separate component of stockholders equity, until realized. We compute realized gains and
losses on sales of available-for-sale securities based on the average cost method, adjusted for any
other-than-temporary declines in fair value. We record held-to-maturity securities at amortized
cost and adjust for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts through maturity. We
classify investments in debt securities or equity securities that have a readily determinable fair
value that we purchase and hold principally for selling them in the near term as trading
securities. All of our cash investments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 had maturity dates at date
of purchase of less than three months and, accordingly, we have classified them as cash and cash
equivalents in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist
primarily of cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instrument contracts and accounts and
notes receivable. Our investment policy limits exposure to concentrations of credit risk and
changes in market conditions. Counterparties to financial instruments expose us to credit-related
losses in the event of nonperformance. We transact our financial instruments with a diversified
group of major financial institutions and actively monitor outstanding positions to limit our
credit exposure.
We provide credit, in the normal course of business, to hospitals, healthcare agencies, clinics,
doctors offices and other private and governmental institutions and generally do not require
collateral. We perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers and maintain allowances for
potential credit losses, based on historical information and managements best estimates. Amounts
determined to be uncollectible are written off against this reserve. We recorded write-offs of
uncollectible accounts receivable of $15 million in 2010, $14 million in 2009, and $11 million in
2008. We are not dependent on any single institution and no single customer accounted for more than
ten percent of our net sales in 2010, 2009 or 2008. We closely monitor outstanding receivables for
potential collection risks, including those that may arise from economic conditions, in both the
U.S. and international economies. The credit and economic conditions within Greece, Italy, Spain,
Portugal and Ireland, among other members of the European Union, have deteriorated throughout 2010.
These conditions have resulted in, and may
86
continue to result in, an increase in the average length of time that it takes to collect on our
accounts receivable outstanding in these countries and, in some cases, write-offs of uncollectible
amounts.
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue primarily from the sale of single-use medical devices, and present revenue net
of sales taxes in our consolidated statements of operations. We consider revenue to be realized or
realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of a sales
arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price is fixed or
determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. We generally meet these criteria at the
time of shipment, unless a consignment arrangement exists or we are required to provide additional
services. We recognize revenue from consignment arrangements based on product usage, or implant,
which indicates that the sale is complete. For our other transactions, we recognize revenue when
our products are delivered and risk of loss transfers to the customer, provided there are no
substantive remaining performance obligations required of us or any matters requiring customer
acceptance, and provided we can form an estimate for sales returns. Many of our Cardiac Rhythm
Management (CRM) product offerings combine the sale of a device with our LATITUDE® Patient
Management System, which represents a future service obligation. In accordance with accounting
guidance regarding multiple-element arrangements applicable through December 31, 2010, we deferred
revenue on the undelivered service element based on verifiable objective evidence of fair value,
using the residual method of allocation, and recognized the associated revenue over the related
service period. On January 1, 2011, we adopted ASC Update No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic
605)- Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.
The consensus in Update No. 2009-13 supersedes
certain guidance in Topic 605 (formerly EITF Issue No. 00-21,
Multiple-Element Arrangements
).
Update No. 2009-13 provides principles and application guidance to determine whether multiple
deliverables exist, how the individual deliverables should be separated and how to allocate the
revenue in the arrangement among those separate deliverables, including requiring the use of the
relative selling price method. The adoption of Update No. 2009-13 did not have a material impact on
our results of operations or financial position.
We generally allow our customers to return defective, damaged and, in certain cases, expired
products for credit. We base our estimate for sales returns upon historical trends and record the
amount as a reduction to revenue when we sell the initial product. In addition, we may allow
customers to return previously purchased products for next-generation product offerings. For these
transactions, we defer recognition of revenue on the sale of the earlier generation product based
upon an estimate of the amount of product to be returned when the next-generation products are
shipped to the customer.
We also offer sales rebates and discounts to certain customers. We treat sales rebates and
discounts as a reduction of revenue and classify the corresponding liability as current. We
estimate rebates for products where there is sufficient historical information available to predict
the volume of expected future rebates. If we are unable to estimate the expected rebates
reasonably, we record a liability for the maximum rebate percentage offered. We have entered
certain agreements with group purchasing organizations to sell our products to participating
hospitals at negotiated prices. We recognize revenue from these agreements following the same
revenue recognition criteria discussed above.
Warranty Obligations
We offer warranties on certain of our product offerings. Approximately 85 percent of our warranty
liability as of December 31, 2010 related to implantable devices offered by our CRM business, which
include defibrillator and pacemaker systems. Our CRM products come with a standard limited warranty
covering the replacement of these devices. We offer a full warranty for a portion of the period
post-implant, and a partial warranty over the remainder of the useful life of the product. We
estimate the costs that we may incur under our warranty programs based on the number of units sold,
historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim, and record a liability
equal to these estimated costs as cost of products sold at the time the product sale occurs. We
assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liabilities on a quarterly basis and adjust these
amounts as necessary.
Changes in our product warranty accrual during
2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the
following (in millions):
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
Provision
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Settlements/ reversals
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
We state inventories at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market. We base our provisions for
excess, expired and obsolete inventory primarily on our estimates of forecasted net sales. A
significant change in the timing or level of demand for our products as compared to forecasted
amounts may result in recording additional provisions for excess, expired and obsolete inventory in
the future. Further, the industry in which we participate is characterized by rapid product
development and frequent new product introductions. Uncertain timing of next-generation product
approvals, variability in product launch strategies, product recalls and variation in product
utilization all affect our estimates related to excess, expired and obsolete inventory.
Approximately 40 percent of our finished goods inventory as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was at
customer locations pursuant to consignment arrangements.
Property, Plant and Equipment
We state property, plant, equipment, and leasehold improvements at historical cost. We charge
expenditures for maintenance and repairs to expense and capitalize additions and improvements that
extend the life of the underlying asset. We generally provide for depreciation using the
straight-line method at rates that approximate the estimated useful lives of the assets. We
depreciate buildings and improvements over a 20 to 40 year life; equipment, furniture and fixtures
over a three to ten year life; and leasehold improvements over the shorter of the useful life of
the improvement or the term of the related lease. Depreciation expense was $303 million in 2010,
$323 million in 2009, and $321 million in 2008.
Valuation of Business Combinations
We allocate the amounts we pay for each acquisition to the assets we acquire and liabilities we
assume based on their fair values at the dates of acquisition, including identifiable intangible
assets and purchased research and development which either arise from a contractual or legal right
or are separable from goodwill. We base the fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired
in a business combination, including purchased research and development, on detailed valuations
that use information and assumptions provided by management, which consider managements best
estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. We allocate any excess
purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired
to goodwill. The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated revenue projections;
growth rates; cash flows and discount rates and alternative estimated useful life assumptions, or
probabilities surrounding the achievement of clinical, regulatory or revenue-based milestones could
result in different purchase price allocations and amortization expense in current and future
periods. Transaction costs associated with these acquisitions are expensed as incurred through
selling, general and administrative costs.
As of January 1, 2009, we adopted FASB Statement No. 141(R),
Business Combinations
(codified within
ASC Topic 805,
Business Combinations
). Pursuant to the guidance in Statement No. 141(R) (Topic
805), in those circumstances where an acquisition involves a contingent consideration arrangement,
we recognize a liability equal to the estimated discounted fair value of the contingent payments we
expect to make as of the acquisition date. We re-measure this liability each reporting period and
record changes in the fair value through a separate line item within our consolidated statements of
operations. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability can
result from changes in discount periods and rates, as well as changes in the timing and amount of
revenue estimates. For acquisitions consummated prior to January 1, 2009, we will continue to
record contingent consideration as an additional element of cost of the acquired entity when the
contingency is resolved and consideration is issued or becomes issuable.
88
Purchased Research and Development
Our purchased research and development represents intangible assets acquired in a business
combination that are used in research and development activities but have not yet reached
technological feasibility, regardless of whether they have alternative future use. The primary
basis for determining the technological feasibility of these projects is obtaining regulatory
approval to market the underlying products in an applicable geographic region. Through December 31,
2008, we expensed the value attributable to these in-process projects at the time of the
acquisition in accordance with accounting standards effective through that date. As discussed
above, as of January 1, 2009, we adopted FASB Statement No. 141(R),
Business Combinations
(codified
within ASC Topic 805,
Business Combinations
), a replacement for Statement No. 141. Statement No.
141(R) also superseded FASB Interpretation No. 4,
Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2 to Business
Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method
, which required research and development assets
acquired in a business combination that had no alternative future use to be measured at their fair
values and expensed at the acquisition date. Topic 805 requires that purchased research and
development acquired in a business combination be recognized as an indefinite-lived intangible
asset until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. For
our 2010 business combinations, we have recognized purchased research and development as an
intangible asset.
In addition, we expense certain costs associated with strategic alliances outside of business
combinations as purchased research and development as of the acquisition date. Our adoption of
Statement No. 141(R) (Topic 805) did not change this policy with respect to asset purchases.
We use the income approach to determine the fair values of our purchased research and development
at the date of acquisition. This approach calculates fair value by estimating the after-tax cash
flows attributable to an in-process project over its useful life and then discounting these
after-tax cash flows back to a present value. We base our revenue assumptions on estimates of
relevant market sizes, expected market growth rates, expected trends in technology and expected
levels of market share. In arriving at the value of the in-process projects, we consider, among
other factors: the in-process projects stage of completion; the complexity of the work completed
as of the acquisition date; the costs already incurred; the projected costs to complete; the
contribution of core technologies and other acquired assets; the expected regulatory path and
introduction dates by region; and the estimated useful life of the technology. We apply a
market-participant risk-adjusted discount rate to arrive at a present value as of the date of
acquisition. We believe that the estimated in-process research and development amounts so
determined represent the fair value at the date of acquisition and do not exceed the amount a third
party would pay for the projects. However, if the projects are not successful or completed in a
timely manner, we may not realize the financial benefits expected for these projects or for the
acquisition as a whole.
We test our purchased research and development intangible assets acquired in a business combination
for impairment at least annually, and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the assets may be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair
value of the intangible assets with their carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair
value, we would record an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess. Upon completion of the
associated research and development efforts, we will determine the useful life of the technology
and begin amortizing the assets to reflect their use over their remaining lives; upon permanent
abandonment we would write-off the remaining carrying amount of the associated purchased research
and development intangible asset.
Amortization and Impairment of Intangible Assets
We record intangible assets at historical cost and amortize them over their estimated useful lives.
We use a straight-line method of amortization, unless a method that better reflects the pattern in
which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise used up can be
reliably determined. The approximate useful lives for amortization of our intangible assets is as
follows: patents and licenses, two to 20 years; definite-lived core and developed technology, five
to 25 years; customer relationships, five to 25 years; other intangible assets, various.
89
We review intangible assets subject to amortization quarterly to determine if any adverse
conditions exist or a change in circumstances has occurred that would indicate impairment or a
change in the remaining useful life.
Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse
change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product
recall, or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If an impairment indicator exists, we
test the intangible asset for recoverability. For purposes of the recoverability test, we group
our amortizable intangible assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level of
identifiable cash flows if the intangible asset does not generate cash flows independent of other
assets and liabilities. If the carrying value of the intangible asset (asset group) exceeds the
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the intangible
asset (asset group), we will write the carrying value down to the fair value in the period
identified.
We generally calculate fair value of our intangible assets as the present value of estimated future
cash flows we expect to generate from the asset using a risk-adjusted discount rate. In determining
our estimated future cash flows associated with our intangible assets, we use estimates and
assumptions about future revenue contributions, cost structures and remaining useful lives of the
asset (asset group). The use of alternative assumptions, including estimated cash flows, discount
rates, and alternative estimated remaining useful lives could result in different calculations of
impairment. However, we believe our assumptions and estimates are accurate and represent our best
estimates. See
Note D - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
for more information related to
impairments of intangible assets during 2010, 2009, and 2008.
For patents developed internally, we capitalize costs incurred to obtain patents, including
attorney fees, registration fees, consulting fees, and other expenditures directly related to
securing the patent. Legal costs incurred in connection with the successful defense of both
internally-developed patents and those obtained through our acquisitions are capitalized and
amortized over the remaining amortizable life of the related patent.
Goodwill Valuation
We allocate any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable
intangible assets acquired in a business combination to goodwill. We test our April 1 goodwill
balances during the second quarter of each year for impairment, or more frequently if indicators
are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. In performing the
assessment, we utilize the two-step approach prescribed under ASC Topic 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill
and Other
(formerly FASB Statement No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets).
The first step
requires a comparison of the carrying value of the reporting units, as defined, to the fair value
of these units. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as
an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. We
determine our reporting units by first identifying our operating segments, and then assess whether
any components of these segments constitute a business for which discrete financial information is
available and where segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.
We aggregate components within an operating segment that have similar economic characteristics. For
our April 1, 2010 annual impairment assessment, we identified our reporting units to be our seven
U.S. operating segments, which in aggregate make up the U.S. reportable segment, and our four
international operating segments. When allocating goodwill from business combinations to our
reporting units, we assign goodwill to the reporting units that we expect to benefit from the
respective business combination at the time of acquisition. In addition, for purposes of performing
our annual goodwill impairment test, assets and liabilities, including corporate assets, which
relate to a reporting units operations, and would be considered in determining its fair value, are
allocated to the individual reporting units. We allocate assets and liabilities not directly
related to a specific reporting unit, but from which the reporting unit benefits, based primarily
on the respective revenue contribution of each reporting unit.
During 2010, 2009, and 2008, we used only the income approach, specifically the discounted cash
flow (DCF) method, to derive the fair value of each of our reporting units in preparing our
goodwill impairment assessment. This approach calculates fair value by estimating the after-tax
cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting these after-tax cash flows to a
present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. We selected this method as being the most
meaningful in preparing our goodwill assessments because we believe the income approach most
appropriately measures our income producing assets. We have considered using the market approach
and cost approach but concluded they are not appropriate in valuing our reporting units given
90
the
lack of relevant market comparisons available for application of the market approach and the
inability to replicate the value of the specific technology-based assets within our reporting units
for application of the cost approach.
Therefore, we believe that the income approach represents the most appropriate valuation technique
for which sufficient data is available to determine the fair value of our reporting units.
In applying the income approach to our accounting for goodwill, we make assumptions about the
amount and timing of future expected cash flows, terminal value growth rates and appropriate
discount rates. The amount and timing of future cash flows within our DCF analysis is based on our
most recent operational budgets, long range strategic plans and other estimates. The terminal value
growth rate is used to calculate the value of cash flows beyond the last projected period in our
DCF analysis and reflects our best estimates for stable, perpetual growth of our reporting units.
We use estimates of market-participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital (WACC) as a
basis for determining the discount rates to apply to our reporting units future expected cash
flows.
If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we then perform the second step
of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step
of the goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of a reporting units goodwill to
its carrying value. If we were unable to complete the second step of the test prior to the issuance
of our financial statements and an impairment loss was probable and could be reasonably estimated,
we would recognize our best estimate of the loss in our current period financial statements and
disclose that the amount is an estimate. We would then recognize any adjustment to that estimate in
subsequent reporting periods, once we have finalized the second step of the impairment test.
Investments in Publicly Traded and Privately Held Entities
We account for our publicly traded investments as available-for-sale securities based on the quoted
market price at the end of the reporting period. We compute realized gains and losses on sales of
available-for-sale securities based on the average cost method, adjusted for any
other-than-temporary declines in fair value. We account for our investments in privately held
entities, for which fair value is not readily determinable, in accordance with ASC Topic 323,
Investments Equity Method and Joint Ventures
.
We account for investments in entities over which we have the ability to exercise significant
influence under the equity method if we hold 50 percent or less of the voting stock and the entity
is not a VIE in which we are the primary beneficiary. We record these investments initially at
cost, and adjust the carrying amount to reflect our share of the earnings or losses of the
investee, including all adjustments similar to those made in preparing consolidated financial
statements. We account for investments in entities in which we have less than a 20 percent
ownership interest under the cost method of accounting if we do not have the ability to exercise
significant influence over the investee.
Each reporting period, we evaluate our investments to determine if there are any events or
circumstances that are likely to have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the
investment. Examples of such impairment indicators include, but are not limited to: a significant
deterioration in earnings performance; recent financing rounds at reduced valuations; a significant
adverse change in the regulatory, economic or technological environment of an investee; or a
significant doubt about an investees ability to continue as a going concern. If we identify an
impairment indicator, we will estimate the fair value of the investment and compare it to its
carrying value. Our estimation of fair value considers all available financial information related
to the investee, including valuations based on recent third-party equity investments in the
investee. If the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value, the investment is
impaired and we make a determination as to whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. We deem
impairment to be other-than-temporary unless we have the ability and intent to hold an investment
for a period sufficient for a market recovery up to the carrying value of the investment. Further,
evidence must indicate that the carrying value of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable
period. For other-than-temporary impairments, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the
difference between an investments carrying value and its fair value. Impairment losses on our
investments are included in other, net in our consolidated statements of operations.
91
Income Taxes
We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, we
determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting
and tax bases of our assets and liabilities. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using
the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. We
reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based upon the weight of available
evidence, it is more likely than not that we will not realize some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets. We consider relevant evidence, both positive and negative, to determine the need for a
valuation allowance. Information evaluated includes our financial position and results of
operations for the current and preceding years, the availability of deferred tax liabilities and
tax carrybacks, as well as an evaluation of currently available information about future years.
We do not provide income taxes on unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries where we have
indefinitely reinvested such earnings in our foreign operations. It is not practical to estimate
the amount of income taxes payable on the earnings that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign
operations. Unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries that we have indefinitely reinvested in
foreign operations are $9.193 billion as of December 31, 2010 and $9.355 billion as of December 31,
2009.
We provide for potential amounts due in various tax jurisdictions. In the ordinary course of
conducting business in multiple countries and tax jurisdictions, there are many transactions and
calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Judgment is required in determining our
worldwide income tax provision. In our opinion, we have made adequate provisions for income taxes
for all years subject to audit. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the final outcome
of open tax matters may be different from that which we have reflected in our historical income tax
provisions and accruals. Such differences could have a material impact on our income tax provision
and operating results.
Legal, Product Liability Costs and Securities Claims
We are involved in various legal and regulatory proceedings, including intellectual property,
breach of contract, securities litigation and product liability suits. In some cases, the claimants
seek damages, as well as other relief, which, if granted, could require significant expenditures or
impact our ability to sell our products. We are also the subject of certain governmental
investigations, which could result in substantial fines, penalties, and administrative remedies. We
are substantially self-insured with respect to product liability and intellectual property
infringement claims. We maintain insurance policies providing limited coverage against securities
claims. We generally record losses for claims in excess of the limits of purchased insurance in
earnings at the time and to the extent they are probable and estimable. In accordance with ASC
Topic 450,
Contingencies
(formerly FASB Statement No. 5,
Accounting for Contingencies),
we accrue
anticipated costs of settlement, damages, losses for general product liability claims and, under
certain conditions, costs of defense, based on historical experience or to the extent specific
losses are probable and estimable. Otherwise, we expense these costs as incurred. If the estimate
of a probable loss is a range and no amount within the range is more likely, we accrue the minimum
amount of the range. We analyze litigation settlements to identify each element of the arrangement.
We allocate arrangement consideration to patent licenses received based on estimates of fair value,
and capitalize these amounts as assets if the license will provide an on-going future benefit. See
Note L - Commitments and Contingencies
for discussion of our individual material legal proceedings.
Costs Associated with Exit Activities
We record employee termination costs in accordance with ASC Topic 712,
Compensation - Nonretirement
and Postemployment Benefits
(formerly FASB Statement No. 112,
Employers Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits
), if we pay the benefits as part of an on-going benefit arrangement, which
includes benefits provided as part of our domestic severance policy or that we provide in
accordance with international statutory requirements. We accrue employee termination costs
associated with an on-going benefit arrangement if the obligation is attributable to prior services
rendered, the rights to the benefits have vested and the payment is probable and we can reasonably
estimate the liability.
We account for employee termination benefits that represent a one-time
benefit in accordance with ASC Topic 420,
Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations
(formerly FASB
Statement No. 146,
Accounting for
92
Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities).
We record
such costs into expense over the employees future service period, if any. In addition, in
conjunction with an exit activity, we may offer voluntary termination
benefits to employees. These benefits are recorded when the employee accepts the termination
benefits and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Other costs associated with exit activities
may include contract termination costs, including costs related to leased facilities to be
abandoned or subleased, and impairments of long-lived assets.
Translation of Foreign Currency
We translate all assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries from local currency into U.S.
dollars using the year-end exchange rate, and translate revenues and expenses at the average
exchange rates in effect during the year. We show the net effect of these translation adjustments
in our consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.
For any significant foreign subsidiaries located in highly inflationary economies, we would
re-measure their financial statements as if the functional currency were the U.S. dollar. We did
not record any highly inflationary economy translation adjustments in 2010, 2009 or 2008.
Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other, net in our consolidated
statements of operations, net of losses and gains from any related derivative financial
instruments. We recognized net foreign currency transaction losses of $9 million in 2010, $5
million in 2009, and gains of $5 million in 2008.
Financial Instruments
We recognize all derivative financial instruments in our consolidated financial statements at fair
value in accordance with ASC Topic 815,
Derivatives and Hedging
(formerly FASB Statement No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
). In accordance with Topic 815, for
those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the hedging
instrument must be designated, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash
flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The accounting for changes in
the fair value (i.e. gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been
designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, further, on the type of hedging
relationship. Our derivative instruments do not subject our earnings or cash flows to material
risk, as gains and losses on these derivatives generally offset losses and gains on the item being
hedged. We do not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and we do not have
any non-derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments pursuant to Topic 815.
Refer to
Note E Fair Value Measurements
for more information on our derivative instruments.
Shipping and Handling Costs
We generally do not bill customers for shipping and handling of our products. Shipping and handling
costs of $88 million in 2010, $82 million in 2009, and $72 million in 2008 are included in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Research and Development
We expense research and development costs, including new product development programs, regulatory
compliance and clinical research as incurred. Refer to
Purchased Research and Development
for our
policy regarding in-process research and development acquired in connection with our business
combinations and strategic alliances.
Employee Retirement Plans
In connection with our 2006 acquisition of Guidant Corporation, we now sponsor the Guidant
Retirement Plan, a frozen noncontributory defined benefit plan covering a select group of current
and former employees. The funding policy for the plan is consistent with U.S. employee benefit and
tax-funding regulations. Plan assets, which are maintained in a trust, consist primarily of equity
and fixed-income instruments.
93
We
maintain an Executive Retirement Plan, a defined benefit plan covering executive
officers and division presidents. Participants may retire with unreduced benefits once retirement
conditions have been satisfied. Further, we sponsor the Guidant Supplemental Retirement Plan, a
frozen, nonqualified defined benefit plan for certain former officers and employees of
Guidant. The Guidant Supplemental Retirement Plan was funded through a Rabbi Trust that contains
segregated company assets used to pay the benefit obligations related to the plan. In addition,
certain current and former U.S. and Puerto Rico employees of Guidant are eligible to receive a
portion of their healthcare retirement benefits under a frozen defined benefit plan. We also
maintain retirement plans covering certain international employees.
We use a December 31 measurement date for these plans and record the underfunded portion as a
liability, recognizing changes in the funded status through other comprehensive income. The
outstanding obligation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underfunded
|
|
|
Benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underfunded
|
|
|
|
Obligation
|
|
|
Fair value of
|
|
|
PBO
|
|
|
Obligation
|
|
|
Fair value of
|
|
|
PBO
|
|
(
in millions)
|
|
(PBO)
|
|
|
Plan Assets
|
|
|
Recognized
|
|
|
(PBO)
|
|
|
Plan Assets
|
|
|
Recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Retirement Plan
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
Guidant Retirement Plan (frozen)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Guidant Supplemental Retirement Plan (frozen)
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant Healthcare Retirement Benefit Plan (frozen)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
International Retirement Plans
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
113
|
|
|
$
|
111
|
|
|
$
|
214
|
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of the Rabbi Trust assets used to pay the Guidant Supplemental Retirement Plan
benefits included in our accompanying consolidated financial statements was approximately $30
million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The assumptions associated with our employee retirement plans as of December 31, 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare
|
|
|
Rate of
|
|
|
|
Discount
|
|
|
Expected Return
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
on Plan Assets
|
|
|
Trend Rate
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Retirement Plan
|
|
|
5.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.50%
|
Guidant Retirement Plan (frozen)
|
|
|
6.00%
|
|
|
7.75%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant Supplemental Retirement Plan (frozen)
|
|
|
5.50%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Healthcare Retirement Benefit Plan (frozen)
|
|
|
4.75%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.00%
|
|
|
|
|
International Retirement Plans
|
|
|
1.25% - 5.00%
|
|
|
2.50% - 4.10%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.00%
|
We base our discount rate on the rates of return available on high-quality bonds with
maturities approximating the expected period over which benefits will be paid. The rate of
compensation increase is based on historical and expected rate increases. We review external data
and historical trends in healthcare costs to determine healthcare cost trend rate assumptions. We
base our rate of expected return on plan assets on historical experience, our investment guidelines
and expectations for long-term rates of return.
A rollforward of the changes in the fair value of
plan assets for our funded retirement plans during 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Beginning fair value
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Net transfers in (out)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Foreign currency exchange
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Ending fair value
|
|
$
|
113
|
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
Our investment policy with respect to these plans is to maximize the ability to meet plan
liabilities while minimizing the need to make future contributions to the plans. Plan assets are
invested primarily in equity securities and debt securities.
We also sponsor a voluntary 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for eligible employees. We match
employee contributions equal to 200 percent for employee contributions up to two percent of
employee compensation, and fifty percent for employee contributions greater than two percent, but
not exceeding six percent, of pre-tax employee compensation. Total expense for our matching
contributions to the plan was $64 million in 2010, $71 million in 2009, and $63 million in 2008.
In connection with our acquisition of Guidant, we previously sponsored the Guidant Employee Savings
and Stock Ownership Plan, which allowed for employee contributions of a percentage of pre-tax
earnings, up to established federal limits. Our matching contributions to the plan were in the form
of shares of stock, allocated from the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). Refer to
Note N
Stock Ownership Plans
for more information on the ESOP. Effective June 1, 2008, this plan was
merged into our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, described above. Prior to this merger, expense for
our matching contributions to the plan was $12 million in 2008.
Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
We base net income (loss) per common share upon the weighted-average number of common shares and
common stock equivalents outstanding during each year. Potential common stock equivalents are
determined using the treasury stock method. We exclude stock options whose effect would be
anti-dilutive from the calculation.
NOTE B ACQUISITIONS
During 2010, we paid approximately $200 million in cash to acquire Asthmatx, Inc. and certain other
strategic assets. We did not consummate any material acquisitions during 2009. During 2008, we paid
approximately $40 million in cash to acquire CryoCor, Inc. and Labcoat, Ltd. Each of these
acquisitions is described in further detail below. The purchase price allocations presented for
our 2010 acquisitions are preliminary, pending finalization of the valuation surrounding deferred tax
assets and liabilities, and will be finalized in 2011.
Our consolidated financial statements include the operating results for each acquired entity from
its respective date of acquisition. We do not present pro forma information for these acquisitions
given the immateriality of their results to our consolidated financial statements.
2010 Acquisitions
Asthmatx, Inc.
On October 26, 2010, we completed the acquisition of 100 percent of the fully diluted equity of
Asthmatx, Inc. Asthmatx designs, manufactures and markets a less-invasive, catheter-based bronchial
thermoplasty procedure for the treatment of severe persistent asthma. The acquisition was intended
to broaden and diversify our product portfolio by expanding into the area of endoscopic pulmonary
intervention. We are integrating the operations of
95
the Asthmatx business into our Endoscopy
division. We paid approximately $194 million at the closing of the transaction using cash on hand,
and may be required to pay future consideration up to $250 million that is contingent upon the
achievement of certain revenue-based milestones.
As of the acquisition date, we recorded a contingent liability of $54 million, representing the
estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we currently expect to pay to the former
shareholders of Asthmatx upon the achievement of certain revenue-based milestones. The acquisition
agreement provides for payments on product sales using technology acquired from Asthmatx of up to
$200 million through December 2016 and, in addition, we may be obligated to pay a one-time
revenue-based milestone payment of $50 million, no later than 2019, for a total of $250 million in
maximum future consideration.
The fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with the $200 million of
potential payments was estimated by discounting, to present value, the contingent payments expected
to be made based on our estimates of the revenues expected to result from the acquisition. We used
a risk-adjusted discount rate of 20 percent to
reflect the market risks of commercializing this technology, which we believe is appropriate and
representative of market participant assumptions. For the $50 million milestone payment, we used a
probability-weighted scenario approach to determine the fair value of this obligation using
internal revenue projections and external market factors. We applied a rate of probability to each
scenario, as well as a risk-adjusted discount factor, to derive the estimated fair value of the
contingent consideration as of the acquisition date. This fair value measurement is based on
significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions and, accordingly,
is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy prescribed by ASC Topic 820,
Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures
(formerly FASB Statement No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
)
.
In
accordance with ASC Topic 805,
Business Combinations
(formerly FASB Statement No. 141(R),
Business
Combinations
), we will re-measure this liability each reporting period and record changes in the
fair value through a separate line item within our consolidated statements of operations. Increases
or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability can result from changes in
discount periods and rates, as well as changes in the timing and amount of revenue estimates.
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded expense of $2 million in the accompanying statements
of operations representing the increase in fair value of this obligation between the acquisition
date and December 31, 2010.
The components of the preliminary purchase price as of the acquisition date for our 2010
acquisitions are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Asthmatx
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
199
|
|
Fair value of contingent consideration
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
248
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
We accounted for these acquisitions as business combinations and, in accordance with Topic
805, we have recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values
as of the acquisition date.
The following summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Asthmatx
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Other net assets
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
248
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
268
|
|
|
|
|
96
Transaction costs associated with these acquisitions were expensed as incurred through
selling, general and administrative costs in the statement of operations and were not material in
2010.
We allocated the preliminary purchase price to specific intangible asset categories as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Range of Risk-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Adjusted Discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Rates used in
|
|
|
|
Amount Assigned
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
|
Allocation
|
|
|
|
Asthmatx
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology - core
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
%
|
Technology - developed
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
27.0% - 35.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased research and development
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29.0% - 36.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
221
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core technology consists of technical processes, intellectual property, and institutional
understanding with respect to products and processes that we will leverage in future products or
processes and will carry forward from one product generation to the next. Developed technology
represents the value associated with marketed products that have received regulatory approval,
primarily the Alair
®
Bronchial Thermoplasty System acquired from Asthmatx, which is
approved for distribution in CE Mark countries and received FDA approval in April 2010. The
amortizable intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their assigned
useful lives.
Purchased research and development represents the estimated fair value of acquired in-process
research and development projects, including the second generation of the Alair
®
product, which have not yet reached technological feasibility. The indefinite-lived intangible
assets will be tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if impairment
indicators are present, in accordance with our accounting policies described in
Note A- Significant
Accounting Policies
, and amortization of the purchased research and development will begin upon
completion of the project. As of the acquisition date, we estimate that the total cost to complete
the in-process research and development programs acquired from Asthmatx is between $10 million and
$15 million. We currently expect to launch the second generation of the Alair
®
product
in the U.S. in 2014, in our Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA) region and certain Inter-Continental
countries in 2016, and Japan in 2017, subject to regulatory approvals. We expect material net cash
inflows from such products to commence in 2014, following the launch of this technology in the U.S.
We believe that the estimated intangible asset values so determined represent the fair value at the
date of each acquisition and do not exceed the amount a third party would pay for the assets. We
used the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, to derive the fair value of
the amortizable intangible assets and purchased research and development. These fair value
measurements are based on significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and
assumptions and, accordingly, are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy prescribed
by Topic 820.
We recorded the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable
assets as goodwill, which is non-deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill was established due
primarily to revenue and cash flow projections associated with future technology, as well as
synergies expected to be gained from the integration of these businesses into our existing
operations, and has been allocated to our reportable segments as follows based on the relative
expected benefit from the business combinations, as follows:
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Asthmatx
|
|
|
All
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Inter-Continental
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Acquisitions
Our policy is to expense certain costs associated with strategic investments outside of business
combinations as purchased research and development as of the acquisition date. Our adoption of
Statement No. 141(R) (Topic 805) did not change this policy with respect to asset purchases. In
accordance with this policy, we recorded purchased research and development charges of $21 million
in 2009, associated with entering certain licensing and development arrangements. Since the
technology purchases did not involve the transfer of processes or outputs as defined by Statement
No. 141(R) (Topic 805), the transactions did not qualify as business combinations.
2008 Acquisitions
Labcoat, Ltd.
In December 2008, we completed the acquisition of the assets of Labcoat, Ltd., a development-stage
drug-coating company, for a purchase price of $17 million, net of cash acquired.
CryoCor, Inc.
In May 2008, we completed our acquisition of 100 percent of the fully diluted equity of CryoCor,
Inc., and paid a cash purchase price of $21 million, net of cash acquired. CryoCor was developing
products using cryogenic technology for use in treating atrial fibrillation.
In 2008, in accordance with accounting guidance applicable at the time, we consummated the
acquisitions of Labcoat and CryoCor and recorded $43 million of purchased research and development
charges, including $17 million associated with Labcoat and $8 million attributable to CryoCor, as
well as $18 million associated with entering certain licensing and development arrangements. During
2010, we suspended the Labcoat and CryoCor in-process research and development projects.
Payments Related to Prior Period Acquisitions
Certain of our acquisitions involve contingent consideration arrangements. Payment of additional
consideration is generally contingent on the acquired company reaching certain performance
milestones, including attaining specified revenue levels, achieving product development targets or
obtaining regulatory approvals. In August 2007, we entered an agreement to amend our 2004 merger
agreement with the principal former shareholders of Advanced Bionics Corporation. Previously, we
were obligated to pay future consideration contingent primarily on the achievement of future
performance milestones. The amended agreement provided a new schedule of consolidated, fixed
payments, consisting of $650 million that was paid in 2008, and a final $500 million payment, paid
in 2009. We received cash proceeds of $150 million in 2008 related to our sale of a controlling
interest in the Auditory business acquired with Advanced Bionics, and received additional proceeds
of $40 million in 2009 related to the sale of our remaining interest in this business. Refer to
Note C Divestitures and Assets Held for Sale
for a discussion of this transaction. During 2010,
we made total payments of $12 million related to prior period acquisitions. During 2009, including
the $500 million payment to the former shareholders of Advanced Bionics, we made total payments of
$523 million related to prior period acquisitions. During 2008, we paid $675 million related to
prior period acquisitions, consisting primarily of the $650 million payment made to the principal
former shareholders of Advanced Bionics.
As of December 31, 2010, the estimated maximum potential amount of future contingent consideration
(undiscounted) that we could be required to make associated with acquisitions consummated prior to
2010 is
98
approximately $260 million. In accordance with accounting guidance applicable at the time
we consummated these acquisitions, we do not recognize a liability until the contingency is
resolved and consideration is issued or becomes issuable. Topic 805 now requires the recognition of
a liability equal to the expected fair value of future contingent payments at the acquisition date
for all acquisitions consummated after January 1, 2009. In connection with our 2010 business
combinations, we recorded liabilities of $69 million representing the estimated fair value of
contingent payments expected to be made, including $54 million associated with Asthmatx and $15
million attributable to other acquisitions. The maximum amount of future contingent consideration
(undiscounted) that we could be required to make associated with our 2010 acquisitions is
approximately $275 million. Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is accrued
contingent consideration of $71 million as of December 31, 2010 and $6 million as of December 31,
2009.
NOTE C DIVESTITURES AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
Neurovascular Divestiture
On
January 3, 2011, we closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation
for a purchase price of $1.5 billion, payable in cash. We received $1.450 billion at closing,
including an upfront payment of $1.426 billion, and $24 million which was placed into escrow to be
released upon the completion of local closings in certain foreign jurisdictions, and will receive
$50 million contingent upon the transfer or
separation of certain manufacturing facilities, which we expect will be completed over a period of
approximately 24 months. We are providing transitional services to Stryker through a transition
services agreement, and will also supply products to Stryker. These transition services and supply
agreements are expected to be effective for a period of up to 24 months, subject to extension. Due
to our continuing involvement in the operations of the Neurovascular business, the divestiture does
not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation. We acquired the Neurovascular
business in 1997 with our acquisition of Target Therapeutics. The 2010 revenues generated by the
Neurovascular business were $340 million, or approximately four percent of our consolidated net
sales.
In accordance with ASC Topic 360-10-45,
Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets
, we
reclassified as of the October 28, 2010 announcement date, and have presented separately, the
assets of the Neurovascular business as assets held for sale in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets. As of the announcement date, we ceased amortization and depreciation of the assets
to be transferred. Pursuant to the divestiture agreement, Stryker did not assume any liabilities
recorded as of the closing date associated with the Neurovascular business.
The assets held for
sale included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
attributable to the divestiture consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
571
|
|
|
$
|
565
|
|
|
|
|
We also reclassified to assets held for sale certain property, plant and equipment that we intend
to sell within the next twelve months having a net book value of $5 million as of December 31, 2010
and $13 million as of December 31, 2009. The assets classified as held for sale in our
accompanying consolidated balance sheets, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, which we do not
allocate to our reportable segments, are primarily located in the U.S. and Ireland, and were
previously included in our U.S. and EMEA reportable segments.
99
Other Divestitures
In 2008, we completed the sale of certain non-strategic businesses for gross proceeds of
approximately $1.3 billion. We sold a controlling interest in our Auditory business and drug pump
development program, acquired with Advanced Bionics Corporation in 2004, to entities affiliated
with the principal former shareholders of Advanced Bionics for an aggregate purchase price of $150
million in cash. Under the terms of the agreement, we retained an equity interest in the limited
liability company formed for purposes of operating the Auditory business and, in 2009, received
proceeds of $40 million from the subsequent sale of this investment. In addition, we sold our
Cardiac Surgery and Vascular Surgery businesses to the Getinge Group for net cash proceeds of
approximately $700 million. We acquired the Cardiac Surgery business in April 2006 with our
acquisition of Guidant Corporation and acquired the Vascular Surgery business in 1995. Further, we
sold our Fluid Management and Venous Access businesses to Navilyst Medical (affiliated with Avista
Capital Partners) for net cash proceeds of approximately $400 million, and recorded a gain of $234
million during 2008 associated with the transaction. We acquired the Fluid Management business as
part of our acquisition of Schneider Worldwide in 1998. Further, we sold our Endovascular Aortic
Repair program obtained in connection with our 2005 acquisition of TriVascular, Inc. for $30
million in cash, and recorded a gain of $16 million during 2008 associated with the transaction.
NOTE D GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The gross carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets and the related accumulated
amortization for intangible assets subject to amortization
and accumulated write-offs of goodwill
as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Amortization/
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Amortization/
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology - core
|
|
$
|
6,658
|
|
|
$
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,490
|
|
|
$
|
(1,107
|
)
|
Technology - developed
|
|
|
1,026
|
|
|
|
(966
|
)
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
(798
|
)
|
Patents
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
(325
|
)
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,019
|
|
|
|
(3,024
|
)
|
|
|
8,851
|
|
|
|
(2,475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unamortizable intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
14,616
|
|
|
|
(4,430
|
)
|
|
|
14,549
|
|
|
|
(2,613
|
)
|
Technology - core
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,964
|
|
|
$
|
(4,430
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,840
|
|
|
$
|
(2,613
|
)
|
2010 Goodwill Impairment Charge
We test our April 1 goodwill balances during the second quarter of each year for impairment, or
more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may
exist. The ship hold and product removal actions associated with our U.S. implantable cardioverter
defibrillator (ICD) and cardiac resynchronization therapy defibrillator (CRT-D) products, which we
announced on March 15, 2010, described in Item 7 of this Annual Report, and the expected
corresponding financial impact on our operations created an indication of potential impairment of
the goodwill balance attributable to our U.S. Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM) reporting unit.
Therefore, we performed an interim impairment test in accordance with our accounting policies
described in
Note A
Significant Accounting Policies
, and recorded a $1.848 billion, on both a
pre-tax and after-tax basis, goodwill impairment charge associated with our U.S. CRM reporting
unit. Due to the timing of the product actions and the procedures required to complete the two step
goodwill impairment test, the goodwill impairment charge was an estimate, which we finalized in the
second quarter of 2010. During the second quarter of 2010, we recorded a $31 million reduction of
the charge, resulting in a final goodwill impairment charge of $1.817 billion. This charge does not
impact our compliance with our debt covenants or our cash flows.
100
At the time we performed our interim goodwill impairment test, we estimated that our U.S.
defibrillator market share would decrease approximately 400 basis points exiting 2010 as a result
of the ship hold and product removal actions, as compared to our market share exiting 2009, and
that these actions would negatively impact our 2010 U.S. CRM revenues by approximately $300
million. In addition, we expected that our on-going U.S. CRM net sales and profitability would
likely continue to be adversely impacted as a result of the ship hold and product removal actions.
Therefore, as a result of these product actions, as well as lower expectations of market growth in
new areas and increased competitive and other pricing pressures, we lowered our estimated average
U.S. CRM net sales growth rates within our 15-year discounted cash flow (DCF) model, as well as our
terminal value growth rate, by approximately a couple of hundred basis points to derive the fair
value of the U.S. CRM reporting unit. The reduction in our forecasted 2010 U.S. CRM net sales, the
change in our expected sales growth rates thereafter and the reduction in profitability as a result
of the recently enacted excise tax on medical device manufacturers, discussed in Item 7 of this
Annual Report, were several key factors contributing to the impairment charge. Partially offsetting
these factors was a 50 basis point reduction in our estimated market-participant risk-adjusted
weighted-average cost of capital (WACC) used in determining our discount rate.
In the second quarter of 2010, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test for all of our
reporting units. We updated our U.S. CRM assumptions to reflect our market share position at that
time, our most recent operational budgets and long range strategic plans. In conjunction with our
annual test, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, with the exception
of our U.S. CRM reporting unit. Based on the remaining book value of our U.S. CRM reporting unit
following the goodwill impairment charge, the carrying value of our U.S. CRM reporting unit
continues to exceed its fair value, due primarily to the book value of amortizable intangible
assets allocated to this reporting unit. The remaining book value of our amortizable intangible
assets which have been allocated to our U.S. CRM reporting unit is approximately $3.5 billion as of
December 31, 2010. We tested these amortizable intangible assets for impairment on an undiscounted
cash flow
basis as of March 31, 2010, and determined that these assets were not impaired, and there have been
no impairment indicators related to these assets subsequent to the performance of that test. The
assumptions used in our annual goodwill impairment test related to our U.S. CRM reporting unit were
substantially consistent with those used in our first quarter interim impairment test.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, we performed an interim impairment test on our international
reporting units as a result of the announced divestiture of our Neurovascular business, discussed
in
Note C Divestitures and Assets Held for Sale
. As part of the divestment, we allocated a
portion of our goodwill from our international reporting units to the Neurovascular business being
sold. We then tested each of our international reporting units for impairment in accordance with
ASC Topic 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other
. Our testing did not identify any reporting units
whose carrying values exceeded the calculated fair values. However, the level of excess fair value
over carrying value for our EMEA region is approximately six percent, a decrease from 14 percent in
the second quarter.
Goodwill Impairment Monitoring
We have identified a total of four reporting units with a material amount of goodwill that are at
higher risk of potential failure of the first step of the impairment test in future reporting
periods. These reporting units include our U.S. CRM unit, which holds $1.5 billion of allocated
goodwill, our U.S. Cardiovascular unit, which holds $2.2 billion of allocated goodwill, our U.S.
Neuromodulation unit, which holds $1.2 billion of allocated goodwill, and our EMEA region, which
holds $3.9 billion of allocated goodwill. The level of excess fair value over carrying value for
these reporting units identified as being at higher risk (with the exception of the U.S. CRM
reporting unit, whose carrying value continues to exceed its fair value) ranged from approximately
six percent to 23 percent. On a quarterly basis, we monitor the key drivers of fair value for these
reporting units to detect events or other changes that would warrant an interim impairment test.
The key variables that drive the cash flows of our reporting units are estimated revenue growth
rates, levels of profitability and perpetual growth rate assumptions, as well as the WACC. These
assumptions are subject to uncertainty, including our ability to grow revenue and improve
profitability levels. For each of these reporting units, relatively small declines in the future
performance and cash flows of the reporting unit or small changes in other key assumptions may
result in the recognition of significant goodwill impairment charges. For example, keeping all
other variables constant, a 50 basis point increase in the WACC applied would require that we
perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test for
101
our U.S. CRM, U.S. Neuromodulation, and
EMEA reporting units. In addition, keeping all other variables constant, a 100 basis point
decrease in perpetual growth rates would require that we perform the second step of the goodwill
impairment test for all four of the reporting units with higher risk of impairment. The estimates
used for our future cash flows and discount rates are our best estimates and we believe they are
reasonable, but future declines in the business performance of our reporting units may impair the
recoverability of our goodwill. Future events that could have a negative impact on the fair value
of the reporting units include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
decreases in estimated market sizes or market growth rates due to
greater-than-expected pricing pressures, product actions, product
sales mix, disruptive technology developments, government cost
containment initiatives and healthcare reforms, and/or other economic
conditions;
|
|
|
|
|
declines in our market share and penetration assumptions due to
increased competition, an inability to develop or launch new products,
and market and/or regulatory conditions that may cause significant
launch delays or product recalls;
|
|
|
|
|
declines in revenue as a result of loss of key members of our sales
force and other key personnel;
|
|
|
|
|
negative developments in intellectual property litigation that may
impact our ability to market certain products or increase our costs to
sell certain products;
|
|
|
|
|
adverse legal decisions resulting in significant cash outflows;
|
|
|
|
|
increases in the research and development costs necessary to obtain
regulatory approvals and launch new products, and the level of success
of on-going and future research and development efforts;
|
|
|
|
|
decreases in our profitability due to an inability to successfully
implement and achieve timely and sustainable cost improvement measures
consistent with our expectations, increases in our market-participant tax rate, and/or changes in tax laws;
|
|
|
|
|
increases in our market-participant risk-adjusted WACC; and
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the structure of our business as a result of future
reorganizations or divestitures of assets or businesses.
|
Negative changes in one or more of these factors could result in additional impairment charges.
2008 Goodwill Impairment Charge
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the decline in our stock price and our market capitalization
created an indication of potential impairment of our goodwill balance. Therefore, we performed an
interim impairment test and recorded a $2.613 billion goodwill impairment charge associated with
our U.S. CRM reporting unit. As a result of economic conditions and the related increase in
volatility in the equity and credit markets, which became more pronounced starting in the fourth
quarter of 2008, our estimated risk-adjusted WACC increased 150 basis points from 9.5 percent
during our 2008 second quarter annual goodwill impairment assessment to 11.0 percent during our
2008 fourth quarter interim impairment assessment. This change, along with reductions in market
demand for products in our U.S. CRM reporting unit relative to our assumptions at the time of the
Guidant acquisition, were the key factors contributing to the impairment charge. At the time we
acquired the CRM business from Guidant Corporation in 2006, we expected average U.S. CRM net sales
growth rates in the mid-teens; however, due to changes in end market demand, we reduced our
estimates of average U.S. CRM sales growth rates to the mid-to-high single digits. Our estimated
risk-adjusted market-participant WACC decreased 50 basis points from 11.0 percent during our 2008
fourth quarter interim impairment assessment to 10.5 percent
102
during our 2009 second quarter annual
goodwill impairment assessment, and our other significant assumptions remained largely consistent.
Our 2009 goodwill impairment test did not identify any reporting units whose carrying values
exceeded estimated fair values. See
Note A Significant Accounting Policies
for further
discussion of our policies and methodologies related to goodwill impairment testing.
Other Intangible Asset Impairment Charges
During 2010, due to lower than anticipated net sales of one of our Peripheral Interventions
technology offerings, as well as changes in our expectations of future market acceptance of this
technology, we lowered our sales forecasts associated with the product. In addition, as part of our
initiatives to reprioritize and diversify our product portfolio, we discontinued one of our
internal research and development programs to focus on those with a higher likelihood of success.
As a result of these factors, and in accordance with our accounting policies described in
Note A
,
we tested the related intangible assets for impairment and recorded intangible asset impairment
charges of $65 million to write down the balance of these intangible assets to their fair values.
We have recorded these amounts in the intangible asset impairment charges caption in our
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
During 2009, we recorded $12 million of intangible asset impairment charges to write down the value
of certain intangible assets to their fair value, due primarily to lower than anticipated market
penetration of one of our Urology technology offerings.
During 2008, we reduced our future revenue and cash flow forecasts associated with certain of our
Peripheral Interventions-related intangible assets, primarily as a result of a recall of one of our
products. Therefore, we tested these intangible assets for impairment, and determined that these
assets were impaired, resulting in a $131
million charge to write down these intangible assets to their fair value. Further, as a result of
significantly lower than forecasted sales of certain of our Urology products, due to lower than
anticipated market penetration, we determined that certain of our Urology-related intangible assets
were impaired, resulting in a $46 million impairment charge to write down these intangible assets
to their fair value.
The intangible asset category and associated write downs recorded in 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Technology - developed
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology - core
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
126
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years based upon our
intangible asset portfolio as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
430
|
|
2012
|
|
|
385
|
|
2013
|
|
|
371
|
|
2014
|
|
|
367
|
|
2015
|
|
|
366
|
|
Our core technology that is not subject to amortization represents technical processes,
intellectual property and/or institutional understanding acquired through business combinations
that is fundamental to the on-going operations of our business and has no limit to its useful life.
Our core technology that is not subject to
103
amortization is comprised primarily of certain purchased
stent and balloon technology, which is foundational to our continuing operations within the
Cardiovascular market and other markets within interventional medicine. We test our
indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually for impairment and reassess their
classification as indefinite-lived assets. Our 2009 impairment test did not identify any
indefinite-lived intangible assets whose carrying value exceeded its estimated fair value. We
amortize all other core technology over its estimated useful life.
Goodwill as of December 31, 2010 as allocated to our U.S., EMEA, Japan, and Inter-Continental
reportable segments for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing is presented below. Our U.S.
goodwill is further allocated to our U.S. reporting units for our goodwill testing in accordance
with Topic 350.
The following is a rollforward of our goodwill balance by reportable segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inter-
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
United States
|
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
Continental
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
7,160
|
|
|
$
|
4,073
|
|
|
$
|
597
|
|
|
$
|
591
|
|
|
$
|
12,421
|
|
Purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Goodwill acquired
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Contingent consideration
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Goodwill reclassified to assets held for sale*
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(468
|
)
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
6,983
|
|
|
$
|
3,875
|
|
|
$
|
549
|
|
|
$
|
529
|
|
|
$
|
11,936
|
|
Purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Goodwill acquired
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Contingent consideration
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Goodwill written off
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
Adjustments to goodwill classified as held for sale
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
5,189
|
|
|
$
|
3,915
|
|
|
$
|
551
|
|
|
$
|
531
|
|
|
$
|
10,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, in conjunction with the January 2011 sale of our Neurovascular
business, we present separately the assets of the disposal group, including the related
goodwill, as assets held for sale within our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The 2009 reclassification and balances as of December 31, 2009 are presented are for
comparative purposes and were not classified as held for sale at that date. Refer to
Note C
Divestitures and Assets Held for Sale
for more information regarding this transaction,
and for the major classes of assets, including goodwill, classified as held for sale.
|
The 2009 and 2010 purchase price adjustments related primarily to adjustments in taxes payable and
deferred income taxes, including changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits.
The following is a rollforward of accumulated goodwill write-offs by reportable segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inter-
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
United States
|
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
Continental
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accumulated write-offs as of January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
(2,613
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,613
|
)
|
Goodwill written off
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated write-offs as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(2,613
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,613
|
)
|
Goodwill written off
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
|
|
|
Accumulated write-offs as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
(4,430
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(4,430
|
)
|
|
|
|
NOTE E FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
We develop, manufacture and sell medical devices globally and our earnings and cash flows are
exposed to market risk from changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates. We address these
risks through a risk management program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments,
and operate the program pursuant to documented corporate risk management policies. We recognize all
derivative financial instruments in
104
our consolidated financial statements at fair value in
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815,
Derivatives and Hedging
(formerly FASB Statement No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
). In accordance with Topic 815, for
those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the hedging
instrument must be designated, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash
flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The accounting for changes in
the fair value (i.e. gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been
designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, further, on the type of hedging
relationship. Our derivative instruments do not subject our earnings or cash flows to material
risk, as gains and losses on these derivatives generally offset losses and gains on the item being
hedged. We do not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and we do not have
any non-derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments pursuant to Topic 815.
Currency Hedging
We are exposed to currency risk consisting primarily of foreign currency denominated monetary
assets and liabilities, forecasted foreign currency denominated intercompany and third-party
transactions and net investments in certain subsidiaries. We manage our exposure to changes in
foreign currency on a consolidated basis to take advantage of offsetting transactions. We use both
derivative instruments (currency forward and option contracts), and non-derivative transactions
(primarily European manufacturing and distribution operations) to reduce the risk that our earnings
and cash flows associated with these foreign currency denominated balances and transactions will be
adversely affected by currency exchange rate changes.
Designated Foreign Currency Hedges
All of our designated currency hedge contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009 were cash flow hedges under Topic 815 intended to protect the U.S. dollar value of our
forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions. We record the effective portion of any change
in the fair value of foreign currency cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income (OCI) until
the related third-party transaction occurs. Once the related third-party transaction occurs, we
reclassify the effective portion of any related gain or loss on the foreign
currency cash flow hedge to earnings. In the event the hedged forecasted transaction does not
occur, or it becomes no longer probable that it will occur, we reclassify the amount of any gain or
loss on the related cash flow hedge to earnings at that time. We had currency derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges outstanding in the contract amount of $2.679 billion as
of December 31, 2010 and $2.760 billion as of December 31, 2009.
We recognized net losses of $30 million in earnings on our cash flow hedges during 2010, as
compared to net gains of $4 million during 2009 and net losses of $67 million during 2008. All
currency cash flow hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2010 mature within 36 months. As of
December 31, 2010, $71 million of net losses, net of tax, were recorded in accumulated other
comprehensive income (AOCI) to recognize the effective portion of the fair value of any currency
derivative instruments that are, or previously were, designated as foreign currency cash flow
hedges, as compared to net losses of $44 million as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010,
$47 million of net losses, net of tax, may be reclassified to earnings within the next twelve
months.
The success of our hedging program depends, in part, on forecasts of transaction activity in
various currencies (primarily Japanese yen, Euro, British pound sterling, Australian dollar and
Canadian dollar). We may experience unanticipated currency exchange gains or losses to the extent
that there are differences between forecasted and actual activity during periods of currency
volatility. In addition, changes in currency exchange rates related to any unhedged transactions
may impact our earnings and cash flows.
During 2009, we directed our EMEA sales offices to converge differing operating structures to a
consistent limited risk distribution sales structure beginning in the third quarter of 2010. This
change impacted our EMEA transaction flow and effectively moved our foreign exchange risk from
third-party sales to intercompany sales. While the convergence has not had a significant impact on
the magnitude of foreign currency exposure, we de-designated certain cash flow hedges of
third-party sales. We reclassified net losses of $5 million from AOCI to current earnings during
2009 related to these de-designated cash flow hedges.
105
Non-designated Foreign Currency Contracts
We use currency forward contracts as a part of our strategy to manage exposure related to foreign
currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. These currency forward contracts are not
designated as cash flow, fair value or net investment hedges under Topic 815; are marked-to-market
with changes in fair value recorded to earnings; and are entered into for periods consistent with
currency transaction exposures, generally one to six months. We had currency derivative instruments
not designated as hedges under Topic 815 outstanding in the contract amount of $2.398 billion as of
December 31, 2010 and $1.982 billion as of December 31, 2009.
Interest Rate Hedging
Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar borrowings, partially offset by U.S. dollar
cash investments. We use interest rate derivative instruments to manage our earnings and cash flow
exposure to changes in interest rates by converting floating-rate debt into fixed-rate debt or
fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt.
We designate these derivative instruments either as fair value or cash flow hedges under Topic 815.
We record changes in the value of fair value hedges in interest expense, which is generally offset
by changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligation. Interest payments made or received
related to our interest rate derivative instruments are included in interest expense. We record the
effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow
hedges as unrealized gains or losses in OCI, net of tax, until the hedged cash flow occurs, at
which point the effective portion of any gain or loss is reclassified to earnings. We record the
ineffective portion of our cash flow hedges in interest expense. In the event the hedged cash flow
does not occur, or it becomes no longer probable that it will occur, we reclassify the amount of
any gain or loss on the related cash flow hedge to interest expense at that time. During 2009, our
interest rate derivative instruments either matured as scheduled or were terminated in connection
with the prepayment of our bank term loan, discussed further in
Note G Borrowings and Credit
Arrangements
. We recognized $27 million of losses within interest expense during 2009 due to the
early termination of these interest rate contracts. We had no interest rate derivative instruments
outstanding as of December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009. In the first quarter of 2011, we
entered interest rate derivative contracts having a notional amount of $850 million to convert
fixed-rate debt into floating-rate debt, which we have designated as fair value hedges.
In prior years we terminated certain interest rate derivative instruments, including
fixed-to-floating interest rate contracts, designated as fair value hedges, and floating-to-fixed
treasury locks, designated as cash flow hedges. In accordance with Topic 815, we are amortizing the
gains and losses of these derivative instruments upon termination into earnings over the term of
the hedged debt. The carrying amount of certain of our senior notes included unamortized gains of
$2 million as of December 31, 2010 and $3 million as of December 31, 2009, and unamortized losses
of $5 million as of December 31, 2010 and $8 million as of December 31, 2009, related to the
fixed-to-floating interest rate contracts. We recognized approximately $2 million of interest
expense during 2010 and 2009 related to these derivative instruments. In addition, we had pre-tax
net gains within AOCI related to terminated floating-to-fixed treasury locks of $8 million as of
December 31, 2010 and $11 million as of December 31, 2009. We recognized approximately $3 million
as a reduction of interest expense during 2010 and $2 million as a reduction in interest expense
related to these derivative instruments during 2009. As of December 31, 2010, $5 million of net
gains, net of tax, are recorded in AOCI to recognize the effective portion of these instruments, as
compared to $7 million of net gains as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, an immaterial
amount of net gains, net of tax, may be reclassified to earnings within the next twelve months from
amortization of our previously terminated interest rate derivative instruments.
During 2010, we recognized in earnings an immaterial amount of net gains related to our previously
terminated interest rate derivative contracts. During 2009, we recognized in earnings $70 million
of net losses, inclusive of the $27 million of interest rate contract termination losses described
above, related to our interest rate derivative instruments, including previously terminated
interest rate derivative contracts. During 2008, we recognized in earnings $20 million of net
losses related to our interest rate contracts.
106
Counterparty Credit Risk
We do not have significant concentrations of credit risk arising from our derivative financial
instruments, whether from an individual counterparty or a related group of counterparties. We
manage our concentration of counterparty credit risk on our derivative instruments by limiting
acceptable counterparties to a diversified group of major financial institutions with investment
grade credit ratings, limiting the amount of credit exposure to each counterparty, and by actively
monitoring their credit ratings and outstanding fair values on an on-going basis. Furthermore, none
of our derivative transactions are subject to collateral or other security arrangements and none
contain provisions that are dependent on our credit ratings from any credit rating agency.
We also employ master netting arrangements that reduce our counterparty payment settlement risk on
any given maturity date to the net amount of any receipts or payments due between us and the
counterparty financial institution. Thus, the maximum loss due to credit risk by counterparty is
limited to the unrealized gains in such contracts net of any unrealized losses should any of these
counterparties fail to perform as contracted. Although these protections do not eliminate
concentrations of credit, as a result of the above considerations, we do not consider the risk of
counterparty default to be significant.
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
The following presents the effect of our derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges
under Topic 815 on our accompanying consolidated statements of operations during 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Pre-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Pre-
|
|
|
tax Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tax Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
AOCI into
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings on Ineffective
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OCI
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portion and Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Effective
|
|
|
(Effective
|
|
|
Location in Statement of
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
|
Location in Statement of
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Portion)
|
|
|
Portion)
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Effectiveness Testing*
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
$
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(74
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(41
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
(27
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
***
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Other than described in **, the amount of gain (loss) recognized in earnings related to the
ineffective portion of hedging relationships was de minimis in 2010 and 2009.
** We prepaid $2.825 billion of our term loan debt in 2009 and recognized ineffectiveness of $27
million on interest rate swaps for which there was no longer an underlying exposure.
*** Represents amount reclassified from AOCI to earnings in 2009 related to de-designated cash flow
hedges.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
|
in Earnings
(in millions)
|
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
in Statement of
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Hedging Instruments
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Other, net
|
|
$
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(77
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses and gains on currency hedge contracts not designated as hedged instruments were
substantially offset by net gains from foreign currency transaction exposures of $68 million during
2010, and $5 million during 2009. As a result, we recorded net foreign currency losses of $9
million during 2010 and $5 million during 2009, within other, net in our accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
107
Topic 815 requires all derivative instruments to be recognized at their fair values as either
assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. We determine the fair value of our derivative
instruments using the framework prescribed by ASC Topic 820,
Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures
(formerly FASB Statement No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
), by considering the
estimated amount we would receive to sell or transfer these instruments at the reporting date and
by taking into account current interest rates, currency exchange rates, the creditworthiness of the
counterparty for assets, and our creditworthiness for liabilities. In certain instances, we may
utilize financial models to measure fair value. Generally, we use inputs that include quoted prices
for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets
or liabilities in markets that are not active; other observable inputs for the asset or liability;
and inputs derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or
other means. As of December 31, 2010, we have classified all of our derivative assets and
liabilities within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy prescribed by Topic 820, as discussed below,
because these observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of our derivative
instruments.
The following are the balances of our derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Location in Balance Sheet (1)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Non-Designated Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Derivative Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
64
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Non-Designated Hedging Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Derivative Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We classify derivative assets and liabilities as current when the
remaining term of the derivative contract is one year or less.
|
Other Fair Value Measurements
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value
based upon quoted market prices, where available. Where quoted market prices or other observable
inputs are not available, we apply valuation techniques to estimate fair value. Topic 820
establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The
categorization of financial assets and financial liabilities within the valuation hierarchy is
based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of fair value. The
three levels of the hierarchy are defined as follows:
|
|
|
Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted market prices for identical assets or
liabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology are other observable inputs, including quoted market
|
108
|
|
|
prices for similar assets or liabilities and market-corroborated inputs.
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable inputs based on managements best estimate
of inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date, including
assumptions about risk.
|
Our investments in money market funds are generally classified within Level 1 of the fair value
hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices. Our money market funds are classified
as cash and cash equivalents within our accompanying consolidated balance sheets, in accordance
with our accounting policies.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of
the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market funds
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
187
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency hedge contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Accrued
contingent consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
189
|
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to $105 million invested in money market and government funds as of December 31,
2010, we had $16 million of cash invested in short-term time deposits, and $92 million in interest
bearing and non-interest bearing bank accounts. In addition to $405 million invested in money
market and government funds as of December 31, 2009, we had $346 million of cash invested in
short-term time deposits, and $113 million in interest bearing and non-interest bearing bank
accounts.
Changes in the fair value of recurring fair value measurements using significant unobservable
inputs (Level 3) during the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration liability recorded
|
|
$
|
(69
|
)
|
Fair value adjustment
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
Balance
as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
We hold certain assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis in
periods subsequent to initial recognition. The fair value of a cost method investment is not
estimated if there are no identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant
adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. The aggregate carrying amount of our cost
method investments was $43 million as of December 31, 2010 and $58 million as of December 31, 2009.
During 2010, we recorded $1.882 billion of impairment charges to adjust our goodwill and certain
intangible assets to their fair values, and $16 million of losses to write down certain cost method
investments to their fair values, because we deemed the decline in the values of the investments to
be other-than-temporary. We wrote down goodwill attributable to our U.S. CRM reporting unit,
discussed in
Note D Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,
with a carrying amount of $3.296
billion to its estimated fair value of $1.479 billion, resulting in a write-down of $1.817 billion.
In addition, we recorded a loss of $60 million to write down certain of our Peripheral
Interventions intangible assets, discussed in
Note D,
to their estimated fair values of $14
million; and a loss of $5 million, discussed in
Note D,
to write off the remaining value associated
with certain other intangible assets. These adjustments fall within Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy, due to the use of significant unobservable inputs
109
to determine fair value. The fair
value measurements were calculated using unobservable inputs, primarily using the income approach,
specifically the discounted cash flow method. The amount and timing of future cash flows within our
analysis was based on our most recent operational budgets, long range strategic plans and other
estimates.
The fair value of our outstanding debt obligations was $5.654 billion as of December 31, 2010 and
$6.111 billion as of December 31, 2009, which was determined by using primarily quoted market
prices for our publicly registered senior notes, classified as Level 1 within the fair value
hierarchy. Refer to
Note G Borrowings and Credit Arrangements
for a discussion of our debt
obligations.
NOTE F INVESTMENTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE
We have historically entered a significant number of alliances with publicly traded and privately
held entities in order to broaden our product technology portfolio and to strengthen and expand our
reach into existing and new markets. During 2007, we announced our intent to sell the majority of
our investment portfolio in order to monetize those investments determined to be non-strategic. In
June 2008, we signed definitive agreements with Saints Capital and Paul Capital Partners to sell
the majority of our investments in, and notes receivable from, certain publicly traded and
privately held entities for gross proceeds of approximately $140 million. In connection with these
agreements, we received proceeds of $95 million in 2008, and an additional $45 million in 2009. In
addition, we received proceeds of $46 million in 2009 and $54 million in 2008 from other
transactions to monetize certain other non-strategic investments.
In 2010, we recorded gains of $4 million and other-than-temporary impairments of $16 million
associated with our investment portfolio. Gains and losses associated with our investments and
notes receivable are recorded in other, net within our consolidated statements of operations. As of
December 31, 2010, we held investments with a book value of $7 million that we accounted for under
the equity method of accounting.
The aggregate carrying amount of our cost method investments was $43
million as of December 31, 2010.
In 2009, we recorded gains of $23 million and other-than-temporary impairments of $14 million
associated with our investment portfolio. In addition, we recorded losses of $6 million associated
with our equity method investments. As of December 31, 2009, we held investments with a book value
of $8 million that we accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
The aggregate carrying amount of our cost method investments was $58
million as of December 31, 2009.
In 2008, we recorded other-than-temporary impairments of $130 million associated with our
investment portfolio, and gains of $52 million related to the sale of non-strategic investments.
The other-than-temporary impairments included $127 million related to non-strategic investments and
notes receivable which we had sold or intended to sell, and $3 million related to our strategic
equity investments. We also recognized other costs of $5 million associated with the Saints and
Paul agreements. We recorded losses of $10 million, reported in other, net, in our accompanying
consolidated statements of operations associated with our equity method investments.
We had notes receivable from certain portfolio companies of approximately $40 million as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009.
NOTE G BORROWINGS AND CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS
We had total debt of $5.438 billion as of December 31, 2010 and $5.918 billion as of December 31,
2009. During the second quarter of 2010, we refinanced the majority of our 2011 debt obligations,
including the establishment of a new $1.0 billion three-year, senior unsecured term loan facility,
and used $900 million of the proceeds to prepay in full our loan due to Abbott Laboratories without
any premium or penalty. During 2010, we also prepaid all $600 million of our senior notes due June
2011.
The following are the components of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior notes
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current debt obligations
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
Abbott loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
Senior notes
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
Fair value adjustment (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Discounts
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
|
4,934
|
|
|
|
5,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,438
|
|
|
$
|
5,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents net unamortized losses
related to interest rate contracts
to hedge the fair value of certain
of our senior notes. See
Note E -
Fair Value Measurements
for further
discussion regarding the accounting
treatment for these contracts.
|
The debt maturity schedule for the significant components of our debt obligations as of
December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
Senior notes
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
|
4,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
$
|
1,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,350
|
|
|
$
|
5,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
The table above does not include discounts associated with our
senior notes, or amounts related to interest rate contracts used
to hedge the fair value of certain of our senior notes.
|
Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility
Our term loan facility requires quarterly principal payments of $50 million commencing in the third
quarter of 2011, with the remaining principal amount due at the credit facility maturity date,
currently June 2013, with up to two one-year extension options subject to certain conditions.
However, in January 2011, we prepaid $250 million of these obligations using borrowings from our
credit and security facility discussed below, and, accordingly, have presented the full prepayment
within 2011 above, as well as within current debt obligations in our accompanying consolidated
balance sheets. As a result, quarterly principal payments of $50 million will commence in the
fourth quarter of 2012. Term loan borrowings bear interest at LIBOR plus an interest margin of
between 1.75 percent and 3.25 percent, based on our corporate credit ratings (currently 2.75
percent).
In the second quarter of 2010, we syndicated a new $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, maturing
in June 2013, with up to two one-year extension options subject to certain conditions, to replace
our existing $1.75 billion revolving credit facility maturing in April 2011. Any revolving credit
facility borrowings bear interest at LIBOR plus an interest margin of between 1.55 percent and
2.625 percent, based on our corporate credit ratings (currently 2.25 percent). In addition, we are
required to pay a facility fee based on our credit ratings and the total amount of revolving credit
commitments, regardless of usage, under the agreement (currently 0.50 percent per year). Any
borrowings under the revolving credit facility are unrestricted and unsecured. There were no
amounts borrowed under our revolving credit facilities as of December 31, 2010 or December 31,
2009.
In
connection with our 2009 patent litigation settlement with Johnson & Johnson discussed in
Note L
Commitments and Contingencies
, we borrowed $200 million against our revolving credit facility
during the first quarter of 2010 to
111
fund a portion of the settlement, and subsequently repaid these
borrowings during the quarter without any premium or penalty. Further, in February 2010, we posted
a $745 million letter of credit under our credit facility as collateral for the remaining Johnson &
Johnson obligation. In August 2010, we prepaid the remaining Johnson & Johnson obligation of $725
million, plus interest, using cash on hand and cancelled the related letter of credit. We now have
full access to our $2.0 billion revolving credit facility to support operational needs. As of
December 31, 2010, we had outstanding letters of credit of $120 million, as compared to $123 million as of
December 31, 2009, which consisted primarily of bank guarantees and collateral for workers
compensation insurance arrangements. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, none of the beneficiaries
had drawn upon the letters of credit or guarantees; accordingly, we have not recognized a related
liability for our outstanding letters of credit in our consolidated balance sheets as of December
31, 2010 or 2009. We believe we will generate sufficient cash from operations to fund these
payments and intend to fund these payments without drawing on the letters of credit.
Our revolving credit facility agreement requires that we maintain certain financial covenants, as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual as of
|
|
|
Covenant
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Requirement
|
|
2010
|
Maximum leverage ratio (1)
|
|
3.85 times
|
|
2.3 times
|
Minimum interest coverage ratio (2)
|
|
3.0 times
|
|
6.1 times
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Ratio of total debt to consolidated EBITDA, as
defined by the agreement, for the preceding
four consecutive fiscal quarters. Requirement
decreases to 3.5 times after March 31, 2011.
|
(2)
|
|
Ratio of consolidated EBITDA, as defined by the
agreement, to interest expense for the
preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters.
|
The credit agreement provides for an exclusion from the calculation of consolidated EBITDA, as
defined by the agreement, through the credit agreement maturity, of up to $258 million in
restructuring charges and restructuring-related expenses related to our previously-announced
restructuring plans, plus an additional $300 million for any future restructuring initiatives. As
of December 31, 2010, we had $470 million of the restructuring charge exclusion remaining. In
addition, any litigation-related charges and credits are excluded from the calculation of
consolidated EBITDA until such items are paid or received; as well as up to $1.5 billion of any
future cash payments for future litigation settlements or damage awards (net of any litigation
payments received); and litigation-related cash payments (net of cash receipts) of up to $1.310
billion related to amounts that were recorded in the financial statements as of March 31, 2010. As
of December 31, 2010, we had $2.154 billion of the legal payment exclusion remaining.
As of and through December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the required covenants. Our
inability to maintain compliance with these covenants could require us to seek to renegotiate the
terms of our credit facilities or seek waivers from compliance with these covenants, both of which
could result in additional borrowing costs. Further, there can be no assurance that our lenders
would grant such waivers.
Abbott Loan
In April 2006, we borrowed $900 million from Abbott Laboratories. During 2010, we prepaid this loan
in full with no penalty or premium. The loan from Abbott bore interest at a fixed 4.0 percent rate,
payable semi-annually. We determined that an appropriate fair market interest rate on the loan from
Abbott was 5.25 percent per annum. We recorded the loan at a discount of approximately $50 million
at the inception of the loan and recorded interest at an imputed rate of 5.25 percent over the term
of the loan. Upon repayment of the loan, we accelerated the recognition of the remaining
unamortized discount of $10 million through interest expense. There was no remaining unamortized
discount as of December 31, 2010, and $14 million as of December 31, 2009.
Senior Notes
We had senior notes outstanding of $4.450 billion as of December 31, 2010 and $5.050 billion as of
December 31, 2009. These notes are publicly registered securities, are redeemable prior to maturity
and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements. Our senior notes are unsecured,
unsubordinated obligations and rank on a parity
112
with each other. These notes are effectively junior
to borrowings under our credit and security facility and liabilities of our subsidiaries. In
December 2010, we prepaid $600 million of senior notes maturing in June 2011 and, at maturity in
January 2011, paid $250 million of our senior notes.
Our senior notes consist of the following as
of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Issuance
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi-annual
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Date
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
Coupon Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2011 Notes
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
|
November 2004
|
|
January 2011
|
|
|
4.250
|
%
|
June 2014 Notes
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
June 2004
|
|
June 2014
|
|
|
5.450
|
%
|
January 2015 Notes
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
January 2015
|
|
|
4.500
|
%
|
November 2015 Notes
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
November 2005
|
|
November 2015
|
|
|
5.500
|
%
|
June 2016 Notes
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
June 2006
|
|
June 2016
|
|
|
6.400
|
%
|
January 2017 Notes
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
November 2004
|
|
January 2017
|
|
|
5.125
|
%
|
January 2020 Notes
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
January 2020
|
|
|
6.000
|
%
|
November 2035 Notes
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
November 2005
|
|
November 2035
|
|
|
6.250
|
%
|
January 2040 Notes
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
January 2040
|
|
|
7.375
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rating changes throughout 2010, 2009 and 2008 had no impact on the interest rates associated
with our senior notes. Our $2.0 billion of senior notes issued in 2009 contain a change-in-control
provision, which provides that each holder of the senior notes may require us to repurchase all or
a portion of the notes at a price equal to 101 percent of the aggregate repurchased principal, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if a rating event, as defined in the indenture, occurs as a result of
a change-in-control, as defined in the indenture. Any other credit rating changes may impact our
borrowing cost, but do not require us to repay any borrowings. Subsequent rating improvements may
result in a decrease in the adjusted interest rate to the extent that our lowest credit rating is
above BBB- or Baa3. The interest rates on our November 2015 and November 2035 Notes will be
permanently reinstated to the issuance rate if the lowest credit ratings assigned to these senior
notes is either A- or A3 or higher.
Other Arrangements
We also maintain a $350 million credit and security facility secured by our U.S. trade receivables,
maturing in August 2011, subject to extension. Use of any borrowed funds is unrestricted. Borrowing
availability under this facility changes based upon the amount of eligible receivables,
concentration of eligible receivables and other factors. Certain significant changes in the quality
of our receivables may require us to repay borrowings immediately under the facility. The credit
agreement required us to create a wholly-owned entity, which we consolidate. This entity purchases
our U.S. trade accounts receivable and then borrows from two third-party financial institutions
using these receivables as collateral. The receivables and related borrowings remain on our
consolidated balance sheets because we have the right to prepay any borrowings and effectively
retain control over the receivables. Accordingly, pledged receivables are included as trade
accounts receivable, net, while the corresponding borrowings are included as debt on our
consolidated balance sheets. There were no amounts borrowed under this facility as of December 31,
2010 or 2009. In January 2011, we borrowed $250 million under this facility and used the proceeds
to prepay $100 million of term loan borrowings maturing in 2011 and $150 million of term loan
borrowings maturing in 2012.
In addition, we have accounts receivable factoring programs in certain European countries that we
account for as sales under ASC Topic 860,
Transfers and Servicing
. These agreements provide for the
sale of accounts receivable to third parties, without recourse, of up to approximately 300 million
Euro (translated to approximately $400 million as of December 31, 2010). We have no retained interests in the
transferred receivables, other than collection and administrative responsibilities and, once sold,
the accounts are no longer available to satisfy creditors in the event of bankruptcy. We
de-recognized $363 million of receivables as of December 31, 2010 at an average interest rate of 2.0
percent, and $318 million as of December 31, 2009 at an average interest rate of 2.0 percent.
Further, we have uncommitted credit facilities with two commercial Japanese banks that provide for
borrowings and promissory notes discounting of up to 18.5 billion Japanese yen (translated to
approximately $226 million as of December 31,
113
2010). We discounted $197 million of notes receivable
as of December 31, 2010 at an average interest rate of 1.7 percent, and $194 million of notes
receivable as of December 31, 2009 at an average interest rate of 1.6 percent.
Discounted and
de-recognized accounts and notes receivable are excluded from trade accounts receivable in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The purpose of each of these programs is to provide us
with additional liquidity.
NOTE H LEASES
Rent expense amounted to $92 million in 2010, $102 million in 2009, and $92 million in 2008.
Our obligations under noncancelable capital leases were not material as of December 31, 2010 and
2009. Future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2010 under other noncancelable lease
agreements are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
2012
|
|
|
69
|
|
2013
|
|
|
46
|
|
2014
|
|
|
24
|
|
2015
|
|
|
15
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE I RESTRUCTURING-RELATED ACTIVITIES
On an on-going basis, we monitor the dynamics of the economy, the healthcare industry, and the
markets in which we compete; and we continue to assess opportunities for improved operational
effectiveness and efficiency, and better alignment of expenses with revenues, while preserving our
ability to make the investments in research and development projects, capital and our people that
are essential to our long-term success. As a result of these assessments, we have undertaken
various restructuring initiatives in order to enhance our growth potential and position us for
long-term success. These initiatives are described below.
In October 2007, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, an expense and head count
reduction plan (the 2007 Restructuring plan). The plan was intended to bring expenses in line with
revenues as part of our initiatives to enhance short- and long-term shareholder value. Key
activities under the plan included the restructuring of several businesses, corporate functions and
product franchises in order to better utilize resources, strengthen competitive positions, and
create a more simplified and efficient business model; the elimination, suspension or reduction of
spending on certain research and development projects; and the transfer of certain production lines
among facilities. We initiated these activities in the fourth quarter of 2007. The transfer of
certain production lines contemplated under the 2007 Restructuring plan was completed as of
December 31, 2010; all other major activities under the plan,
with the exception of final production line transfers, were completed as of December 31,
2009.
The execution of this plan resulted in total pre-tax expenses of $427 million and required cash
outlays of $380 million, of which we have paid $370 million to date. We recorded a portion of these
expenses as restructuring charges and the remaining portion through other lines within our
consolidated statements of operations.
The following provides a summary of total costs associated
with the plan by major type of cost:
114
|
|
|
Type of cost
|
|
Total amount incurred
|
Restructuring charges:
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$204 million
|
Fixed asset write-offs
|
|
$31 million
|
Other (1)
|
|
$67 million
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
$66 million
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
$16 million
|
Transfer costs (2)
|
|
$43 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$427 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists primarily of consulting fees, contractual cancellations, relocation costs and other costs.
|
(2)
|
|
Consists primarily of costs to transfer product lines among facilities, including costs of
transfer teams, freight and product line validations.
|
In addition, in January 2009, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, a Plant
Network Optimization program, which is intended to simplify our manufacturing plant structure by
transferring certain production lines among facilities and by closing certain other facilities. The
program is a complement to our 2007 Restructuring plan, and is intended to improve overall gross
profit margins. Activities under the Plant Network Optimization program were initiated in the first
quarter of 2009 and are expected to be substantially complete by the end of 2012.
We expect that the execution of the Plant Network Optimization program will result in total pre-tax
charges of approximately $135 million to $150 million, and
that approximately $115 million to $125
million of these charges will result in cash outlays, of which we
have made payments of $40 million
to date. We have recorded related costs of $79 million since the inception of the plan, and are
recording a portion of these expenses as restructuring charges and the remaining portion through
other lines within our consolidated statements of operations. The following provides a summary of
our estimates of costs associated with the Plant Network Optimization program by major type of
cost:
|
|
|
|
|
Total estimated amount expected to
|
Type of cost
|
|
be incurred
|
Restructuring charges:
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$30 million to $35 million
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
$20 million to
$25 million
|
Transfer costs (1)
|
|
$85 million to
$90 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$135 million
to $150 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consists primarily of costs to transfer product lines among
facilities, including costs of transfer teams, freight, idle
facility and product line validations.
|
Further, on February 6, 2010, our Board of Directors approved, and we committed to, a series
of management changes and restructuring initiatives (the 2010 Restructuring plan) designed to focus
our business, drive innovation, accelerate profitable growth and increase both accountability and
shareholder value. Key activities under the plan include the integration of our Cardiovascular and
CRM businesses, as well as the restructuring of certain other businesses and corporate functions;
the centralization of our research and development organization; the re-alignment of our
international structure to reduce our administrative costs and invest in expansion opportunities
including significant investments in emerging markets; and the reprioritization and diversification
of our product portfolio. Activities under the 2010 Restructuring plan were initiated in the first
quarter of 2010 and are expected to be substantially complete by the end of 2012.
We estimate that the 2010 Restructuring plan will result in total pre-tax charges of approximately
$180 million to $200 million, and that approximately $165 million to $175 million of these charges
will result in cash outlays, of which we have made payments of $69 million to date. We have
recorded related costs of $110 million since
115
inception of the plan, and are recording a portion of these expenses as restructuring charges
and the remaining portion through other lines within our consolidated statements of operations. We
expect the execution of the plan will result in the elimination of approximately 1,000 to 1,300
positions by the end of 2012. The following provides a summary of our expected total costs
associated with the plan by major type of cost:
|
|
|
|
|
Total estimated amount expected to
|
Type of cost
|
|
be incurred
|
|
Restructuring charges:
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$95 million to $100 million
|
Fixed asset write-offs
|
|
$10 million to $15 million
|
Other (1)
|
|
$55 million to $60 million
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
Other (2)
|
|
$20 million to $25 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$180 million to $200 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes primarily consulting fees and costs associated with contractual
cancellations.
|
(2)
|
|
Comprised of other costs directly related to restructuring plan, including
accelerated depreciation and
infrastructure-related costs.
|
We recorded restructuring charges pursuant to our restructuring plans of $116 million during
2010, $63 million during 2009, and $78 million during 2008. In addition, we recorded expenses
within other lines of our accompanying consolidated statements of operations related to our
restructuring initiatives of $53 million during 2010, $67 million during 2009, and $55 million
during 2008.
The following presents these costs by major type and line item within our accompanying
consolidated statements of operations, as well as by program:
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Restructuring plan
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Plant Network
Optimization program
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
2007 Restructuring plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant Network
Optimization program
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
2007 Restructuring plan
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
|
Fixed Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Incentives
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and restructuring-related costs recorded in 2008 related entirely to our 2007
Restructuring plan.
Termination benefits represent amounts incurred pursuant to our on-going benefit arrangements and
amounts for one-time involuntary termination benefits, and have been recorded in accordance with
ASC Topic 712,
Compensation Non-retirement Postemployment Benefits
(formerly FASB Statement No.
112,
Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits
) and ASC Topic 420,
Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations
(formerly FASB Statement 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities
). We expect to record additional termination benefits related to our Plant Network
Optimization program and 2010 Restructuring plan in 2011 and 2012 when we identify with more
specificity the job classifications, functions and locations of the remaining head count to be
eliminated. Retention incentives represent cash incentives, which were recorded over the service
period during which eligible employees remained employed with us in order to retain the payment.
Other restructuring costs, which represent primarily consulting fees, are being recorded as
incurred in accordance with Topic 420. Accelerated depreciation is being recorded over the adjusted
remaining useful life of the related assets, and production line transfer costs are being recorded
as incurred.
We
have incurred cumulative restructuring charges of $433 million and restructuring-related costs
of $183 million since we committed to each plan. The following presents these costs by major type
and by plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Plant
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Network
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Optimization
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
204
|
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
Fixed asset write-offs
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Other
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Accelerated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Transfer costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-related expenses
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
427
|
|
|
$
|
616
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a rollforward of the restructuring liability associated with each of these
initiatives, since the inception of the respective plan, which is reported as a component of
accrued expenses included in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets:
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Network
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Restructuring plan
|
|
Optimization
|
|
|
2007 Restructuring plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Charges
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Other adjustments to accruals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We made total cash payments associated with restructuring initiatives pursuant to these plans of
$133 million during 2010 and have made total cash payments of $479 million since committing to each
plan. Each of these payments was made using cash generated from operations, and are comprised
of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Plant
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Network
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Optimization
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Transfer costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Other
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program to Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
195
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
Retention incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Transfer costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Other
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
$
|
479
|
|
|
|
|
118
NOTE
J SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Components of selected captions in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
1,445
|
|
|
$
|
1,485
|
|
Less: allowances
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,320
|
|
|
$
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
622
|
|
|
$
|
642
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
894
|
|
|
$
|
891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
118
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
Capital in progress
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,168
|
|
|
|
3,246
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,697
|
|
|
$
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal reserves
|
|
$
|
441
|
|
|
$
|
1,453
|
|
Payroll and related liabilities
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
Accrued contingent consideration
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Other
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,626
|
|
|
$
|
2,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal reserves
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
|
$
|
863
|
|
Accrued income taxes
|
|
|
1,062
|
|
|
|
857
|
|
Accrued contingent consideration
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,645
|
|
|
$
|
2,064
|
|
|
|
|
119
NOTE
K INCOME TAXES
Our (loss) income before income taxes consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
(1,910
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,102
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,018
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,063
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,031
|
)
|
|
|
|
The related provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(83)
|
|
|
$
|
(173)
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
State
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(193)
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
(115)
|
|
|
|
(279)
|
|
State
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
(15)
|
|
|
|
(20)
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(20)
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49)
|
|
|
|
(90)
|
|
|
|
(321)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
(283)
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of income taxes at the federal statutory rate to the actual provision (benefit)
for income taxes is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
|
|
|
(35.0)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(35.0)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(35.0)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
State law changes on deferred tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.4)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of foreign taxes
|
|
|
(20.4)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(20.0)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(5.9)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Non-deductible acquisition expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Research credit
|
|
|
(6.0)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1.3)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(0.5)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Divestitures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.8)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(9.9)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Goodwill impairment charges
|
|
|
59.8
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Intangible asset impairment charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Legal settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33.3
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(1.0)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(21.6)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
We had net deferred tax liabilities of $1.198 billion as of December 31, 2010 and $1.281 billion as
of December 31, 2009. Gross deferred tax liabilities of $2.281 billion as of December 31, 2010 and
$2.382 billion as of December 31, 2009 relate primarily to intangible assets acquired in connection
with our prior acquisitions. Gross deferred tax assets of $1.083 billion as of December 31, 2010
and $1.101 billion as of December 31, 2009 relate primarily to the establishment of inventory and
product-related reserves, litigation and product liability reserves, purchased research and
development, investment write-downs, net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards.
In light of our historical financial performance and the extent of our deferred tax liabilities, we
believe we will recover substantially all of these assets.
120
We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based upon the weight of available
evidence, it is more likely than not that we will not realize some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets. We consider relevant evidence, both positive and negative, to determine the need for a
valuation allowance. Information evaluated includes our financial position and results of
operations for the current and preceding years, the availability of deferred tax liabilities and
tax carrybacks, as well as an evaluation of currently available information about future years.
Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory costs, intercompany profit and related reserves
|
|
$
|
207
|
|
|
$
|
176
|
|
Tax benefit of net operating loss and credits
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
Restructuring-related charges and purchased research and development
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Litigation and product liability reserves
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Investment write-down
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
Federal benefit of uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Other
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,440
|
|
|
|
1,430
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(329
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
2,227
|
|
|
|
2,298
|
|
Litigation settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,281
|
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
|
|
|
|
Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the following locations within our
accompanying consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location in
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
Component
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
$
|
429
|
|
|
$
|
572
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset
|
|
Other long-term assets
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax liability
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liability
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,644
|
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,646
|
|
|
|
1,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, we have U.S. tax net operating loss, capital loss and tax credits, the tax
effect of which was $252 million, as compared to $261 million as of December 31, 2009. In addition,
we have foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits, the tax effect of which was
$341 million as of December 31, 2010, as compared to $334 million as of December 31, 2009. These
tax attributes will expire periodically beginning in 2011. After consideration of all positive and
negative evidence, we believe that it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. As a result, we established a valuation allowance of $357 million as
of December 31, 2010 and $329 million as of December 31, 2009. The increase in the valuation
allowance as of
121
December 31, 2010, as compared to December 31, 2009, is attributable primarily to
foreign net operating losses generated during the year. The income tax impact of the unrealized
gain or loss component of other comprehensive income was a benefit of $16 million in 2010, a
benefit of $4 million in 2009, and a provision of $1 million in 2008.
We do not provide income taxes on unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries where we have
indefinitely reinvested such earnings in our foreign operations. We do not believe it is practical
to estimate the amount of income taxes payable on the earnings that are indefinitely reinvested in
foreign operations. Unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries that we have indefinitely
reinvested in foreign operations are $9.193 billion as of December 31, 2010 and $9.355 billion as
of December 31, 2009.
As of December 31, 2010, we had $965 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which net $859
million, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2009, we had $1.038
billion of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which net $908 million, exclusive of interest and
penalties, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.
A reconciliation of the beginning
and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning Balance
|
|
$
|
1,038
|
|
|
$
|
1,107
|
|
|
$
|
1,180
|
|
Additions based on positions related to the current year
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
Additions based on positions related to the prior year
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Settlements with taxing authorities
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
Statute of limitation expirations
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
Ending Balance
|
|
$
|
965
|
|
|
$
|
1,038
|
|
|
$
|
1,107
|
|
|
|
|
We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign
jurisdictions. We have concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters through 2000 and substantially
all material state, local, and foreign income tax matters through 2001. We resolved a number of
foreign examinations during 2010. As a result of these activities, we decreased our reserve for
uncertain tax positions by $9 million, inclusive of $3 million of interest and penalties. In
addition, as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations in various foreign and state
jurisdictions, we decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions by $20 million, inclusive of $7
million of interest and penalties. Further, during 2010, we concluded the appeals process for the federal tax
examination for Boston Scientific (excluding Guidant) covering years
2002-2005 and decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions
by $72 million, inclusive of $21 million of interest and penalties, net of payments. We also
re-measured an uncertain tax position due to a favorable court ruling issued in a similar
third-party case and resolved another uncertain tax position resulting from a favorable taxpayer
motion issued in a similar third-party case, which resulted in a decrease of $91 million inclusive
of $25 million of interest and penalties.
During 2009, we received favorable foreign court decisions and resolved certain foreign matters. As
a result of these activities, we decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions by $20 million,
inclusive of $7 million of interest and penalties. In addition, statutes of limitations expired in
various foreign and state jurisdictions, as a result, decreased our reserve for uncertain tax
positions by $29 million, inclusive of interest and penalties. We also resolved certain
litigation-related matters, described our 2009 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K. Based on the
outcome of the settlements, we reassessed the reserve for uncertain tax positions previously
recorded on certain positions and decreased our reserve by $22 million, inclusive of $1 million of
interest.
During 2008, we resolved certain matters in federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions for Guidant
and Boston Scientific for the years 1998- 2005. We settled multiple federal issues at the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
examination and Appellate levels, including issues related to Guidants acquisition of Intermedics,
Inc., and various litigation settlements. We also received favorable foreign court decisions and a
favorable outcome related to our foreign research credit claims. As a result of these audit
activities, we decreased our reserve for uncertain tax positions, excluding tax payments, by $156
million, inclusive of $37 million of interest and penalties during 2008.
122
On December 17, 2010, we received Notices of Deficiency from the IRS
reflecting proposed audit adjustments for Guidant Corporation for the 2001-2003 tax years. The
incremental tax liability asserted by the IRS is $525 million plus interest. The primary issue in
dispute is the transfer pricing in connection with the technology license agreements between
domestic and foreign subsidiaries of Guidant. We believe we have meritorious defenses for our tax
filing and we intend to file a petition to the U.S. Tax Court in early 2011. No payments will be
made on the issue until it is resolved, which may take several years. We believe that our income
tax reserves associated with this matter are adequate and the final resolution will not have a
material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. However, final resolution is
uncertain and could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
We recognize interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
We had $285 million accrued for gross interest and penalties as of December 31, 2010 and $299
million as of December 31, 2009. The decrease in gross interest and penalties was the result of a
$72 million reduction, due primarily to the conclusion of the appeals process for the federal tax
examination covering years 2002-2005, payments related to audit settlements, re-measurement and
resolution of uncertain tax positions due to favorable court rulings and favorable taxpayer motion
issued in similar third-party cases, and statute expirations, offset by $58 million recognized in
our consolidated statements of operations. We released $14 million of total interest and penalties
related to income taxes in 2010, and recognized $31 million in 2009 and $4 million in 2008.
It is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months we will resolve multiple issues including
transfer pricing, research and development credit and transactional related issues, with foreign,
federal and state taxing authorities, in which case we could record a reduction in our balance of
unrecognized tax benefits of up to approximately $14 million.
NOTE
L COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The medical device market in which we primarily participate is largely technology driven. Physician
customers, particularly in interventional cardiology, have historically moved quickly to new
products and new technologies. As a result, intellectual property rights, particularly patents and
trade secrets, play a significant role in product development and differentiation. However,
intellectual property litigation is inherently complex and unpredictable. Furthermore, appellate
courts can overturn lower court patent decisions.
In addition, competing parties frequently file multiple suits to leverage patent portfolios across
product lines, technologies and geographies and to balance risk and exposure between the parties.
In some cases, several competitors are parties in the same proceeding, or in a series of related
proceedings, or litigate multiple features of a single class of devices. These forces frequently
drive settlement not only for individual cases, but also for a series of pending and potentially
related and unrelated cases. In addition, although monetary and injunctive relief is typically
sought, remedies and restitution are generally not determined until the conclusion of the trial
court proceedings and can be modified on appeal. Accordingly, the outcomes of individual cases are
difficult to time, predict or quantify and are often dependent upon the outcomes of other cases in
other geographies. Several third parties have asserted that certain of our current and former
product offerings infringe patents owned or licensed by them. We have similarly asserted that other
products sold by our competitors infringe patents owned or licensed by us. Adverse outcomes in one
or more of the proceedings against us could limit our ability to sell certain products in certain
jurisdictions, or reduce our operating margin on the sale of these products and could have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
In particular, although we have resolved multiple litigation matters with Johnson & Johnson, described herein, we continue to be involved in patent litigation with them, particularly
relating to drug-eluting stent systems. Adverse outcomes in one or more of these matters could have
a material adverse effect on our ability to sell certain products and on our operating margins,
financial position, results of operation or liquidity.
In the normal course of business, product liability, securities and commercial claims are asserted
against us. Similar claims may be asserted against us in the future related to events not known to
management at the present time. We are substantially self-insured with respect to product liability
claims and intellectual property
123
infringement, and maintain an insurance policy providing limited
coverage against securities claims. The absence of significant third-party insurance coverage
increases our potential exposure to unanticipated claims or adverse decisions. Product liability
claims, securities and commercial litigation, and other legal proceedings in the future, regardless
of their outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations and liquidity. In addition, the medical device industry is the subject of numerous
governmental investigations often involving regulatory, marketing and other business practices.
These investigations could result in the commencement of civil and criminal proceedings,
substantial fines, penalties and administrative remedies, divert the attention of our management
and have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
We generally record losses for claims in excess of the limits of purchased insurance in earnings at
the time and to the extent they are probable and estimable. In accordance with ASC Topic 450
,
Contingencies
(formerly FASB Statement No. 5,
Accounting for Contingencies
), we accrue anticipated
costs of settlement, damages, losses for general product liability claims and, under certain
conditions, costs of defense, based on historical experience or to the extent specific losses are
probable and estimable. Otherwise, we expense these costs as incurred. If the estimate of a
probable loss is a range and no amount within the range is more likely, we accrue the minimum
amount of the range.
Our accrual for legal matters that are probable and estimable was $588 million as of December 31,
2010 and $2.316 billion as of December 31, 2009, and includes estimated costs of settlement,
damages and defense. The decrease in our accrual is due primarily to the payment of $1.725 billion
to Johnson & Johnson in connection with the patent litigation settlement discussed below. We
continue to assess certain litigation and claims to determine the amounts, if any, that management
believes will be paid as a result of such claims and litigation and, therefore, additional losses
may be accrued and paid in the future, which could materially adversely impact our operating
results, cash flows and our ability to comply with our debt covenants.
In managements opinion, we are not currently involved in any legal proceedings other than those
specifically identified below, which, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material
effect on our financial condition, operations and/or cash flows. Unless included in our legal
accrual or otherwise indicated below, a range of loss associated with any individual material legal
proceeding cannot be estimated.
Patent Litigation
Litigation with Johnson & Johnson (including its subsidiary, Cordis Corporation)
On April 13, 1998, Cordis Corporation filed suit against Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. and us in
the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that
our former NIR
®
stent
infringed three claims of two patents (the Fischell patents) owned by Cordis and seeking damages
and injunctive relief. On May 2, 2005, the District Court entered judgment that none of the three
asserted claims was infringed, although two of the claims were not invalid. The District Court also
found the two patents unenforceable for inequitable conduct. Cordis appealed the non-infringement
finding of one claim in one patent and the unenforceability of that patent. We cross appealed the
finding that one of the two claims was not invalid. Cordis did not appeal as to the second patent.
On June 29, 2006, the Court of Appeals upheld the finding that the claim was not invalid, remanded
the case to the District Court for additional factual findings related to inequitable conduct, and
did not address the finding that the claim was not infringed. On August 10, 2009, the District
Court reversed its finding that the two patents were unenforceable for inequitable conduct. On
August 24, 2009, we asked the District Court to reconsider and on March 31, 2010, the District
Court denied our request for reconsideration. On April 2, 2010, Cordis filed an appeal and on April
9, 2010, we filed a cross appeal.
On each of May 25, June 1, June 22 and November 27, 2007, Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. and we
filed a declaratory judgment action against Johnson & Johnson and Cordis Corporation in the U.S.
District Court for the District of Delaware seeking a declaratory judgment of invalidity of four
U.S. patents (the Wright and Falotico patents) owned by them and of non-infringement of the patents
by the PROMUS® coronary stent system, supplied to us by Abbott Laboratories. On February 21, 2008,
Johnson & Johnson and Cordis filed counterclaims for infringement seeking an injunction and a
declaratory judgment of validity. On June 25, 2009, we amended our
124
complaints to allege that the
four patents owned by Johnson & Johnson and Cordis are unenforceable. On January 20, 2010, the
District Court found the four patents owned by Johnson & Johnson and Cordis invalid. On February
17, 2010, Johnson & Johnson and Cordis appealed the District Courts decision. The oral argument on
appeal occurred on January 11, 2011.
On February 1, 2008, Wyeth Corporation and Cordis Corporation filed an amended complaint against
Abbott Laboratories, adding us and Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. as additional defendants to the
complaint. The suit alleges that the PROMUS® coronary stent system, supplied to us by Abbott,
infringes three U.S. patents (the Morris patents) owned by Wyeth and licensed to Cordis. The suit
was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey seeking monetary and injunctive
relief. A Markman hearing was held on July 15, 2010. On November 3, 2010, the District Court
granted a motion to bifurcate damages from liability in the case. A liability trial is scheduled to
begin September 12, 2011. On January 7, 2011, Wyeth and Cordis withdrew their infringement claim as
to one of the patents.
On September 22, 2009, Cordis Corporation, Cordis LLC and Wyeth Corporation filed a complaint for
patent infringement against Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., Boston
Scientific Scimed, Inc. and us alleging that the PROMUS® coronary stent system, supplied to us by
Abbott, infringes a patent (the Llanos patent) owned by Cordis and Wyeth that issued on September
22, 2009. The suit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey seeking
monetary and injunctive relief. On September 22, 2009, we filed a declaratory judgment action in
the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota against Cordis and Wyeth seeking a
declaration that the patent is invalid and not infringed by the PROMUS® coronary stent system,
supplied to us by Abbott. On January 19, 2010, the Minnesota District Court transferred our suit to
the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey and on February 17, 2010, the Minnesota case
was dismissed. On July 13, 2010, Cordis filed a motion to amend the complaint to add an additional
patent, which the New Jersey District Court granted on August 2, 2010. Cordis filed an amended
complaint on August 9, 2010. On September 3, 2010 we filed an answer to the amended complaint along
with counterclaims of invalidity and non-infringement.
On December 4, 2009, Boston Scientific Corporation and Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. filed a
complaint for patent infringement against Cordis Corporation alleging that its Cypher Mini stent
product infringes a U.S. patent (the Jang patent) owned by us. The suit was filed in the U.S.
District Court for the District of Minnesota seeking monetary and injunctive relief. On January 19,
2010, Cordis filed its answer as well as a motion to transfer the suit to the U.S. District Court
for the District of Delaware. On April 16, 2010, the Minnesota District Court granted Cordis
motion to transfer the case to Delaware. A trial has been scheduled to begin on May 5, 2011.
On January 15, 2010, Cordis Corporation filed a complaint against us and Boston Scientific Scimed,
Inc. alleging that the PROMUS® coronary stent system, supplied to us by Abbott, infringes three
patents (the Fischell patents) owned by Cordis. The suit was filed in the U.S. District Court for
the District of Delaware and seeks monetary and injunctive relief. A trial is scheduled to begin on
April 9, 2012.
Litigation with Medtronic, Inc.
On December 17, 2007, Medtronic, Inc. filed a declaratory judgment action in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Delaware against us, Guidant Corporation, and Mirowski Family Ventures
L.L.C., challenging its obligation to pay royalties to Mirowski on certain cardiac
resynchronization therapy devices by alleging non-infringement and invalidity of certain claims of
two patents owned by Mirowski and exclusively licensed to Guidant and sublicensed to Medtronic. On
November 21, 2008, Medtronic filed an amended complaint adding unenforceability of the patents. A
trial was held in January 2010 and a decision has not yet been rendered.
Other Stent System Patent Litigation
On May 19, 2005, G. David Jang, M.D. filed suit against us alleging breach of contract relating to
certain patent rights covering stent technology. The suit was filed in the U.S. District Court for
the Central District of California seeking monetary damages and rescission of the contract. After a
Markman ruling relating to the Jang patent rights, Dr. Jang stipulated to the dismissal of certain
claims alleged in the complaint with a right to appeal. In February 2007, the parties agreed to
settle the other claims of the case. On May 23, 2007, Jang filed an appeal with
125
respect to the remaining patent claims. On July 11, 2008, the Court of Appeals vacated the
District Courts consent
judgment and remanded the case back to the District Court for further clarification. On June 11,
2009, the District Court ordered a stay of the action pursuant to the parties joint stipulation.
On October 5, 2009, Dr. Jang served a lien notice on us seeking a portion of any recovery from
Johnson & Johnson for infringement of the Jang patent, and on May 25, 2010, Dr. Jang filed a formal
suit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. On June 5, 2010, we
answered denying the allegations and on July 2, 2010, we filed a motion to transfer the action to
the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. On August 9, 2010, the Central California
District Court ordered the case transferred to Delaware.
On March 16, 2009, OrbusNeich Medical, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for
the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that our VeriFLEX
(Liberté®) bare-metal coronary stent system infringes two
U.S. patents (the Addonizio and Pazienza patents) owned by it. The complaint also alleges breach of
contract and misappropriation of trade secrets and seeks monetary and injunctive relief. On April
13, 2009, we answered denying the allegations and filed a motion to transfer the case to the U.S.
District Court for the District of Minnesota as well as a motion to dismiss the state law claims.
On June 8, 2009, the case was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of
Massachusetts. On September 11, 2009, OrbusNeich filed an amended complaint against us. On October
2, 2009, we filed a motion to dismiss the non-patent claims and, on October 20, 2009, we filed an
answer to the amended complaint. On March 18, 2010, the Massachusetts District Court dismissed
OrbusNeichs unjust enrichment and fraud claims, but denied our motion to dismiss the remaining
state law claims. On April 14, 2010, OrbusNeich filed a motion to amend its complaint to add
another patent (another Addonizio patent). On January 21, 2011, OrbusNeich moved for leave to amend
its complaint to drop its misappropriation of trade secret, violation of Massachusetts Business
Practices Act and unfair competition claims from the case.
On November 17, 2009, Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. filed suit against OrbusNeich Medical, Inc.
and certain of its subsidiaries in the Hague District Court in the Netherlands alleging that
OrbusNeichs sale of the Genous stents infringes a patent owned by us (the Keith patent) and
seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief. A hearing was held on June 18, 2010. In December
2010, the case was stayed pending the outcome of an earlier case on the same patent.
On September 27, 2010, Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc., Boston Scientific Ltd., Endovascular
Technologies, Inc. and we filed suit against Taewoong Medical, Co., Ltd., Standard Sci-Tech, Inc.,
EndoChoice, Inc. and Sewoon Medical Co., Ltd for infringement of three patents on stents for use in
the GI system (the Pulnev and Hankh patents) and against Cook Medical Inc. (and related entities)
for infringement of the same three patents and an additional patent (the Thompson patent). The
suit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts seeking monetary
damages and injunctive relief. On December 2, 2010, we amended our complaint to add infringement
of six additional Pulnev patents, bringing the total number of asserted patents to ten. In January
2011, the defendants answered the complaint, denying infringement and counterclaiming for
invalidity and unenforceability of the asserted patents.
Other Patent Litigation
On August 24, 2010, EVM Systems, LLC filed suit against us, Cordis Corporation, Abbott Laboratories
Inc. and Abbott Vascular, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
alleging that our vena cava filters, including the Escape Nitinol Stone Retrieval Device, infringe
two patents (the Sachdeva patents) and seeking monetary damages.
On May 17, 2010, Dr. Luigi Tellini filed suit against us and certain of our subsidiaries, Guidant
Italia S.r.l. and Boston Scientific S.p.A., in the Civil Tribunal in Milan, Italy alleging certain
of our Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM) products infringe an Italian patent (the Tellini patent)
owned by Dr. Tellini and seeking monetary damages. We filed our response on October 26, 2010.
During a hearing on November 16, 2010, Dr. Tellinis claims were dismissed with a right to refile
amended claims. Dr. Tellini refiled amended claims on January 10, 2011.
126
Product Liability Related Litigation
Cardiac Rhythm Management
Two product liability class action lawsuits and more than 37 individual lawsuits involving
approximately 37 individual plaintiffs remain pending in various state and federal jurisdictions
against Guidant alleging personal injuries associated with defibrillators or pacemakers involved in
certain 2005 and 2006 product communications. The majority of the cases in the United States are
pending in federal court but approximately seven cases are currently pending in state courts. On
November 7, 2005, the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation established MDL-1708 (MDL) in the
U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota and appointed a single judge to preside over all
the cases in the MDL. In April 2006, the personal injury plaintiffs and certain third-party payors
served a Master Complaint in the MDL asserting claims for class action certification, alleging
claims of strict liability, negligence, fraud, breach of warranty and other common law and/or
statutory claims and seeking punitive damages. The majority of claimants do not allege physical
injury, but sue for medical monitoring and anxiety. On July 12, 2007, we reached an agreement to
settle certain claims, including those associated with the 2005 and 2006 product communications,
which was amended on November 19, 2007. Under the terms of the amended agreement, subject to
certain conditions, we would pay a total of up to $240 million covering up to 8,550 patient claims,
including almost all of the claims that have been consolidated in the MDL as well as other filed
and unfiled claims throughout the United States. On June 13, 2006, the Minnesota Supreme Court
appointed a single judge to preside over all Minnesota state court lawsuits involving cases arising
from the product communications. At the conclusion of the MDL settlement in 2010, 8,180 claims had
been approved for participation. As a result, we made all required settlement payments of
approximately $234 million, and no other payments are due under the MDL settlement agreement. On
April 6, 2009, September 24, 2009, April 16, 2010 and August 30, 2010, the MDL Court issued orders
dismissing with prejudice the claims of most plaintiffs participating in the settlement; the claims
of settling plaintiffs whose cases were pending in state courts have been or will be dismissed by
those courts. On April 22, 2010, the MDL Court certified an order from the Judicial Panel on
Multidistrict Litigation remanding the remaining cases to their trial courts of origin.
We are aware of more than 33 Guidant product liability lawsuits pending internationally associated
with defibrillators or pacemakers, including devices involved in the 2005 and 2006 product
communications, generally seeking monetary damages. Six of those suits pending in Canada are
putative class actions, four of which are stayed pending the outcome of two lead class actions. On
April 10, 2008, the Justice of Ontario Court certified a class of persons in whom defibrillators
were implanted in Canada and a class of family members with derivative claims. On May 8, 2009, the
Court certified a class of persons in whom pacemakers were implanted in Canada and a class of
family members with derivative claims.
Guidant or its affiliates have been defendants in five separate actions brought by private
third-party providers of health benefits or health insurance (TPPs). In these cases, plaintiffs
allege various theories of recovery, including derivative tort claims, subrogation, violation of
consumer protection statutes and unjust enrichment, for the cost of healthcare benefits they
allegedly paid in connection with the devices that have been the subject of Guidants product
communications. Two of the TPP actions were previously dismissed without prejudice, but have now
been revived as a result of the MDL Courts January 15, 2010 order, and are pending in the U.S.
District Court for the District of Minnesota, although they are proceeding separately from the MDL.
A third action was recently remanded by the MDL Court to the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of Florida. Two other TPP actions were pending in state court in Minnesota, but were
settled and dismissed with prejudice by court order dated June 3, 2010. The settled cases were
brought by Blue Cross & Blue Shield plans and United Healthcare and its affiliates.
ANCURE Endograft System
As of June 2003, Guidant had outstanding 14 suits alleging product liability-related causes of
action relating to the ANCURE Endograft System for the treatment of abdominal aortic aneurysms.
Subsequently, Guidant was notified of additional claims and served with additional complaints
relating to the ANCURE System. From time to time, Guidant has settled certain of the individual
claims and suits for amounts that were not material to us. As of January 17, 2011, there were
three pending suits alleging product liability-related causes of action
127
relating to the ANCURE
Endograft System, one is pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota and the
other two are pending in state court in California. In 2009, the California state court dismissed
four suits
on summary judgment. On February 9, 2010, the California Court of Appeals upheld the dismissal of
two of these cases, and on June 9, 2010, the California Supreme Court declined to review the
dismissals of those two cases. On December 12, 2010, the U.S. Supreme Court also declined to review
the dismissals in those two cases. On November 18, 2010, the California Court of Appeals upheld the
dismissal of the other two cases. It is not yet known whether the plaintiffs in those two cases
will pursue further appeals.
Additionally, as of January 17, 2011 Guidant had been notified of over 130 potential unfiled claims
alleging product liability relating to the ANCURE System. The claimants generally allege that they
or their relatives suffered injuries, and in certain cases died, as a result of purported defects
in the device or the accompanying warnings and labeling. It is uncertain how many of these claims
will ultimately be pursued against Guidant.
Securities Related Litigation
On September 23, 2005, Srinivasan Shankar, individually and on behalf of all others similarly
situated, filed a purported securities class action suit in the U.S. District Court for the
District of Massachusetts on behalf of those who purchased or otherwise acquired our securities
during the period March 31, 2003 through August 23, 2005, alleging that we and certain of our
officers violated certain sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Four other plaintiffs,
individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, each filed additional purported
securities class action suits in the same court on behalf of the same purported class. On February
15, 2006, the District Court ordered that the five class actions be consolidated and appointed the
Mississippi Public Employee Retirement System Group as lead plaintiff. A consolidated amended
complaint was filed on April 17, 2006. The consolidated amended complaint alleges that we made
material misstatements and omissions by failing to disclose the supposed merit of the Medinol
litigation and U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) investigation relating to the 1998 NIR ON® Ranger
with Sox stent recall, problems with the TAXUS® drug-eluting coronary stent systems that led to
product recalls, and our ability to satisfy U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regulations
concerning medical device quality. The consolidated amended complaint seeks unspecified damages,
interest, and attorneys fees. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated amended
complaint on June 8, 2006, which was granted by the District Court on March 30, 2007. On April 16,
2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit reversed the dismissal of only plaintiffs
TAXUS® stent recall-related claims and remanded the matter for further proceedings. On February 25,
2009, the District Court certified a class of investors who acquired our securities during the
period November 30, 2003 through July 15, 2004. The defendants filed a motion for summary judgment
and a hearing on the motion was held on April 21, 2010. On April 27, 2010, the District Court
granted defendants motion and on April 28, 2010, the District Court entered judgment in
defendants favor and dismissed the case. The plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal on May 27, 2010.
The oral argument in the First Circuit Court of Appeals was held February 10, 2011.
On April 9, 2010, the City of Roseville Employees Retirement System individually and on behalf of
purchasers of our securities during the period from April 20, 2009 to March 12, 2010, filed a
purported securities class action suit in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Massachusetts. The suit alleges that we and certain of our current and former officers violated
certain sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and seeks unspecified monetary damages. The
suit claims that our stock price was artificially inflated because we failed to disclose certain
matters with respect to our CRM business. An order was issued on July 12, 2010 appointing KBC Asset
Management NV and Steelworkers Pension Trust as co-lead plaintiffs and the selection of lead class
counsel. The plaintiffs filed an amended class action complaint on September 14, 2010. In the
amended complaint, the plaintiffs narrowed the alleged class period from October 20, 2009 to
February 10, 2010.
On April 14, 2010, we received a letter from the United Union of Roofers, Waterproofers and Allied
Workers Local Union No. 8 (Local 8) demanding that our Board of Directors seek to remedy any legal
violations committed by current and former officers and directors during the period beginning April
20, 2009 and continuing through March 12, 2010. The letter alleges that our officers and directors
caused us to issue false and misleading statements and failed to disclose material adverse
information regarding serious issues with our CRM business. The matter was referred to a special
committee of the Board to investigate and then make a recommendation to the full Board.
128
On June 21, 2010, we received a shareholder derivative complaint filed by Rick Barrington
individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated against all of our current directors,
certain former directors and certain current and former officers seeking to remedy their alleged
breaches of fiduciary duties that allegedly caused losses to us during the purported relevant
period of April 20, 2009 to March 12, 2010. The allegations in this matter are largely the same as
those asserted in the City of Roseville case. The case was filed in the U.S. District Court for the
District of Massachusetts on behalf of purchasers of our securities during the period from April
20, 2009 through March 12, 2010. On October 7, 2010, Mr. Barrington filed an amended complaint.
On August 19, 2010, the Iron Workers District Council Southern Ohio and Vicinity Pension Trust
filed a putative shareholder derivative class action lawsuit against us and our Board of Directors
in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. The allegations and remedies sought in the
complaint are largely the same as those in the original complaint filed by the City of Roseville
Employees Retirement System on April 9, 2010.
On October 22, 2010, Sanjay Israni filed a shareholder derivative complaint against us and against
certain directors and officers purportedly seeking to remedy alleged breaches of fiduciary duties
that allegedly caused losses to us. The relevant period defined in the complaint is from April 20,
2009 to March 30, 2010. The allegations in the complaint are largely the same as those contained in
the shareholder derivative action filed by Rick Barrington.
Governmental Proceedings
Boston Scientific Corporation
In December 2007, we were informed by the U.S. Attorneys Office for the Northern District of Texas
that it was conducting an investigation of allegations related to improper promotion of biliary
stents for off-label uses. The allegations were set forth in a
qui tam
whistle-blower complaint,
which named us and certain of our competitors. The complaint remained under confidential seal until
January 11, 2010 when, following the federal governments decision not to intervene in the case,
the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas unsealed the complaint. We filed a
motion to dismiss on July 16, 2010.
On June 26, 2008, the U.S. Attorneys Office for the District of Massachusetts issued a separate
subpoena to us under the Health Insurance Portability & Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) pursuant
to which the U.S. Department of Justice requested the production of certain documents and
information related to our biliary stent business. We continue to cooperate with the subpoena
request and related investigation.
On June 27, 2008, the Republic of Iraq filed a complaint against our wholly-owned subsidiary, BSSA
France, and 92 other defendants in the U.S. District Court of the Southern District of New York.
The complaint alleges that the defendants acted improperly in connection with the sale of products
under the United Nations Oil for Food Program. The complaint alleges Racketeer Influenced and
Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO) violations, conspiracy to commit fraud and the making of false
statements and improper payments, and seeks monetary and punitive damages. On July 31, 2009, the
plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which has been opposed by the defendants. On August 10, 2010,
defendants filed additional procedural motions regarding its notice of supplemental authority,
initially filed by the defendants on July 6, 2010.
On July 14, 2008, we received a subpoena from the Attorney General for the State of New Hampshire
requesting information in connection with our refusal to sell medical devices or equipment intended
to be used in the administration of spinal cord stimulation trials to practitioners other than
practicing medical doctors. We have responded to the New Hampshire Attorney Generals request.
Guidant / Cardiac Rhythm Management
On November 2, 2005, the Attorney General of the State of New York filed a civil complaint against
Guidant pursuant to the consumer protection provisions of New Yorks Executive Law, alleging that
Guidant concealed from physicians and patients a design flaw in its VENTAK PRIZM® 2 1861
defibrillator from approximately
129
February 2002 until May 23 2005 and by Guidants concealment of
this information, it engaged in repeated and
persistent fraudulent conduct in violation of the law. The New York Attorney General sought
permanent injunctive relief, restitution for patients in whom a VENTAK PRIZM® 2 1861 defibrillator
manufactured before April 2002 was implanted, disgorgement of profits, and all other proper relief.
The case was removed from New York State Court in 2005 and transferred to the MDL Court in the U.S.
District Court for the District of Minnesota in 2006. On April 26, 2010, the MDL Court certified an
order remanding the remaining cases to the trial courts. On or about May 7, 2010, the New York
Attorney Generals lawsuit was remanded to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New
York. In December 2010, Guidant and the New York Attorney General reached an agreement in principle
to resolve this matter. Under the terms of the settlement Guidant agreed to pay less than $1
million and to continue in effect certain patient safety, product communication and other
administrative procedure terms of the multistate settlement reached with other state Attorneys
General in 2007. On January 6, 2011, the District Court entered a consent order and judgment
concluding the matter.
In October 2005, Guidant received an administrative subpoena from the U.S. Department of Justice
(DOJ), acting through the U.S. Attorneys office in Minneapolis, issued under the Health Insurance
Portability & Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). The subpoena requested documents relating to
alleged violations of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act occurring prior to our acquisition of
Guidant involving Guidants VENTAK PRIZM® 2, CONTAK RENEWAL® and CONTAK RENEWAL 2 devices. Guidant
cooperated with the request. On November 3, 2009, Guidant and the DOJ reached an agreement in
principle to resolve the matters raised in the Minneapolis subpoena. Under the terms of the
agreement, Guidant would plead to two misdemeanor charges related to failure to include information
in reports to the FDA and we will pay approximately $296 million in fines and forfeitures on behalf
of Guidant. We recorded a charge of $294 million in the third quarter of 2009 as a result of the
agreement in principle, which represents the $296 million charge associated with the agreement, net
of a $2 million reversal of a related accrual. On February 24, 2010, Guidant entered into a plea
agreement and sentencing stipulations with the Minnesota U.S. Attorney and the Office of Consumer
Litigation of the DOJ documenting the agreement in principle. On April 5, 2010, Guidant formally
pled guilty to the two misdemeanor charges. On April 27, 2010, the District Court declined to
accept the plea agreement between Guidant and the DOJ. On January 12, 2011, following a review of
the case by the U.S. Probation office for the District of Minnesota, the District Court accepted
Guidants plea agreement with the DOJ resolving this matter. The Court placed Guidant on probation
for three years, with annual reviews to determine if early discharge from probation will be
ordered. During the probationary period, Guidant will provide the probation office with certain
reports on its operations. In addition, Boston Scientific voluntarily committed to contribute a
total of $15 million to its Close the Gap and Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM)
education programs over the next three years.
Shortly after reaching the plea agreement with the Criminal division of the U.S. Department of
Justice (DOJ) in November 2009 described above, the Civil division of the DOJ notified us that it
has opened an investigation into whether there were civil violations under the False Claims Act
related to these products. On January 27, 2011, the Civil division of the DOJ filed a civil False
Claims Act complaint against us and Guidant (and other related entities) in the Allen
qui tam
case
described herein.
In January 2006, Guidant was served with a civil False Claims Act
qui tam
lawsuit filed in the U.S.
District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee in September 2003 by Robert Fry, a former
employee alleged to have worked for Guidant from 1981 to 1997. The lawsuit claims that Guidant
violated federal law and the laws of the States of Tennessee, Florida and California by allegedly
concealing limited warranty and other credits for upgraded or replacement medical devices, thereby
allegedly causing hospitals to file reimbursement claims with federal and state healthcare programs
for amounts that did not reflect the providers true costs for the devices. On December 20, 2010
the District Court granted the parties motion to suspend further proceedings following the parties
advising the Court that they had reached a settlement in principle. The parties are scheduled to
report to the District Court on the status of a final settlement agreement no later than February
28, 2011.
On July 1, 2008, Guidant Sales Corporation received a subpoena from the Maryland office of the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Inspector General seeking information concerning
payments to physicians, primarily related to the training of sales representatives. We are
cooperating with this request.
130
On October 17, 2008, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,
Office of the Inspector General requesting information related to the alleged use of a skin
adhesive in certain of our CRM
products. In early 2010, we learned that this subpoena was related to the James Allen
qui tam
action. After the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) declined to intervene in the original complaint
in the Allen
qui tam
action, Mr. Allen filed an amended complaint in the U.S. District Court for
the District of Buffalo New York alleging that Guidant violated the False Claims Act by selling
certain PRIZM 2 devices and seeking monetary damages. On July 23, 2010, we were served with the
amended and recently unsealed
qui tam
complaint filed by James Allen, an alleged device recipient.
In September 2010, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 14, 2010, the federal
government filed unopposed motions to intervene and to transfer the litigation to the U.S. District
Court for the District of Minnesota. Both motions were granted. The case has been assigned to Judge
Donovan Frank, as a related case to
In re: Guidant Corp. Implantable Defibrillators Products
Liability Litigation, MDL No. 05-1708 (DWF/AJB)
. As described herein on January 27, 2011, the Civil
division of the DOJ filed a civil False Claims Act complaint against us and Guidant (and other
related entities) in the Allen
qui tam
action.
On October 24, 2008, we received a letter from the Department of Justice informing us of an
investigation relating to alleged off-label promotion of surgical cardiac ablation system devices
to treat atrial fibrillation. We divested the surgical cardiac ablation business, and the devices
at issue are no longer sold by us. On July 13, 2009, we became aware that a judge in Texas
partially unsealed a
qui tam
whistleblower complaint which is the basis for the Department of
Justice investigation. In August 2009, the federal government, which has the right to intervene and
take over the conduct of the
qui tam
case, filed a notice indicating that it has elected not to
intervene in this matter at this time.
Following the unsealing of the whistleblower complaint, in August 2009 we received shareholder
letters demanding that our Board of Directors take action against certain directors and executive
officers as a result of the alleged off-label promotion of surgical cardiac ablation system devices
to treat atrial fibrillation. On March 19, 2010, the same shareholders filed purported derivative
lawsuits in the Massachusetts Superior Court of Middlesex County against the same directors and
executive officers named in the demand letters, alleging breach of fiduciary duty in connection
with the alleged off-label promotion of surgical cardiac ablation system devices and seeking
unspecified damages, costs, and equitable relief. The parties have agreed to defer action on these
suits until after the Board of Directors determination whether to pursue the matter. On July 26,
2010, the Board determined to reject the shareholders demand. In October 2010, we and those of our
present officers and directors who were named as defendants in these actions moved to dismiss the
lawsuits. On December 16, 2010 the Massachusetts Superior Court granted the motion to dismiss and
issued a final judgment dismissing all three cases with prejudice.
On September 25, 2009, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services, Office of Inspector General, requesting certain information relating to contributions
made by us to charities with ties to physicians or their families. We are currently working with
the government to understand the scope of the subpoena.
On March 12, 2010, we received a Civil Investigative Demand (CID) from the Civil Division of the
U.S. Department of Justice requesting documents and information relating to reimbursement advice
offered by us relating to certain CRM devices. We are cooperating with the request.
On March 22, 2010, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorneys Office for the District of
Massachusetts seeking documents relating to our March 15, 2010 announcement regarding the ship hold
and product removal actions associated with our ICD and cardiac resynchronization therapy
defibrillator (CRT-D) systems, and relating to earlier recalls of our ICD and CRT-D devices. We are
cooperating with the request.
On March 22, 2010, we received a subpoena from the U.S. Attorneys Office for the District of
Massachusetts seeking documents relating to the former Market Development Sales Organization that
operated within our CRM business. We are cooperating with the request.
131
Other Proceedings
On September 25, 2006, Johnson & Johnson filed a lawsuit against us, Guidant and Abbott
Laboratories in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint
alleges that Guidant breached certain provisions of the amended merger agreement between Johnson &
Johnson and Guidant (Merger Agreement) as well as the implied duty of good faith and fair dealing.
The complaint further alleges that Abbott and we tortiously interfered with the Merger Agreement by
inducing Guidants breach. The complaint seeks certain factual findings, damages in an amount no
less than $5.5 billion and attorneys fees and costs. On August 29, 2007, the judge dismissed the
tortious interference claims against us and Abbott and the implied duty of good faith and fair
dealing claim against Guidant. On February 20, 2009, Johnson & Johnson filed a motion to amend its
complaint to reinstate its tortious interference claims against us and Abbott and to add additional
breach allegations against Guidant. On February 17, 2010, Johnson & Johnsons motion to amend the
complaint was denied. A trial date has not yet been scheduled.
On July 28, 2000, Dr. Tassilo Bonzel filed a complaint naming certain of our Schneider Worldwide
subsidiaries and Pfizer Inc. and certain of its affiliates as defendants, alleging that Pfizer
failed to pay Dr. Bonzel amounts owed under a license agreement involving Dr. Bonzels patented
Monorail® balloon catheter technology. This and similar suits were dismissed in state and federal
courts in Minnesota. On April 24, 2007, we received a letter from Dr. Bonzels counsel alleging
that the 1995 license agreement with Dr. Bonzel may have been invalid under German law. On October
5, 2007, Dr. Bonzel filed a complaint against us and Pfizer in the District Court in Kassel,
Germany alleging that the 1995 license agreement is invalid under German law and seeking monetary
damages. On June 12, 2009, the District Court dismissed all but one of Dr. Bonzels claims. On
October 16, 2009, Dr. Bonzel made an additional filing in support of his remaining claim and added
new claims. On December 23, 2009, we filed our response opposing the addition of the new claims. A
hearing was held September 24, 2010. On November 5, 2010, the Court ordered Bonzel to select which
claims he would pursue in the case.
On December 16, 2010, Kilts Resources LLC filed a
qui tam
suit against us in the U.S. District
Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging that we marked and distributed our Glidewire
product with an expired patent in violation of the false marking statute and seeking monetary
damages.
On December 17, 2010, we received Notices of Deficiency from the Internal Revenue Service assessing
additional taxes for Guidant Corporation for the 2001 2003 tax years. We intend to file a
petition to the U.S. Tax Court in early 2011 contesting the assessments. Refer to
Note K
Income Taxes
for more information.
Matters Concluded Since January 1, 2010
On January 13, 2003, Cordis Corporation filed suit for patent infringement against Boston
Scientific Scimed, Inc. and us alleging that our Express 2
®
coronary stent infringes a
U.S. patent (the Palmaz patent) owned by Cordis. The suit was filed in the U.S. District Court for
the District of Delaware seeking monetary and injunctive relief. We filed a counterclaim alleging
that certain Cordis products infringe a patent owned by us (the Jang patent). On August 4, 2004,
the Court granted a Cordis motion to add our
VeriFLEX (Liberté
®
)
bare-metal coronary stent system and two additional
patents to the complaint (the Gray patents). On June 21, 2005, a jury found that our
TAXUS
®
Express 2
®
, Express 2
®
, Express
®
Biliary, and VeriFLEX (Liberté
®
) stents infringe the Palmaz
patent and that the VeriFLEX
(Liberté
®
) stent
infringes a Gray patent. With respect to our counterclaim, on July 1, 2005 a jury found that
Johnson & Johnsons Cypher
®
, Bx Velocity
®
, Bx Sonic
®
and Genesis
stents infringe our Jang patent. On March 31, 2009, the Court of Appeals upheld the District
Courts decision that Johnson & Johnsons Cypher
®
, Bx Velocity
®
, Bx
Sonic
®
and Genesis stent systems infringe our Jang patent and that the patent is valid.
The Court of Appeals also instructed the District Court to dismiss with prejudice any infringement
claims against our TAXUS
Liberté
®
stent. The Court of Appeals affirmed the District
Courts ruling that our TAXUS
®
Express 2
®
, Express 2
®
,
Express
®
Biliary, and VeriFLEX (Liberté
®
) stents infringe the Palmaz patent and that
the patent is valid. The Court of Appeals also affirmed that our
VeriFLEX (Liberté
®
) stent
infringes a Gray patent and that the patent is valid. Both parties filed a request for a rehearing
and a rehearing en banc with the Court of Appeals, and on June 26, 2009, the Court of Appeals
denied both petitions. On September 24, 2009, both parties filed Petitions for Writ of Certiorari
before the U.S. Supreme Court which were denied on November 30, 2009. On January 29, 2010, the
parties entered into a settlement agreement which resolved these matters. As a result of the
settlement, we agreed to pay Johnson & Johnson $1.725 billion,
132
plus interest. We paid $1.0 billion
of this obligation during the first quarter of 2010 and paid the
remaining $725 million obligation in August
2010.
On October 17, 2008, Cordis Corporation filed a complaint for patent infringement against us
alleging that our TAXUS
®
Liberté
®
stent product, when launched in the United
States, infringed a U.S. patent (the Gray patent) owned by it. The suit was filed in the U.S.
District Court for the District of Delaware seeking monetary and injunctive relief. On November 10,
2008, Cordis filed a motion for summary judgment and on May 1, 2009, we filed a motion to dismiss
the case. On May 26, 2009, Cordis dismissed its request for injunctive relief. On July 21, 2009,
the District Court denied both parties motions. This matter was resolved as part of the January
29, 2010 settlement agreement described in the prior paragraph.
Guidant Sales Corp., Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. and Mirowski Family Ventures L.L.C. (Mirowski) were
plaintiffs in a suit originally filed against St. Jude Medical, Inc. and its affiliates in November
1996 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Indiana alleging that certain ICD
systems marketed by St. Jude infringe a patent (the Mirowski patent) licensed to us. On March 1,
2006, the District Court granted St. Judes motion to limit damages to a subset of the accused
products but denied their motion to limit damages to only U.S. sales. On March 26, 2007, the
District Court found the patent infringed but invalid. On December 18, 2008, the Court of Appeals
upheld the District Courts ruling of infringement and overturned the invalidity ruling. On January
21, 2009, St. Jude and we filed requests for rehearing and rehearing en banc with the Court of
Appeals. On March 6, 2009, the Court of Appeals granted St. Judes request for a rehearing en banc
on a damages issue and denied our requests. On August 19, 2009, the en banc Court of Appeals held
that damages were limited to U.S. sales only. On November 16, 2009, Mirowski and we filed a
Petition for Writ of Certiorari to the U.S Supreme Court and on January 11, 2010 the Supreme Court
denied the petition. The case was remanded back to the District Court for a trial on damages. On
April 13, 2010, Mirowski and St. Jude reached a settlement in principle. On May 6, 2010, Mirowski
and St. Jude reached a final settlement and the District Court dismissed the case with prejudice.
On November 3, 2005, a securities class action complaint was filed on behalf of purchasers of
Guidant stock between December 1, 2004 and October 18, 2005 in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of Indiana, against Guidant and several of its officers and directors. The
complaint alleges that the defendants concealed adverse information about Guidants defibrillators
and pacemakers and sold stock in violation of federal securities laws. The complaint seeks a
declaration that the lawsuit can be maintained as a class action, monetary damages, and injunctive
relief. Several additional, related securities class actions were filed in November 2005 and
January 2006. The Court issued an order consolidating the complaints and appointed the Iron Workers
of Western Pennsylvania Pension Plan and David Fannon as lead plaintiffs. In August 2006, the
defendants moved to dismiss the complaint. On February 27, 2008, the District Court granted the
motion to dismiss and entered final judgment in favor of all defendants. On March 13, 2008, the
plaintiffs filed a motion seeking to amend the final judgment to permit the filing of a further
amended complaint. On May 21, 2008, the District Court denied plaintiffs motion to amend the
judgment. On June 6, 2008, plaintiffs appealed the judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Seventh Circuit. On October 21, 2009, the Court of Appeals affirmed the decision of the District
Court granting our motion to dismiss the case with prejudice. Plaintiffs filed a motion to
reconsider, and on November 20, 2009, the Court of Appeals denied the motion. The plaintiffs did
not seek review by the U.S. Supreme Court within the time allotted.
In January 2006, we received a corporate warning letter from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
notifying us of serious regulatory problems at three of our facilities and advising us that our
corporate-wide corrective action plan relating to three site-specific warning letters issued to us
in 2005 was inadequate. We identified solutions to the quality system issues cited by the FDA and
implemented those solutions throughout our organization. During 2008, the FDA reinspected a number
of our facilities and, in October 2008, informed us that our quality system was in substantial
compliance with its Quality System Regulations. In November 2009 and January 2010, the FDA
reinspected two of our sites to follow up on observations from the 2008 FDA inspections. Both of
these FDA inspections confirmed that all issues at the sites have been resolved and all
restrictions related to the corporate warning letter were removed. On August 11, 2010, we were
notified by the FDA that the corporate warning letter had been lifted.
133
On December 11, 2007, Wall Cardiovascular Technologies LLC filed suit against us and Cordis
Corporation alleging that our TAXUS® Express® coronary stent system, and other products and
services related to coronary, carotid and peripheral stents, infringe a patent owned by it (the
Wall patent) and that Cordis drug-eluting stent
system infringes the patent. The suit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District
of Texas and sought monetary and injunctive relief. Wall Cardiovascular Technologies later amended
its complaint to add Medtronic, Inc. and Abbott Laboratories to the suit with respect to their
drug-eluting stent systems. The parties entered into a settlement agreement resolving the matter
for an amount not material to us and the District Court granted a motion to dismiss with prejudice
on September 9, 2010.
In July 2005, a purported class action complaint was filed on behalf of participants in Guidants
employee pension benefit plans in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Indiana
against Guidant and its directors. The complaint alleged breaches of fiduciary duty under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), specifically that Guidant
fiduciaries concealed adverse information about Guidants defibrillators and imprudently made
contributions to Guidants 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan in the form of Guidant
stock. The complaint sought class certification, declaratory and injunctive relief, monetary
damages, the imposition of a constructive trust, and costs and attorneys fees. In September 2007,
we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim. In June 2008, the District
Court dismissed the complaint in part, but ruled that certain of the plaintiffs claims may go
forward to discovery. On October 29, 2008, the Magistrate Judge ruled that discovery should be
limited, in the first instance, to alleged damages-related issues. On October 8, 2009, we reached a
resolution with the plaintiffs in this matter for an amount not
material to us. On May 19,
2010, the District Court granted preliminary approval of the proposed settlement. On September 9,
2010, the District Court held a settlement fairness hearing and on September 10, 2010, the District
Court entered the final order and judgment approving the settlement.
On January 19, 2006, George Larson filed a purported class action complaint in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Massachusetts on behalf of participants and beneficiaries of our 401(k)
Retirement Savings Plan (401(k) plan) and Global Employee Stock Ownership Plan (GESOP) alleging
that we and certain of our officers and employees violated certain provisions under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), and Department of Labor regulations.
Other similar actions were filed in early 2006. On April 3, 2006, the District Court issued an
order consolidating the actions. On August 23, 2006, plaintiffs filed a consolidated purported
class action complaint on behalf of all participants and beneficiaries of our 401(k) plan during
the period May 7, 2004 through January 26, 2006 alleging that we, our 401(k) Administrative and
Investment Committee (the Committee), members of the Committee, and certain directors violated
certain provisions of ERISA (the Consolidated ERISA Complaint). The Consolidated ERISA Complaint
alleged, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the 401(k)
plans participants because they knew or should have known that the value of our common stock was
artificially inflated and was not a prudent investment for the 401(k) plan (the First ERISA
Action). The Consolidated ERISA Complaint sought equitable and monetary relief. On June 30, 2008,
Robert Hochstadt (who previously had withdrawn as an interim lead plaintiff) filed a motion to
intervene to serve as a proposed class representative. On November 3, 2008, the District Court
denied the plaintiffs motion to certify a class, denied Hochstadts motion to intervene, and
dismissed the action. On December 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal. Following the
settlement of the Second ERISA Action described in the paragraph below, the First Circuit Court of
Appeals entered judgment dismissing the appeal in the First ERISA Action on October 12, 2010.
On December 24, 2008, Robert Hochstadt and Edward Hazelrig, Jr. filed a purported class action
complaint in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts on behalf of all
participants and beneficiaries of our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan during the period May 7, 2004
through January 26, 2006 (the Second ERISA Action). The new complaint repeated the allegations of
the August 23, 2006, Consolidated ERISA Complaint. On September 30, 2009, we and certain of the
proposed class representatives in the First and Second ERISA Actions entered into a memorandum of
understanding reflecting an agreement in principle to settle the First and Second ERISA Actions in
their entirety for an amount not material to us. The proposed settlement received preliminary
approval from the District Court. On August 5, 2010, the District Court held a settlement fairness
hearing and on August 11, 2010, the District Court entered an Order and Final Judgment approving
the settlement of the Second ERISA Action and dismissing that action.
134
On November 7, 2008, Guidant/Boston Scientific received a request from the U.S. Department of
Defense, Defense Criminal Investigative Service and the Department of the Army, Criminal
Investigation Command
seeking information concerning sales and marketing interactions with physicians at Madigan Army
Medical Center in Tacoma, Washington. We resolved this matter in November 2010 for an amount not
material to us.
In March 2005, we acquired Advanced Stent Technologies, Inc. (AST), a stent development company. On
November 25, 2008, representatives of the former stockholders of AST filed two arbitration demands
against us with the American Arbitration Association. AST claimed that we failed to exercise
commercially reasonable efforts to develop products using ASTs technology in violation of the
acquisition agreement. The demands sought monetary and equitable relief. We answered denying any
liability. The parties selected arbitrators and preliminary matters were presented to the panel. On
May 13, 2010, the panel ruled that AST was not entitled to monetary relief at that time.
Arbitration was scheduled for November 2010. The parties settled the case on December 3, 2010 for
an amount not material to us.
On December 12, 2008, we submitted a request for arbitration against Medinol Ltd. with the American
Arbitration Association in New York seeking enforcement of a contract between Medinol and us which
would require Medinol to contribute to any final damage award owed by us to Johnson & Johnson for
damages related to the sales of the NIR® stent supplied to us by Medinol. A panel of three
arbitrators was constituted to hear the arbitration. On February 9, 2010, the arbitration panel
found the contract enforceable against Medinol. On February 17, 2010, Medinol filed a motion for
reconsideration, and on April 28, 2010, the Arbitration panel reaffirmed its February 9, 2010
ruling. A hearing on the merits was held in September 2010. On December 27, 2010, the parties
reached a settlement resolving this matter. Under the terms of the settlement, Medinol paid us
approximately $104 million on December 30, 2010, and the parties canceled and terminated certain
provisions of their September 21, 2005 Settlement Agreement and mutually released each other of all
claims in the arbitration.
Litigation-related Net Charges
We record certain significant litigation-related activity as a separate line item in our
consolidated statements of operations. In 2010, we reached a settlement agreement with Medinol,
Ltd. under which we received approximately $104 million in proceeds, and recorded a pre-tax gain of
$104 million in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In 2009, we recorded
litigation-related charges of $2.022 billion, associated primarily with an agreement to settle
three patent disputes with Johnson & Johnson for $1.725 billion, plus interest. In addition, in
November 2009, we reached an agreement in principle with the U.S. Department of Justice to pay $296
million in order resolve the U.S. Government investigation of Guidant Corporation related to
product advisories issued in 2005. Further, during 2009, we recorded charges of $50 million
associated with the settlement of all outstanding litigation with Bruce Saffran, and reduced
previously recorded reserves associated with certain litigation-related matters following certain
favorable court rulings, resulting in a credit of $60 million. In 2008, we recorded
litigation-related charges of $334 million as a result of a ruling by a federal judge in a patent
infringement case brought against us by Johnson & Johnson.
NOTE M STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
Preferred Stock
We are authorized to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix
the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, option or other rights thereof,
including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption terms, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series, without any further vote or action by
our stockholders. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no shares of preferred stock issued or
outstanding.
Common Stock
We are authorized to issue 2.0 billion shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share. Holders of
common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive
dividends, if and when
135
declared by the Board of Directors, and to share ratably in our assets
legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of liquidation. Holders of
common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption,
or conversion rights. The holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. The holders
of a majority of the shares of common stock can elect all of the directors and can control our
management and affairs.
We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during 2010, 2009 or 2008. There are
approximately 37 million shares remaining under previous share repurchase authorizations, which do
not expire. Repurchased shares are available for reissuance under our equity incentive plans and
for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and alliances. There were no shares in
treasury as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.
NOTE N STOCK OWNERSHIP PLANS
Employee and Director Stock Incentive Plans
Shares reserved for future issuance under our current and former stock incentive plans totaled
approximately 167 million as of December 31, 2010. Together, these plans cover officers, directors,
employees and consultants and provide for the grant of various incentives, including qualified and
nonqualified stock options, deferred stock units, stock grants, share appreciation rights,
performance-based awards and market-based awards. The Executive Compensation and Human Resources
Committee of the Board of Directors, consisting of independent, non-employee directors, may
authorize the issuance of common stock and authorize cash awards under the plans in recognition of
the achievement of long-term performance objectives established by the Committee.
Nonqualified options issued to employees are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the
market price of our stock on the grant date, vest over a four-year service period, and have a
ten-year contractual life. In the case of qualified options, if the recipient owns more than ten
percent of the voting power of all classes of stock, the option granted will be at an exercise
price of 110 percent of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and will
expire over a period not to exceed five years. Non-vested stock awards (including restricted stock
awards and deferred stock units (DSUs)) issued to employees are generally granted with an exercise
price of zero and typically vest in four to five equal annual
installments. These awards represent our commitment to issue shares
to recipients after the vesting period.
Upon each vesting date, such awards are no longer subject to risk of forfeiture and we issue shares
of our common stock to the recipient.
The following presents the impact of stock-based compensation on our consolidated statements of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Less: income tax benefit
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share - basic
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Net loss per common share - assuming dilution
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
Stock Options
We generally use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of
stock options granted to employees under our stock incentive plans.
We calculated the fair
value for options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 using the following estimated weighted-average
assumptions:
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Options granted (in thousands)
|
|
|
11,008
|
|
|
|
14,153
|
|
|
|
4,905
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price
|
|
$
|
7.26
|
|
|
$
|
8.61
|
|
|
$
|
12.53
|
|
Weighted-average grant-date fair value
|
|
$
|
3.11
|
|
|
$
|
3.92
|
|
|
$
|
4.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Black-Scholes Assumptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
42%
|
|
|
|
45%
|
|
|
|
35%
|
|
Expected term (in years, weighted)
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.52% - 2.93%
|
|
|
|
1.80% - 3.04%
|
|
|
|
2.77% - 3.77%
|
|
Expected Volatility
We use our historical volatility and implied volatility as a basis to estimate expected volatility
in our valuation of stock options.
Expected Term
We estimate the expected term of options using historical exercise and forfeiture data. We
believe that this historical data is the best estimate of the expected term of new option
grants.
Risk-Free Interest Rate
We use yield rates on U.S. Treasury securities for a period approximating the expected term of the
award to estimate the risk-free interest rate in our grant-date fair value assessment.
Expected Dividend Yield
We have not historically paid dividends to our shareholders. We currently do not intend to pay
dividends, and intend to retain all of our earnings to repay indebtedness and invest in the
continued growth of our business. Therefore, we have assumed an expected dividend yield of zero in
our grant-date fair value assessment.
137
Information related to stock options for 2010, 2009 and 2008 under stock incentive plans is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Life
(in years)
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of January 1, 2008
|
|
|
68,741
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
4,905
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(4,546
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled/forfeited
|
|
|
(8,034
|
)
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
61,066
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
14,153
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(411
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled/forfeited
|
|
|
(10,096
|
)
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
64,712
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
11,008
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(719
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled/forfeited
|
|
|
(14,627
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
60,374
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
40,975
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected to vest as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
18,208
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
Total vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
59,183
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was less than $1 million in 2010, $1 million
in 2009 and $19 million in 2008.
Non-Vested Stock
We value restricted stock awards and DSUs based on the closing trading value of our shares on the
date of grant. Information related to non-vested stock awards during 2010, 2009, and 2008 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Non-Vested
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Stock Award
|
|
|
Grant-
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Date Fair
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2008
|
|
|
18,136
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
13,557
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Vested (1)
|
|
|
(3,856
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(3,183
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
24,654
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
12,703
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Vested (1)
|
|
|
(5,895
|
)
|
|
|
16
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(3,572
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
27,890
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
17,619
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Vested (1)
|
|
|
(8,431
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(3,794
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
33,284
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The number of restricted stock units vested includes shares
withheld on behalf of employees to satisfy statutory tax
withholding requirements.
|
138
The total vesting date fair value of stock award units that vested was approximately $62
million in 2010, $51 million in 2009 and $47 million in 2008.
Market-based Awards
During the first quarter of 2010, we granted market-based awards to certain members of our senior
management team. The attainment of these stock units is based on our total shareholder return (TSR)
as compared to the TSR of the companies in the S&P 500 Health Care Index and is measured in three
annual performance cycles. In addition, award recipients must remain employed by us throughout the
three-year measurement period to attain the full award.
We determined the fair value of the 2010 market-based awards to be approximately $7 million, based
on a Monte Carlo simulation, utilizing the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Stock price on date of grant
|
|
$
|
7.41
|
|
Measurement period (in years)
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Risk-free rate
|
|
|
1.29
|
%
|
We will recognize the expense in our consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis
over the three-year measurement period.
2009 CEO Award
During 2009, we granted a market-based award of up to 1.25 million deferred stock units to our
newly appointed chief executive officer. The attainment of this award is based on the individuals
continued employment and our stock reaching certain specified prices prior to December 31, 2012. We
determined the fair value of the award to be approximately $5 million, based on a Monte Carlo
simulation using the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Stock price on date of grant
|
|
$
|
9.51
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
Contractual term (in years)
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Risk-free rate
|
|
|
1.99
|
%
|
We will continue to recognize the expense in our consolidated statements of operations using an
accelerated attribution method.
Expense Attribution
Except as discussed above, we recognize compensation expense for our stock using a straight-line
method over the substantive vesting period. Most of our stock awards provide for immediate vesting
upon death or disability of the participant. Prior to mid-2010, we expensed stock-based awards,
other than market-based awards, over the period between grant date and retirement eligibility or
immediately if the employee is retirement eligible at the date of grant. For awards granted after
mid-2010, other than market-based awards, retirement-eligible employees must provide one year of
service after the date of grant in order to accelerate the vesting and retain the award, should
they retire. Therefore, for awards granted after mid-2010, we expense stock-based awards over the
greater of the period between grant date and retirement-eligibility date or one year. The
market-based awards discussed above do not contain provisions that would accelerate the full
vesting of the awards upon retirement-eligibility.
We recognize stock-based compensation expense for the value of the portion of awards that are
ultimately expected to vest. FASB ASC Topic 718,
Compensation Stock Compensation
(formerly FASB
Statement No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payments
) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of
grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. The term forfeitures is distinct from cancellations or expirations and represents
only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. We have applied, based on an analysis of our
historical forfeitures, a weighted-average annual forfeiture rate of eight
139
percent to all unvested
stock awards as of December 31, 2010, which represents the portion that we expect will be forfeited
each year over the vesting period. We re-evaluate this analysis annually, or more frequently
if there are significant changes in circumstances, and adjust the forfeiture rate as necessary.
Ultimately, we will only recognize expense for those shares that vest.
Unrecognized Compensation Cost
We expect to recognize the following future expense for awards outstanding as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
(in millions)(1)
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested stock awards
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
209
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amounts presented represent compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures.
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
In 2006, our stockholders approved and adopted a new global employee stock purchase plan, which
provides for the granting of options to purchase up to 20 million shares of our common stock to all
eligible employees. Under the employee stock purchase plan, we grant each eligible employee, at the
beginning of each six-month offering period, an option to purchase shares of our common stock equal
to not more than ten percent of the employees eligible compensation or the statutory limit under
the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Such options may be exercised generally only to the extent of
accumulated payroll deductions at the end of the offering period, at a purchase price equal to
90 percent of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning or end of each offering
period, whichever is less. As of December 31, 2010, there were approximately 5 million shares
available for future issuance under the employee stock purchase plan.
Information related to shares issued or to be issued in connection with the employee stock purchase
plan based on employee contributions and the range of purchase prices is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(shares in thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Shares issued or to be issued
|
|
|
4,358
|
|
|
|
4,056
|
|
|
|
3,505
|
|
Range of purchase prices
|
|
|
$5.22 - $5.31
|
|
|
|
$7.09 - $8.10
|
|
|
|
$6.97 - $10.37
|
|
We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of shares
issued under the employee stock purchase plan. We recognize expense related to shares purchased
through the employee stock purchase plan ratably over the offering period. We recognized $9 million
in expense associated with our employee stock purchase plan in 2010, $9 million in 2009 and $7
million in 2008.
In connection with our 2006 acquisition of Guidant Corporation, we assumed Guidants employee stock
ownership plan (ESOP), which matched employee 401(k) contributions in the form of stock. As part of
the Guidant purchase accounting, we recognized deferred costs of $86 million for the fair value of
the shares that were unallocated on the date of acquisition. Common stock held by the ESOP was
allocated among participants accounts on a periodic basis until these shares were exhausted and
were treated as outstanding in the computation of earnings per share. As of December 31, 2010 and
2009, all of the common stock held by the ESOP had been allocated to employee accounts. Allocated
shares of the ESOP were charged to expense based on the fair value of the common stock on the date
of transfer. We recognized compensation expense of $12 million in 2008 related to the plan.
Effective June 1, 2008, this plan was merged into our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.
140
NOTE O EARNINGS PER SHARE
We generated net losses in 2010, 2009 and 2008. Our weighted-average shares outstanding for
earnings per share calculations excludes common stock equivalents of 10.0 million for 2010, 8.0
million for 2009, and 5.8 million for 2008 due to our net loss position in these years.
Weighted-average shares outstanding, assuming dilution, also excludes the impact of 61 million
stock options for 2010, 48 million stock options for 2009, and 51 million for 2008, due to the
exercise prices of these stock options being greater than the average fair market value of our
common stock during the year.
NOTE P SEGMENT REPORTING
Each of our reportable segments generates revenues from the sale of medical devices. As of December
31, 2010, we had four reportable segments based on geographic regions: the United States; EMEA,
consisting of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Japan; and Inter-Continental, consisting of our
Asia Pacific and the Americas operating segments. The reportable segments represent an aggregate of
all operating divisions within each segment. We measure and evaluate our reportable segments based
on segment net sales and operating income. We exclude from segment operating income certain
corporate and manufacturing-related expenses, as our corporate and manufacturing functions do not
meet the definition of a segment, as defined by ASC Topic 280,
Segment Reporting
(formerly FASB
Statement No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information).
In
addition, certain transactions or adjustments that our Chief Operating Decision Maker considers to
be non-recurring and/or non-operational, such as amounts related to goodwill and intangible asset
impairment charges; acquisition-, divestiture-, litigation- and restructuring-related charges and credits;
as well as amortization expense, are excluded from segment operating income.
Although we exclude
these amounts from segment operating income, they are included in reported consolidated operating
income (loss) and are included in the reconciliation below.
We manage our international operating segments on a constant currency basis. Sales generated from
reportable segments and divested businesses, as well as operating results of reportable segments
and expenses from manufacturing operations, are based on internally-derived standard currency
exchange rates, which may differ from year to year, and do not include intersegment profits. We
have restated the segment information for 2009 and 2008 net sales and operating results based on
our standard currency exchange rates used for 2010 in order to remove the impact of currency
fluctuations. Because of the interdependence of the reportable segments, the operating profit as
presented may not be representative of the geographic distribution that would occur if the segments
were not interdependent.
A reconciliation of the totals reported for the reportable segments to the
applicable line items in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(restated)
|
|
|
(restated)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
4,335
|
|
|
$
|
4,675
|
|
|
$
|
4,487
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
1,900
|
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
|
1,023
|
|
|
|
986
|
|
Inter-Continental
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales allocated to reportable segments
|
|
|
7,883
|
|
|
|
8,320
|
|
|
|
8,032
|
|
Sales generated from 2008 business divestitures
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
88
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Inter-Continental
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense allocated to reportable segments
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Manufacturing operations
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Corporate expenses and currency exchange
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
303
|
|
|
$
|
323
|
|
|
$
|
321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
767
|
|
|
$
|
1,019
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
Inter-Continental
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income allocated to reportable segments
|
|
|
2,327
|
|
|
|
2,848
|
|
|
|
2,787
|
|
Manufacturing operations
|
|
|
(301
|
)
|
|
|
(387
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
Corporate expenses and currency exchange
|
|
|
(465
|
)
|
|
|
(659
|
)
|
|
|
(532
|
)
|
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges and
acquisition-, divestiture-, litigation-, and
restructuring-related net charges
|
|
|
(1,704
|
)
|
|
|
(2,185
|
)
|
|
|
(2,800
|
)
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
|
|
(543
|
)
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(656
|
)
|
|
|
(894
|
)
|
|
|
(1,505
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(407
|
)
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,063
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,031
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
Total assets
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,936
|
|
|
$
|
2,025
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
1,290
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
Inter-Continental
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets allocated to reportable segments
|
|
|
3,557
|
|
|
|
3,987
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
10,186
|
|
|
|
11,936
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
6,343
|
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
All other corporate and manufacturing operations assets
|
|
|
1,466
|
|
|
|
2,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,128
|
|
|
$
|
25,177
|
|
|
|
|
142
Enterprise-Wide Information (based on actual currency exchange rates)
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
(in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cardiac Rhythm Management
|
|
$
|
2,180
|
|
|
$
|
2,413
|
|
|
$
|
2,286
|
|
|
Cardiovascular
|
|
|
3,271
|
|
|
|
3,520
|
|
|
|
3,563
|
|
|
Electrophysiology
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
Neurovascular
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
Endoscopy
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
Urology/Womens Health
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
Neuromodulation
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,802
|
|
|
|
8,177
|
|
|
|
7,981
|
|
Sales generated from 2008 business divestitures
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
4,335
|
|
|
$
|
4,675
|
|
|
$
|
4,487
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
Other foreign countries
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
|
|
2,514
|
|
|
|
2,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,802
|
|
|
|
8,177
|
|
|
|
7,981
|
|
Sales generated from 2008 business divestitures
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,806
|
|
|
$
|
8,188
|
|
|
$
|
8,050
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
(
in millions)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,188
|
|
|
$
|
1,206
|
|
|
$
|
1,159
|
|
Ireland
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
Other foreign countries
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,697
|
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
1,728
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
10,186
|
|
|
|
11,936
|
|
|
|
12,421
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
6,343
|
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
|
|
7,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,226
|
|
|
$
|
20,325
|
|
|
$
|
21,393
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE Q NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Standards Implemented
ASC Update No. 2010-06
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
(Topic 820) Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements
. Update No. 2010-06 requires
additional disclosure within the rollforward of activity for assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis, including transfers of assets and liabilities between Level 1 and
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the separate presentation of purchases, sales, issuances
and settlements of assets and liabilities within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition,
Update No. 2010-06 requires enhanced disclosures of the valuation techniques and inputs used in the
fair value measurements within Level 2 and Level 3. We adopted Update No. 2010-06 for our first
quarter ended March 31, 2010, except for the disclosure of purchases, sales, issuances and
settlements of Level 3 measurements, for which disclosures will be required for our first quarter
ending March 31, 2011. During 2010, we did not have any transfers of assets or liabilities between
Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to
Note E Fair Value Measurements
for
disclosures surrounding our fair value measurements, including information regarding
143
the valuation
techniques and inputs used in fair value measurements for assets and liabilities within Level 2 and
Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
ASC Update No. 2009-17
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2009-17,
Consolidations (Topic 810) Improvements
to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,
which formally
codifies FASB Statement No. 167,
Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R).
Update No. 2009-17
and Statement No. 167 amend Interpretation No. 46(R),
Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities,
to require that an enterprise perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprises
variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity (VIE).
The analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the enterprise that has both 1) the
power to direct activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entitys economic
performance and 2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits
from the entity. Update No. 2009-17 eliminated the quantitative approach previously required for
determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE and requires ongoing reassessments of whether an
enterprise is the primary beneficiary. We adopted Update No. 2009-17 for our first quarter ended
March 31, 2010. The adoption of Update No. 2009-17 did not have any impact on our results of
operations or financial position.
ASC Update No. 2010-20
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2010-20,
Receivables (Topic 310)
-
Disclosures about
the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses
. Update No. 2010-20
requires expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures about financing receivables, including
trade accounts receivable, with respect to credit quality and credit losses, including a
rollforward of the allowance for credit losses. The enhanced disclosure requirements are generally
effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2010. We adopted Update No.
2010-20 for our year ended December 31, 2010, except for the rollforward of the allowance for
credit losses, for which disclosure will be required for our first quarter ending March 31, 2011.
Refer to
Note A
Significant Account Policies
for disclosures surrounding concentrations of credit
risk and our policies with respect to the monitoring of the credit quality of customer accounts.
Standards to be Implemented
ASC Update No. 2009-13
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)-
Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.
The consensus in Update No. 2009-13 supersedes certain
guidance in Topic 605 (formerly EITF Issue No. 00-21,
Multiple-Element Arrangements
). Update No.
2009-13 provides principles and application guidance to determine whether multiple deliverables
exist, how the individual deliverables should be separated and how to allocate the revenue in the
arrangement among those separate deliverables. Update No. 2009-13 also expands the disclosure
requirements for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. We adopted Update No. 2009-13 as of
January 1, 2011. The adoption did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
ASC Update No. 2010-29
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2010-29,
Business Combinations (Topic 805)
-
Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations
. Update No. 2010-29
clarifies paragraph 805-10-50-2(h) to require public entities that enter into business combinations
that are material on an individual or aggregate basis to disclose pro forma information for such
business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period, including pro forma revenue
and earnings of the combined entity as though the acquisition date had been as of the beginning of
the comparable prior annual reporting period only. We are required to adopt Update No. 2010-29 for
material business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2011.
144
NOTE R SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 3, 2011, we closed the sale of our Neurovascular business to Stryker Corporation
for a purchase price of $1.5 billion, payable in cash. We received $1.450 billion at closing,
including an upfront payment of $1.426 billion, and $24 million which was placed into escrow to be
released upon the completion of local closings in certain foreign jurisdictions, and will receive
$50 million contingent upon the transfer or separation of certain manufacturing facilities, which
we expect will be completed over a period of approximately 24 months. We are providing transitional
services to Stryker through a transition services agreement, and will also supply products to
Stryker. These transition services and supply agreements are expected to be effective for a period
of up to 24 months, subject to extension.
In addition, in early 2011 we announced and/or completed several acquisitions as part of our
priority growth initiatives, targeting the areas of structural heart therapy, deep-brain
stimulation, and atrial fibrillation. The final purchase prices and estimates and assumptions used in the allocation of the
purchase prices associated with these acquisitions, each described below, will be finalized in
2011.
Sadra Medical, Inc.
On January 4, 2011, we completed the acquisition of the remaining fully diluted equity of Sadra
Medical, Inc. Prior to the acquisition, we held a 14 percent equity ownership in Sadra. Sadra is
developing a fully repositionable and retrievable device for percutaneous aortic valve replacement
(PAVR) to treat patients with severe aortic stenosis. The acquisition was intended to broaden and
diversify our product portfolio by expanding into the structural heart market. We will integrate
the operations of the Sadra business into our Interventional Cardiology division. We paid
approximately $193 million at the closing of the transaction using cash on hand to acquire the
remaining 86 percent of Sadra, and may be required to pay future consideration up to $193 million
that is contingent upon the achievement of certain regulatory and revenue-based milestones.
Intelect Medical, Inc.
On January 5, 2011, we completed the acquisition of the remaining fully diluted equity of Intelect
Medical, Inc. Prior to the acquisition, we held a 15 percent equity ownership in Intelect. Intelect
is developing advanced visualization and programming for the Vercise deep-brain stimulation
system. We will integrate the operations of the Intelect business into our Neuromodulation
division. The acquisition was intended to leverage the core architecture of our Vercise platform
and advance the field of deep-brain stimulation. We paid approximately $60 million at the closing
of the transaction using cash on hand, to acquire the remaining 85 percent of Intelect. There is no
contingent consideration related to the Intelect acquisition.
Atritech, Inc.
On January 19, 2011, we announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement under which we will
acquire Atritech, Inc., subject to customary closing conditions. Atritech has developed a device
designed to close the left atrial appendage. The Atritech WATCHMAN
®
Left Atrial
Appendage Closure Technology, developed by Atritech, is the first device proven to offer an
alternative to anticoagulant drugs for patients with atrial fibrillation and at high risk for
stroke. The acquisition is intended to broaden our portfolio of less-invasive devices for
cardiovascular care by expanding into the areas of atrial fibrillation and structural heart
therapy. We will integrate the operations of the Atritech business into our Electrophysiology
division and will leverage expertise from both our Electrophysiology and Interventional Cardiology
sales forces. We will pay $100 million at the closing of the transaction and may be required to pay
future consideration up to $275 million that is contingent upon achievement of certain regulatory
and revenue-based milestones.
145
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sept 30,
|
|
|
Dec 31,
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,960
|
|
|
$
|
1,928
|
|
|
$
|
1,916
|
|
|
$
|
2,002
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(1,486
|
)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(1,589
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
(loss) income per common share - basic
|
|
$
|
(1.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
Net
(loss) income per common share - assuming dilution
|
|
$
|
(1.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,010
|
|
|
$
|
2,074
|
|
|
$
|
2,025
|
|
|
$
|
2,079
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
1,444
|
|
|
|
1,396
|
|
|
|
1,369
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
(1,231
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(1,075
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
(loss) income per common share - basic
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
Net
(loss) income per common share - assuming dilution
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
Our reported results for 2010 included goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges;
acquisition-, divestiture-, litigation- and restructuring-related net charges; discrete tax items
and amortization expense (after tax) of: $1.840 billion in the first quarter, $92 million in the
second quarter, $106 million in the third quarter and $77 million in the fourth quarter. These
charges consisted primarily of: a goodwill impairment charge attributable to the ship hold and
product removal actions associated with our U.S. Cardiac Rhythm Management (CRM) reporting unit; a
gain on the receipt of an acquisition-related milestone payment; a gain associated with the
settlement of a litigation-related matter with Medinol Ltd; restructuring and restructuring-related
costs attributable to our 2010 Restructuring plan, Plant Network Optimization program and 2007
Restructuring plan; and discrete tax benefits related to certain tax positions taken in a prior
period.
Our reported results for 2009 included intangible asset impairment charges; acquisition-,
divestiture-, litigation- and restructuring-related net charges; discrete tax items and amortization expense (after tax)
of: $302 million in the first quarter, $139 million in the second quarter, $385 million in the
third quarter and $1.379 billion in the fourth quarter. These charges consisted primarily of: intangible asset
impairment charges associated primarily with certain Urology-related intangible assets; purchased
research and development charges related to the acquisition of certain technology rights; gains on
the sale of non-strategic investments and other credits related to prior period business
divestitures; litigation-related net charges associated primarily with the settlement of patent
litigation matters with Johnson & Johnson and an agreement in principle with the U.S. Department of
Justice related to a U.S. Government investigation of Guidant Corporation; restructuring and
restructuring-related costs attributable to our Plant Network Optimization program and 2007
Restructuring plan; and discrete tax benefits related to certain tax positions taken in a prior
period.
146
|
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
|
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO), and
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), evaluated the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2010 pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the
Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the SECs rules and forms and ensure that such material information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure. Based on their evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that as of
December 31, 2010, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Managements report on our internal control over financial reporting is contained in Item 7 of this
Annual Report.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
The report of Ernst & Young LLP on our internal control over financial reporting is contained in
Item 7 of this Annual Report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, there were no changes in our internal control over
financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
147
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2010, and is
incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2010, and is
incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
|
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
|
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information required by this Item is set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2010, and is
incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
|
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
|
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
|
The information required by this Item is set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2010, and is
incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2010, and is
incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
148
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements.
The response to this portion of Item 15 is set forth under Item 8.
(a)(2) Financial Schedules.
The response to this portion of Item 15 (Schedule II) follows the signature page to this report.
All other financial statement schedules are not required under the related instructions or are
inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
(a)(3) Exhibits (* documents filed with this report, # compensatory plans or arrangements)
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
NO.
|
TITLE
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Restated By-laws of the Company (Exhibit 3.1(ii), Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 11, 2007, File
No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.2, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate for shares of the Companys Common Stock (Exhibit 4.1, Registration No.
33-46980).
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Description of Capital Stock contained in Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Indenture dated as of June 25, 2004 between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase
Manhattan Bank) (Exhibit 4.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2004, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Indenture dated as of November 18, 2004 between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National
Association, as Trustee (Exhibit 4.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2004, File No.
1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Form of First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 21, 2006 (Exhibit 99.4, Current Report on Form
8-K dated April 21, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Form of Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 21, 2006 (Exhibit 99.6, Current Report on
Form 8-K dated April 21, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
5.45% Note due June 15, 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 (Exhibit 4.2, Current
Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2004, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
5.45% Note due June 15, 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 (Exhibit 4.3, Current
Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2004, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Form of Global Security for the 5.125% Notes due 2017 in the aggregate principal amount of
$250,000,000 (Exhibit 4.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2004, File No. 1-11083).
|
149
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Form of Global Security for the 4.250% Notes due 2011 in the aggregate principal amount of
$250,000,000 (Exhibit 4.2, Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2004, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Form of Global Security for the 5.50% Notes due 2015 in the aggregate principal amount of
$400,000,000, and form of Notice to the holders thereof (Exhibit 4.1, Current Report on Form 8-K
dated November 17, 2005 and Exhibit 99.5, Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 21, 2006, File No.
1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
Form of Global Security for the 6.25% Notes due 2035 in the aggregate principal amount of
$350,000,000, and form of Notice to holders thereof (Exhibit 4.2, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
November 17, 2005 and Exhibit 99.7, Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 21, 2006, File No.
1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
Indenture dated as of June 1, 2006 between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Trustee
(Exhibit 4.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Form of Global Security for the 6.00% Notes due 2011 in the aggregate principal amount of
$600,000,000 (Exhibit 4.2, Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
Form of Global Security for the 6.40% Notes due 2016 in the aggregate principal amount of
$600,000,000 (Exhibit 4.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 9, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.16
|
|
4.500% Senior Note due January 15, 2015 in the aggregate principal amount of $850,000,000 (Exhibit
4.2, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2009, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.17
|
|
6.000% Senior Note due January 15, 2020 in the aggregate principal amount of $850,000,000 (Exhibit
4.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2009, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
7.375% Senior Note due January 15, 2040 in the aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 (Exhibit
4.4, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2009, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated as of November 7, 2007 by and among
Boston Scientific Funding Corporation, the Company, Old Line Funding, LLC, Victory Receivables
Corporation, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Ltd., New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada (Exhibit
10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 7, 2007, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Form of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and Restatement of
Amended Fee Letters dated as of August 6, 2008 by and among Boston Scientific Funding LLC, the
Company, Old Line Funding, LLC, Victory Receivables Corporation, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ,
Ltd., New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada (Exhibit 10.1,
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Form of Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and Restatement of
Amended Fee Letters dated as of August 5, 2009 by and among Boston Scientific Corporation, Boston
Scientific Funding LLC, Old Line Funding, LLC, Victory Receivables Corporation, The Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada (Exhibit 10.2, Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Form of Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and Restatement of
Amended Fee Letters dated as of August 4, 2010 by and among Boston Scientific Corporation, Boston
Scientific Funding LLC, Old Line Funding, LLC, Victory Receivables Corporation, The Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch and Royal Bank of
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
Canada. (Exhibit 10.4, Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Form of Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and Restatement of
Amended Fee Letters dated as of October 29, 2010 by and among Boston Scientific Corporation, Boston
Scientific Funding LLC, Old Line Funding, LLC, Victory Receivables Corporation, The Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada (Exhibit 10.7, Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Form of Omnibus Amendment dated as of December 21, 2006 among the Company, Boston Scientific Funding
Corporation, Variable Funding Capital Company LLC, Victory Receivables Corporation and The Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch (Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Sale Agreement and
Amendment No. 9 to Credit and Security Agreement) (Exhibit 10.2, Annual Report on 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of November 7, 2007 between the
Company and each of its Direct or Indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that Hereafter Becomes a Seller
Hereunder, as the Sellers, and Boston Scientific Funding LLC, as the Buyer (Exhibit 10.2, Current
Report on Form 8-K dated November 7, 2007, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of June 23, 2010 by and among Boston Scientific Corporation, BSC
International Holding Limited, the several Lenders parties thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report
on Form 8-K dated June 23, 2010, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
License Agreement among Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cook Incorporated and the Company dated July
9, 1997, and related Agreement dated December 13, 1999 (Exhibit 10.6, Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
Amendment between Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Company dated November 23, 2004 modifying
July 9, 1997 License Agreement among Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cook Incorporated and the
Company (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 23, 2004, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.11*
|
|
Sale and Purchase Agreement dated October 28, 2010 between Boston Scientific Corporation and Stryker
Corporation.
|
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
Transaction Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2006, as amended, between Boston Scientific Corporation
and Abbott Laboratories (Exhibit 10.47, Exhibit 10.48, Exhibit 10.49 and Exhibit 10.50, Annual Report
on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2005 and Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
April 7, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
Form of Settlement Agreement and Non-Exclusive Patent Cross-License dated January 29, 2010 by and
between Boston Scientific Corporation and Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc., and Johnson & Johnson
(Exhibit 10.1, Current Report of Form 8-K dated January 29, 2010, File No.1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Form of Plea Agreement and Sentencing Stipulations executed as of February 24, 2010 (Exhibit 10.66,
Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Form of Corporate Integrity Agreement between the Office of Inspector General of the Department of
Health and Human Services and Boston Scientific Corporation (Exhibit 10.67, Annual Report on Form
10-K for year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Decision and Order of the Federal Trade Commission in the matter of Boston Scientific
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
Corporation and
Guidant Corporation finalized August 3, 2006 (Exhibit 10.5, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2006, File No. 1-11083).
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Embolic Protection Incorporated 1999 Stock Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.1, Registration Statement on
Form S-8, Registration No. 333-61060 and Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22,
2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
Quanam Medical Corporation 1996 Stock Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.3, Registration Statement on Form
S-8, Registration No. 333-61060 and Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2004,
File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
RadioTherapeutics Corporation 1994 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (Exhibit 4.2, Registration
Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-76380 and Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
December 22, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Guidant Corporation 1994 Stock Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.46, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
Guidant Corporation 1996 Nonemployee Directors Stock Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.47, Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
Guidant Corporation 1998 Stock Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.48, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
Form of Guidant Corporation Option Grant (Exhibit 10.49, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 2006 Global Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.23,
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, Exhibit 10.24, Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 and Exhibit 10.6, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December
15, 2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 1992 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended (Exhibit
10.2, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Exhibit 10.3, Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 and Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
December 22, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.26
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation NonEmployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated, effective January 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2008,
File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.27
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) (Exhibit 10.5, Current Report
on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) (Exhibit 10.6, Current Report on
Form 8-K dated December 10, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.29
|
|
Form of Boston Scientific Corporation Excess Benefit Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report
on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2005 and Exhibit 10.4, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008,
File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.30
|
|
Form of Trust Under the Boston Scientific Corporation Excess Benefit Plan (Exhibit 10.2, Current
Report on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2005, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
dated May
11, 2010, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.32
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation Executive Allowance Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.53, Annual Report on
Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2005, Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated October
30, 2007, and Exhibit 10.2, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, File
No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation Executive Retirement Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.54, Annual Report on
Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2005 and Exhibit 10.5, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
December 16, 2008, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.34
|
|
Form of 2010 Performance Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15,
2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.35
|
|
Form of 2010 Performance Share Plan (Exhibit 10.2, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15,
2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.36
|
|
Form of 2011 Performance Share Program (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 14,
2010, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.37
|
|
Form of 2011 Performance Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26,
2010, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.38
|
|
Form of 2011 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
January 7, 2011, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.39*
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, Amended and Restated, effective as of
January 1, 2011.#
|
|
|
|
10.40
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.1, Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Exhibit 10.2, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2001, Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2004 and
Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2005, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.41
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 1995 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.3, Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Exhibit 10.5, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2001, Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2004 and
Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2005, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.42
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.20, Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, Exhibit 10.18, Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2001, Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2004 and
Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2005, and Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form
8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.43
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, Effective June
1, 2008 (Exhibit 10.1, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, File No.
1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.44
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (vesting over three years) (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report
on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.45
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (vesting over four years) (Exhibit 10.2, Current
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
Report on Form 8-K
dated December 10, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.46
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (vesting over two years) (Exhibit 10.20, Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.47
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Executive) (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K
dated May 12, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.48
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Executive) (Exhibit 10.2, Current Report on Form 8-K
dated May 12, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.49
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Special) (Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form 8-K
dated May 12, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.50
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated July 1, 2005 (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form
8-K dated July 1, 2005, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.51
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement (with one year service requirement for vesting upon Retirement)
(Exhibit 10.6, Quarterly Report on Form 10-K dated September 30, 2010, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.52
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10,
2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.53
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Special) (Exhibit 10.4, Current Report on Form 8-K dated
May 12, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.54
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Exhibit 10.4, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December
10, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.55
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (vesting over five years) (Exhibit 10.16, Annual Report
on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.56
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (vesting over two years) (Exhibit 10.24, Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.57
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) (Exhibit 10.7, Current Report on
Form 8-K dated December 10, 2004, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.58
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement dated July 1, 2005 (Exhibit 10.2, Current Report on Form
8-K dated July 1, 2005, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.59
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (with one year service requirement for vesting upon
Retirement) (Exhibit 10.5, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30,
2010, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.60
|
|
Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (Exhibit 10.41, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year
ended December 31, 2009, File No 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.61*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and certain Directors and Officers (Exhibit
10.16, Registration No. 33-46980).#
|
|
|
|
10.62
|
|
Form of Retention Agreement between Boston Scientific Corporation and certain Executive Officers, as
amended (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 20, 2007 and Exhibit 10.6, Current
Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No. 1-11083).#
|
154
|
|
|
10.63
|
|
Form of Change in Control Agreement between Boston Scientific Corporation and certain Executive
Officers (Exhibit 10.3, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.64
|
|
Form of Severance Pay and Layoff Notification Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of November
1, 2007 (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 1, 2007, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.65
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement between James R. Tobin and the Company dated February 28,
2006, as amended (2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.56, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year
ended December 31, 2005 and Exhibit 10.7, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File
No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.66
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement between James R. Tobin and the Company dated February 28, 2006,
as amended (2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.57, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
December 31, 2005 and Exhibit 10.8, Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 16, 2008, File No.
1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.67
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated February 24, 2009 between Boston Scientific
Corporation and James R. Tobin (Exhibit 10.66, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31,
2008, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.68
|
|
Form of Transition and Retirement Agreement dated June 25, 2009 between Boston Scientific Corporation
and James R. Tobin (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.69
|
|
Form of Offer Letter between Boston Scientific Corporation and Sam R. Leno dated April 11, 2007
(Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 2007, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.70
|
|
Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award dated June 5, 2007 between Boston Scientific Corporation and Sam R.
Leno (Exhibit 10.1, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2007, File No.
1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.71
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated June 5, 2007 between Boston Scientific Corporation
and Sam R. Leno (Exhibit 10.2, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2007, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.72
|
|
Form of Offer Letter between Boston Scientific Corporation and Jeffrey D. Capello dated May 16, 2008
(Exhibit 10.65, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.73
|
|
Form of Offer Letter between Boston Scientific Corporation and J. Raymond Elliott dated June 22, 2009
(Exhibit 10.2, Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.74
|
|
Form of Performance Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement between Boston Scientific Corporation and J.
Raymond Elliott dated June 23, 2009 (Exhibit 10.68, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
December 31, 2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
155
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
Form of Retention Agreement between Boston Scientific Corporation and J. Raymond Elliott, effective
as of July 13, 2009 (Exhibit 10.1, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009,
File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.76
|
|
Form of Restricted Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement between Boston Scientific Corporation and J.
Raymond Elliott dated June 23, 2009 (Exhibit 10.69, Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended
December 31, 2009, File No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.77
|
|
Form of Offer Letter between Boston Scientific Corporation and Timothy A. Pratt dated April 9, 2008
(Exhibit 10.1, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010, File No.
1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
10.78
|
|
Form of Agreement and General Release of All Claims between Fredericus A. Colen and Boston Scientific
Corporation dated April 23, 2010 (Exhibit 10.1, Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010, File
No. 1-11083).#
|
|
|
|
11*
|
|
Statement regarding computation of per share earnings (included in
Note O - Earnings per Share
to the
Companys 2010 consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 included in
Item 8).
|
|
|
|
12*
|
|
Statement regarding computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.
|
|
|
|
21*
|
|
List of the Companys subsidiaries as of February 10, 2011.
|
|
|
|
23*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Ernst & Young LLP.
|
|
|
|
31.1*
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
31.2*
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
32.1*
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
32.2*
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
101*
|
|
Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position as of December 31, 2010 and 2009; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008; (iv) the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008; (v) the notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements; and (vi) Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
|
156
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Boston
Scientific Corporation duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey D. Capello
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey D. Capello
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of Boston Scientific Corporation and in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ John E. Abele
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E. Abele
|
|
|
|
|
Director, Founder
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Katharine T. Bartlett
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Katharine T. Bartlett
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
Bruce L. Byrnes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruce L. Byrnes
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
Nelda J. Connors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nelda J. Connors
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Raymond Elliott
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Raymond Elliott
|
|
|
|
|
Director, President and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
Marye Anne Fox, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marye Anne Fox, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Ray J. Groves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ray J. Groves
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
Kristina M. Johnson, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kristina M. Johnson, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Ernest Mario, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ernest Mario, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ N.J. Nicholas, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N.J. Nicholas, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
Pete M. Nicholas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pete M. Nicholas
|
|
|
|
|
Director, Founder, Chairman of the Board
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
Uwe E. Reinhardt, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uwe E. Reinhardt, Ph.D.
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 17, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ John E. Sununu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E. Sununu
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions to
|
|
|
Charges to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charges to
|
|
|
Allowances for
|
|
|
(Deductions from)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Costs and
|
|
|
Uncollectible
|
|
|
Other Accounts
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Description
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Expenses (a)
|
|
|
Accounts (b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
End of Year
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for uncollectible accounts and sales returns and allowances
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for uncollectible accounts and sales returns and allowances
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for uncollectible accounts and sales returns and allowances
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
(a) Represents allowances for uncollectible accounts established through selling, general and administrative expenses.
(b) Represents actual write-offs of uncollectible accounts.
(c) Represents net change in allowances for sales returns, recorded as contra-revenue.
EXHIBIT 10.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONFIDENTIAL
|
|
EXECUTION VERSION
|
SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(As conformed through the Amendment to
Sale and Purchase Agreement between
Boston Scientific Corporation and Stryker Corporation
dated as of January 3, 2011)
Between
BOSTON SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION
and
STRYKER CORPORATION
Dated as of October 28, 2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01
|
|
Certain Defined Terms
|
|
|
6
|
|
Section 1.02
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
18
|
|
Section 1.03
|
|
Interpretation and Rules of Construction
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SALE AND PURCHASE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01
|
|
Sale and Purchase of Assets
|
|
|
21
|
|
Section 2.02
|
|
Assumption and Exclusion of Liabilities
|
|
|
24
|
|
Section 2.03
|
|
Purchase Price; Allocation of Purchase Price
|
|
|
27
|
|
Section 2.04
|
|
Milestone Payments
|
|
|
28
|
|
Section 2.05
|
|
Closing
|
|
|
29
|
|
Section 2.06
|
|
Closing Deliveries by BSC
|
|
|
29
|
|
Section 2.07
|
|
Closing Deliveries by the Purchaser
|
|
|
30
|
|
Section 2.08
|
|
Deferred Closings
|
|
|
30
|
|
Section 2.09
|
|
Other Transfers
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF BSC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01
|
|
Organization, Authority and Qualification of BSC and the Sellers
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 3.02
|
|
No Conflict
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.03
|
|
Governmental Consents and Approvals
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.04
|
|
Financial Information
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 3.05
|
|
Absence of Undisclosed Material Liabilities
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 3.06
|
|
Conduct in the Ordinary Course
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 3.07
|
|
Litigation
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 3.08
|
|
Compliance with Laws; Permits
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 3.09
|
|
Environmental Matters
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 3.10
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 3.11
|
|
Real Property
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.12
|
|
Title to Purchased Assets; Sufficiency
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 3.13
|
|
Labor Matters
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 3.14
|
|
Employee Benefit Matters
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 3.15
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
41
|
|
Section 3.16
|
|
Material Contracts
|
|
|
41
|
|
Section 3.17
|
|
FDA Regulatory Compliance
|
|
|
43
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.18
|
|
Healthcare Regulatory Compliance
|
|
|
44
|
|
Section 3.19
|
|
Product Liability
|
|
|
45
|
|
Section 3.20
|
|
Customers and Suppliers
|
|
|
45
|
|
Section 3.21
|
|
Certain Business Practices
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 3.22
|
|
Brokers
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 3.23
|
|
Disclaimer of BSC
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE PURCHASER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01
|
|
Organization and Authority of the Purchaser and its Affiliates
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 4.02
|
|
No Conflict
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 4.03
|
|
Governmental Consents and Approvals
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 4.04
|
|
Financing
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 4.05
|
|
Litigation
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 4.06
|
|
Brokers
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 4.07
|
|
BSCs Representations
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01
|
|
Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.02
|
|
Access to Information
|
|
|
51
|
|
Section 5.03
|
|
Confidentiality
|
|
|
52
|
|
Section 5.04
|
|
Regulatory and Other Authorizations
|
|
|
52
|
|
Section 5.05
|
|
Consents
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 5.06
|
|
Retained Names and Marks
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 5.07
|
|
Notifications
|
|
|
55
|
|
Section 5.08
|
|
Bulk Transfer Laws
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 5.09
|
|
Audited Special Purpose Financial Statements
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 5.10
|
|
Non-Solicitation
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 5.11
|
|
Non-Competition
|
|
|
57
|
|
Section 5.12
|
|
Collection of Accounts Receivables; Inventory
|
|
|
58
|
|
Section 5.13
|
|
Further Action
|
|
|
58
|
|
Section 5.14
|
|
Tax Cooperation and Exchange of Information
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 5.15
|
|
Conveyance Taxes
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 5.16
|
|
VAT and Recoverable Taxes
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 5.17
|
|
Proration of Taxes
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 5.18
|
|
BSC Compensation Tax Items
|
|
|
61
|
|
Section 5.19
|
|
Tax Treatment of Deferred Transfers
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 5.20
|
|
Successor Employer
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 5.21
|
|
Risk of Loss
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 5.22
|
|
Intercompany Arrangements
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 5.23
|
|
Mixed Contracts
|
|
|
62
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.24
|
|
Schedules and Exhibits to Certain Ancillary Agreements; OUS Transfer Agreements
|
|
|
63
|
|
Section 5.25
|
|
IP Docket; Assignment Documents
|
|
|
63
|
|
Section 5.26
|
|
Additional Patents
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE MATTERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01
|
|
Offers of Employment and Automatic Transfers
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 6.02
|
|
Employee Benefits
|
|
|
67
|
|
Section 6.03
|
|
Existing Agreements
|
|
|
69
|
|
Section 6.04
|
|
WARN
|
|
|
69
|
|
Section 6.05
|
|
COBRA
|
|
|
69
|
|
Section 6.06
|
|
401(k) Plans
|
|
|
70
|
|
Section 6.07
|
|
Accrued Vacation
|
|
|
70
|
|
Section 6.08
|
|
No Guarantee of Continued Employment; No Third-Party Rights
|
|
|
70
|
|
Section 6.09
|
|
Compliance with Law
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01
|
|
Conditions to Obligations of BSC
|
|
|
71
|
|
Section 7.02
|
|
Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01
|
|
Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 8.02
|
|
Indemnification by BSC
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 8.03
|
|
Indemnification by the Purchaser
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 8.04
|
|
Limits on Indemnification
|
|
|
74
|
|
Section 8.05
|
|
Notice of Loss; Third Party Claims; Mixed Actions
|
|
|
75
|
|
Section 8.06
|
|
Tax Treatment
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 8.07
|
|
Remedies
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 8.08
|
|
Set-Off Rights
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 8.09
|
|
Information; Waiver
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 9.02
|
|
Effect of Termination
|
|
|
80
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.01
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
80
|
|
Section 10.02
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
80
|
|
Section 10.03
|
|
Public Announcements
|
|
|
81
|
|
Section 10.04
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
81
|
|
Section 10.05
|
|
Entire Agreement
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 10.06
|
|
Assignment
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 10.07
|
|
Amendment
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 10.08
|
|
Waiver
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 10.09
|
|
No Third Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 10.10
|
|
Currency and Exchange Rates
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 10.11
|
|
Specific Performance
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 10.12
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 10.13
|
|
Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 10.14
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
84
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
1.01(a)(i)
|
|
Form of Assignment of Lease (Fremont Building #4 Facility)
|
1.01(a)(ii)
|
|
Form of Assignment of Lease (West Valley Facility)
|
1.01(b)
|
|
Form of Assumption Agreement
|
1.01(c)
|
|
Form of Bill of Sale
|
1.01(d)
|
|
Form of Cork Lease Agreement
|
1.01(e)
|
|
Form of IP Assignment
|
1.01(f)
|
|
Form of OUS Transfer Agreement
|
1.01(g)
|
|
Form of Purchaser IP License Agreement
|
1.01(h)
|
|
Form of Independent Sales Agent Agreement (Japan)
|
1.01(i)
|
|
Form of Seller IP License Agreement
|
1.01(j)
|
|
Form of Separation Agreement
|
1.01(k)
|
|
Form of Supply Agreement
|
1.01(l)
|
|
Form of Technology Transfer Agreement
|
1.01(m)
|
|
Form of Transition Services Agreement
|
1.01(n)
|
|
Form of Distribution Agreement
|
1.01(o)
|
|
Form of Escrow Agreement
|
2.08(c)
|
|
Forms of OUS Transfer Agreements for Deferred Closing Countries
|
SCHEDULES (IN ADDITION TO THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE)
|
|
|
1.01(a)
|
|
Knowledge of BSC
|
1.01(b)
|
|
Contract Manufacturing Sites
|
1.01(c)
|
|
Sellers
|
2.08(a)
|
|
Deferred Closing Countries
|
5.05(a)
|
|
Consents
|
5.12(b)
|
|
Inventory
|
iv
|
|
|
5.24(a)
|
|
Schedules and Exhibits to Certain Ancillary Agreements
|
7.02(e)
|
|
Required Consents
|
10.06
|
|
Purchaser Affiliate Assignments
|
v
SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of October 28, 2010, between BOSTON SCIENTIFIC
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (
BSC
), and STRYKER CORPORATION, a Michigan
corporation (the
Purchaser
).
WHEREAS, BSC is directly, and indirectly through the Sellers (as hereinafter defined), engaged
in the Business (as hereinafter defined);
WHEREAS, BSC desires to sell, and to cause the Sellers to sell, the Business to the Purchaser,
and the Purchaser desires to purchase the Business from BSC and the Sellers; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the sale of the Business, BSC wishes to sell, and to cause the
Sellers to sell and assign, to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase and assume from
BSC and the Sellers, the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities (each as hereinafter defined),
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual agreements and covenants
hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, BSC and the Purchaser hereby agree
as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01
Certain Defined Terms
. For purposes of this Agreement:
Accounts Payable
means all accounts payable and liabilities, obligations and
commitments, regardless of when asserted, billed or imposed.
Accounts Receivable
means all accounts receivable, notes receivable and other
indebtedness due and owed by any third party, including all trade accounts receivable representing
amounts receivable in respect of goods shipped, products sold or services rendered, together with
any unpaid financing charges accrued thereon.
Action
means any claim, action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or
investigation by or before any Governmental Authority.
Affiliate
means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such specified Person.
Agreement
or
this Agreement
means this Sale and Purchase Agreement between
the parties hereto (including the Schedules hereto and the Disclosure Schedule) and all amendments
hereto made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07, as conformed through the Amendment
to Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of January 3, 2011 between the parties hereto.
6
Ancillary Agreements
means the Assignments of Lease, the Assumption Agreements, the
Bills of Sale, the Cafeteria Agreement, the Cork Lease Agreement, the Distribution Agreement, the
IP Assignment, the OUS Transfer Agreements, the Purchaser IP License Agreement, the Sales Agent
Agreement, the Seller IP License Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Supply Agreement, the
Technology Transfer Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement.
Assignments of Lease
means the Assignments of Lease to be executed by BSC and the
Sellers at the Closing with respect to the Fremont Building #4 Facility and the West Valley
Facility, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(a)(i) and Exhibit 1.01(a)(ii),
respectively.
Assumption Agreements
means the Assumption Agreements to be executed by the
Purchaser and one or more of BSC and the Sellers at the Closing, substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit 1.01(b).
Bills of Sale
means the Bills of Sale and Assignment to be executed by one or more
of BSC and the Sellers at the Closing, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
1.01(c).
BSC Compensation Tax Items
means items of loss, deduction or credits in respect of
the grant, exercise, vesting or disposition by a Transferred Employee of an option to acquire BSC
capital stock.
BSCs Knowledge
or
Knowledge of BSC
or similar terms used in this
Agreement mean the actual (but not constructive or imputed) knowledge of the Persons listed on
Schedule 1.01(a), after reasonable inquiry of the current employees of BSC and its Affiliates
having primary responsibility for the subject matter of the inquiry.
Business
means the business of researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing,
distributing and selling diagnostic and therapeutic products for use in intra-cranial endovascular
surgeries to treat vascular diseases of the brain;
provided
that the Business does not
include such activities with respect to devices for treatment of diseases of the carotid artery,
including within the internal or external carotid artery.
Business Day
means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which
banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the City of New York.
Business Intellectual Property
means the Transferred Intellectual Property and the
Licensed Intellectual Property.
Cafeteria Agreement
means the agreement to be executed by the Purchaser and BSC
relating to access and use of the cafeteria located in the Fremont Building #4 Facility.
Cleanup
means all actions required to: (i) cleanup, remove, treat or remediate
Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment; (ii) prevent the Release of Hazardous
Materials so that they do not migrate, endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or
the indoor or outdoor environment; (iii) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations and
7
post-remedial monitoring and care; or (iv) respond to any government requests for information
or documents in any way relating to cleanup, removal, treatment or remediation or potential
cleanup, removal, treatment or remediation of Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor
environment.
Closing Transfer Employee
means an employee of BSC or the Sellers who is (i) listed
and identified (either by name or, to the extent disclosure by name is prohibited by applicable
Law, by description of function) as a Closing Transfer Employee in Section 6.01 of the Disclosure
Schedule, and (ii) any other employees employed by BSC or the Seller between the date hereof and
the Closing Date, and identified as a Closing Transfer Employee by mutual agreement of BSC and the
Purchaser (in each case, if such employee is still employed by BSC or the Sellers on the Closing
Date).
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contract
means any binding contract, agreement, instrument, license, sublicense,
lease, sublease, commitment, sales and purchase order, bid and offer.
Contract Manufacturing Sites
means the Real Property identified on Schedule 1.01(b),
at which BSC currently manufactures certain Products and Product components or performs certain
services with respect to the manufacturing of certain Products.
control
(including the terms
controlled by
and
under common control
with
), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or
management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise, including the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect
a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.
Conveyance Taxes
means any sales, use, transfer, conveyance, ad valorem, stamp,
stamp duty, recording, real property transfer or gains Taxes or other similar Taxes imposed by any
Governmental Authority upon the sale, transfer or assignment of real, personal, tangible or
intangible property or any interest therein, or upon the recording of any such sale, transfer or
assignment, together with any interest, additions or penalties in respect thereof; but, for the
avoidance of doubt, shall exclude VAT, any Taxes that are imposed on BSCs or any Sellers income
or gain, and any Taxes that are Recoverable Taxes.
Cork Facility
means BSCs manufacturing facilities located at Business and
Technology Park, Model Farm Road, Cork, Ireland.
Cork Lease Agreement
means the Lease Agreement to be executed by Boston Scientific
Cork Limited and the Purchaser or a Purchaser Affiliate at the Closing, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(d) pursuant to which Boston Scientific Cork Limited shall lease the
Cork Purchaser Leased Facility to the Purchaser or such Purchaser Affiliate effective as of the
Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date.
Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date
has the meaning given to such term in the
Separation Agreement.
8
Cork Purchaser Leased Facility
means that portion of the Cork Facility to be leased
to the Purchaser pursuant to the Cork Lease Agreement.
Cork Transfer Employee
means an employee of BSC or the Sellers who (i) is, with
respect to salaried employees of the Business, set forth (either by name or, to the extent
disclosure by name is prohibited by applicable Law, by description of function) in Section 6.01 of
the Disclosure Schedule under the heading Cork Transfer Employees, (ii) will be, with respect to
hourly employees of BSC or the Sellers, set forth by name in an update to Section 6.01 of the
Disclosure Schedule, which shall be provided to the Purchaser as soon as practicable following the
signing of this Agreement (and in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the
signing of this Agreement) and shall include all hourly labor employees of BSC or the Sellers
located in the Cork Facility who are primarily engaged in the Business on the date of this
Agreement (approximately 425 employees) and (iii) any other employee who is employed by BSC or the
Seller in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement between the Closing Date and the
Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date and identified as a Cork Transfer Employee to the Purchaser (in
each case, if such employee is still employed by BSC or the Sellers on the Cork Manufacturing
Transfer Date).
Corresponding Transfer Date Employees
means, with respect to the Closing Date, the
Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date, the Fremont Manufacturing Transfer Date, the West Valley
Manufacturing Transfer Date, a Deferred Closing Date and a Delayed Transfer Date, respectively, the
Closing Transfer Employees, the Cork Transfer Employees, the Fremont Transfer Employees, the West
Valley Transfer Employees, the Deferred Closing Transfer Employees located in the applicable
Deferred Closing Country and the Delayed Transfer Employees.
Deferred Closing Transfer Employee
means, for each Deferred Closing Country, (i) an
employee of BSC or the Sellers who is set forth (either by name or, to the extent disclosure by
name is prohibited by applicable Law, by description of function) in Section 6.01 of the Disclosure
Schedule under the heading Deferred Closing Transfer Employees and (ii) any other employee who is
employed by BSC or the Sellers between the Closing Date and the applicable Deferred Closing Date,
identified as a Deferred Closing Transfer Employee to the Purchaser and agreed to be included as a
Deferred Closing Transfer Employee by the Purchaser (in each case, if such employee is still
employed by BSC or the Sellers on the Deferred Closing Date).
Delayed Transfer Date
means a date agreed upon by BSC and the Purchaser on which the
Purchaser shall offer employment to a Delayed Transfer Employee or the date on which such
employment shall transfer automatically by operation of Law.
Delayed Transfer Employee
means (i) an employee of BSC or the Sellers who is set
forth (either by name or, to the extent disclosure by name is prohibited by applicable Law, by
description of function) in Section 6.01 of the Disclosure Schedule under the heading Delayed
Transfer Employees and (ii) any other employee who is employed by BSC or the Sellers between the
Closing Date and the final Employee Transfer Date, identified as a Delayed Transfer Employee to the
Purchaser and agreed to be included as a Delayed Transfer Employee by the Purchaser (in each case,
if such employee is still employed by BSC or the Sellers prior to the final Employee Transfer
Date).
9
Disclosure Schedule
means the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto, dated as of the
date hereof, delivered by BSC to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Schedule or in this Agreement, the information
and disclosures contained in any section of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed
and incorporated by reference in any other section of the Disclosure Schedule as though fully set
forth in such other section for which the applicability of such information and disclosure is
reasonably apparent on the face of such information or disclosure.
Distribution Agreement
means the Distribution Agreement to be executed among one or
more of BSC and its Affiliates and one or more of the Purchaser and its Affiliates at the Closing,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(n).
Employee Transfer Date
means, as applicable, (i) the Closing Date, in respect of the
Closing Transfer Employees, (ii) the Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date, in respect of the Cork
Transfer Employees, (iii) the Fremont Manufacturing Transfer Date, in respect of the Fremont
Transfer Employees, (iv) the West Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date, in respect of the West Valley
Transfer Employees, (v) the applicable Deferred Closing Date, in respect of the Deferred Closing
Transfer Employees located in a Deferred Closing Country or (vi) the Delayed Transfer Date, in
respect of each Delayed Transfer Employee.
Encumbrance
means any security interest, charge, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage,
lien, encumbrance, option, restrictive covenant or imperfection of title, other than any license
of, option to license, or covenant not to assert claims or infringement, misappropriation or other
violation with respect to, Intellectual Property.
Environmental Claim
means any Action alleging Liability arising out of, based on or
resulting from (a) the presence, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials at any
location, whether or not owned or operated by BSC or any Seller, or (b) circumstances forming the
basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.
Environmental Law
means any Law relating to (a) pollution or protection of the
environment, including natural resources, (b) human exposure to Hazardous Materials, (c) the
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, Release or threatened Release,
transport or handling of Hazardous Materials and (d) recordkeeping, notification, disclosure and
reporting requirements respecting Hazardous Materials.
Environmental Liability
means any claim, demand, order, suit, obligation, Liability,
cost (including the cost of any investigation, testing, compliance or remedial action),
consequential damages, loss or expense (including reasonable and incurred attorneys and
consultants fees and expenses) arising out of, relating to or resulting from any Environmental Law
or environmental, health or safety matter, violation or condition, including natural resources, and
to the extent related in any way to or arising out of, directly or indirectly, the operation of the
Business or the ownership, control or use of the Purchased Assets.
Environmental Permits
means any permit, approval, registration, identification
number or license required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.
10
ERISA
means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and
the regulations promulgated thereunder.
ERISA Affiliate
means any entity that, together with BSC, would be deemed a single
employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
Escrow Agent
means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
Escrow Agreement
means the Escrow Agreement to be executed among BSC, the Purchaser
and the Escrow Agent at the Closing, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(o);
provided
that if the Escrow Agent does not execute the Escrow Agreement on the Closing
Date, BSC and the Purchaser agree to obtain the Escrow Agents signature promptly (and in no event
later than three (3) Business Days) following the Closing Date.
Excluded Taxes
means all Liabilities for (i) Taxes imposed with respect to or
relating to any Purchased Asset or the Business for any Pre-Closing Period, (ii) Taxes imposed with
respect to or relating to any Purchased Asset or the Business with respect to any Straddle Period
that are allocated to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date pursuant to
Section 5.17, (iii) Taxes for which BSC or any Seller or predecessor to BSC or any Seller is or may
be liable for any taxable period that are not imposed with respect to or relating to the Purchased
Assets or the Business, (iv) any Taxes related to or determined by reference to the Tax liability
of BSC or any Seller for which the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates may become liable as a result
of the failure of any party to comply with any bulk sale, bulk transfer or similar Laws and (v)
Taxes imposed on the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser Affiliates, as applicable, resulting from
the amount of Taxes withheld from the Initial Purchase Price and the Milestone Payments being less
than the amount required to be so withheld under applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt,
Excluded Taxes shall include all income, franchise and similar Taxes of BSC or any Seller arising
as a result of the sale of the Purchased Assets pursuant to this Agreement (but shall not include
any Conveyance Taxes).
Facility Transfer Date
means, as applicable, (i) the Cork Manufacturing Transfer
Date, in respect of the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility, (ii) the Fremont Manufacturing Transfer
Date, in respect of the Fremont Building #4 Facility or (iii) the West Valley Manufacturing
Transfer Date, in respect of the West Valley Facility.
FDA Laws
means all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, standards, guidelines,
policies and orders administered or issued by the FDA or any comparable Governmental Authority.
Federal Health Care Program
has the meaning specified in Section 1128B(f) of the SSA
and includes the Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE programs.
Federal Privacy and Security Regulations
means the regulations contained in 45
C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164.
Former Employee
means an employee of BSC or any of its Affiliates with respect to
the Business who has terminated employment for any reason (including retirement and long-term
disability) prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date.
11
Fremont Building #4 Facility
means Building #4 at BSCs Fremont manufacturing
facilities located at 47900 Bayside Parkway, Fremont, CA 94538, which is subject to the Industrial
Space Lease, dated January 1, 2007, between JER BTP II, LLC and BSC.
Fremont Manufacturing Transfer Date
has the meaning given such term in the
Separation Agreement.
Fremont Transfer Employee
means an employee of BSC or the Sellers who (i) is, with
respect to salaried employees of the Business, set forth (either by name or, to the extent
disclosure by name is prohibited by applicable Law, by description of function) in Section 6.01 of
the Disclosure Schedule under the heading Fremont Transfer Employees, (ii) will be, with respect to
hourly employees of BSC or the Sellers, set forth by name in an update to Section 6.01 of the
Disclosure Schedule, which shall be provided to the Purchaser as soon as practicable following the
signing of this Agreement (and in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the
signing of this Agreement) and shall include all hourly employees who are either primarily engaged
in the Business or have the requisite degree of expertise and experience to be useful to the
Business (approximately 25 employees) and (iii) is any other employee who is employed by BSC or the
Seller in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement between the Closing Date and the
Fremont Manufacturing Transfer Date and identified as a Fremont Transferred Employee to the
Purchaser (in each case, if such employee is still employed by BSC or the Sellers on the Fremont
Manufacturing Transfer Date).
Governmental Authority
means any federal, national, supranational, foreign, state,
provincial, local or other government, governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency
or commission or any court, tribunal, or judicial or arbitral body of competent jurisdiction.
Governmental Order
means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation,
ruling, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.
Hazardous Materials
means all substances defined as Hazardous Substances, Oils,
Pollutants or Contaminants in the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan,
40 C.F.R. § 300.5, or defined as such by, or regulated as such under, any Environmental Law,
including any petroleum or petroleum products, by-products or derivatives, radon, toxic mold,
radioactive materials, and asbestos or asbestos-containing materials.
HSR Act
means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Indemnified Party
means a Purchaser Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party,
as the case may be.
Indemnifying Party
means BSC pursuant to Section 8.02 and the Purchaser pursuant to
Section 8.03, as the case may be.
Intellectual Property
means any and all of the following throughout the world: (a)
utility patents, design patents, industrial designs, and foreign equivalents, (b) trademarks,
service marks, trade names, trade dress and Internet domain names, together with the goodwill
12
associated exclusively therewith, (c) copyrights and all rights related thereto, including
copyrights in computer software, (d) registrations and applications for registration of any of the
foregoing in (a)-(c), and (e) trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information.
InZone Detachment System
means the InZone Detachment System described in the
510(k) submission therefor, a copy of which was provided to the Purchaser prior to the date hereof.
IP Assignment
means the IP Assignment to be executed among one or more of BSC or the
Sellers and the Purchaser at the Closing, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
1.01(e).
IRS
means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and any successor
agency.
Law
means any federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, foreign, local or
similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, requirement or rule of law
(including common law).
Leased Real Property
means the real property leased by BSC, as tenant, consisting of
the Fremont Building #4 Facility and the West Valley Facility, including all buildings and other
structures, facilities or improvements currently or hereafter located thereon and together with,
all fixtures, systems, equipment and items of personal property of BSC or any Seller which are
attached to, or located at such real property or appurtenant thereto, and all easements, licenses,
rights and appurtenances relating to the foregoing.
Liabilities
means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or
fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown or determined or
determinable, including those arising under any Law, Action or Governmental Order and those arising
under any Contract, commitment or undertaking.
Licensed Intellectual Property
means all Intellectual Property that BSC or a Seller
is licensed to use pursuant to the Transferred IP Agreements.
Material Adverse Effect
means any circumstance, change, effect, development or
condition that, individually or considered together with all other circumstances, changes, effects,
developments and conditions, (a) has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the business, results of operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Business, taken as a whole or (b) materially and adversely affects or materially
delays, or would be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect or delay, the ability of
BSC and its Affiliates to carry out their respective material obligations under, and to consummate
the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Supply Agreement,
the Technology Transfer Agreement, the Seller IP License Agreement, or the Transition Services
Agreement;
provided
that none of the following, either alone or in combination, shall be
considered in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect: (i) events,
circumstances, changes or effects that generally affect the industries in which the Business
operates (including legal and regulatory changes), (ii) general economic or political conditions
(or changes therein) or events, circumstances, changes or effects affecting the
13
securities markets generally, (iii) changes arising from the announcement of the execution of
this Agreement or the pendency of the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) any circumstance,
change or effect that results from any action taken pursuant to or in accordance with Section 5.01
or at the written request of the Purchaser, (v) changes caused by acts of terrorism or war (whether
or not declared) occurring after the date hereof, including any worsening thereof, (vi) natural
disasters occurring in any country or region in the world and (vii) the failure by the Business to
meet any estimates, expectations, projections or budgets (provided that, to the extent not the
subject of any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) above, the underlying cause of such
failure may be taken into account to determine whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred),
except in the cases of (i), (ii), (v) and (vi) to the extent such circumstance, change, effect,
development or condition has a materially disproportionate effect on the Business, taken as a
whole, compared with other Persons operating in the industries in which the Business operates.
OUS Transfer Agreements
means the business transfer agreements to be executed by the
Purchaser or the applicable Purchaser Affiliates, on the one hand, and BSC or the applicable
Sellers, on the other hand, at the Closing, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit
1.01(f) and subject to Section 5.24(b).
Permitted Encumbrances
means (a) statutory liens for current Taxes not yet due or
delinquent (or which may be paid without interest or penalties) or the validity or amount of which
is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, (b) mechanics,
carriers, workers, repairers and other similar liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course
of business relating to obligations as to which there is no default on the part of BSC or any of
the Sellers, as the case may be, or the validity or amount of which is being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, or pledges, deposits or other liens securing
the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases or statutory obligations (including workers
compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security legislation), (c) zoning,
entitlement, conservation restriction and other land use and environmental regulations by
Governmental Authorities which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with
the occupancy or current use of any of the Purchased Assets or materially reduce the value of any
of the Purchased Assets, (d) all covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, non-monetary
charges, rights-of-way, other non-monetary Encumbrances and other similar matters of record set
forth in any state, local or municipal franchise under which the Business is conducted which do
not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with the occupancy or current use of
any of the Purchased Assets or materially reduce the value of any of the Purchased Assets and (e)
matters which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or inspection of the Real Property included
in the Purchased Assets which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the
occupancy or current use of such Real Property which they encumber or materially reduce the value
of any of the Purchased Assets.
Person
means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability
company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, as well as any syndicate
or group that would be deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.
14
Pre-Closing Period
means any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date,
provided that (i) in the case of any Purchased Asset that relates to any of the Transferred Sites
that is subject to a deferred transfer under the terms of this Agreement, and is actually
transferred on a Facility Transfer Date that occurs after the Closing Date, the term Pre-Closing
Period means any taxable period ending on or prior to the relevant Facility Transfer Date with
respect to such Purchased Asset; (ii) in the case of any Deferred Asset or Deferred Liability, the
term Pre-Closing Period means any taxable period ending on or prior to the relevant Deferred
Closing Date with respect to such Deferred Asset or Deferred Liability and (iii) in the case of any
Corresponding Transfer Date Employees (other than a Closing Transfer Employee), the term
Pre-Closing Period means any taxable period ending on or prior to the relevant Employee Transfer
Date with respect to such Corresponding Transfer Date Employee.
Product
means each product that is or was manufactured, marketed, distributed or
sold by BSC or any Seller in connection with the Business and any product that is currently being
developed by BSC or any Seller in connection with the Business, including the products identified
on Schedules A through C of the Technology Transfer Agreement.
Product Liabilities
means, with respect to any Product, all Liabilities resulting
from actual or alleged personal injury, including death and damage to property, irrespective of the
legal theory asserted.
Purchase Price Bank Account
means a bank account in the United States to be
designated by BSC in a written notice to the Purchaser at least five Business Days before the
Closing.
Purchaser IP License Agreement
means the Purchaser IP License Agreement to be
executed among one or more of BSC or its Affiliates and the Purchaser at the Closing, substantially
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(g).
Real Property
means all land and all buildings, any ground lease or leasehold
interests therein and any improvements and fixtures erected thereon and all appurtenances related
thereto.
Recoverable Taxes
means Taxes that would otherwise be considered Conveyance Taxes,
but for the fact that the amount paid is refundable or creditable by the applicable Governmental
Authority to the Purchaser, BSC or any Seller regardless of whether such refund or credit is
applied for by the party that is entitled to receive it. The term Recoverable Taxes shall also
include any VAT to the extent that it is refundable or creditable by the applicable Governmental
Authority to the Purchaser, BSC or any Seller regardless of whether such refund or credit is
applied for by the party that is entitled to receive it.
Registrations
means authorizations, approvals, clearances, licenses, permits,
certificates or exemptions issued by any Governmental Authority (including 510(k) clearances,
pre-market approval applications, pre-market notifications, investigational device exemptions,
product recertifications, manufacturing approvals and authorizations, CE Marks, pricing and
reimbursement approvals, labeling approvals, registration notifications or their foreign
equivalent) held by BSC or any Seller relating to the Business, that are required for the research,
15
development, manufacture, distribution, marketing, storage, transportation, use and sale of
the Products.
Regulations
means the Treasury Regulations (including Temporary Regulations)
promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury with respect to the Code or other federal
tax statutes.
Release
means any release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, injection,
deposit, disposal, dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment
(including ambient air, surface water, groundwater and surface or subsurface strata) or within any
building, structure, facility or fixture, including the movement of Hazardous Materials through or
in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property.
Restricted Areas
means the researching, developing, manufacturing, marketing,
distributing and selling of diagnostic, preventative, monitoring or therapeutic products for the
following anatomy or disease states, in each case, excluding the Business:
(a) all coronary functions and diseases, including heart failure and hypertension;
(b) all arterial and venous systems;
(c) all pulmonary function;
(d) all gastrointestinal function and endoluminal access, including stomach, liver, pancreas
and colon;
(e) all diabetes and obesity solutions, excluding insulin pumps;
(f) all urinary tract, including kidneys, bladder and prostate;
(g) all womens health function, including pelvic floor and reproductive systems; and
(h) all neuromodulation solutions, including deep brain stimulation.
Sales Agent Agreement
means the Independent Sales Agent Agreement to be executed
between Boston Scientific Japan K.K. and the Purchaser or one of its Affiliates at the Closing with
respect to sales of BSC products in Japan, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
1.01(h).
Seller IP License Agreement
means the Seller IP License Agreement to be executed
among one or more of BSC or its Affiliates and the Purchaser at the Closing, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(i).
Sellers
means all Affiliates of BSC engaged in the Business, including the Persons
set forth on Schedule 1.01(c).
16
Separation Agreement
means the Separation Agreement substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(j).
Straddle Period
means any taxable period beginning on or prior to the Closing Date
and ending after the Closing Date, provided that (i) in the case of any Purchased Asset that
relates to any of the Transferred Sites that is subject to a deferred transfer under the terms of
this Agreement, and is actually transferred on a Facility Transfer Date that occurs after the
Closing Date, the term Straddle Period means any taxable period beginning on or prior to the
relevant Facility Transfer Date and ending after the relevant Facility Transfer Date with respect
to such Purchased Asset; (ii) in the case of any Deferred Asset or Deferred Liability, the term
Straddle Period means any taxable period beginning on or prior to the relevant Deferred Closing
Date and ending after the relevant Deferred Closing Date with respect to such Deferred Asset or
Deferred Liability and (iii) in the case of any Corresponding Transfer Date Employees (other than a
Closing Transfer Employee), the term Straddle Period means any taxable period beginning on or
prior to the relevant Employee Transfer Date and ending after the relevant Employee Transfer Date
with respect to such Corresponding Transfer Date Employee.
Supply Agreement
means the Supply Agreement substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit 1.01(k).
Target Detachable Coils
means the Target Detachable Coils described in the 510(k)
submission therefor, a copy of which was provided to the Purchaser prior to the date hereof.
Tax
or
Taxes
means (i) all income, profits, franchise, gross receipts,
capital, sales, use, withholding, value added, ad valorem, transfer, employment, social security,
disability, occupation, asset, property, severance, documentary, stamp, estimated, payroll,
license, premium, windfall profits, environmental, unemployment, registration, alternative or
add-on minimum, any amount owed in respect of any Law relating to unclaimed property or escheat,
excise and any other taxes, duties and similar charges or assessments in the nature of a tax
imposed by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority and any interest, fines, penalties or
additions relating to any such tax, duty or similar charge or assessment in the nature of a tax and
(ii) any liability for or in respect of any amounts described in clause (i) as a transferee or
successor, by contract, or as a result of having filed any Tax Return on a combined, consolidated,
unitary, affiliated or similar basis with any other Person.
Tax Returns
means any and all returns, reports, forms and any other document
(including elections, declarations, amendments, schedules, information returns or attachments
thereto) filed or required to be filed with a Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes.
Technology Transfer Agreement
means the Technology Transfer Agreement substantially
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(l).
Transfer Laws
means those provisions of applicable local Laws providing for the
automatic transfer of employment of employees on the sale of a business including local Laws
implementing EC Directive 2001/23/EC (the Acquired Rights Directive).
17
Transferred Sites
means the Fremont Building #4 Facility, the West Valley Facility
and the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility.
Transition Services Agreement
means the Transition Services Agreement substantially
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.01(m).
U.S. GAAP
means United States generally accepted accounting principles and practices
in effect from time to time applied consistently throughout the periods involved.
U.S. Plan
means each Plan established or maintained in the United States of America
for the benefit of Corresponding Transfer Date Employees of BSC or the Sellers residing inside the
United States of America.
VAT
means any value added tax imposed on the supply of goods and services under
European Union Directive 2006/112/EC (or under any rules, regulation, orders or instruments
authorized by that Directive) and any similar value added tax pursuant to the laws of any
jurisdiction which is not a member of the European Union (including Canadian GST and Quebec Sales
Tax), and includes any interest or penalties in respect thereof.
West Valley Facility
means the manufacturing facility located at 2405 West Orton
Circle, West Valley City, UT 84119, which is subject to the Lease, dated November 3, 2000, between
H. W. Breinholt and BSC, as amended by the Extension of Lease, dated October 16, 2005, and as
amended by Extension of Lease, dated October 15, 2010.
West Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date
has the meaning given such term in the
Separation Agreement.
West Valley Transfer Employee
means an employee of BSC or the Sellers who is (i) set
forth (either by name or, to the extent disclosure by name is prohibited by applicable Law, by
description of function) in Section 6.01 of the Disclosure Schedule under the heading West Valley
Transfer Employees and (ii) any other employee who is employed by BSC or the Seller in accordance
with the terms of the Separation Agreement between the Closing Date and the West Valley
Manufacturing Transfer Date and identified as a West Valley Transfer Employee to the Purchaser (in
each case, if such employee is still employed by BSC or the Sellers on the West Valley
Manufacturing Transfer Date).
Section 1.02
Definitions
. The following terms have the meanings set forth in the Sections set forth below:
|
|
|
Definition
|
|
Location
|
|
|
|
2010 Bonus Pool
|
|
6.02(b)(ii)
|
Acquired Business
|
|
5.11(b)
|
Aggregate Deferred Amount
|
|
2.07(b)
|
Allocation Date
|
|
2.03(b)
|
Allocation Statement
|
|
2.03(b)
|
Allowed Requested Set-Off Payment
|
|
8.08(g)
|
Antitrust Laws
|
|
5.04(a)
|
18
|
|
|
Definition
|
|
Location
|
Assumed Liabilities
|
|
2.02(a)
|
Assumed Portion
|
|
8.05(c)
|
Audited Special Purpose Financial Statements
|
|
5.09
|
BSC
|
|
Preamble
|
BSCs 401(k) Plan
|
|
6.06(a)
|
BSC Other Businesses
|
|
2.02(b)(iv)
|
Business Associate Agreement
|
|
3.18(e)
|
Closing
|
|
2.05
|
Closing Date
|
|
2.05
|
COBRA
|
|
6.05
|
Confidentiality Agreement
|
|
5.03(a)
|
Covers
|
|
5.26(a)
|
Defense Strategy
|
|
8.05(c)
|
Deferred Assets
|
|
2.08(a)
|
Deferred Closing
|
|
2.08(b)
|
Deferred Closing Countries
|
|
2.08(a)
|
Deferred Closing Country Amount
|
|
2.07(b)
|
Deferred Closing Date
|
|
2.08(b)
|
Deferred Liabilities
|
|
2.08(a)
|
Disallowed Requested Set-Off Payment
|
|
8.08(f)
|
Excess Cost
|
|
Schedule 5.05
|
End Date
|
|
9.01(a)
|
Escrow Account
|
|
8.08(h)
|
Excluded Assets
|
|
2.01(b)
|
Excluded Liabilities
|
|
2.02(b)
|
Existing Stock
|
|
5.06(b)
|
FDA
|
|
3.17(a)
|
Federal Health Care Program Laws
|
|
3.18(c)
|
Foreign Benefit Plan
|
|
3.14(k)
|
Incentive Compensation Continuation Period
|
|
6.02(b)(i)
|
Incentive Plans
|
|
6.02(b)(i)
|
Initial Purchase Price
|
|
2.03(a)
|
Loss
|
|
8.02
|
Material Contracts
|
|
3.16(a)
|
Milestone Payment
|
|
2.04
|
Milestone Payment Date
|
|
8.08(c)
|
Mixed Action
|
|
8.05(c)
|
Mixed Contract
|
|
5.23
|
Plans
|
|
3.14(a)
|
Permits
|
|
3.08
|
PIP
|
|
6.02(b)(ii)
|
Purchase Price
|
|
2.03(a)
|
Purchased Assets
|
|
2.01(a)
|
Purchaser
|
|
Preamble
|
Purchaser Affiliate
|
|
10.06
|
19
|
|
|
Definition
|
|
Location
|
Purchaser Indemnified Party
|
|
8.02
|
Purchasers 401(k) Plan
|
|
6.06(b)
|
Purchasers Employment Contingencies
|
|
6.01(a)
|
Recipient
|
|
5.16
|
Request Notice
|
|
8.08(c)
|
Requested Set-Off Payment
|
|
8.08(c)
|
Retained Names and Marks
|
|
5.06(a)
|
Seller Indemnified Party
|
|
8.03
|
Set-Off Claim
|
|
8.08(b)
|
Set-Off Dispute Notice
|
|
8.08(d)
|
Severance Plan Continuation Period
|
|
6.02(c)
|
Specified Representations and Warranties
|
|
8.01
|
Supplier
|
|
5.16
|
Tangible Personal Property
|
|
2.01(a)(iv)
|
Third Party Claim
|
|
8.05(b)
|
Third Party Firm
|
|
2.03(b)
|
Transferred Contracts
|
|
2.01(a)(x)
|
Transferred Employee
|
|
6.01(a)
|
Transferred Intellectual Property
|
|
2.01(a)(vii)
|
Transferred IP Agreements
|
|
2.01(a)(viii)
|
Transferred Permits
|
|
2.01(a)(xii)
|
Transferred Records
|
|
2.01(a)(vi)
|
Transferred Sales Materials
|
|
2.01(a)(ix)
|
Unaudited Special Purpose Financial Statements
|
|
3.04(a)
|
WARN
|
|
6.04
|
Section 1.03
Interpretation and Rules of Construction
. In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise provided or that the context
otherwise
requires:
(a) when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule,
such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated;
(b) the table of contents and headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and
do not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement;
(c) whenever the words include, includes or including are used in this Agreement, they
are deemed to be followed by the words without limitation;
(d) the words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import, when used in
this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement;
20
(e) all terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate
or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;
(f) the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the
plural forms of such terms;
(g) references to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns;
(h) the use of or is not intended to be exclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise; and
(i) references to any Action that has been initiated but with respect to which process or
other comparable notice has not been served on or delivered to BSC or the Sellers shall be deemed
to be threatened rather than pending.
ARTICLE II
SALE AND PURCHASE
Section 2.01
Sale and Purchase of Assets
. (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the
Closing
(or as of such later date as may be expressly provided in this Section 2.01(a), Section 2.08 or in
the Separation Agreement), BSC shall, and shall cause the Sellers to, sell, assign, transfer,
convey and deliver to the Purchaser or its Purchaser Affiliates, free and clear of all Encumbrances
(other than Permitted Encumbrances) and the Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Purchaser
Affiliates to, purchase from BSC and the Sellers, all the right, title and interest of BSC and the
Sellers in and to all of the assets, properties, rights and claims of BSC and the Sellers primarily
used in or primarily related to the Business, other than the Excluded Assets or as expressly
provided in this Section 2.01(a) or in the Ancillary Agreements (the
Purchased Assets
),
including the following:
(i) the Business as a going concern;
(ii) the goodwill of BSC and the Sellers primarily related to the Business;
(iii) (A) all rights in respect of the Leased Real Property and (B) all rights
granted to the Purchaser with respect to the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility pursuant
to the Cork Lease Agreement;
(iv) all tangible personal property used or held for use primarily in the
conduct of the Business, including the tangible personal property identified on
Section 2.01(a)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule and all machinery, equipment,
furnishings, computer hardware, tangible copies of software or other code, tools,
furniture, fixtures and vehicles used primarily in the operation of the Business,
and all assets held for personal use such as cell phones, personal
21
computers, external storage devices and Blackberrys used by Transferred
Employees (collectively, the
Tangible Personal Property
);
(v) all finished goods inventory (including consigned inventory) and other
merchandise used or held for use primarily in the conduct of the Business and
maintained, held or stored by or for BSC or one or more of the Sellers, as of the
Closing Date, and any prepaid deposits for any of the same;
(vi) all books of account, general, financial, personnel records and non-income
Tax Returns (and supporting workpapers and other records), invoices, shipping
records, supplier lists, correspondence and other documents, records and files of
BSC and the Sellers, including filings with the FDA and other Governmental
Authorities and quality control histories to the extent pertaining to the Products,
in each case primarily related to the Business or the Purchased Assets, (the
Transferred Records
);
provided
that BSC may redact any information
from such Transferred Records not pertaining to the Products or primarily related to
the Business prior to the delivery of such Transferred Records to the Purchaser
(provided that such redaction shall not impair any information pertaining to the
Products or primarily related to the Business contained in the Transferred Records)
and may retain a copy of any Transferred Records;
(vii) only the Intellectual Property identified in Section 2.01(a)(vii) of the
Disclosure Schedule (the
Transferred Intellectual Property
);
(viii) subject to Section 5.05, only the rights of BSC or the Sellers under the
licenses of, and covenants not to assert with respect to, Intellectual Property
identified in Section 2.01(a)(viii) of the Disclosure Schedule (the
Transferred
IP Agreements
);
(ix) all sales, marketing and promotional literature and manuals, customer and
supplier lists, distribution lists, pre-clinical, clinical and marketing studies and
other sales-related materials of BSC and the Sellers, in each case primarily related
to the Products or the Business (the
Transferred Sales Materials
);
provided
that BSC may redact any information from such Transferred Sales
Materials not primarily related to the Products or the Business prior to the
delivery of such Transferred Sales Materials to the Purchaser (provided that such
redaction shall not impair any information primarily related to the Products or the
Business contained in the Transferred Sales Materials) and may retain a copy of any
Transferred Sales Materials;
(x) subject to Section 5.05, all rights of BSC or the Sellers under all
Contracts exclusively related to the Business, other than the Transferred IP
Agreements (which are addressed in Section 2.01(a)(viii)) (and including all real
property leases contemplated by Section 2.01(a)(iii)(A) but excluding any other real
property leases) (the
Transferred Contracts
), including the Contracts set
forth on Section 2.01(a)(x) of the Disclosure Schedule;
22
(xi) all prepayments, security deposits, refunds and prepaid expenses to the
extent primarily related to the Business;
(xii) all transferable licenses, Permits, Registrations, authorizations, orders
and approvals from any Governmental Authority of BSC or the Sellers relating to any
Transferred Site or primarily related to the Business, including those identified
in Section 2.01(a)(xii) of the Disclosure Schedule (the
Transferred
Permits
); and
(xiii) all claims, defenses, causes of action, choses in action, rights of
recovery and rights of setoff or reimbursement of any kind (and rights under and
pursuant to all warranties, representations and guarantees made by suppliers of
products, materials, or equipment, or components thereof) of BSC or any of the
Sellers, primarily related to the Business or the Purchased Assets, including rights
to recover past, present and future damages in connection therewith.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.01(a) to the contrary, the Purchased Assets shall
not include the right, title and interest of BSC and the Sellers in, to and under the following
assets, properties, rights and claims (the
Excluded Assets
):
(i) the Purchase Price Bank Account;
(ii) all cash and cash equivalents, securities, and negotiable instruments of
BSC or any of the Sellers on hand, in lock boxes, in financial institutions or
elsewhere, including all cash residing in any collateral cash account securing any
obligation or contingent obligation of BSC, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates;
(iii) all Accounts Receivable arising from the conduct of the Business prior to
11:59 p.m. EST on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date;
(iv) all claims, defenses, causes of action, choses in action, rights of
recovery for reimbursement, contribution, refunds, indemnity or other similar
payment recoverable by BSC or the Sellers from or against any third party to the
extent relating to any Excluded Liabilities;
(v) all assets, properties, rights and claims in respect of the Contract
Manufacturing Sites, other than all rights of the Purchaser under the Ancillary
Agreements;
(vi) the company seal, minute books, charter documents, stock or equity record
books and such other books and records as pertain to the organization, existence or
capitalization of BSC, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates, as well as any other
records or materials relating to BSC generally and not primarily associated with or
primarily employed by BSC or any of the Sellers in the conduct of the Business;
23
(vii) any capital stock of the Sellers;
(viii) any Plan and any assets of any such Plan;
(ix) except as set forth in Section 5.06, any and all rights in and to the
Retained Names and Marks;
(x) any asset, property, right or claim that is listed or described in Section
2.01(b)(x) of the Disclosure Schedule;
(xi) all rights of BSC and the Sellers under this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements;
(xii) any rights to Tax refunds, credits or similar benefits to the extent
relating to the Excluded Taxes (but only to the extent that such Excluded Taxes were
paid by a Seller);
(xiii) non-income Tax Returns (and supporting work papers and other records) of
BSC and any of its Affiliates, other than those relating primarily to the Purchased
Assets or the Business, and income Tax Returns (and supporting work papers and other
records) of BSC and any of its Affiliates including the Sellers;
(xiv) all current and prior insurance policies of BSC and its Affiliates and,
except as set forth in Section 5.21, all rights of any nature with respect thereto,
including all insurance recoveries thereunder and rights to assert claims with
respect to any such insurance recoveries; and
(xv) books of account, invoices, shipping records and other records to the
extent pertaining to Accounts Receivable referred to in Section 2.01(b)(iii) and
Accounts Payable referred to in Section 2.02(b)(i);
provided
, that BSC shall
provide to the Purchaser copies of all such books of account, invoices, shipping
records and other records redacted to exclude any information not pertaining to such
Accounts Receivable and such Accounts Payable.
Section 2.02
Assumption and Exclusion of Liabilities
. (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,
the Purchaser
shall assume, effective as of the Closing (or as of such later date as may be expressly provided in
Section 2.08, Section 5.23 or in the Separation Agreement), and from and after the Closing (or such
later date as may be expressly provided in Section 2.08, Section 5.23 or in the Separation
Agreement) the Purchaser shall pay, perform and discharge when due, only the following Liabilities
of BSC and the Sellers relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets, other than the Excluded
Liabilities (the
Assumed Liabilities
):
(i) the obligations of BSC and the Sellers arising under the Transferred IP
Agreements and Transferred Contracts, whether arising prior to, on or after the
Closing Date (including all Liabilities arising out of or relating to
24
any termination or announcement or notification of an intent to terminate any
such Contract as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), other
than any such Liabilities that are either the subject of an action, suit or
arbitration pending on the Closing Date or the subject of a claim with respect to
which BSC or any of its Affiliates has received written notice on or prior to the
Closing Date;
(ii) all Liabilities for product warranty service claims and all Product
Liabilities, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date, other than
Liabilities that are either the subject of an action, suit or arbitration pending on
the Closing Date or the subject of a claim with respect to which BSC or any of its
Affiliates has received written notice on or prior to the Closing Date;
(iii) all Liabilities arising out of or relating to any claim that the
manufacture, use, importation, sale or offer for sale of Products sold by Purchaser
or its Affiliates on or after the Closing Date (regardless of whether such Products
existed prior to the Closing Date) infringes, misappropriates, or violates any
Persons Intellectual Property rights or that Products sold by Purchaser or its
Affiliates on or after the Closing Date (regardless of whether such Products existed
prior to the Closing Date) are falsely marked with patent numbers;
(iv) all Liabilities that the Purchaser expressly has assumed or agreed to pay,
or be responsible for, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or of any Ancillary
Agreement;
(v) fifty percent (50%) of all Conveyance Taxes as provided in Section 5.15;
and
(vi) 100% of all Recoverable Taxes that are recoverable by the Purchaser under
applicable Law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Assumed Liabilities set
forth in Section 2.02(a)(i) shall not include and the Purchaser shall not assume or have
any responsibility for, and BSC shall, and shall cause the Sellers to, retain and be
responsible for paying, performing and discharging when due, any Excluded Liabilities set
forth in Sections 2.02(b)(i) through (xiv).
(b) BSC shall, and shall cause the Sellers to, retain and be responsible for paying,
performing and discharging when due, and the Purchaser shall not assume or have any responsibility
for, any Liability not expressly included in the Assumed Liabilities (the
Excluded
Liabilities
), including the following Liabilities:
(i) all Accounts Payable arising from the conduct of the Business prior to
11:59 p.m. EST on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date;
(ii) all Excluded Taxes;
25
(iii) all Liabilities for customs duties arising from the conduct of the
Business on or prior to the Closing Date;
(iv) all Liabilities to the extent relating to or arising out of assets or
businesses of BSC or any of its Affiliates that are not included in the Purchased
Assets (including the Excluded Assets) (the
BSC Other Businesses
);
(v) all intercompany and intracompany receivables, payables, loans and
investments related to the Business;
(vi) (A) with respect to each of the Transferred Sites, all Environmental
Liabilities arising on or prior to the applicable Facility Transfer Date, including
(1) the presence or Release of any Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any of
the Transferred Sites on or prior to the applicable Facility Transfer Date; (2) the
disposal, on or prior to the applicable Facility Transfer Date, of any Hazardous
Materials generated by BSC or any Seller or that relates to, or arises out of,
directly or indirectly, the operation of the Business or BSCs or any Sellers
ownership, control or use of the Purchased Assets; and (3) the violation of any
Environmental Law on or prior to the applicable Facility Transfer Date and (B) any
other Liabilities under Environmental Law, including any such Liabilities relating
to any other facility used by BSC or any of its Affiliates in connection with the
Business, arising on or prior to the Closing Date;
(vii) all Liabilities arising from (A) the matters listed in Section 3.07 of
the Disclosure Schedule, (B) actions, suits or arbitrations pending on the Closing
Date, or (C) matters that are the subject of a claim with respect to which BSC or
any of its Affiliates has received written notice on or prior to the Closing Date
and that would, in the case of clause (B) or (C), be required to be listed on such
section of the Disclosure Schedule if existing on the date of this Agreement;
(viii) fifty percent (50%) of all Conveyance Taxes as provided in Section 5.15;
(ix) 100% of all Recoverable Taxes that are recoverable by BSC or any Seller
under applicable Law;
(x) all Liabilities arising out of or relating to any claim that the
manufacture, use, importation, offer for sale or sale of any Products sold by BSC or
its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date infringes, misappropriates, or violates any
Persons Intellectual Property rights or that Products sold by BSC or its Affiliates
prior to the Closing Date are falsely marked with patent numbers;
(xi) all Liabilities that BSC and the Sellers have expressly assumed or agreed
to pay, or be responsible for, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any
Ancillary Agreement;
26
(xii) except to the extent expressly assumed in Article VI, all Liabilities in
any way attributable to (A) any Corresponding Transfer Date Employee who does not
become a Transferred Employee and all other employees of BSC or the Sellers,
including the Former Employees, in any case, whether arising prior to, on or after
the applicable Employee Transfer Date, (B) the Transferred Employees to the extent
arising or otherwise attributable to the period on or prior to the applicable
Employee Transfer Date, and (C) the Plans;
(xiii) all Liabilities arising (A) under the Agreement dated November 13, 1998,
between the Industrial Development Agency (Ireland) and Boston Scientific Cork
Limited (x) prior to the Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date in respect of the Cork
Facility, or (y) after the Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date in respect of the
portion of the Cork Facility that is not a Transferred Site, (B) prior to the West
Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date under the Lease dated November 3, 2000, between
H.W. Breinhold and BSC, as amended by the Extension of Lease, dated October 16,
2005, in respect of the West Valley Facility, and (C) prior to the Closing Date
under the Industrial Space Lease dated January 1, 2007, between JER BTP II, LLC and
BSC in respect of the Fremont Building #4 Facility; and
(xiv) all Liabilities arising from any failure by BSC or any of the Sellers to
comply with any FDA Laws, Federal Health Care Program Laws or the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other federal, foreign, or state
anti-corruption or anti-bribery Law or requirement in connection with the Business
or the Products on or prior to the Closing Date.
Section 2.03
Purchase Price; Allocation of Purchase Price
. (a) The purchase price for the Purchased Assets (the
Purchase
Price
) shall consist of
$1,400,000,000 (the
Initial Purchase Price
), (ii) the Milestone Payments contemplated by
Section 2.04 and (iii) the Assumed Liabilities. To the extent that any amount of VAT is required
to be paid with respect to any payment made by the Purchaser to BSC under this Section 2.03 or
under Section 2.04, the amount of such payment shall be increased to include the amount of VAT so
required to be paid.
(b) Within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, the Purchaser shall provide to BSC, for
income Tax purposes, the Purchasers proposed allocation of the Purchase Price among the Purchased
Assets (the
Allocation Statement
). BSC shall review the Allocation Statement and, to the
extent BSC in good faith disagrees with the content of the Allocation Statement, BSC shall, within
twenty-one (21) days after receipt of the Allocation Statement, provide written notice to the
Purchaser of such disagreement, which notice shall contain specific items of disagreement and
reasons therefor. If BSC does not object by written notice within such 21-day period, the
Purchasers Allocation Statement shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes hereunder
and for all Tax purposes. If BSC notifies the Purchaser that it objects to the Allocation
Statement, the parties will attempt in good faith to resolve any such disagreement until the 90th
day following the Closing Date (the
Allocation Date
). If the parties cannot resolve
their differences at least five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, the Allocation Statement will
become an estimated allocation used for purposes of the
27
Closing. If the parties cannot resolve their differences by the Allocation Date, the issues
in dispute shall be referred to a third party firm that has expertise in valuation matters and that
is mutually agreeable to the Purchaser and BSC (the
Third Party Firm
) and the decision of
the Third Party Firm will be binding on the parties. The decision will be reflected in a revised
Allocation Statement which will be considered the final allocation. The costs of the Third Party
Firm shall be borne equally by the Purchaser and BSC.
(c) The Purchaser and BSC each agree to file, and to cause their respective Affiliates to
file, their income Tax Returns and all other Tax Returns and necessary forms in such a manner as to
reflect the allocation of the consideration as determined in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and
shall take no position inconsistent therewith in any audit, litigation or other proceeding.
Section 2.04
Milestone Payments
. No later than five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of an event described in this Section
2.04, the Purchaser shall deposit in the Purchase Price Bank Account the applicable payment
associated with such event as specified below (any such payment, a
Milestone Payment
),
less any withholding of Taxes required by applicable Law (provided that the Purchaser and BSC shall
cooperate in good faith to determine the amount of any such Taxes required to be withheld);
provided
that if the event described in Section 2.04(a) occurs prior to the Closing Date,
the Purchaser shall deposit in the Purchase Price Bank Account on the Closing Date the Milestone
Payment applicable to such event:
(a) $50,000,000 if (i) the FDA provides written notification of clearance of the 510(k)
submission for the Target
TM
Detachable Coils provided to the Purchaser by BSC prior to
the date of this Agreement;
provided
that the parties agree that any deviations from such
form in the written notification of such clearance from the FDA shall be disregarded for purposes
of this Section 2.04(a) to the extent such deviations would not change the indications for use
contained in such 510(k) submission and otherwise would not materially and adversely delay or
affect the Purchasers ability to market and sell Target
TM
Detachable Coils (it being
agreed that any requirement that post-market clinical trials be conducted will not by itself
constitute a material and adverse effect for this purpose), and (ii) BSC has at least 3,500 units
of Target
TM
Detachable Coils in inventory that comply with, and are available to be
delivered pursuant to, the terms of the Supply Agreement;
(b) $15,000,000 following the completion of the Cork Separation Activities (as such term is
defined in the Separation Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement,
which may occur prior to the Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date;
(c) $15,000,000 following the occurrence of the Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date in accordance
with the terms of the Separation Agreement;
(d) $10,000,000 following the occurrence of the Fremont Manufacturing Transfer Date in
accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement; and
(e) $10,000,000 following the occurrence of the West Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date in
accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement.
28
Section 2.05
Closing
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the sale and purchase of the Purchased
Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement shall take
place at a closing (the
Closing
) to be held at the offices of Shearman & Sterling LLP,
599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 A.M. New York time on the fifth Business Day
following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the obligations of the parties hereto set
forth in Sections 7.01 and 7.02 (other than those conditions which, by their terms, are to be
satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions) or at such
other place or at such other time or on such other date as BSC and the Purchaser may mutually agree
upon in writing. The day on which the Closing takes place being the
Closing Date
.
Section 2.06
Closing Deliveries by BSC
. At the Closing, BSC shall, and shall cause the Sellers to, deliver to the Purchaser:
(a) duly executed counterparts of each Ancillary Agreement to which one or more of BSC and the
Sellers is a party and such other instruments, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Purchaser, as may be required to transfer the Purchased Assets to the Purchaser;
(b) a receipt for the Initial Purchase Price (and any Milestone Payment paid pursuant to
Section 2.04(a)) less the Aggregate Deferred Amount;
(c) from BSC and each Seller that is transferring a U.S. real property interest within the
meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code, a certificate of non-foreign status pursuant to Section
1.1445-2(b)(2) of the Regulations; it being understood that notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, if BSC or any Seller fails to provide the Purchaser with such
certification, the Purchaser shall be entitled to withhold the requisite amount from the Initial
Purchase Price in accordance with Section 1445 of the Code and the applicable Regulations and that
any amount so withheld shall be considered to have been paid by the Purchaser to BSC or any such
Seller;
(d) the following documents in BSCs or the Sellers possession: (i) patent assignment
documents demonstrating ownership by BSC or a Seller of the Transferred Intellectual Property, and
(ii) copies of all written opinions of outside counsel to BSC or any Seller providing a legal
opinion concerning the non-infringement or non-appropriation by a Product of any Persons
Intellectual Property, including whether such Intellectual Property is invalid or unenforceable;
(e) a true and complete copy, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of BSC or the
Sellers, as the case may be, of the resolutions duly and validly adopted by the Board of Directors
of each such Person and (to the extent necessary to authorize due execution and delivery) the
equity holders of each Seller, evidencing their authorization of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which such Person is, or will on the Closing Date be,
party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and
(f) the certificate referenced in Section 7.02(a)(iii).
29
Section 2.07
Closing Deliveries by the Purchaser
. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Purchaser Affiliates to:
(a) deliver to BSC an amount equal to the Initial Purchase Price (and the Milestone Payment,
if any, due pursuant to Section 2.04(a)) less the sum of (x) the Aggregate Deferred Amount and (y)
any withholding of Taxes required by applicable Law (provided that the Purchaser and BSC shall
cooperate in good faith to determine the amount of any such Taxes required to be withheld), by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the Purchase Price Bank Account or, in the event that a
local payment of the relevant portion of the Initial Purchase Price is required in a particular
jurisdiction, such other bank accounts to be designated by BSC in a written notice to the Purchaser
at least five (5) Business Days before the Closing;
(b) deposit with the Escrow Agent an amount (the
Aggregate Deferred Amount
) equal to
the aggregate amount of the Purchase Price allocable to each Deferred Closing Country in U.S.
dollars (each such amount, a
Deferred Closing Country Amount
), to be released in
accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement;
provided
that if the Escrow Agreement is
not executed as of the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall withhold from the Initial Purchase Price
the Aggregate Deferred Amount and deposit such amount with the Escrow Agent concurrently with the
execution and delivery of the Escrow Agreement and the establishment of the escrow account
thereunder;
(c) deliver to BSC duly executed counterparts of each Ancillary Agreement to which the
Purchaser or any of its Affiliates is a party;
(d) deliver to BSC a true and complete copy, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of the Purchaser, of the resolutions duly and validly adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Purchaser evidencing its authorization of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;
(e) deliver to BSC a true and complete copy, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of the applicable Purchaser Affiliate, of the resolutions duly and validly adopted by the Board of
Directors and (to the extent necessary to authorize due execution and delivery) the equity holders
of each of the Purchaser Affiliates evidencing their authorization of the execution and delivery of
the Ancillary Agreements to which such Purchaser Affiliate is, or will on the Closing Date be,
party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby; and
(f) deliver to BSC the certificate referenced in Section 7.01(a)(iii).
Section 2.08
Deferred Closings
. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery and purchase of the Purchased Assets (the
Deferred
Assets
) located in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 2.08(a) (the
Deferred Closing
Countries
), and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (the
Deferred Liabilities
)
relating to the Business conducted in the Deferred Closing Countries or relating to such Deferred
Assets shall not occur on the Closing Date.
30
(b) The sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery and purchase of the Deferred Assets,
and the assumption of the Deferred Liabilities with respect to a Deferred Closing Country shall
take place at a closing on the Distribution Country Transition Date (as defined in the Distribution
Agreement) for such Deferred Closing Country (each such closing, a
Deferred Closing
) to
be held at the offices of Shearman & Sterling LLP, 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York at
10:00 a.m. New York time on such date, or at such other place or on such other date or at such
other time, as BSC and the Purchaser may mutually agree upon in writing (each day on which a
Deferred Closing takes place, being a
Deferred Closing Date
);
provided
that if
the Distribution Country Transition Date for any Deferred Closing Country is not scheduled to occur
prior to the termination of the Distribution Agreement, the Deferred Closing for each such Deferred
Closing Country shall occur on the End Date (as defined in the Distribution Agreement).
(c) At each Deferred Closing, the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective
Affiliates to, execute and deliver the applicable OUS Transfer Agreement in respect of the
applicable Deferred Closing Country and such other documents and instruments, as may be reasonably
necessary to transfer the Deferred Assets and Deferred Liabilities in such Deferred Closing
Country. The forms of the OUS Transfer Agreements to be executed on each Deferred Closing Date in
respect of each Deferred Closing Country (other than China) are attached hereto as Exhibit 2.08(c).
The form of the OUS Transfer Agreement in respect of China shall be subject to Section 5.24(b).
(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 2.08(b),
other than the occurrence of the applicable Distribution Country Transition Date, there shall be no
conditions required to be satisfied or waived prior to a Deferred Closing in order to consummate
the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.08 with respect to a Deferred Closing Country.
(e) During the period between the Closing Date and the applicable Deferred Closing Date, the
parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate fully and use
commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions with respect to each Deferred Closing Country
as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto in order to permit the transfer of the
Deferred Assets and Deferred Liabilities in such Deferred Closing Country in accordance with this
Section 2.08.
(f) Between the Closing Date and the Deferred Closing Date, BSC (through its Affiliates) shall
be the distributor of Products for the Purchaser (or its applicable Affiliate) in each of the
Deferred Closing Countries in accordance with the terms of the Distribution Agreement. Prior to
the occurrence of a Deferred Closing, subject to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, all
Deferred Assets in a Deferred Closing Country shall be held for the account of BSC and its
Affiliates and all Deferred Liabilities shall be retained by BSC and its Affiliates.
(g) From the Closing Date to the Deferred Closing Date, subject to the terms of the
Distribution Agreement, unless the context clearly requires otherwise and except for purposes of
Article V (other than Sections 5.02, 5.05, 5.06(b), 5.12(a), 5.14, 5.21, 5.22, 5.23 and 5.24(b)),
Article VII, Article VIII and Article IX, all references in this Agreement to the
31
Closing or the Closing Date shall, with respect to any Deferred Closing Country, be deemed
to refer to the Deferred Closing or the Deferred Closing Date for each such Deferred Closing
Country, respectively, and the parties hereto shall continue to comply with all covenants and
agreements contained in this Agreement that are required by their terms to be performed prior to
the Closing and are deemed to refer to a Deferred Closing in respect of the Deferred Closing
Countries.
(h) On the Deferred Closing Date for a Deferred Closing Country, the Purchaser shall pay, or
cause the applicable Purchaser Affiliate to pay, as applicable, the relevant Deferred Closing
Country Amount to the applicable Seller on the Deferred Closing, less any withholding of Taxes
required by applicable Law (provided that the Purchaser and BSC shall cooperate in good faith to
determine the amount of any such Taxes required to be withheld), by wire transfer in immediately
available funds to the Purchase Price Bank Account or, in the event that a local payment of such
amount is required in a particular jurisdiction, such other bank accounts to be designated by BSC
in a written notice to the Purchaser at least five (5) Business Days before such Deferred Closing.
Section 2.09
Other Transfers
. The parties acknowledge that the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery and purchase
of the Purchased Assets, and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, relating to the Business
conducted in the Philippines, Taiwan and Thailand shall not occur on the Closing Date, but shall
occur on a later date and in a manner as mutually agreed by the parties within a reasonable time
period after Closing.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF BSC
Subject to such exceptions as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, BSC hereby represents and
warrants to the Purchaser as follows:
Section 3.01
Organization, Authority and Qualification of BSC and the Sellers
. Each of BSC and the Sellers is a corporation (or similar entity) duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing, (or, in each case, the equivalent concept in the applicable
jurisdiction of organization) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all
necessary power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements
to which it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and
thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except where failure
to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party by BSC and each
Seller, the performance by BSC and each Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the
consummation by BSC and each Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been
duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of BSC and each Seller. This Agreement and the
Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party have been, or will, on
the Closing Date, be duly executed and delivered by BSC and each Seller and (assuming due
authorization, execution and delivery
32
by the Purchaser) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or will on the
Closing Date be, party constitute, or will on the Closing Date constitute, the legal, valid and
binding obligations of BSC and each Seller enforceable against each such Person in accordance with
their respective terms.
Section 3.02
No Conflict
. Assuming compliance with the pre-merger notification and waiting period requirements of the HSR
Act and the making and obtaining of all filings, notifications, consents, approvals, authorizations
and other actions referred to in Section 3.03, and except as may result from any facts or
circumstances relating solely to the Purchaser, the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party by BSC
and each Seller do not and will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of BSC or any Seller,
(b) conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to BSC or any Seller or any
of their respective properties, assets or businesses, including the Business or (c) conflict with,
result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of
time, or both, would become a default) under, require any consent under, result in the creation of
any Encumbrance upon any of the Purchased Assets, or give to any Person any rights of termination,
acceleration or cancellation of, any note, bond, mortgage or indenture, Contract, permit, franchise
or other instrument or arrangement (or right thereunder) related to the Business to which BSC or
any Seller is a party or by which any of them or any of their properties or assets are bound,
except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.03
Governmental Consents and Approvals
. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which
it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party by BSC and each Seller do not and will not require any
consent, approval, authorization or other order of, action by, filing with or notification to, any
Governmental Authority, except (a) the pre-merger notification and waiting period requirements of
the HSR Act, (b) any additional consents, approvals, authorizations, filings and notifications
required under any other applicable Antitrust Laws, (c) where failure to obtain such consent,
approval, authorization or action, or to make any such filing or notification would not have a
Material Adverse Effect, or (d) as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances
relating solely to the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.
Section 3.04
Financial Information
. (a) True and complete copies of (i) the unaudited special purpose statement of assets to be
acquired and liabilities to be assumed of the Business for the fiscal years ended as of December
31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, and the related
unaudited special purpose statements of revenue and direct expenses of the Business (collectively,
the
Unaudited Special Purpose Financial Statements
) have been delivered by BSC to the
Purchaser.
(b) The Unaudited Special Purpose Financial Statements, except as may be indicated in the
notes thereto, if any, (i) were prepared from the books of account of BSC and the Sellers, (ii)
present fairly in all material respects the items reflected thereon, as of the dates thereof or for
the periods covered thereby and (iii) were prepared in accordance with BSC policies consistently
applied (which are consistent with U.S. GAAP except as otherwise expressly set forth therein). The
books of account of BSC and the Sellers used for the Unaudited
33
Special Purpose Financial Statements are correct in all material respects and have been
maintained in accordance with sound business and accounting practices and BSCs internal control
procedures.
(c) The Audited Special Purpose Financial Statements will, when furnished to the Purchaser,
except as may be indicated in the notes thereto, (i) be prepared from the books of account of BSC
and the Sellers, (ii) present fairly in all material respects the items reflected thereon, as of
the dates thereof or for the periods covered thereby and (iii) be prepared in accordance with BSC
policies consistently applied (which are consistent with U.S. GAAP except as otherwise expressly
set forth therein). The books of account of BSC and the Sellers that will be used for the Audited
Special Purpose Financial Statements are correct in all material respects and have been maintained
in accordance with sound business and accounting practices and BSCs internal control procedures.
Section 3.05
Absence of Undisclosed Material Liabilities
. There are no material Liabilities of BSC or the Sellers relating to the
Business,
other than (a)
Liabilities reflected or reserved against on the Unaudited Special Purpose Financial Statements,
(b) as set forth in Section 3.05 of the Disclosure Schedule and (c) trade payables and accrued
expenses incurred since December 31, 2009 in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice.
Section 3.06
Conduct in the Ordinary Course
. Since December 31, 2009, (a) the Business has been conducted in the ordinary
course
consistent
with past practice, (b) there has not been any circumstance, change, effect, development or
condition, which has had a Material Adverse Effect and (c) none of BSC and the Sellers (to the
extent it relates to the Business) has taken any action that, if taken after the date hereof, would
constitute a violation of Section 5.01(b)(i) through (xii).
Section 3.07
Litigation
. There is no material Action by or against BSC or any of the Sellers (and relating to the
operation or conduct of the Business or the ownership, sale or lease of any of the Purchased Assets
or which would otherwise be an Assumed Liability) pending or, to the Knowledge of BSC, threatened,
before any Governmental Authority.
Section 3.08
Compliance with Laws; Permits
. Except with respect to Environmental Laws, Intellectual Property, Plans, Taxes, and certain
matters relating to regulatory compliance (which are exclusively addressed in Sections 3.09, 3.10,
3.14, 3.15, 3.17 and 3.18, respectively), BSC and the Sellers have conducted and continue to
conduct the Business in accordance in all material respects with all Laws and Governmental Orders
applicable to the Business and the Purchased Assets, and none of BSC or any of its Affiliates is in
violation of any such Law or Governmental Order. Except with respect to Registrations (which are
exclusively addressed in Section 3.17), BSC and the Sellers hold all licenses, permits, product
registrations, authorizations, orders and approvals from, and have made all filings, applications
and registrations with, each Governmental Authority (collectively, the
Permits
) necessary
for the operation of the Business as it is conducted as of the date hereof and as currently
proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to make such filings, applications or
registrations would not have a Material Adverse Effect, BSC and the Sellers have conducted and
34
continue to conduct the Business pursuant to and in compliance in all material respects with the
terms of all such Permits. Section 3.08 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each material Permit
and such Permits (including the Transferred Permits) are valid and in full force and effect and
neither BSC nor any Seller is in or has been in material default under any such Permit, and to the
Knowledge of BSC, no condition exists that with the notice or lapse of time or both would
constitute a material default under such Permits.
Section 3.09
Environmental Matters
. (a)(i) Each of BSC and the Sellers (to the extent it relates to the Business) is in material
compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (which compliance includes the possession of all
material Environmental Permits, and material compliance with the terms and conditions thereof),
and BSC and the Sellers have not received any unresolved notice from any Governmental Authority
that alleges that BSC is not in such compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) there is
no material Environmental Claim pending or, to BSCs Knowledge, threatened in writing, against BSC
or any of the Sellers (to the extent relating to the Business) or, to BSCs Knowledge, against any
person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim BSC or any of the Sellers (to the
extent relating to the Business) has or may have retained or assumed either contractually or by
operation of Law, and (iii) there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances,
conditions, events or incidents, including the Release, threatened Release or presence of any
Hazardous Material by BSC or any Seller which would reasonably be expected to form the basis of any
material Environmental Claim against BSC and the Sellers (to the extent it relates to the
Business).
(b) BSC and the Sellers have delivered for inspection to the Purchaser copies of any reports,
studies or analyses issued in the past five (5) years and possessed or initiated by BSC or the
Sellers, pertaining to Hazardous Materials in, on, beneath or adjacent to any of the Transferred
Sites, or regarding BSCs or any of the Sellers compliance with or liability under applicable
Environmental Laws.
Section 3.10
Intellectual Property
.
(a) The Business Intellectual Property, together with the Intellectual Property licensed under
the Ancillary Agreements (assuming the receipt of the consents and approvals set forth on Section
3.02 of the Disclosure Schedule for Purchaser to practice any Intellectual Property in the
Transferred IP Agreements and Third Party Licenses (as that term is defined in the Seller IP
License Agreement)), is all of the Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to BSC or the Sellers
that is necessary to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import, distribute, market or otherwise
exploit the Products, as such activities are performed by BSC or the Sellers in the Business as
currently conducted, including with respect to the commercialization of the Target Detachable Coil
and the InZone Detachment System.
(b) BSC or a Seller owns the entire right, title and interest in and to, each item of the
Transferred Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted
Encumbrances). There is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of BSC, threatened in writing, by
any Person contesting the ownership or validity of the Transferred Intellectual Property. To the
Knowledge of BSC, none of the Transferred Intellectual Property is now involved in any reissue
proceeding.
35
(c) Other than Transferred Intellectual Property abandoned in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice, BSC and each Seller have taken commercially reasonable and customary
measures to protect and safeguard the proprietary nature of the material Business Intellectual
Property.
(d) To the Knowledge of BSC, the operation, manufacturing, testing, marketing, offer for sale,
sale, importation or use of the commercialized Products and the Target Detachable Coil and the
InZone Detachment System, does not infringe, misappropriate or violate any other Persons valid
and enforceable Intellectual Property rights. There is no Action pending nor, to the Knowledge of
BSC, threatened in writing against BSC or the Sellers concerning the foregoing. Neither BSC nor
any Seller is asserting rights in any of the Transferred Intellectual Property against any other
Person in any pending or threatened Action concerning the infringement, misappropriation or
violation of the Transferred Intellectual Property. Neither BSC nor any Seller has any Liabilities
under any Transferred IP Agreement or Transferred Contract arising out of or related to the
infringement, misappropriation or violation of any Persons Intellectual Property to the extent
based on events occurring or actions taken prior to the Closing Date;
provided
that the
foregoing shall not require BSC to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnified Party under Section 8.02 for
any Assumed Liabilities described in Section 2.02(a)(iii) and shall not excuse the Purchaser from
its obligation under Section 8.03 to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties for such Assumed
Liabilities.
(e) None of the Business Intellectual Property that is material to the Business, including the
patents marked on the labels of the Products commercialized by the Business as of the Closing Date,
has been finally adjudged invalid or unenforceable by a Governmental Authority.
(f) To the extent that any material inventions, improvements, discoveries, or information used
in the Products has been conceived, developed or created for BSC or the Sellers by another Person,
BSC or the relevant Seller has, and (assuming the receipt of the consents and approvals set forth
on Section 3.02 of the Disclosure Schedule for the Purchaser to practice any Intellectual Property
in the Transferred IP Agreements and Third Party Licenses (as that term is defined in the Seller IP
License Agreement)) will have assigned or licensed to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or
the Ancillary Agreements, sufficient rights to use such inventions, improvements, discoveries, or
information within the Business as currently conducted, including with respect to the
commercialization of the Target Detachable Coil and the InZone Detachment System.
(g) The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that (i) the representations and warranties
contained in Section 3.10(d) are the only representations and warranties being made by BSC in this
Agreement with respect to infringement, misappropriation or other violation of Intellectual
Property, (ii) no other representation or warranty contained in this Agreement shall apply to
infringement, misappropriation or other violation of Intellectual Property and (iii) no other
representation or warranty, express or implied, is being made by BSC with respect to infringement,
misappropriation or other violation of Intellectual Property.
(h) To the Knowledge of BSC, all of the registered trademarks identified in Section
2.01(a)(vii) of the Disclosure Schedule are valid and enforceable.
36
Section 3.11
Real Property
. (a) Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the street address of each parcel of Leased
Real Property and the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility and the identity of the lessor, lessee and
current occupant (if different from lessee) of each such parcel of such property. BSC and the
Sellers have delivered to the Purchaser true and complete copies of the leases (and all amendments,
modifications and waivers thereto) in effect as of the date hereof relating to the Leased Real
Property and the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility. BSC or a Seller, as applicable, has a good and
valid leasehold interest in, and the right to quiet enjoyment of, the Leased Real Property and the
land which is included in the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility and good and marketable title to the
improvements located on the land which is included in the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility, free and
clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. There is no sublease, license or
other use or occupancy agreement in place with respect to any Leased Real Property or the Cork
Purchaser Leased Facility.
(b) Each of the Leased Real Property and the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility is in good
condition and repair and has been maintained in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice.
(c) The Leased Real Property, the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility and the Contract
Manufacturing Sites constitute all of the land, buildings, structures and other improvements and
fixtures used primarily for the operation of the Business as currently conducted and as currently
proposed to be conducted.
Section 3.12
Title to Purchased Assets; Sufficiency
. (a) Except with respect to the Leased Real Property and the Cork Purchaser Leased
Facility, as
of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, one or more of BSC and the Sellers has
good, valid and marketable title, legal right or license to use, or a valid leasehold interest in
(in connection with the operation of the Business as currently conducted and as currently proposed
to be conducted), all the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted
Encumbrances. Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
the execution of the instruments of transfer contemplated by this Agreement, subject, in the case
of Purchased Assets described in clauses (viii), (x) and (xii) of Section 2.01(a), to receipt of
necessary third party consents and approvals including those set forth on Section 3.02 of the
Disclosure Schedule, and in respect of all other Purchased Assets, receipt of the consents and
approvals set forth on Section 3.02 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Purchaser will own, with good,
valid and marketable title, or lease, under valid and subsisting leases, or have legal right or
license to use, or otherwise acquire the interests of BSC and the Sellers in, the Purchased Assets,
free and clear of any Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. No representation or
warranty, express or implied, is being made by BSC in this Section 3.12(a) with respect to issues
of title to the Transferred Intellectual Property (which is the subject of Section 3.10(b)).
(b) The Purchased Assets and the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility, together with the licenses,
services and assets to be provided to the Purchaser under the Ancillary Agreements (subject to the
terms and conditions thereof) are adequate in all material respects to conduct the Business as
currently conducted, including with respect to the commercialization of the Target Detachable Coil
and the InZone Detachment System. At all times since
37
December 31, 2009, BSC and the Sellers have caused the Purchased Assets to be maintained in
accordance with good business practices consistent with past practice, and all the Purchased Assets
are in all material respects in good operating condition and repair, normal wear and tear excepted,
and are suitable in all material respects for the purposes for which they are currently used.
Section 3.13
Labor Matters
. (a) Neither BSC nor any of the Sellers is party to or bound by any collective bargaining
agreement, work rules or practices, or any other labor-related agreements or arrangements with any
labor union, labor organization or works council in connection with the Business; there are no such
agreements, arrangements, work rules or practices that pertain to any Corresponding Transfer Date
Employees in connection with the Business; no Corresponding Transfer Date Employees are represented
by any labor union, labor organization or works council with respect to their employment with BSC
or the Sellers in connection with the Business; from January 1, 2008, no labor union, labor
organization, works council, or group of Corresponding Transfer Date Employees has made a pending
demand for recognition or certification in connection with the Business; and there are no
representation or certification proceedings or petitions seeking a representation proceeding
presently pending or threatened in writing to be brought or filed with the National Labor Relations
Board or any other labor relations tribunal or authority in connection with the Business.
(b) From January 1, 2008, there has been no actual or, to the Knowledge of BSC or the Sellers,
threatened material arbitrations, material grievances, labor disputes, strikes, lockouts, slowdowns
or work stoppages against or affecting BSC or the Sellers in connection with the Business.
(c) BSC and the Sellers are in material compliance with all applicable Laws respecting
employment and employment practices in connection with the Business, including all Laws respecting
terms and conditions of employment, health and safety, wages and hours, child labor, immigration,
employment discrimination, disability rights or benefits, equal opportunity, plant closures and
layoffs, affirmative action, workers compensation, labor relations, employee leave issues and
unemployment insurance.
(d) With respect to the Business, BSC and the Sellers (i) have taken reasonable steps to
properly classify and treat all of their workers as independent contractors or employees, (ii) have
taken reasonable steps to properly classify and treat all of their employees as exempt or
non-exempt from overtime requirements under applicable Law, and (iii) are not delinquent in any
payments to, or on behalf of, any current or former independent contractors or employees for any
services or amounts required to be reimbursed or otherwise paid.
(e) Since January 1, 2008, neither BSC nor any of the Sellers has received (i) notice of any
charges, complaints, grievances or arbitration procedures pending or threatened before the National
Labor Relations Board, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other Governmental Authority
against it in connection with the Business, or (ii) notice of the intent of any Governmental
Authority responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, wages and hours of work, child
labor, immigration, worker classification, or occupational safety and health Laws to conduct an
investigation with respect to or relating to it or notice that such investigation is in progress,
or notice of any complaint, lawsuit or other
38
proceeding pending or threatened in any forum by or on behalf of any Corresponding Transfer
Date Employee alleging breach of any express or implied contract of employment, any applicable Law
governing employment or the termination thereof or other discriminatory, wrongful or tortious
conduct in connection with the employment relationship in connection with the Business. Solely for
purposes of this Section 3.13(e), notice shall mean written notice or, with respect to any other
form of notice, notice of which BSC has Knowledge.
Section 3.14
Employee Benefit Matters
. (a) Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists, as of the date hereof,
(i) all
employee
benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) and all bonus, stock option, stock purchase,
restricted stock, incentive, deferred compensation, health, welfare, disability, retiree medical or
life insurance, retirement, supplemental retirement, profit sharing, pension, severance termination
pay, retention payments/arrangements or other benefit plans, programs, policies or arrangements,
and all employment, termination or severance contracts or agreements, to which any of BSC and the
Sellers is a party;
provided
that any governmental plan or program requiring the mandatory
payment of social insurance taxes or similar contributions to a governmental fund with respect to
the wages of an employee shall not be considered a Plan; (ii) each employee benefit plan for
which BSC or a Seller could incur liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has
been or were to be terminated and (iii) any plan in respect of which BSC or a Seller could incur
liability under Section 4212(c) of ERISA, in the case of each plan described in (i), (ii) and
(iii), with respect to which BSC or a Seller has any obligation in respect of any Corresponding
Transfer Date Employee or which are maintained, contributed to or sponsored by BSC, a Seller or any
of their respective ERISA Affiliates for the benefit of any Corresponding Transfer Date Employee
(collectively, the
Plans
). Each U.S. Plan is in writing.
(b) With respect to each of the U.S. Plans, BSC or the Sellers have delivered or made
available to the Purchaser complete copies of each of the following documents: (i) the Plan
(including all amendments thereto); (ii) the annual report and actuarial report, if required under
ERISA or the Code, for the most recent completed plan year; (iii) the most recent Summary Plan
Description, together with each Summary of Material Modifications, if required under ERISA; (iv) if
the U.S. Plan is funded through a trust or any third party funding vehicle, the trust or other
funding agreement (including all amendments thereto) and the latest financial statements with
respect to the most recently ended reporting period; and (v) the most recent determination letter
received from the IRS with respect to each U.S. Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section
401(a) of the Code.
(c) (i) Each Plan has been operated in all material respects in accordance with its terms and
the requirements of all applicable Laws, (ii) each of BSC and the Sellers, as applicable, has
performed all material obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in any material
respect in default under or in material violation of, and BSC has no Knowledge of any material
default or violation by any party to, any Plan, and (iii) no Action is pending or, to the Knowledge
of BSC, threatened by a Corresponding Transfer Date Employee with respect to any Plan (other than
claims for benefits in the ordinary course) and, to the Knowledge of BSC, no fact or event exists
that could give rise to any such Action.
(d) Each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or Section
401(k) of the Code has timely received a favorable determination letter from
39
the IRS covering all of the provisions applicable to the Plan for which determination letters
are currently available that the Plan is so qualified and each trust established in connection with
any Plan which is intended to be exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501(a) of the
Code has received a determination letter from the IRS that it is so exempt, and no fact or event
has occurred since the date of such determination letter or letters from the IRS to adversely
affect the qualified status of any such Plan or the exempt status of any such trust.
(e) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in combination
with any other event or events, cause the Purchaser to incur any Liabilities under Title IV of
ERISA. No Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA is a multiemployer plan, as defined in
Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
(f) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether alone or
together with any other event) will not, with respect to any Corresponding Transfer Date Employee:
(i) entitle such employee to severance pay, termination pay or any other payment or benefit of any
nature or (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting (other than the accelerated vesting of
employee equity-based awards), or increase the amount of compensation due any such employee, in
each case except as otherwise required under applicable Law.
(g) Neither BSC nor any of the Sellers is a party to, or liable under, any agreement,
contract, arrangement or plan, including any Plan, that in any case could affect any Corresponding
Transfer Date Employee, which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result, separately or
in the aggregate, in the payment of (i) any excess parachute payment within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state or local Law) or (ii) any amount
that will not be fully deductible by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code (or any
corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Law).
(h) No U.S. Plan provides, or is obligated to provide, benefits, including death or medical
benefits (whether or not insured), with respect to any Corresponding Transfer Date Employee beyond
such employees retirement or other termination of service, other than coverage mandated solely by
applicable Law.
(i) Within ninety (90) days prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date, or with respect to
the Closing Transfer Employees only, as of the date hereof, BSC or the Sellers shall provide or
make available (or, in respect of Closing Transfer Employees, has made available) to the Purchaser
a list of each Corresponding Transfer Date Employee, which list sets forth such employees name
(subject to applicable Law), current annual compensation (including, where applicable, bonus, stock
awards, retention payments/arrangements, or incentive compensation opportunity), years of credited
service, full or part time status, exempt/nonexempt status (where applicable), leave status (if
applicable), hourly or salaried status, date of hire, work location, job title and any other
payroll or individual tax information that may be necessary to effect the transfer in accordance
with applicable Law.
(j) Neither BSC nor any of the Sellers has any formal plan or commitment to create any
additional Plan, or modify or change any existing Plan, that would affect any Corresponding
Transfer Date Employee, other than such modifications or changes
40
made in the ordinary course of business that do not materially increase the level of benefits
under such Plan and that are consistent with those made in respect of Plans covering employees of
BSC Other Businesses.
(k) With respect to each Plan established or maintained outside of the United States of
America primarily for benefit of Corresponding Transfer Date Employees of BSC or the Sellers
residing outside the United States of America (a
Foreign Benefit Plan
): (i) a summary of
all Foreign Benefit Plans has been provided to or made available to the Purchaser; (ii) all
employer and employee contributions to each Foreign Benefit Plan required by Law or by the terms of
such Foreign Benefit Plan have been made, or, if applicable, accrued, in accordance with normal
accounting practices; and (iii) each Foreign Benefit Plan required to be registered has been
registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities. A copy
of each Foreign Benefit Plan will be provided to the Purchaser as soon as possible following the
signing of this Agreement, provided that each Foreign Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or
contributed to for the benefit of Closing Transfer Employees shall be provided no later than three
(3) weeks following such signing.
Section 3.15
Taxes
. All material Tax Returns required to have been filed with respect to the Purchased Assets or the
Business have been timely filed (taking into account any extension of time to file granted or
obtained) and all material Taxes with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Business have been
paid or will be timely paid (regardless of whether having been shown as due on any Tax Return).
All material Taxes required to have been withheld from amounts paid or owing to any Person and paid
over to any Governmental Authority in connection with the Business or any Purchased Asset have been
duly and timely withheld and so paid. BSC has not received from any Governmental Authority any
material written notice of proposed adjustment, deficiency or underpayment of any Taxes relating to
the Purchased Assets or the Business, other than a proposed adjustment, deficiency or underpayment
that has been satisfied by payment or settlement, or withdrawn. There are no Tax liens on any of
the Purchased Assets (other than Permitted Encumbrances). No notice or inquiry has been received
from any jurisdiction in which Tax Returns have not been filed with respect to the Purchased Assets
or the Business to the effect that the filing of Tax Returns may be required and no Seller that is
not a U.S. person pursuant to Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code holds a Purchased Asset that is a
United States real property interest within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code.
Section 3.16
Material Contracts
. (a) Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each of the following Contracts of BSC
and
the Sellers with respect to the Business or by which any of the Purchased Assets may be bound (such
Contracts, whether listed or required to be listed, being the
Material Contracts
):
(i) any Contract for the distribution or sale of Products by the Business,
which involved consideration or payments in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate
during the year ended December 31, 2009 or contemplates or involves consideration or
payments in excess of $250,000 after the date of this Agreement;
41
(ii) all Contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar
arrangements) that involve annual payments in excess of $150,000, or in the case of
Contracts with U.S. health care professionals $75,000, and are not cancelable
without penalty or further payment and without more than 60 days notice;
(iii) any Contract for the purchase of materials, supplies, goods, services,
equipment or other assets providing for annual payments by BSC or any Seller of
$250,000 or more and is not cancelable without penalty or further payment and
without more than 60 days notice;
(iv) any employee collective bargaining Contract with any labor union, staff
association, works council or other body of employee representatives;
(v) any lease for personal property providing for annual rentals payable by BSC
or any Seller of $250,000 or more and is not cancelable without penalty or further
payment and without more than 60 days notice;
(vi) any Contract concerning the establishment or operation of a partnership,
joint venture or limited liability company or other similar agreement or
arrangement;
(vii) all Transferred IP Agreements;
(viii) all leases in respect of the Leased Real Property and the Cork Purchaser
Leased Facility;
(ix) all Contracts that limit or purport to limit the ability of the Business
to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or
during any period of time;
(x) any Contract creating or granting a material Encumbrance (other than
Permitted Encumbrances) on any Purchased Asset;
(xi) any other Contract with respect to the Business not made in the ordinary
course of business which involved payments to or by BSC or any Seller in excess of
$250,000 in the aggregate during the year ended December 31, 2009 or contemplates or
involves payments to or by BSC or any Seller in excess of $250,000 in any 12 month
period after the date of this Agreement; and
(xii) all material Contracts pursuant to which BSC or any of its Affiliates
provides services in respect of the Business.
(b) BSC has delivered to Purchaser true and complete copies (including all amendments,
modifications and waivers thereto) of each written Material Contract, and a description of each
oral Material Contract (if any). Each Material Contract (i) is legal, valid and binding on one or
more of BSC and the Sellers and, to the Knowledge of BSC, the counterparties
42
thereto, and is in full force and effect and (ii) upon consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, except to the extent that any consents set forth in Section 3.02 of
the Disclosure Schedule are not obtained, shall continue in full force and effect without penalty
or other adverse consequence. None of BSC or the Sellers is in breach of, or default under, any
Material Contract to which it is a party and, to the Knowledge of BSC, (i) no other party to any
Material Contract is in breach of, or default under, any Material Contract and (ii) no event has
occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default, or would permit
termination, modification or acceleration, under such Material Contract.
Section 3.17
FDA Regulatory Compliance
. (a) BSC and the Sellers have all material Registrations from the United States Food and Drug
Administration (the
FDA
) and any other comparable Governmental Authority required to
conduct the Business as currently conducted, and Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth
a true and complete list of such Registrations. Each such Registration is valid and subsisting in
full force and effect. To the Knowledge of BSC, neither BSC nor the Sellers have received any
written notice from the FDA or any comparable Governmental Authority that the FDA or such
comparable Governmental Authority is considering limiting, suspending or revoking such
Registrations or changing the marketing classification or labeling of the related Products. To the
Knowledge of BSC, there is no false or misleading information or significant omission in any
product application or other submission to the FDA or any comparable Governmental Authority. BSC
and the Sellers have, in all material respects, fulfilled and performed their obligations under
each such Registration, and no event has occurred or condition or state of facts exists which would
constitute a material breach or material default or would cause revocation or termination of any
such Registration. To the Knowledge of BSC, any third party that is a manufacturer or contractor
with respect to the Products is in material compliance with all such Registrations insofar as they
pertain to the manufacture of Products or components for the Products for BSC or the Sellers. Each
Product that is subject to the jurisdiction of the FDA or any comparable Governmental Authority has
been and is being developed, tested, investigated, manufactured, distributed, marketed, and sold in
material compliance with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, standards, guidelines,
policies and orders administered or issued by the FDA or any comparable Governmental Authority and
any other applicable requirement of Law, including those regarding clinical research, pre-market
notification, good manufacturing practices, labeling, advertising, record-keeping, adverse event
reporting and reporting of corrections and removals.
(b) Neither BSC nor any Seller has received, since January 1, 2008, any Form FDA-483, notice
of adverse finding, Warning Letters, notice of violation or untitled letters, or notice of FDA
action for import detentions or refusals for the FDA or other comparable Governmental Authority
alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable Laws or Registrations with respect to the
Business. Neither BSC nor any Seller is subject to any obligation arising under an administrative
or regulatory action, FDA inspection, FDA warning letter, FDA notice of violation letter, or other
notice, response or commitment made to or with the FDA or any comparable Governmental Authority
with respect to the Business. BSC and the Sellers have made all notifications, submissions and
reports required by any such obligation, and all such notifications, submissions and reports were
true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date of submission to the FDA or any
comparable Governmental Authority with respect to the Business.
43
(c) Since January 1, 2008, no Product has been seized, withdrawn, recalled, detained or
subject to a suspension of manufacturing, and, to the Knowledge of BSC, there are no facts or
circumstances reasonably likely to cause (i) the seizure, denial, withdrawal, recall, detention,
field notification, field correction, safety alert or suspension of manufacturing relating to any
such Product; (ii) a change in the labeling of any such Product; or (iii) a termination, seizure or
suspension of marketing of any such Product. No proceedings in the United States or any other
jurisdiction seeking the withdrawal, recall, correction, suspension, import detention or seizure of
any Product are pending or, to the Knowledge of BSC, threatened.
Section 3.18
Healthcare Regulatory Compliance
. (a) None of BSC, any Seller nor, to the Knowledge of BSC, any officer, director,
managing
employee, agent (as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001), or any other person
described in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001(a)(1)(ii), is a party to, or bound by, any order, individual
integrity agreement, corporate integrity agreement or other formal or informal agreement with any
Governmental Authority concerning compliance with Federal Health Care Program Laws with respect to
the Business.
(b) None of BSC, any Seller nor, to the Knowledge of BSC, any officer, director, managing
employee, agent (as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001), or any other person
described in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001(a)(1)(ii): (i) has been charged with or convicted of any
criminal offense relating to the delivery of an item or service under any Federal Health Care
Program in the conduct of the Business; (ii) has been debarred, excluded or suspended from
participation in any Federal Health Care Program with respect to the Business; (iii) has had a
civil monetary penalty assessed against it, him or her under Section 1128A of the SSA in the
conduct of the Business; (iv) is currently listed on the General Services Administration published
list of parties excluded from federal procurement programs and non-procurement programs with
respect to the Business; or (v) to the Knowledge of BSC, is the target or subject of any current or
potential investigation relating to any Federal Health Care Program-related offense with respect to
the Business.
(c) None of BSC, any Seller, nor, to the Knowledge of BSC, any officer, director, managing
employee, agent (as those terms are defined in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001), or any other person
described in 42 C.F.R. § 1001.1001(a)(1)(ii): has engaged in any activity in the conduct of the
Business that is in material violation of, or is cause for civil penalties or mandatory or
permissive exclusion under, the federal Medicare or federal or state Medicaid statutes, Sections
1128, 1128A, 1128B, 1128C or 1877 of the SSA (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7, 1320a-7a, 1320a-7b, 1320a-7c
and 1395nn), the federal TRICARE statute (10 U.S.C. § 1071 et seq.), the civil False Claims Act of
1863 (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), criminal false claims statutes (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 287 and 1001),
the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 (31 U.S.C. § 3801 et seq.), the anti-fraud and related
provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§
1035 and 1347), or related regulations, or any other Laws that govern the health care industry
(collectively,
Federal Health Care Program Laws
), including any activity that violates
any state or federal Law relating to prohibiting fraudulent, abusive or unlawful practices
connected in any way with the provision of health care items or services or the billing for such
items or services provided to a beneficiary of any Federal Health Care Program.
44
(d) To the Knowledge of BSC, no Person has filed or has threatened to file against BSC or any
Seller an action relating to the Business under any federal or state whistleblower statute,
including under the False Claims Act of 1863 (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.).
(e) BSC has delivered to the Purchaser true and complete copies of all agreements (each, a
Business Associate Agreement
) under which BSC or any Seller is a business associate, as
such term is defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103, as amended, with respect to the Business. Neither BSC
nor any Seller is in material breach of any Business Associate Agreement or in material violation
of the administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA and the Federal Privacy and Security
Regulations with respect to the Business. To the Knowledge of BSC, neither BSC nor any Seller is
under investigation by any Governmental Authority for a material violation of HIPAA or the Federal
Privacy and Security Regulations with respect to the Business, including receiving any notices from
the United States Department of Health and Human Services Office of Civil Rights relating to any
such violations.
(f) To the extent BSC or any Seller provides to customers or others reimbursement coding or
billing advice regarding Products and procedures related thereto, such advice is (i) in compliance
with Medicare and other Federal Healthcare Program Laws, (ii) conforms to the applicable American
Medical Associations Current Procedural Terminology (CPT), the International Classification of
Disease, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD 9 CM) and other applicable coding systems and
(iii) includes a disclaimer advising customers to contact individual payers to confirm coding and
billing guidelines.
(g) BSC and the Sellers have an operational healthcare compliance program with respect to the
Business, including a code of ethics or have adopted a code of ethics that governs all employees
engaged in the Business, including sales representatives and their interactions with their
physician and hospital customers.
Section 3.19
Product Liability
. Since January 1, 2005, neither BSC nor any Seller has received written notice of a material
claim for or based upon breach of product warranty or product specifications or any other
allegation of material Liability resulting from the sale of any Product or the provision of any
services related thereto. The Products sold on or prior to the Closing Date (including the
features and functionality offered thereby) and services rendered by BSC or the Sellers related
thereto comply in all material respects with all contractual requirements, covenants or express or
implied warranties applicable thereto and are not subject to any term, condition, guaranty,
warranty or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale for such
Products and services, true and complete copies of which have previously been delivered to the
Purchaser.
Section 3.20
Customers and Suppliers
. Section 3.20 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of the ten (10)
largest suppliers to and customers of the Business during (i) the fiscal year ended December 31,
2009 and (ii) the six months ended June 30, 2010 (determined on the basis of the total dollar
amount of purchases or sales, as the case may be) showing the total dollar number of purchases from
or sales to, as the case may be, each such customer or supplier during such period. Since December
31, 2009, there has been no termination, cancellation or material curtailment of the business
relationship of BSC or any Seller with respect to the Business with any such customer or supplier
or group of
45
affiliated customers or suppliers nor, to the Knowledge of BSC, has any such customer, supplier or
group of affiliated customers or suppliers indicated in writing an intent to so terminate, cancel
or materially curtail its business relationship with BSC or any Seller with respect to the
Business.
Section 3.21
Certain Business Practices
. Neither BSC nor any Seller in the conduct of the Business, nor, to the Knowledge of BSC, any of
their respective directors, officers, agents or employees engaged in the Business has, in respect
of the Business, (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other
unlawful expenses relating to political activity, or (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or
domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns
or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other
federal, foreign, or state anti-corruption or anti-bribery Law or requirement applicable to BSC or
any Seller.
Section 3.22
Brokers
. Except for Bank of America Merrill Lynch, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to
any brokerage, finders or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of BSC.
BSC is solely responsible for the fees and expenses of Bank of America Merrill Lynch.
Section 3.23
Disclaimer of BSC
. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE III, NONE OF BSC, THE SELLERS, THEIR AFFILIATES OR ANY OF
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES OR REPRESENTATIVES MAKE OR HAVE MADE ANY OTHER
REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN RESPECT OF THE BUSINESS OR
ANY OF THE PURCHASED ASSETS, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THE OPERATION OF THE BUSINESS BY THE PURCHASER AFTER THE CLOSING OR THE
PROBABLE SUCCESS OR PROFITABILITY OF THE BUSINESS AFTER THE CLOSING.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE PURCHASER
The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to BSC as follows:
Section 4.01
Organization and Authority of the Purchaser and its Affiliates
. The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing
and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and authority
to enter into and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or will on
the Closing Date be, party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except as would not materially and adversely
affect or materially delay or would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect or
materially delay the ability of the Purchaser or its Affiliates to carry out its obligations under,
and to consummate the transactions contemplated by
46
this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they will on the Closing Date be a party.
Each Affiliate of the Purchaser that will be party to an Ancillary Agreement is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into and deliver the
Ancillary Agreements to which it will on the Closing Date be party, to carry out its obligations
thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by
the Purchaser of this Agreement and the execution and delivery by the Purchaser and any of its
Affiliates of an Ancillary Agreement to which it will on the Closing Date be party, the performance
by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder, and of the Purchaser and its Affiliates thereunder
and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby have been, or will
be, as applicable, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Purchaser
and such Affiliates. This Agreement has been, and upon their execution the Ancillary Agreements to
which the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates will be party shall have been, duly executed and
delivered by the Purchaser and such Affiliates, and (assuming due authorization, execution and
delivery by BSC) this Agreement constitutes, and upon their execution the Ancillary Agreements to
which the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates shall be party shall constitute, legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Purchaser and such Affiliates, enforceable against them in accordance
with their respective terms.
Section 4.02
No Conflict
. Assuming compliance with the pre-merger notification and waiting period requirements of the HSR
Act, the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and of the
Purchaser and its Affiliates of the Ancillary Agreements to which any of them will on the Closing
Date be party do not and will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any
provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of
the Purchaser or any such Affiliate, (b) conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order
applicable to the Purchaser, any such Affiliate or any of their respective assets, properties or
businesses or (c) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event which with
the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any consent
under, or give to any Person any rights of termination, acceleration or cancellation of, any note,
bond, mortgage or indenture, Contract, permit, franchise or other instrument or arrangement (or
right thereunder) to which the Purchaser or any such Affiliate is a party, except, in the case of
clauses (b) and (c), as would not materially and adversely affect or materially delay or would
reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect or materially delay the ability of the
Purchaser or its Affiliates to carry out its obligations under, and to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they will on the Closing Date
be a party.
Section 4.03
Governmental Consents and Approvals
. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement
to
which
it is, or will on the Closing Date be, party by the Purchaser and each Purchaser Affiliate do not
and will not require any consent, approval, authorization or other order of, action by, filing
with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority, except (a) the pre-merger notification and
waiting period requirements of the HSR Act, (b) any additional consents, approvals, authorizations,
filings and notifications required under any other applicable Antitrust Laws, or (c) where failure
to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or action or to make any such filing or
notification, would not prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions
47
contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it or any of them is, or will
on the Closing Date be, party by the Purchaser and each Purchaser Affiliate.
Section 4.04
Financing
. The Purchaser has cash and cash equivalents, available lines of credit or other sources of
immediately available funds to enable it to pay, in cash, the Initial Purchase Price and all other
amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or otherwise necessary to
consummate all the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
Section 4.05
Litigation
. No Action by or against the Purchaser or any Purchaser Affiliate is pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened, before any Governmental Authority that would affect the
legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or that would
reasonably be expected to hinder, impair or delay the ability of the Purchaser or any Purchaser
Affiliate to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
Section 4.06
Brokers
. Except for Barclays Capital, Inc., no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any
brokerage, finders or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the
Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be solely responsible for payment of the fees and expenses of
Barclays Capital, Inc.
Section 4.07
BSCs Representations
. The Purchaser is purchasing the Purchased Assets and assuming the Assumed Liabilities based
solely on the results of its inspections and investigations, and not on any representation or
warranty of BSC or any Seller not expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Purchaser hereby
agrees and acknowledges that other than the representations and warranties made in Article III,
none of BSC, the Sellers, their Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors,
employees or representatives make or have made any representation or warranty, express or implied,
at law or in equity, with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Business including as to
merchantability or fitness for any particular use or purpose, the operation of the Business by the
Purchaser after the Closing or the probable success or profitability of the Business after the
Closing. Based on the inspections and investigations referred to above and the representations and
warranties set forth in Article III, the Purchaser is relinquishing any right to any claim based on
any representation or warranty other than those specifically included in Article III.
ARTICLE V
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
Section 5.01
Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing
.
(a) BSC covenants and agrees that between the date hereof and the Closing, BSC shall, and
shall cause each Seller to:
48
(i) conduct the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice
in all material respects;
(ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact in all material
respects the business organization of the Business; and
(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the goodwill and
relationships with customers, distributors, sales agents, suppliers, licensees and
licensors and others having business dealings with the Business.
(b) BSC covenants and agrees that between the date hereof and the Closing (or in the case of
clause (i) below, between the date hereof and the Deferred Closing Date for the Deferred Assets, or
in the case of clauses (xiii) and (xiv) below, between the date hereof and the Deferred Closing
Date, or in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (vii) below, between the date hereof and the
Closing Date for the Closing Transfer Employees and between the Closing Date and the applicable
Employee Transfer Date for the Cork Transfer Employees, the Fremont Transfer Employees, the West
Valley Transfer Employees, the Deferred Closing Transfer Employees and the Delayed Transfer
Employees) without the prior written consent of the Purchaser (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned), BSC will not, and will not permit the Sellers to, with respect
to the Business:
(i) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose (other than the sale of
inventories in the ordinary course consistent with past practice) of or permit or
allow all or any portion of any of the Purchased Assets or the Deferred Assets
(whether tangible or intangible) or any Leased Real Property or the Cork Purchaser
Leased Facility to be subjected to any Encumbrance, other than Permitted
Encumbrances or Encumbrances that will be released at or prior to the Closing (or
the Deferred Closing in the case of the Deferred Assets);
(ii) grant, implement or announce any increase or decrease in the salaries,
wage rates, bonuses or other benefits payable by BSC or any of the Sellers to any of
the employees of the Business that would be Corresponding Transfer Date Employees
pursuant to Section 6.01, other than as required by Law, pursuant to any plans,
programs or agreements existing on the date hereof or other ordinary increases
consistent with the past practices of BSC, including ordinary course annual grants
of equity-based awards or as set forth in Section 3.14(j) of the Disclosure
Schedule;
(iii) establish, adopt or amend in any material respect any Plan covering any
employees of the Business that would be Corresponding Transfer Date Employees
pursuant to Section 6.01, except for such establishments, adoptions or amendments
that are consistent with those made in respect of Plans covering employees of BSC
Other Businesses or those required by Law;
(iv) change any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy or
internal control procedures used by BSC (as it relates to the Business), other than
such changes required by U.S. GAAP or Law;
49
(v) fail to exercise any rights of renewal with respect to any Leased Real
Property or with respect to any lease affecting the Cork Purchaser Leased Facility
that by its terms would otherwise expire;
(vi) settle or compromise any material claims of BSC or the Sellers (to the
extent relating to the Business), other than settlements of any claims against BSC
or any Seller solely for money damages payable prior to the Closing Date;
(vii) transfer any Corresponding Transfer Date Employee to another business
unit of BSC or terminate the employment of any Corresponding Transfer Date Employee
other than for cause;
(viii) enter into, extend, materially amend, cancel or terminate other than for
cause (except with respect to any lease for a Transferred Site) any Material
Contract or agreement which if entered into prior to the date hereof would be a
Material Contract, other than customer or supplier contracts in the ordinary course
of business consistent with past practice;
(ix) acquire any material asset or property primarily related to the Business
other than in the ordinary course consistent with past practice;
(x) delay payment of any account payable or other Liability of the Business
beyond its due date or the date when such Liability would have been paid in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(xi) materially amend the current insurance policies in respect of the
Business, except for such amendments that are consistent with those made in respect
of insurance policies for BSC Other Businesses;
(xii) settle or compromise any material claims of BSC or the Sellers (to the
extent relating to the Business) that would constitute a Deferred Asset, other than
settlements of any such claims against BSC or any Seller solely for money damages
payable prior to the Deferred Closing Date;
(xiii) enter into any Contract that will be a Transferred Contract on the
Deferred Closing Date for a Deferred Closing Country or extend, materially amend,
cancel or terminate other than for cause any Contract that will be a Transferred
Contract on the Deferred Closing Date for a Deferred Closing Country; or
(xiv) agree to take any of the actions specified in this Section 5.01(b),
except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.
50
Section 5.02
Access to Information
. (a) From the date hereof until the Closing, upon reasonable notice, BSC shall, and shall cause
its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, accountants and counsel to, (i) afford
the Purchaser and its officers, employees and authorized agents and representatives reasonable
access to the offices, properties and books and records of BSC and the Sellers (to the extent
relating to the Business) and (ii) furnish to the officers, employees, and authorized agents and
representatives of the Purchaser such additional financial and operating data and other information
regarding the Business (or copies thereof) as the Purchaser may from time to time reasonably
request (including, subject to the rights of any landlord, access to conduct an environmental site
assessment of any Transferred Site, provided that such assessment shall not include any sampling or
testing of any soil, groundwater, air or other environmental media, or building material, without
the express written consent of BSC, such consent to be withheld at the sole discretion of BSC);
provided
that any such access or furnishing of information shall be conducted at the
Purchasers expense, during normal business hours, under the supervision of BSCs personnel and in
such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the normal operations of the Business.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, BSC shall not be required to disclose
any information to the Purchaser if such disclosure would be reasonably likely to, (i) jeopardize
any attorney-client or other legal privilege (provided that BSC shall, and shall cause the Sellers
to, use commercially reasonable efforts to put in place an arrangement to permit such disclosure
without loss of attorney-client privilege) or (ii) contravene any applicable Laws, fiduciary duty
or binding agreement entered into prior to the date hereof (provided that BSC shall, and shall
cause the Sellers to, use commercially reasonable efforts to put in place an arrangement to permit
such disclosure without violating such Law, duty or agreement).
(b) In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made against or incurred by BSC or the
Sellers relating to the Business or for any other reasonable purpose, for a period of seven years
after the Closing or the expiration of the relevant period for the statutes of limitations, the
Purchaser shall (i) retain the books and records relating to the Business relating to periods prior
to the Closing, and (ii) upon reasonable notice, afford the officers, employees, agents and
representatives of BSC or the Sellers reasonable access (including the right to make, at BSCs
expense, photocopies), during normal business hours, to such books and records;
provided
that the Purchaser shall notify BSC at least 20 Business Days in advance of destroying any such
books and records in order to provide BSC the opportunity to copy such books and records in
accordance with this Section 5.02(b).
(c) In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made by or against or incurred by the
Purchaser relating to the Business or for any other reasonable purpose, for a period of seven years
after the Closing or the expiration of the relevant period for the statutes of limitations, BSC
shall (i) retain the books and records relating to the Business relating to periods prior to the
Closing which shall not otherwise have been delivered to the Purchaser and (ii) upon reasonable
notice, afford the officers, employees, agents and representatives of the Purchaser reasonable
access (including the right to make, at the Purchasers expense, photocopies), during normal
business hours, to such books and records;
provided
that BSC shall notify the Purchaser at
least 20 Business Days in advance of destroying any such books and records in order to provide the
Purchaser the opportunity to copy such books and records in accordance with this Section 5.02(c).
51
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 5.02 shall not
apply to Tax Returns and related information (that are exclusively addressed in Section 5.14).
Section 5.03
Confidentiality
. (a) The terms of the letter agreement dated as of April 5, 2010 (the
Confidentiality
Agreement
) between BSC and the Purchaser are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall
continue in full force and effect until the Closing, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement
and the obligations of the Purchaser under this Section 5.03 shall terminate;
provided
that
the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate only in respect of that portion of the Evaluation
Material (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) relating to the Business. If this Agreement
is, for any reason, terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall
nonetheless continue in full force and effect.
(b) Nothing provided to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.02(a) shall in any way amend or
diminish the Purchasers obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement. The Purchaser
acknowledges and agrees that any Evaluation Material provided to the Purchaser pursuant to Section
5.02(a) or otherwise by BSC, the Sellers or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative,
accountant or counsel thereof shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality
Agreement.
Section 5.04
Regulatory and Other Authorizations
. (a) Each party shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly obtain all
authorizations,
consents, orders and approvals of all Governmental Authorities and officials that may be or become
necessary for its execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations pursuant to,
this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and will cooperate fully with the other party in
promptly seeking to obtain all such authorizations, consents, orders and approvals, including
cooperation to enable the Purchaser to obtain, to the extent not included in the Purchased Assets,
all material Permits and Registrations necessary for the operation of the Business as currently
conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted and the ownership of the Purchased Assets.
Each party hereto agrees to make promptly (but in no event later than ten Business Days of the date
hereof) its respective filing, if necessary, pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to supply as promptly as practicable to the
appropriate Governmental Authorities any additional information and documentary material that may
be requested pursuant to the HSR Act. Each party hereto agrees to make as promptly as practicable
its respective filings and notifications, if any, under any other applicable antitrust,
competition, or trade regulation Law (together with the HSR Act, the
Antitrust Laws
), to
supply as promptly as practicable to the appropriate Governmental Authorities any additional
information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the applicable Antitrust Law
and not to enter into any transaction prior to the Closing that would reasonably be expected to
make it more difficult, or increase the time required, to obtain any necessary consents or
approvals under such Laws.
(b) Each party shall have the right to review in advance, and, to the extent reasonably
practicable, each will consult the other on, all information relating to the other and each of
their respective Affiliates that appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted
to, any Governmental Authority in connection with this Agreement and the
52
transactions contemplated hereby;
provided
that materials may be redacted (x) to
remove references concerning the valuation of the Purchased Assets, (y) as necessary to comply with
contractual arrangements, and (z) as necessary to address reasonable attorney-client or other
privilege or confidentiality concerns.
(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties agree to use their
reasonable best efforts to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any Antitrust Law
that may be asserted by any antitrust or competition Governmental Authority or any other party so
as to enable the parties hereto to close the transactions contemplated hereby as promptly as
practicable, and in any event prior to the End Date. In addition, the parties shall use their
reasonable best efforts to defend through litigation on the merits any claim asserted in court by
any party in order to avoid entry of, or to have vacated or terminated, any decree, order or
judgment (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that would prevent the Closing prior to the
End Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in connection with the
receipt of any necessary approvals under the HSR Act or any other Antitrust Law, neither the
Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to divest or hold separate any material
assets or business.
(d) Each party to this Agreement shall promptly notify the other party of any communication it
or any of its Affiliates receives from any Governmental Authority relating to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and permit the other party to review in advance (and to consider any
comments made by the other party in relation to) any proposed communication by such party to any
Governmental Authority relating to such matters. Neither party to this Agreement shall participate
in or agree to participate in any substantive meeting, telephone call or discussion with any
Governmental Authority in respect of any filings, investigation (including any settlement of the
investigation), litigation or other inquiry relating to such matters unless it consults with the
other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other
party the opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting, telephone call or discussion. The
parties to this Agreement will coordinate and cooperate fully with each other in exchanging such
information and providing such assistance as the other party may reasonably request in connection
with the foregoing and in seeking early termination of any applicable waiting periods, including
under the HSR Act. Each party to this Agreement will provide the outside legal counsel for the
other party with copies of all correspondence, filings or communications between them or any of
their representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or members of its staff, on
the other hand, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
provided
that materials may be redacted (x) to remove references concerning the valuation of the Purchased
Assets, (y) as necessary to comply with contractual arrangements, and (z) as necessary to address
reasonable attorney-client or other privilege or confidentiality concerns.
(e) Each party to this Agreement shall (i) subject to Section 5.04(d) above, respond as
promptly as reasonably practicable to any inquiries or requests for additional information and
documentary material received from any Governmental Authority in connection with any antitrust or
competition matters related to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
(ii) not extend any waiting period or agree to refile under the HSR Act (except with the prior
written consent of the other party hereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed) and (iii) not enter into any agreement with
53
any Governmental Authority agreeing not to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
Section 5.05
Consents
. (a) Each party hereto agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents,
approvals and authorizations not contemplated by Section 5.04 that may be required in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. In furtherance
of the foregoing, the parties further agree as set forth in Schedule 5.05.
(b) Each party hereto agrees that, in the event that any consent, approval or authorization
necessary to preserve for the Business any right or benefit under any Contract to which BSC or any
Seller is a party is not obtained prior to the Closing, BSC will, and will cause the Sellers to,
subsequent to the Closing, cooperate with the Purchaser in attempting to obtain such consent,
approval or authorization as promptly thereafter as practicable. If such consent, approval or
authorization cannot be obtained, BSC shall, and shall cause the Sellers to, use their commercially
reasonable efforts to provide the Purchaser with the rights and benefits of the affected Contract
for the term of such Contract, and, if BSC and the Sellers provide such rights and benefits, the
Purchaser, as the case may be, shall assume the obligations and burdens thereunder to the same
extent provided in Schedule 2.02(a)(i) in respect of Transferred Contracts and to the extent the
obligations and burdens are not substantially different than the obligations and burdens on BSC or
Sellers under such Contract as of the Closing Date and do not include any Excluded Liabilities set
forth in Sections 2.02(b)(i) through (xiv).
Section 5.06
Retained Names and Marks
. (a) The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that all right, title and interest in and to the
BOSTON
SCIENTIFIC, BSCI and BSC names, together with all names that resemble the foregoing so as to
be likely to cause confusion or mistake or to deceive, and all trademarks, service marks, Internet
domain names, tag lines, logos, trade names, trade dress, packaging designs, media branding
designs, company names and other identifiers of source or goodwill containing or incorporating any
of the foregoing (collectively, the
Retained Names and Marks
) shall be retained by BSC or
any of its Affiliates, and that, except as expressly provided below, any and all right of the
Purchaser to use the Retained Names and Marks hereunder shall terminate as of the Closing and shall
immediately revert to BSC, along with any and all goodwill associated therewith. The Purchaser
further acknowledges that it is not acquiring any rights to use the Retained Names and Marks,
except as expressly provided herein.
(b) After the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall be entitled to use, solely in connection with
the operation of the Business as operated in all material respects immediately prior to the
Closing, all of its existing stocks of signs, letterheads, invoice stock, advertisements and
promotional materials, inventory, packaging and other documents and materials (
Existing
Stock
) containing the Retained Names and Marks, provided that the Purchaser shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to remove, or cease using the Retained Names and Marks (or in the
case of advertisements, promotional materials, inventory and packaging, over-label or re-sticker
such Existing Stock so as to conceal such Retained Names and Marks) as promptly as practicable
after the Closing. After the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date (or until such
Existing Stock is exhausted in the case of the inventory of any Product for which the Retained
Names and Marks are embedded in such Product as part of the manufacturing process
54
and not reasonably capable of being stickered or labeled), the Purchaser shall have no right
to use the Retained Names and Marks hereunder and shall have removed or obliterated all Retained
Names and Marks from such Existing Stock or ceased using such Existing Stock (or in the case of
advertisements, promotional materials, inventory and packaging, shall have over-labeled or
re-stickered such Existing Stock so as to conceal such Retained Names and Marks).
(c) Except as expressly provided in this Section 5.06, no other right to use the Retained
Names and Marks is granted by BSC to the Purchaser or its Affiliates whether by implication or
otherwise, and nothing hereunder permits the Purchaser or its Affiliates to use the Retained Names
and Marks in any manner other than in connection with Existing Stock. The Purchaser shall ensure
that all its uses of the Retained Names and Marks as provided in this Section 5.06 shall be only
with respect to goods and services of a level of quality commensurate with the quality of goods and
services with respect to which the Retained Names and Marks were used in the Business prior to the
Closing. Any and all goodwill generated by the use of the Retained Names and Marks under this
Section 5.06 shall inure solely to the benefit of BSC. The Purchaser or its Affiliates shall not
use the Retained Names and Marks hereunder in any manner that may damage or tarnish the reputation
of BSC or the goodwill associated with the Retained Names and Marks. For the avoidance of doubt,
nothing in this Section 5.06 shall preclude the Purchaser and its Affiliates from keeping records
and other historical or archived documents containing or referencing the Retained Names and Marks
or referring to the historical fact that the Business was previously conducted under the Retained
Names and Marks, provided that with respect to any such reference, the Purchaser shall not use the
Retained Names and Marks to promote any products or services and the Purchaser shall make explicit
that the Business is no longer affiliated with BSC, the Sellers or any of their Affiliates.
(d) The Purchaser agrees that BSC shall have no responsibility for claims by third parties
arising out of, or relating to, the use by the Purchaser of any Retained Names and Marks after the
Closing, except as provided under Article VIII. In addition to any and all other available
remedies, and except as provided pursuant to Article VIII, the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold
harmless BSC and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and
assigns, from and against any and all such claims that may arise out of the use of the Retained
Names and Marks by the Purchaser (i) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section
5.06, other than such claims that the Retained Names and Marks infringe the Intellectual Property
rights of any third party, or (ii) in violation of or outside the scope permitted by this Section
5.06. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Purchaser hereby
acknowledges that in the event of any breach or threatened breach of this Section 5.06, BSC, in
addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to seek a preliminary injunction,
temporary restraining order or other equivalent relief restraining the Purchaser and any of its
Affiliates from any such breach or threatened breach.
Section 5.07
Notifications
. Until the Closing, each party hereto shall promptly notify the other party in writing of any
fact, change, condition, circumstance or occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event of which it is
aware that will or is reasonably likely to result in any breach of a representation or warranty or
covenant of such party, which breach would reasonably be expected to result in any of the
conditions set forth in Article VII of this Agreement becoming incapable of being satisfied. The
delivery of notice pursuant to this Section 5.07 shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies
available hereunder to the party
55
receiving such notice or the representations or warranties of the parties or the conditions to the
obligations of the parties hereto.
Section 5.08
Bulk Transfer Laws
. Each party hereby waives compliance by the other parties with any applicable bulk sale or bulk
transfer laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets to the
Purchaser.
Section 5.09
Audited Special Purpose Financial Statements
. BSC has retained Ernst & Young LLP to audit the unaudited special purpose
statement of assets to
be acquired and liabilities to be assumed of the Business for the fiscal years ended as of December
31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and the related unaudited special purpose statements of revenue and
direct expenses of the Business and prior to the Closing shall (i) deliver to the Purchaser such
audited special purpose financial statements (the
Audited Special Purpose Financial
Statements
) and (ii) after the execution by the Purchaser of such reasonable acknowledgement
or non-reliance letters as BSCs auditors may request, permit access to the work papers related
thereto;
provided
that any information in such workpapers not pertaining to the Business
shall be redacted prior to access by the Purchaser of such workpapers (provided that such redaction
shall not impair any information pertaining to the Business).
Section 5.10
Non-Solicitation
. (a) BSC shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of
the Purchaser or except as expressly provided in any Ancillary Agreement, for a period of 18 months
from the applicable Employee Transfer Date, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire
any Transferred Employee whose employment was transferred as of such Employee Transfer Date;
provided
that (i) BSC and its Affiliates are not prohibited from employing any such person
who contacts BSC or any such Affiliate on his or her own initiative and without any direct or
indirect solicitation by BSC or such Affiliate, and (ii) the term solicit for employment shall
not be deemed to include general solicitations of employment not specifically directed toward any
such Person.
(b) The Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, without the prior written
consent of BSC or except as expressly provided in any Ancillary Agreement, for a period of (x)
except as otherwise provided in clause (y) below, 18 months from the Closing Date in the case of
clause (I) below and 12 months from the Closing Date in the case of clause (II) below, directly or
indirectly, solicit for employment or hire any individual who is employed by BSC or any of its
Affiliates as of the date hereof (or at any time during such period) and (I) becomes known to the
Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee, agent or advisor of the
Purchaser or its Affiliates as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
Ancillary Agreements or (II) is recommended as a potential employee of the Purchaser or any of its
Affiliates (who, when hired, would be classified as a Manager or above in the Purchasers human
resources system) by any of the individuals who received a Special Retention Bonus Program
Participation Notice as described in Section 6.03 of the Disclosure Schedule, to the individual
with responsibility for hiring decisions on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or (y)
18 months from the Cork Manufacturing Transfer Date, the Fremont Manufacturing Transfer Date or the
West Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date (as applicable), directly or indirectly, solicit for
employment or hire any individual (other than the Transferred Employees) who (A) is employed in the
Cork Facility or the Fremont manufacturing facility by BSC or any of its Affiliates as of the Cork
Manufacturing Transfer Date or the Fremont
56
Manufacturing Transfer Date, respectively, or (B) was employed in the West Valley Facility
prior to the West Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date and is employed elsewhere by BSC or any of its
Affiliates as of the West Valley Manufacturing Transfer Date;
provided
that (i) the
Purchaser and its Affiliates are not prohibited from employing any such person who contacts the
Purchaser or any such Affiliate on his or her own initiative and without any direct or indirect
solicitation by the Purchaser or such Affiliate, and (ii) the term solicit for employment or
solicitation shall not be deemed to include general solicitations of employment not specifically
directed toward any such person.
Section 5.11
Non-Competition
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in any of the Ancillary Agreements, for a period
of three years after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not
to, directly or indirectly, anywhere in the world, use in the Restricted Areas, except in those
Restricted Areas described in clauses (d), (f) and (h) of the definition of Restricted Areas, any
of (i) the products set forth on Schedules A through C to the Technology Transfer Agreement,
including as improved during such three year period, (ii) the Transferred Intellectual Property,
(iii) the Intellectual Property provided under the Transferred IP Agreements or (iv) the
Transferred Products Know-how (which, as used in this Section 5.11(a), has the meaning assigned to
it in the Technology Transfer Agreement) licensed under the Technology Transfer Agreement.
(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in any of the Ancillary Agreements, for either
(x) a period of five years after the Closing Date or (y) a period of three years after the last
Facility Transfer Date, whichever is longer, BSC shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to,
directly or indirectly, anywhere in the world, engage in the Business or, without the prior written
consent of the Purchaser, directly or indirectly, own an interest in, manage, operate, join,
control or participate in or be connected with, as a member, agent, partner, stockholder or
investor, any Person anywhere that engages in the Business;
provided
that, for the purposes
of this Section 5.11(b), (i) the ownership of securities having no more than five percent of the
outstanding voting power of any such Person which are listed on any national securities exchange
shall not be deemed to be in violation of this Section 5.11(b) as long as BSC and its Affiliates
have no other connection or relationship with such Person, (ii) the ownership of no more than ten
(10) percent of the outstanding ownership interest in any fund which invests in, manages or
operates such Person shall not be deemed to be in violation of this Section 5.11(b) so long as (A)
the principal purpose of such fund is not to make investments in Persons that engage in the
Business, and (B) BSC or the Affiliate thereof owning such interest does not control or exercise
any influence over such Person, and (ii) BSC and its Affiliates shall not be prohibited from
acquiring shares of capital stock or assets of any Person (an
Acquired Business
) that has
operations that would otherwise be restricted under this Section 5.11(b) or from continuing to
operate such Acquired Business if (A) the primary purpose or effect of such acquisition shall not
be for BSC or its Affiliates to engage in the Business, (B) the Acquired Business is not primarily
engaged in any business that engages in the Business, and (C) either (x) the annual net revenues of
the portion of the Acquired Business that engages in the Business do not exceed $30 million for the
most recently completed fiscal year of the Acquired Business prior to such acquisition or (y) if
the annual net revenues of the portion of the Acquired Business that engages in the Business exceed
$30 million for the most recently completed fiscal year or in any twelve (12) month period ending
after the Closing Date (but prior to the expiration of the period set forth in the preceding
sentence), BSC and its Affiliates shall sell or otherwise dispose of that portion of
57
the Acquired Business that engages in the Business no later than twelve (12) months after
either the date of such acquisition or the last day of the last month of the twelve month period in
which the aggregate net revenues of the portion of the Acquired Business that engaged in the
Business exceeded $30 million, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in
this Section 5.11(b) shall apply to any Person or its Affiliates (other than BSC and its Affiliates
prior to the date of acquisition (and their respective assets however held)) that acquires a
majority of the capital stock of BSC and that prior to such acquisition already was engaged in the
Business.
(c) If any covenant in this Section 5.11 is found to be invalid, void or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction by a final determination of a court or any other Governmental
Authority of competent jurisdiction, the parties agree that: (i) such determination will not affect
the validity or enforceability of (A) the offending term or provision in any other situation or in
any other jurisdiction or (B) the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 5.11 in any
situation in any jurisdiction; (ii) the offending term or provision will be reformed rather than
voided and the court or Governmental Authority making such determination will have the power to
reduce the scope, duration or geographical area of any invalid or unenforceable term or provision,
to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision
with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the
intention of the invalid or unenforceable provision, in order to render the restrictive covenants
set forth in this Section 5.11 enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law; and
(iii) the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 5.11 will be enforceable as so modified.
(d) Nothing in this Section 5.11 shall prevent Purchaser or its Affiliates from reprocessing
any medical device for any purpose for use in any field;
provided
that the foregoing shall
not permit the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to market or promote any Product described in
clause (i) of Section 5.11(a) in a manner that violates Section 5.11(a).
Section 5.12
Collection of Accounts Receivables; Inventory
.
(a) To the extent any amounts with respect to Accounts Receivable are received by the
Purchaser or any of its Affiliates that arise from the conduct of the Business prior to 11:59 pm on
the day immediately preceding the Closing Date or by BSC or any of its Affiliates that arise from
the conduct of the Business after such time, the Purchaser or BSC, as the case may be, shall
promptly remit such amounts to the other.
(b) BSC covenants and agrees that the value of gross finished goods inventory included in the
Purchased Assets as of the Closing Date, determined in a manner consistent with the Unaudited
Special Purpose Financial Statements, shall not be less than the amount set forth on Schedule
5.12(b).
Section 5.13
Further Action
. The parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all
appropriate action, to do or cause to be done all things necessary, proper or advisable under
applicable Law, the Transferred Contracts or otherwise, and to execute and deliver such documents
and other papers, as may be required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and consummate
and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.
58
Section 5.14
Tax Cooperation and Exchange of Information
. BSC and the Purchaser will provide each other with such cooperation and
information as either of
them reasonably may request of the other in filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or claim for
refund, determining any liability for Taxes or a right to a refund of Taxes or participating in or
conducting any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes relating to this Agreement, the
Purchased Assets or the Business. Such cooperation and information shall include providing copies
of relevant Tax Returns or portions thereof, together with accompanying schedules and related work
papers and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by taxing authorities;
provided
that in no event shall BSC or the Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates
be required to provide access to or copies of any income Tax Returns of BSC, the Purchaser, or any
such Affiliate including the Sellers. BSC and the Purchaser will make themselves (and their
respective employees) available, on a mutually convenient basis, to provide explanations of any
documents or information provided under this Section 5.14. Each of BSC and the Purchaser will
retain all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers and all material records or other documents in
its possession (or in the possession of its Affiliates) relating to Tax matters relevant to the
Purchased Assets for the taxable period first ending after the Closing and for all prior taxable
periods until the later of (i) the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable periods
to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate, without regard to extensions, or (ii) six
years following the due date (without extension) for such Tax Returns. After such time, before BSC
or the Purchaser shall dispose of any such documents in its possession (or in the possession of its
Affiliates), the other party shall be given the opportunity, after 90 days prior written notice,
to remove and retain all or any part of such documents as such other party may select (at such
other partys expense). Any information obtained under this Section 5.14 shall be kept
confidential, except as may be otherwise necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or
claims for refund or in conducting an audit or other proceeding. Any out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in furnishing such information or assistance pursuant to this Section 5.14 shall be borne
by the party requesting it.
Section 5.15
Conveyance Taxes
. Conveyance Taxes attributable to the sale of the Purchased Assets or the Business shall be borne
fifty percent (50%) by the Purchaser and fifty percent (50%) by BSC and the Sellers when due.
Without limiting the foregoing, each party shall complete and execute a resale or other exemption
certificate with respect to inventory and similar items sold hereunder, and shall provide the other
party with an executed copy thereof. BSC, the Sellers and the Purchaser shall use reasonable
efforts and cooperate in good faith to exempt the sale and transfer of the Purchased Assets from
any such Conveyance Taxes. The Purchaser, BSC and the Sellers shall cooperate in the preparation
and filing of all necessary Tax Returns or other documents with respect to all such Conveyance
Taxes;
provided
, however, that in the event any such Tax Return requires execution by any
Seller, the Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to such Seller a copy of such Tax Return at least
five (5) days before the due date thereof, and such Seller shall promptly execute such Tax Return
and deliver it to the Purchaser, which shall cause it to be filed. The parties shall provide
reimbursement for any Tax described in this Section 5.15 that is paid by the other parties as may
be necessary such that the Purchaser, on the one hand, and BSC and the Sellers, on the other each
pay fifty percent (50%) of such Conveyance Taxes.
Section 5.16
VAT and Recoverable Taxes
. Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Recoverable Taxes shall be borne entirely by the
party entitled to
59
recover such Taxes under applicable Law. VAT, to the extent not considered Recoverable Taxes,
shall be paid by the Purchaser on any supplies effected for VAT purposes under or pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.16. The Purchaser, BSC
and the Sellers shall cooperate to file any Tax Return relating to VAT or Recoverable Taxes, to the
extent necessary. To the extent that any VAT is chargeable on any Purchased Assets transferred
pursuant to this Agreement, the transferring person (the
Supplier
) shall deliver to the
recipient (the
Recipient
): (i) a valid VAT invoice where required by applicable Law or
practice and (ii) any other documentation as may be reasonably requested by the Recipient to assist
it to recover the VAT chargeable or payable, in each case, in such form and within such timing as
may be required by Law. An amount equal to the amount of VAT chargeable or payable by the Supplier
on the Purchased Assets transferred shall be paid in addition to the consideration provided in this
Agreement, by the Recipient to the Supplier within five (5) Business Days of receipt of a valid VAT
invoice (or where no invoice is required, within five (5) Business Days of demand) or, if later,
two (2) Business Days before the date on which the obligation to account for VAT would have had to
be discharged in order to avoid liability to interest or a charge or penalty. The Supplier shall
account for all amounts in respect of VAT paid to it by the Recipient to the appropriate Tax
Authorities in compliance with applicable Laws. The Supplier and the Recipient shall use
reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to determine the appropriate rate of VAT and to
exempt the transfer of the Purchased Assets from any VAT and/or, where available, to apply for a
specific VAT-relief for a Transfer Of a Going Concern (TOGC). This shall include, but not be
limited to, cooperation to ensure that the transfer of the Purchased Assets is treated as the
transfer of a business or part thereof under Articles 19 and 29 of the VAT Directive (2006/112/EC)
and is not a supply of goods or the supply of services. In the event that VAT is incorrectly
charged by the Supplier, and the Supplier is entitled to recover the amount of incorrectly charged
VAT, the Supplier shall use its reasonable best efforts to recover such amount and shall pay such
recovered amount over to the Recipient within three (3) Business Days after receipt thereof.
Section 5.17
Proration of Taxes
. Except as provided in Section 5.15 or 5.16, the portion of any Tax payable with respect to a
Straddle Period that is allocable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date
or Facility Transfer Date applicable to the Purchased Asset or Transferred Employee (or, with
respect to any Deferred Asset or Deferred Closing Transfer Employee, the applicable Deferred
Closing Date) shall be (i) in the case of property and similar ad valorem Taxes and any other Taxes
not described in clause (ii) below relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business, equal to the
amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of days during the Straddle Period that fall on or prior to the Closing Date,
Facility Transfer Date or Deferred Closing Date, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the
number of days in the entire Straddle Period, and (ii) in the case of sales and similar Taxes,
employment Taxes and other Taxes that are readily apportionable based on an actual or deemed
closing of the books relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business, computed as if such taxable
period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date or Facility Transfer Date applicable
to the Purchased Asset or Transferred Employee or, with respect to any Deferred Asset or Deferred
Closing Transfer Employee, the applicable Deferred Closing Date. If any Taxes subject to proration
pursuant to the preceding sentence are paid by the Purchaser or its Affiliates, on the one hand, or
BSC or its Affiliates, on the other hand, then the proportionate amount of such Taxes for which the
non-paying party is responsible under the terms of this
60
Agreement
shall be promptly reimbursed to the paying party by the non-paying party after the payment of such Taxes. Any
refunds, credits or similar benefits relating to such Taxes shall be allocated between the
Purchaser and BSC in the same manner that the Taxes to which the refunds, credits or similar
benefits relate were paid, and BSC shall promptly pay to the Purchaser, or the Purchaser shall
promptly pay to BSC, as the case may be, the portion of such refund, credit or similar benefit
received or realized that is allocable to the other party hereunder.
Section 5.18
BSC Compensation Tax Items
. (a) BSC and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that BSC and its Affiliates will take into
account any BSC Compensation Tax Items in computing liability for U.S. federal, state and local
income Taxes (and shall be responsible for all withholding and information reporting with respect
to such amounts), and that neither the Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates will take into account
any such BSC Compensation Tax Items in computing liability for such Taxes except as provided in
this Section 5.18 or as otherwise required by applicable Law. The same approach shall be followed
for purposes of computing liability for Taxes outside the United States, except to the extent the
Laws of a particular jurisdiction provide to the contrary.
(b) If BSC determines that, under applicable Law, neither BSC nor any of its Affiliates is
permitted to take into account any BSC Compensation Tax Item, and the Purchaser or any of its
Affiliates determines in good faith that it is permitted or required to take into account such BSC
Compensation Tax Item in computing its income Tax liability, which determination shall be
conclusive and binding on the parties, then the Purchaser shall calculate in good faith and pay to
BSC the amount of any actual income Tax savings realized in the year such BSC Compensation Tax Item
is taken into account as a result of the BSC Compensation Tax Item, it being understood that an
actual income Tax saving shall only be treated as occurring in a year to the extent that the
Purchasers actual income Tax payable in respect of such year without taking the BSC Compensation
Tax Item into account is greater than the amount of actual income tax that would have been payable
in such year had such BSC Compensation Tax Item not been taken into account. The Purchaser shall
make such payment, reduced by all expenses (including any employment Taxes) incurred by the
Purchaser or any of its Affiliates in connection with this Section 5.18, to BSC, and provide BSC
with copies of the calculations of such actual income Tax savings, within ninety (90) days
following the filing of the Purchasers income tax Return for the year in which such BSC
Compensation Tax Item is realized. The Purchasers calculation of such Tax savings shall be
binding and conclusive on the parties in the absence of manifest error. In the event that the
Purchasers deduction of any BSC Compensation Tax Item is disallowed by any Governmental Authority
in any audit, litigation, proceeding or otherwise, BSC shall repay to Purchaser the amount
Purchaser determines it had previously paid to BSC in respect of such disallowed BSC Compensation
Tax Item, together with any penalty, interest or other charges imposed by any Governmental
Authority in connection with such disallowance and any other out of pocket expenses incurred by the
Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.
(c) In connection with any BSC Compensation Tax Items, BSC and the Purchaser agree to provide
each other with such cooperation and information as either of them reasonably may request of the
other, as provided under Section 5.14, which cooperation shall include providing information with
respect to information reporting and withholding requirements applicable to the exercise by
Transferred Employees and Former Employees of
61
options to acquire BSC capital stock and the coordination of the responsible party for such
reporting and withholding requirements.
Section 5.19
Tax Treatment of Deferred Transfers
. The parties agree that (i) with respect to any Purchased Asset that is to be
transferred to the
Purchaser pursuant to the Separation Agreement and (ii) with respect to any Deferred Asset that is
to be transferred to the Purchaser on a Deferred Closing Date, a completed sale shall not be
treated as occurring for Tax purposes until the relevant Facility Transfer Date or Deferred Closing
Date, as applicable, on which legal title to the Purchased Asset passes to the Purchaser. Neither
the Purchaser nor BSC shall take (or cause any Affiliate to take) any position to the contrary in
any Tax Return or other Tax filing, or in connection with a Tax audit, litigation or other
proceeding.
Section 5.20
Successor Employer
. BSC, the Sellers and the Purchaser shall, to the extent possible, treat the Purchaser as a
successor employer and BSC and the Sellers as predecessors, within the meaning of Sections
3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code, with respect to Transferred Employees for purposes of Taxes
imposed under the United States Federal Unemployment Tax Act, as amended, or the United States
Federal Insurance Contributions Act, as amended. Each of the Purchaser, BSC and the Sellers agrees
to adopt the Standard Procedure described in IRS Revenue Procedure 2004-53 and furnish a separate
IRS Form W-2 to each Transferred Employee with respect to wages paid by the Purchaser, on the one
hand, and BSC and the Sellers, on the other.
Section 5.21
Risk of Loss
. The risk of loss or damage by fire or other casualty to any of the Transferred Sites or Tangible
Personal Property before the Closing is assumed by BSC. In the event that any of the Transferred
Sites or Tangible Personal Property shall suffer any fire or casualty or any injury before the
Closing, BSC agrees to (i) repair the damage (or cause the damage to be repaired by a landlord, as
applicable) at its sole cost and expense before the Closing Date, (ii) assign to the Purchaser the
proceeds of all insurance coverage in respect of such loss so long as such proceeds are a
reasonable approximation of the cost of such repairs, or (iii) make an appropriate reduction in the
Initial Purchase Price based on a reasonable approximation of the cost of such repair. Except as
otherwise provided in the Separation Agreement, the risk of loss or damage by fire or other
casualty to any of the Transferred Sites or Tangible Personal Property after the Closing is assumed
by the Purchaser.
Section 5.22
Intercompany Arrangements
. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than pursuant to
any Ancillary Agreement) as of the Closing, all services, commitments, agreements or other
arrangements that existed prior to the Closing between BSC and any Seller or any other Affiliate of
BSC with respect to the Business shall cease or be terminated. Any such cessation or termination
shall be without penalty to, and shall not require any action by, the Purchaser or any of its
Affiliates.
Section 5.23
Mixed Contracts
. Except as may otherwise be agreed by the parties in writing, any Contract (other than any
Transferred Contract) to which BSC or any Seller is a party prior to the Closing, in each case,
that inures to the benefit or burden of each of the Business and the BSC Other Businesses,
including those Contracts listed on Schedule 5.23 of the Disclosure Schedule (a
Mixed
Contract
), shall, to the extent commercially reasonable, be separated on or after the Closing
so that each of the Purchaser and BSC shall be entitled to the
62
rights and benefits and shall assume the related portion of any Liabilities inuring to their
respective businesses. If any Mixed Contract cannot be so separated, BSC and the Purchaser shall,
and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates to, take such other commercially reasonable
efforts to cause (i) the rights and benefits associated with that portion of each Mixed Contract
that relates to the Business to be enjoyed by the Purchaser; (ii) the Liabilities associated with
that portion of each Mixed Contract that relates to the Business to be borne by the Purchaser;
(iii) the rights and benefits associated with that portion of each Mixed Contract that relates to
the BSC Other Businesses to be enjoyed by BSC; and (iv) the Liabilities associated with that
portion of each Mixed Contract that relates to the BSC Other Businesses to be borne by BSC. The
costs of such separation shall be borne by the parties in proportion to the rights and benefits
inuring to each of them under the Mixed Contract. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, the Liabilities to be borne by the Purchaser under any Mixed Contracts hereunder
shall not include and the Purchaser shall not assume or have any responsibility for, and BSC shall,
and shall cause the Sellers to, retain and be responsible for paying, performing and discharging
when due, any Excluded Liabilities set forth in Sections 2.02(b)(i) through (xiv).
Section 5.24
Schedules and Exhibits to Certain Ancillary Agreements; OUS Transfer Agreements
. (a) The parties acknowledge that the
schedules and exhibits specified in Schedule 5.24(a) that
are attached to the forms of the Separation Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the
Supply Agreement and the Sales Agent Agreement are subject to modification between the date hereof
and the Closing Date to the extent agreed by the parties, including to provide for greater detail
or specificity regarding the subject matter thereof. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith
any such modifications to such schedules and exhibits prior to the Closing Date;
provided
that the parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, subject to their compliance with such
obligation to negotiate in good faith, failure to agree on any modifications to such schedules and
exhibits will not excuse either party from the performance of any of its obligations hereunder,
including its obligation to effect the Closing on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in Article VII.
(b) BSC and the Purchaser agree to negotiate in good faith to make any changes necessary to
the form of OUS Transfer Agreement attached hereto to conform to applicable local Law, provided
that the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not
affected by such changes. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any OUS
Transfer Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail;
provided
that in the case of
any inconsistency that relates solely to the timing and specific terms of the transfer of title to
one or more Purchased Assets in a particular jurisdiction, the OUS Transfer Agreement in that
particular jurisdiction shall prevail.
Section 5.25
IP Docket; Assignment Documents
. (a) Prior to the Closing, BSC shall provide the Purchaser with a schedule that lists
all
of the
registration, maintenance, annuity and renewal fees, and corresponding due dates, that must be paid
in order to maintain the Transferred Intellectual Property during the sixty (60) day period
following the Closing. Within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, BSC shall also deliver to
the Purchaser all information and documents in its possession, including all reasonably available
electronically stored information and documents, for the Purchaser to maintain continuity of
prosecution of all pending applications within the Transferred Intellectual Property.
63
(b) Following the Closing Date and upon the written request of the Purchaser, BSC hereby
agrees, at its sole expense, to use and shall cause its Sellers to use commercially reasonable
efforts to promptly obtain and deliver to Purchaser any existing patent assignment or other
documents demonstrating ownership by BSC or a Seller of the Transferred Intellectual Property, to
the extent not already provided pursuant to Section 2.06(d).
Section 5.26
Additional Patents
. (a) The Purchaser shall within ten (10) years following the Closing Date, notify BSC in
writing
of any patent issued, or patent application filed, prior to the Closing Date owned by or licensed
to BSC or the Sellers as of the Closing Date that: (x) is neither included in the Business
Intellectual Property, nor licensed to the Purchaser pursuant to the Seller IP License Agreement;
and (y) the Purchaser determines may be infringed by the import, use, manufacture, offer to sell or
sale of (
Covers
) a Transferred Product (which, as used in this Section 5.26, has the
meaning assigned to it in the Technology Transfer Agreement), as such Transferred Product exists
in, or is used or made by, the Business as conducted by BSC or the Sellers as of the Closing Date.
The rights in any such patent or patent issuing from such application, as between the Parties,
shall be assessed as follows:
(i) if any claim of such patent Covers a Transferred Product, or method of using
or making a Transferred Product, as such Transferred Product exists in, or is used or
made by, the Business as conducted by BSC or the Sellers as of the Closing Date, and
does not also Cover another commercialized or development phase device, or the using
or making of such a device, of BSC or any of its Affiliates existing on or before the
Closing Date, then BSC and the Purchaser shall promptly execute (1) an assignment
transferring ownership of or the license to such patent to the Purchaser, and (2) an
amendment to the Purchaser IP License Agreement adding such patent as a Licensed
Patent or Third Party Licensed Patent thereunder, as applicable, which assignment and
amendment will be effective as of the Closing Date;
(ii) if any claim of such patent Covers a Transferred Product, or method of
using or making a Transferred Product, as such Transferred Product exists in, or is
used or made by, the Business as conducted by BSC or the Sellers of the Closing Date,
and also Covers another commercialized or development phase device, or the using or
making of such a device, of BSC or any of its Affiliates existing on or before the
Closing Date, then such patent will be added to Schedule A or C of the Seller IP
License Agreement, as applicable, and BSC and the Purchaser shall promptly execute an
amendment to the Seller IP License Agreement, which amendment will be effective as of
the Closing Date; and
(iii) if no claim of such patent Covers a Transferred Product, or method of
using or making a Transferred Product, as such Transferred Product exists in, or is
used or made by, the Business as conducted by BSC or the Sellers as of the Closing
Date, then BSC or the Seller shall retain the exclusive right, title and interest in
any such patent.
64
(b) If a dispute arises under this Section 5.26, regarding (i) whether or not the patent or
patent application identified by the Purchaser Covers a Transferred Product, as such Transferred
Product exists in, or is used or made by, the Business as conducted by BSC or the Sellers as of the
Closing Date; and, if so, (ii) whether or not any claim of any such patent satisfies any one of
clauses (i) (iii) of this Section 5.26, that dispute, as well as the selection of a single
arbitrator to arbitrate the dispute, will be arbitrated before the American Arbitration Association
in Delaware under their Resolution of Patent Disputes rules in a binding, non-appealable
arbitration proceeding.
(c) If BSC or any of the Sellers chooses or is required by an arbitrator to assign or license
the rights to a patent or patent issuing from an application to the Purchaser pursuant to this
Section 5.26, then (i) BSC and the Sellers shall have no liability (x) for failure of such
identified patents or applications to be so included in the Business Intellectual Property or
licensed pursuant to the Seller IP License Agreement, or (y) arising out of BSCs or the Sellers
use or encumbering of such identified patents or applications prior to receipt of such written
notice from the Purchaser, (ii) such assignment or license shall only be granted to the fullest
extent (if any) that BSC and the Sellers have the right to grant such assignment or (sub)license as
of the date of such assessment, and (iii) any royalties or fees paid or payable to BSC or any of
the Sellers by any third party following the Closing Date for a license or transfer of any other
interest, to the extent such royalties or fees are directly attributable to the practice by such
third party of a claim of or the transfer of, as applicable, any patent that is required to be
assigned (but not licensed) to the Purchaser pursuant to this Section 5.26, shall be paid to the
Purchaser as of the date of notice given to BSC by the Purchaser.
ARTICLE VI
EMPLOYEE MATTERS
Section 6.01
Offers of Employment and Automatic Transfers
. (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the Transition Services
Agreement, (i) as of each
applicable Employee Transfer Date, the Purchaser shall, solely as required by applicable Transfer
Law, automatically become the employer of the Corresponding Transfer Date Employees and (ii) as of
each applicable Employee Transfer Date, and subject to (A) Purchasers satisfactory completion of
reasonable drug testing and reasonable criminal background check screening and (B) OIG debar
checking, sales representative credentialing and work authorization (including to Form I-9
documentation), as applicable and reasonably necessary, (C) execution of
non-compete/confidentiality agreements with terms no more restrictive to the applicable employee
than those currently in effect with respect to similarly situated employees of the Purchaser and
(D) any other documents as required by applicable Law to effect employment (collectively, the
Purchasers Employment Contingencies
), the Purchaser shall offer employment to the
Corresponding Transfer Date Employees whose employment is not required to be transferred
automatically pursuant to Transfer Law. In the event that the Purchaser intends not to offer
employment to a Corresponding Transfer Date Employee due to a purported failure by such
Corresponding Transfer Date Employee to satisfy the Purchasers Employment Contingencies, then the
Purchaser shall promptly inform BSC in writing of such intention and the specific grounds therefor,
and shall consider in good faith any objection BSC may have to the
65
Purchaser not offering employment to such Corresponding Transfer Date Employee. Such offer or
transfer of employment initially shall be, subject to applicable Law, at salary or other base
compensation rate (including sales commission rates) that is no less favorable to such Employee
than the rate in effect immediately prior to such applicable Employee Transfer Date. In addition,
the Purchaser shall offer employment at a location that is no more than thirty-five (35) miles from
the employees principal place of work immediately prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date.
The Purchaser shall commence and conclude all activities necessary to effectuate satisfaction of
the Purchaser Employment Contingencies with respect to the Corresponding Transfer Date Employees
whose employment is not required to be transferred automatically pursuant to Transfer Law at its
own cost and within the sixty (60) days prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date or, solely
with respect to the Closing Transfer Employees, within the period of time commencing on the date
hereof and concluding on the Closing, provided that BSC and the Sellers shall have provided access
to the applicable Corresponding Transfer Date Employees, and all employment records and files
relating thereto, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date and,
solely with respect to the Closing Transfer Employees, shall have provided to the Purchaser
immediately following the date hereof, access to the Closing Transfer Employees, and all employment
records and files relating thereto. BSC and the Sellers shall use their reasonable best efforts to
cause the Corresponding Transfer Date Employees to accept such offers of employment that are
required to be made by the Purchaser pursuant to this Section 6.01(a). In the event that the
Purchaser fails to comply with any of the requirements of this Section 6.01(a), other than to the
extent such failure is attributable to the failure of BSC or its Affiliates to comply with
applicable Transfer Laws or the provisions of Section 6.01(b) or the Transition Services Agreement,
the Purchaser shall be responsible for and indemnify, defend and hold harmless BSC and its
Affiliates against any cost, obligation or liability arising therefrom under WARN (or any
comparable non-U.S. Law) and the BSC Severance Pay and Layoff Notification Plan, as Amended and
Restated, effective as of August 1, 2008, or any other applicable Plan;
provided
that BSC
and its Affiliates shall be responsible for and indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser
against any cost, obligation or liability to the extent attributable to a failure of BSC or its
Affiliates to comply with applicable Transfer Law or the provisions of Section 6.01(b) or the
Transition Services Agreement or arising from the inability of any applicant or employee to meet
the Purchasers Employment Contingencies to the Purchasers satisfaction, including any claims
brought by individuals for failure to become employed or continue in employment with the
Purchasers Employment Contingencies. As used herein,
Transferred Employee
means each
Corresponding Transfer Date Employee who accepts such offer or whose employment transfers
automatically under applicable Transfer Laws and who, in either case, actually commences employment
with the Purchaser as of the applicable Employee Transfer Date. With respect to any employee who
is on short-term disability leave, workers compensation leave, or other authorized leave of
absence as of the date of the applicable Employee Transfer Date and who accepts such offer of
employment with the Purchaser or whose employment transfers automatically, such employment with the
Purchaser shall commence and such employee shall become a Transferred Employee as of the date of
such employee returns to active employment, subject to applicable Law.
(b)
Cooperation
. The parties hereto agree to cooperate fully with each other as may
be or may become required, necessary, proper or advisable under this Agreement, the Transition
Services Agreement or applicable Law, including applicable Transfer Law, to consummate and make
effective the transactions contemplated hereby, or as may be agreed to by
66
the parties hereof, including assistance in any meeting with, filing with or notification to,
or obtaining any consent, authorization, order or approval of, (i) any Corresponding Transfer Date
Employee, (ii) any works council, labor union, or employee representative, or (iii) any
Governmental Authority. BSC and the Sellers shall cooperate with the Purchaser in the Purchasers
recruitment of the Corresponding Transfer Date Employees, including (x) permitting the Purchaser
reasonable and prompt access to the Corresponding Transfer Date Employees to communicate to such
employees any information concerning employment offers and employment with the Purchaser in
accordance with this Agreement, (y) providing on a timely basis any notices required of BSC or its
Affiliates under applicable Transfer Law and, to the extent such notice addresses matters effective
after the applicable Employee Transfer Date, consulting with Purchaser in respect thereof and (z)
subject to applicable Law, providing prompt access to personnel files, organizational succession
planning, talent review and development planning documents of such employees. BSC and the Sellers
shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain favorable relations with the Corresponding Transfer
Date Employees from the date hereof up to and including the applicable Employee Transfer Date,
including taking all steps reasonably necessary to retain the services and goodwill of each such
employee, and shall refrain from taking any action that could harm or damage relations with the
Corresponding Transfer Date Employees or that could cause any such employee to terminate the
employees service with BSC or any Seller prior to the applicable Corresponding Transfer Date;
provided
that nothing herein shall be construed as preventing BSC from enforcing its
employment policies against Corresponding Transfer Date Employees in accordance with its customary
practices.
Section 6.02
Employee Benefits
. (a) Except as contemplated by Section 6.03 or the Transition Services Agreement, as of the
applicable Employee Transfer Date, each Transferred Employee shall cease to be covered under the
Plans. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Transition Services Agreement, as of the
applicable Employee Transfer Date, the Transferred Employees shall be covered by the employee
benefit plans of the Purchaser. For a period from the date of the applicable Employee Transfer
Date until eighteen (18) months following such date, the Purchaser shall provide the Transferred
Employees (i) who are employed in the United States by the Purchaser with a level of employee
benefits substantially comparable in the aggregate to the employee benefits provided to similarly
situated employees of the Seller, and (ii) who are employed by the Purchaser outside the United
States with a level of employee benefits substantially comparable in the aggregate to the employee
benefits provided to similarly situated employees of Purchaser, provided that, in the case of
either (i) or (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, employee benefits, as used herein, shall not
include any bonus or incentive compensation benefits.
(b) (i) Provided that BSCs incentive and bonus plans applicable to the Transferred Employees
who will be employed by the Purchaser are listed in Section 6.02(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule
(the
Incentive Plans
), the Purchaser shall honor the percentage of target amount for each
Transferred Employee, under the terms of the Incentive Plans (A) with respect to Closing Transfer
Employees, through December 31, 2011, (B) with respect to the Cork Transfer Employees, the Fremont
Transfer Employees, the West Valley Transfer Employees, the Deferred Closing Transfer Employees and
the Delayed Transfer Employees, if the applicable Employee Transfer Date has occurred on or prior
to September 30 of a given calendar year, through the end of such calendar year, and (C) with
respect to the Cork Transfer Employees, the Fremont Transfer Employees, the West Valley Transfer
Employees, the Deferred Closing
67
Transfer Employees and the Delayed Transfer Employees, if the applicable Employee Transfer
Date has occurred on or following October 1 of a given calendar year, through the end of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable Employee Transfer Date occurred
(in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C) hereof, the
Incentive Compensation Continuation
Period
). The Purchaser shall be responsible for payments that are earned by the applicable
Transferred Employees pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plans during the Incentive
Compensation Continuation Period, even if any such payment is required to be made during the year
following such Incentive Compensation Continuation Period. Following such Incentive Compensation
Continuation Period, the applicable Transferred Employees shall be covered under a bonus or
incentive plan of the Purchaser that is provided to similarly situated employees of the Purchaser
to the extent applicable.
(ii) An amount equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate
target incentive pool for the Business as set forth in the The BSC 2010 Performance
Incentive Plan (the
PIP
) for the 2010 fiscal year attributable to each
Closing Transfer Employee on Section 6.02(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule (the
2010 Bonus Pool
) shall be paid to the Closing Transfer Employees
identified on Section 6.02(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule. BSC shall pay a
percentage portion of the 2010 Bonus Pool equal to the greater of (i) fifty percent
(50%) and (ii) a percentage equal to the percentage of the 2010 Bonus Pool that
would be earned by the Closing Transfer Employees based on actual performance as
determined in good faith following the end of the PIP performance year by BSC in its
sole discretion, and, to the extent not paid by BSC, on or before March 15, 2011,
the Purchaser shall pay (or shall cause one of its Affiliates to pay) the remainder,
provided that, in no event shall Purchaser be responsible for paying in excess of
fifty percent (50%) of the target bonus amount designated for each Closing Transfer
Employee on Section 6.02(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule. No later than March 2,
2011, BSC shall provide Purchaser with a list of each Closing Transfer Employee on
Section 6.02(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule and the corresponding amount of bonus
that has been paid by BSC to such Closing Transfer Employee and the amount of bonus
to be paid by Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.02(b)(ii) shall
apply only to those Closing Transfer Employees identified on Section 6.02(b)(ii) of
the Disclosure Schedule and no other Transferred Employees and shall apply in
respect of 2010 only, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.02(b) or
the Transition Services Agreement, neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates shall have
any obligation in respect of wage payments to Transferred Employees in respect of
the period preceding the Closing.
(iii) With respect to payments due under any sales retention bonus program of
BSC or its Affiliates that is identified on Section 6.02(b)(iii) of the Disclosure
Schedule, the Purchaser shall make payments to Transferred Employees, as and when
they otherwise become due under such program following the Closing Date, equal to
the amount otherwise due under such program (exclusive of amounts attributable to
fringe or similar benefits) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days in the applicable retention period following the Closing Date and the
denominator of
68
which is the number of days in the retention period;
provided
that in
no event shall the aggregate bonus amount on which Purchasers payment obligation
under this Section 6.02(b)(iii) is determined (before application of the proration
fraction described in the preceding provisions of this Section 6.02(b)(iii)) exceed
$2,150,000.
(c) For a period from the date of the applicable Employee Transfer Date until twelve (12)
months following such date (the
Severance Plan Continuation Period
), the Purchaser shall
honor the terms of the severance plans applicable to the Transferred Employees who are employed by
the Purchaser, provided that such plans are listed in Section 6.02(c) of the Disclosure Schedule,
and following such Severance Plan Continuation Period, the applicable Transferred Employees shall
be covered under a severance plan of the Purchaser that is provided to similarly situated employees
of the Purchaser, to the extent applicable.
(d) Each Transferred Employee shall (without prejudice to any rights under relevant Transfer
Laws or other applicable Laws relating to deemed continuity of service) receive credit for services
with BSC and its Affiliates and predecessors under the Purchasers employee benefit plans to the
extent of participation therein for purposes of eligibility, vesting and benefit accrual solely to
the extent such credit was provided to such Transferred Employee under the applicable Plan as of
immediately prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date and
provided
that in no event
shall such service be credited to the extent it would result in the duplication of benefits or the
funding thereof, or cause a Transferred Employee to receive any benefit whatsoever other than
additional eligibility, vesting or benefit accrual service credits under Purchasers employee
benefit plans (to the extent of participation therein), to the extent applicable.
Section 6.03
Existing Agreements
. From and after the applicable Employee Transfer Date, the Purchaser hereby assumes and shall
honor the agreements listed in Section 6.03 of the Disclosure Schedule, subject to any amendment or
modification agreed to between the Purchaser and the applicable employee who is a party to such
agreement.
Section 6.04
WARN
. The Purchaser shall be responsible for any obligation with respect to the Transferred Employees
under the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act of 1988 and any applicable state or
local equivalent arising or accruing after the applicable Employee Transfer Date (collectively,
WARN
) and any comparable non-U.S. Law. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01(a),
BSC shall be responsible for any such obligation arising or accruing before the applicable Employee
Transfer Date. On or before the Closing Date, BSC and the Sellers shall provide a list of the name
and site of employment of any and all employees of Seller who have experienced, or will experience,
an employment loss or layoff as defined by WARN or any comparable non-U.S. law requiring notice
to employees in the event of a closing or layoff within ninety (90) days prior to the Closing
Date. BSC shall update this list up to and including the Closing Date. The parties hereto agree
to cooperate in good faith to determine whether any notification may be required under WARN as a
result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 6.05
COBRA
. BSC shall be responsible for the administration of and shall retain any and all obligations and
liabilities for continuation coverage under the
69
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (
COBRA
), with respect
to the Transferred Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries for qualifying events
occurring on or prior to the date on which the Transferred Employee becomes a Transferred Employee
(for purposes of clarity, to the extent such Transferred Employees are covered under an employee
benefit plan providing for such COBRA continuation benefits), and the Purchaser shall be
responsible for all obligations and liabilities for COBRA continuation coverage for Transferred
Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries with respect to qualifying events occurring
after the date on which the Transferred Employee becomes a Transferred Employee (for purposes of
clarity, to the extent such Transferred Employees are covered under an employee benefit plan
providing for COBRA continuation benefits).
Section 6.06
401(k) Plans
. (a) Effective as of the applicable Employee Transfer Date, no Transferred Employee shall
actively participate in BSCs 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (
BSCs 401(k) Plan
). On the
date of the applicable Employee Transfer Date, Transferred Employees who participate in BSCs
401(k) Plan shall immediately be 100% vested in their individual account balances under BSCs
401(k) Plan.
(b) As soon as administratively practicable following the date of the applicable Employee
Transfer Date, BSC shall advise such Transferred Employees who participated in BSCs 401(k) Plan of
their right to elect to receive a distribution of, or to directly rollover, their individual
account balances in BSCs 401(k) Plan. To the extent permitted by Law and provided that the
Purchaser is reasonably satisfied that BSCs 401(k) Plan is qualified within the meaning of Section
401(a) of the Code, as soon as practicable following the date of the applicable Employee Transfer
Date, such account balances may be transferred by Transferred Employees to a defined contribution
retirement plan maintained by the Purchaser (the
Purchasers 401(k) Plan
) in a direct
rollover or rollover contribution. Service of each Transferred Employee prior to the applicable
Employee Transfer Date which was recognized under BSCs 401(k) Plan shall be credited to such
Transferred Employee for purposes of eligibility and vesting under the Purchasers 401(k) Plan.
Prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date, the Purchaser shall amend the Purchasers 401(k)
Plan to the extent necessary to accept direct rollovers from BSCs 401(k) Plan and to permit
Transferred Employees to make rollover contributions to the Purchasers 401(k) Plan.
Section 6.07
Accrued Vacation
. Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, BSC shall pay to each Transferred Employee, as
soon as administratively practicable, but no later than two (2) pay periods following the
applicable Employee Transfer Date, a cash payment reflecting the value of such employees unused
accrued vacation and any other paid time off calculated at the employees base hourly or salary
rate in effect just prior to the applicable Employee Transfer Date.
Section 6.08
No Guarantee of Continued Employment; No Third-Party Rights
. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VI or otherwise in this Agreement, nothing in
this Agreement shall confer upon any Transferred Employee the right to continue in employment with
the Purchaser following the applicable Employee Transfer Date, or is intended to interfere with the
Purchasers right or ability (i) to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee for any
reason or no reason following the applicable Employee Transfer Date or (ii) subject to Section
6.02, to amend, modify or terminate any benefit plan, program, agreement or
70
arrangement in the sole discretion of the Purchaser. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that
all provisions contained in this Article VI are included for the sole benefit of the respective
parties to this Agreement and shall not create any right in any other Person, including any
employees, former employees, any participant in any employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement
maintained by Sellers or BSC or any beneficiary thereof.
Section 6.09
Compliance with Law
. BSC, Sellers and the Purchaser agree to comply with all applicable Laws pertaining to the
subject matter of this Article VI. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties
herein expressly acknowledge and agree that (i) any action ostensibly required or permitted under
this Article VI shall only be required or permitted to the extent consistent with applicable Law;
(ii) applicable Law may also require a party herein to take actions in addition to those it is
otherwise contractually obligated to take hereunder; and (iii) any failure of a party hereto to
abide by applicable Law pertaining to the subject matter of this Article VI shall be deemed a
breach of this Agreement.
ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
Section 7.01
Conditions to Obligations of BSC
. The obligations of BSC to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall
be
subject to the fulfillment or written waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following
conditions:
(a)
Representations, Warranties and Covenants
. (i) The representations and warranties
of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement (disregarding all qualifications set forth therein
relating to materiality) shall be true and correct in all respects both at and as of the date of
this Agreement and at and as of the Closing (except that those representations and warranties that
are made as of another specified date need only be so true and correct as of such specified date),
except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would not
materially and adversely affect the ability of the Purchaser to carry out its obligations under,
and to consummate, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchaser IP License
Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements specified in the definition of Material Adverse Effect
(other than with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.01, 4.02(a)
and (b), 4.03 and 4.04, which shall be true and correct in all material respects); (ii) the
covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by the Purchaser on or
before the Closing shall have been complied with in all material respects; and (iii) BSC shall have
received a certificate of the Purchaser signed by a duly authorized representative thereof dated as
of the Closing Date certifying the matters set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
(b)
Governmental Approvals
. (i) Any waiting period (and any extension thereof) under
the HSR Act shall have expired or shall have been terminated; and (ii) any consents,
authorizations, orders, approvals, declarations and filings required prior to the Closing under any
applicable Antitrust Laws and identified in Section 7.01(b) of the Disclosure Schedule will have
been made or obtained; and
71
(c)
No Order
. No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated,
enforced or entered any Law or Governmental Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent)
that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary
Agreements illegal or otherwise restraining or prohibiting the consummation of such transactions.
Section 7.02
Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser
. The obligations of the Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement
shall be subject to the fulfillment or written waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the
following conditions:
(a)
Representations, Warranties and Covenants
. (i) The representations and warranties
of BSC contained in this Agreement (disregarding all qualifications set forth therein relating to
materiality or Material Adverse Effect) shall be true and correct in all respects both at and
as of the date of this Agreement and at and as of the Closing (except that those representations
and warranties that are made as of another specified date need only be so true and correct as of
such specified date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true
and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect (other than with respect to the
representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.01, 3.02(a) and (b) and 3.03, which shall be
true and correct in all material respects); (ii) the covenants and agreements contained in this
Agreement to be complied with by BSC at or before the Closing shall have been complied with in all
material respects; and (iii) the Purchaser shall have received a certificate of BSC signed by a
duly authorized representative thereof dated as of the Closing Date certifying the matters set
forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
(b)
Governmental Approvals
. (i) Any waiting period (and any extension thereof) under
the HSR Act shall have expired or shall have been terminated, and (ii) any consents,
authorizations, orders, approvals, declarations and filings required prior to the Closing under any
applicable Antitrust Laws and identified in Section 7.02(b) of the Disclosure Schedule will have
been made or obtained;
(c)
No Order
. No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated,
enforced or entered any Law or Governmental Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent)
that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary
Agreements illegal or otherwise restraining or prohibiting the consummation of such transactions;
(d)
No Proceeding or Litigation
.
No proceeding or litigation initiated by any
Governmental Authority against BSC or any of the Sellers or the Purchaser or their respective
Affiliates seeking to prohibit the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements shall be actually pending;
(e)
Consents and Approvals
. Purchaser shall have obtained, each in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, the consents and approvals set forth on Schedule 7.02(e);
72
(f)
No Material Adverse Effect
. No Material Adverse Effect will have occurred; and
(g)
Audited Special Purpose Financial Statements
. The Purchaser shall have received
from BSC at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Audited Special Purpose
Financial Statements, which shall be, in all material respects, consistent with the Unaudited
Special Purpose Financial Statements provided to the Purchaser by BSC prior to the date hereof.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.01
Survival of Representations and Warranties
. The representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this
Agreement shall
survive the Closing for a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date;
provided
that:
(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.01, Sections 3.02(a) and (b), Section
3.03, Section 3.10(b), Section 3.12(a), Section 3.22, Section 4.01, Sections 4.02(a) and (b),
Section 4.03, Section 4.06 and Section 4.07 shall survive the Closing indefinitely (the foregoing,
other than Section 3.10(b), the
Specified Representations and Warranties
) and (b) in
respect of (i) each Transferred Site, (ii) the Purchased Assets at such site, and (iii) the
Products manufactured at such site, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.10(a)
and Section 3.12(b) shall survive the Closing for a period of four (4) years after the applicable
Facility Transfer Date. Claims relating to the covenants contained in Section 5.01 shall survive
the Closing for a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date, and all covenants and agreements
contained herein that contemplate performance following the Closing shall survive the Closing
indefinitely unless the covenant or agreement specifies a term, in which case such covenant or
agreement shall survive the Closing for such specified term. Any claim made by the party seeking
to be indemnified within the time periods set forth in this Section 8.01 shall survive until such
claim is finally and fully resolved.
Section 8.02
Indemnification by BSC
. The Purchaser and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns
(each, a
Purchaser Indemnified Party
) shall be indemnified and held harmless by BSC for
and against all losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses, interest, awards, judgments and
penalties (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) suffered or incurred by them
(hereinafter, a
Loss
), directly or indirectly, arising out of or resulting from: (a) the
breach of any representation or warranty made by BSC contained in this Agreement (it being
understood that for purposes of this Section 8.02(a) all materiality and Material Adverse
Effect qualifications and exceptions contained in such representations and warranties shall be
disregarded); (b) the breach of any covenant or agreement by BSC contained in this Agreement; or
(c) the Excluded Liabilities. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that BSC shall not have any
liability under any provision of this Agreement (other than Section 8.02(a)) for any Loss to the
extent it relates solely to actions taken by the Purchaser and its Affiliates after the Closing
Date.
Section 8.03
Indemnification by the Purchaser
. BSC and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns
(each, a
Seller
73
Indemnified Party
) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Purchaser for and against
any and all Losses, directly or indirectly, arising out of or resulting from: (a) the breach of
any representation or warranty made by the Purchaser contained in this Agreement (it being
understood that for purposes of this Section 8.03(a) all materiality qualifications and
exceptions contained in such representations and warranties shall be disregarded); (b) the breach
of any covenant or agreement by the Purchaser contained in this Agreement; (c) the Assumed
Liabilities or, with respect to a Deferred Closing Country, the Deferred Liabilities for such
Deferred Closing Country from and after the applicable Deferred Closing Date; or (d) any claims by
or in respect of Transferred Employees to the extent arising or otherwise attributable to the
period after the applicable Employee Transfer Date, except in the case of clauses (c) and (d) for
Losses, directly or indirectly, arising out of or resulting from (i) the breach of any
representation or warranty made by BSC contained in this Agreement (it being understood that for
purposes of this Section 8.03 all materiality and Material Adverse Effect qualifications and
exceptions contained in such representations and warranties shall be disregarded), (ii) the breach
of any covenant or agreement by BSC contained in this Agreement; (iii) the Excluded Liabilities or
(iv) items for which BSC or its Affiliates have agreed to indemnify any of the Purchaser
Indemnified Parties under the Ancillary Agreements.
Section 8.04
Limits on Indemnification
. (a) No claim may be asserted nor may any Action be commenced against either party hereto for
breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein, unless written
notice of such claim or action is received by such party describing in reasonable detail the facts
and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such claim or Action on or prior to the
date on which the representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on which such claim or Action is
based ceases to survive as set forth in Section 8.01.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement: (i) no Indemnifying
Party shall be liable for any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.02(a) or 8.03(a), as
applicable, unless and until the aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses which may be recovered
from the Indemnifying Party equals or exceeds, in the case where the Purchaser is the Indemnifying
Party, an amount equal to 1.5% of the Purchase Price and, in the case where BSC is the Indemnifying
Party, an amount equal to 1.5% of the Purchase Price less the amount of Excess Costs paid by the
Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.05, after which the Indemnifying Party shall be liable only for
those Losses in excess of such amount (except in the case of any Losses for any breach of any
representation or warranty contained in Section 3.02(c), Section 3.10(a), Section 3.10(b) or
Section 3.12(b), in which case the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for all such Losses); (ii) no
Losses may be claimed under Section 8.02(a) or 8.03(a) or shall be included in calculating the
aggregate Losses set forth in clause (i) above other than Losses in excess of $150,000 resulting
from any single claim or aggregated claims arising out of the same facts, events or circumstances;
(iii) the maximum amount of indemnifiable Losses which may be recovered from an Indemnifying Party
arising out of or resulting from the causes set forth in Section 8.02(a) or 8.03(a), as applicable,
shall be an amount equal to 10% of the Purchase Price; and (iv) except (A) in the case of Third
Party Claims in which an Indemnified Party pays an amount to a third party in respect of a Claim by
a third party and (B) any breach of Section 5.06 (Retained Names and Marks), Section 5.10
(Non-Solicitation) or 5.11 (Non-Competition), neither party hereto shall have any liability under
this Article VIII for any punitive, consequential, special or indirect damages, including loss of
future
74
revenue or income, or loss of business reputation or opportunity;
provided
that the
foregoing limitations in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall not apply to any breach of Section
3.15 or the Specified Representations and Warranties;
provided
further
that clause
(iii) above shall not apply to any breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section
3.10(a), Section 3.10(b) and Section 3.12(b). In addition, no action taken by BSC or any Seller
in compliance with Section 5.01(b) shall be deemed to be a breach of any representation or warranty
or other covenant or agreement of BSC or any Seller under this Agreement for any purpose hereunder.
(c) For all purposes of this Article VIII, Losses shall be net of any insurance recoveries
actually paid to the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates under any insurance policy in connection
with the facts giving rise to the right of indemnification;
provided
, the amount of such
recovery shall be reduced by any costs and expenses incurred in obtaining such recovery and by the
amount of any increase in insurance premiums resulting from making the claim giving rise to such
recovery.
Section 8.05
Notice of Loss; Third Party Claims; Mixed Actions
. (a) An Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party notice of
any
matter which an
Indemnified Party has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under
this Agreement, within 60 days of such determination, stating the amount of the Loss, if known, and
method of computation thereof, and containing a reference to the provisions of this Agreement in
respect of which such right of indemnification is claimed or arises;
provided
, that the
failure to provide such notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations
under this Article VIII except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually and materially
prejudiced by such failure.
(b) If an Indemnified Party shall receive notice of any Action, audit, claim, demand or
assessment made by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement or its Affiliates against it
which may give rise to a claim for Losses under this Article VIII (each, together with any matter
set forth in Section 2.02(b)(vii), a
Third Party Claim
), within 60 days of the receipt of
such notice, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party notice of such Third Party
Claim;
provided
that the failure to provide such notice shall not release the Indemnifying
Party from any of its obligations under this Article VIII except to the extent that the
Indemnifying Party is actually and materially prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnifying Party
shall be entitled, at its option, to assume and control the defense of such Third Party Claim at
its expense and through counsel of its choice if it gives notice of its intention to do so to the
Indemnified Party within 45 days of the receipt of such notice from the Indemnified Party. If the
Indemnifying Party elects to undertake any such defense against a Third Party Claim the Indemnified
Party may, upon giving prior written notice to the Indemnifying Party, participate in such defense
at its own expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the claim for indemnification is with
respect to a criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation against the
Indemnified Party, then to the extent the Third Party Claim relates to the foregoing, the
Indemnified Party shall be entitled to conduct and control the defense of such criminal proceeding,
action, indictment, allegation or investigation with counsel of its choosing, and the reasonable
attorneys fees and expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party shall be borne by the Indemnifying
Party, or (ii) if the Indemnified Party has been advised by counsel that a reasonable likelihood
exists of a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, then the
Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of
75
such action or claim with counsel of its choosing and the reasonable attorneys fees and
expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party. The
Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense and make available to
the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Partys expense, all witnesses, pertinent records,
materials and information in the Indemnified Partys possession or under the Indemnified Partys
control relating thereto as is reasonably required by the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying
Party assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such
Third Party Claim unless the Indemnifying Party consents in writing (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed). If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third
Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified
Party (which may be withheld in the Indemnified Partys sole discretion), enter into any settlement
or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to such Third Party Claim if
such settlement, compromise or judgment (x) involves a finding or admission of wrongdoing by the
Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, (y) does not include an unconditional written release
by the claimant or plaintiff of the Indemnified Party and its Affiliates from all liability in
respect of such Third Party Claim or (z) imposes equitable remedies or any obligation on the
Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates other than solely the payment of money damages for which
the Indemnified Party will be indemnified hereunder. If the Indemnified Party assumes the defense
of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate with the Indemnified Party in such
defense and make available to the Indemnified Party all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and
information in the Indemnifying Partys possession or under the Indemnifying Partys control
relating thereto as is reasonably required by the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party
assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third
Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Third Party Claim
constitutes a Mixed Action, the parties shall jointly discuss in good faith a strategy for the
conduct and control of a Mixed Action, including the selection of counsel (the
Defense
Strategy
);
provided
that if the parties cannot agree in writing on the Defense
Strategy for such Mixed Action within twenty (20) Business Days after delivery of the notice
referred to above in respect of such Mixed Action, each party shall be entitled, subject to clause
(i) of Section 8.05(b), to assume and control the defense of the portion of such Mixed Action for
which it is responsible or otherwise may be obligated to indemnify the other party (the
Assumed Portion
);
provided
further that each such assuming party shall not,
without the prior written consent of the other party (which may be withheld in the other partys
sole discretion), enter into any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to such Assumed Portion if such settlement, compromise or judgment (x) involves a
finding or admission of wrongdoing by either party or any of its Affiliates, (y) does not include
an unconditional written release by the claimant or plaintiff of the other party and its Affiliates
from all liability in respect of such Assumed Portion, or (z) imposes equitable remedies or any
obligation on the other party or any of its Affiliates in respect of such Assumed Portion other
than solely the payment of money damages for which the assuming party is responsible or the other
party will be indemnified hereunder. Each party to a Mixed Action may participate in the defense
of the other partys Assumed Portion of such Mixed Action (including by having its representatives
and counsel appear at all hearings, depositions and settlement negotiations related
76
thereto), regardless of whether the Mixed Action is subsequently bifurcated or otherwise
separately tried in part or whole, and will bear the costs and expenses incurred by it in
connection with such participation, unless otherwise agreed in accordance with the Defense
Strategy. Each party shall also cooperate with the other party in the defense of the other partys
Assumed Portion and make available to the other party, at the other partys expense, all witnesses,
pertinent records, materials and information in such partys possession or under its control
relating thereto as is reasonably required by the other party. For purposes of this Agreement, a
Mixed Action
means any Third Party Claim that a party believes is reasonably likely to
include both (1) claims in respect of which it will be the Indemnified Party under this Article
VIII and (2) claims (A) as to which no right of indemnification exists for such party under this
Article VIII, or (B) as to which it is the Indemnifying Party under this Article VIII.
Section 8.06
Tax Treatment
. To the extent permitted by Law, the parties hereto agree to treat all payments made under this
Article VIII, under any other indemnity provision contained in this Agreement, and for any
misrepresentations or breach of warranties or covenants, as adjustments to the Purchase Price for
all Tax purposes.
Section 8.07
Remedies
. The Purchaser and BSC acknowledge and agree that, (a) following the Closing, the indemnification
provisions of this Article VIII shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Purchaser and BSC
for any claims under this Agreement,
provided
that nothing in this Section 8.07 shall
restrict or prohibit any party bringing any action for fraud, intentional misrepresentation,
intentional and material breach or from seeking specific performance of any obligation hereunder,
and (b) anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except in the case of actual fraud, no
breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein shall give rise to
any right on the part of the Purchaser or BSC, after the Closing Date, to rescind this Agreement or
any of the Ancillary Agreements or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Each
party hereto shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, take all reasonable steps to mitigate its
Losses upon and after becoming aware of any event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to
any Losses.
Section 8.08
Set-Off Rights
.
(a) Other than as expressly provided in this Section 8.08, neither party hereto shall have any
right to set-off any amounts determined to be owed under this Agreement (including by an
Indemnifying Party to any Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article VIII) against any amount
payable by such party or any of its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement, any of the Ancillary
Agreements or otherwise.
(b) The Purchaser shall be entitled to withhold and set-off against the Milestone Payments the
amount of any Third Party Claim against a Purchaser Indemnified Party that has been made in writing
and in respect of which the Purchaser has sought indemnification from BSC in accordance with
Sections 8.04(a) and 8.05(b) or the amount of any payment due by BSC under Section 14.06 of the
Separation Agreement (a
Set-Off Claim
) subject to the terms of this Section 8.08.
(c) No set-off may be made unless the Purchaser has provided a written notice of request (a
Request Notice
) in respect of a Set-Off Claim at least forty-five (45) days
77
prior to the date the Purchaser is required to make a Milestone Payment pursuant to Section
2.04 (a
Milestone Payment Date
), unless the Purchaser first receives notice of a Third
Party Claim within such forty-five (45) day period, in which case the Purchaser shall give a
Request Notice in respect of such Set-Off Claim as promptly as practicable (but in no event later
than five (5) Business Days) following receipt of such notice. The Request Notice shall include
(i) a description of the Purchasers good faith basis for determining that such Set-Off Claim gives
rise to a right of indemnification under Section 8.02, and (ii) the Purchasers good faith estimate
of the amount of Loss reasonably likely to be incurred by a Purchaser Indemnified Party in respect
of such Set-Off Claim (the
Requested Set-Off Payment
).
(d) If BSC does not deliver written notice to the Purchaser disputing a Set-Off Claim or the
amount of a Requested Set-Off Payment, which notice shall describe the basis for BSCs dispute of
such Set-Off Claim (a
Set-Off Dispute Notice
), by 5:00 p.m. New York time on the tenth
(10
th
) Business Day after BSCs receipt of the Request Notice, then, as of the Business
Day following the end of such 10 Business Day period, the Purchaser shall be entitled to withhold
and set-off such Requested Set-Off Payment against the next Milestone Payment in accordance with
Section 8.08(h).
(e) If BSC delivers a Set-Off Dispute Notice in accordance with Section 8.08(d), BSC and the
Purchaser will attempt in good faith to resolve their dispute in respect of the Set-Off Claim. If
they fail to resolve their dispute for any reason within ten (10) Business Days after BSCs
delivery of the Set-Off Dispute Notice to the Purchaser, the dispute shall be arbitrated in
Wilmington, Delaware by a single arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of
the American Arbitration Association and the expedited procedures thereof (other than, to the
extent possible, rule E-10-Compensation). BSC or the Purchaser shall submit the dispute to
arbitration as promptly as practicable (but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days) after
the ten Business Day period referred to above, and shall instruct the arbitrator to determine only
whether the Purchaser is entitled to set-off all or any portion of the amount of the Requested
Set-Off Payment in accordance with this Section 8.08. The decision of the arbitrator shall be
rendered as promptly as practicable (if possible no later than thirty (30) days) after the
appointment of the arbitrator, or as soon thereafter as practicable. The decision and award of the
arbitrator shall be deemed final and conclusive for purposes of whether the Purchaser shall be
entitled to set-off the amount of the Requested Set-Off Payment under this Section 8.08, but not in
respect of any other matter relating to such Set-Off Claim, including whether any Purchaser
Indemnified Party is ultimately determined to be entitled to be indemnified in respect of such
Set-Off Claim under Section 8.02. The decision and award of the arbitrator shall be final and
binding on the parties for the purpose set forth above, and may be entered and enforced in any
court having jurisdiction.
(f) If the arbitrator rules that the Set-Off Claim is not a claim that entitles the Purchaser
to withhold and set-off all or any portion of the Requested Set-Off Payment against the next
Milestone Payment (the
Disallowed Requested Set-Off Payment
), the Purchaser shall have no
right to withhold or set-off the Disallowed Requested Set-Off Payment in respect of such Set-Off
Claim and, if the Requested Set-Off Payment in respect of such Set-Off Claim has previously been
deposited in the Escrow Account, BSC shall be entitled to instruct the Escrow Agent to release an
amount equal to the Disallowed Requested Set-Off Payment (plus any interest earned on such
Disallowed Requested Set-Off Payment at a rate of interest
78
from time to time publicly announced by Bank of America, N.A. as its prime or base rate plus
2%) to BSC from the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.
(g) If the arbitrator rules that the Purchaser is entitled to set-off all or any portion of
the Requested Set-Off Payment in respect of such Set-Off Claim (the
Allowed Requested Set-Off
Payment
), the Purchaser shall have the right to withhold and set-off against the Milestone
Payments the Allowed Requested Set-Off Payment in respect of such Set-Off Claim, and the amount of
the Allowed Requested Set-Off Payment may be deposited, or if the Requested Set-Off Payment has
previously been deposited, retained, in the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the
Escrow Agreement.
(h) If BSC has not delivered a Set-Off Dispute Notice in accordance with Section 8.08(d), or
if the amount of the Requested Set-Off Payment has not been determined in accordance with this
Section 8.08 prior to the date of the next Milestone Payment Date, the Purchaser shall deposit an
amount equal to the Requested Set-Off Payment into an escrow account (the
Escrow Account
)
on the Milestone Payment Date in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. Otherwise, the
amount of the Allowed Requested Set-Off Payment shall be deposited by the Purchaser in the Escrow
Account on such date. The Requested Set-Off Payment or the Allowed Requested Set-Off Payment (as
applicable) shall be released from the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the Escrow
Agreement.
Section 8.09
Information; Waiver
. The right to indemnification or any other remedy based on representations, warranties, covenants
and obligations in this Agreement shall not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect
to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or
compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation. The waiver of any
condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or
compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification or any
other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01
Termination
. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by either BSC or the Purchaser if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the six
(6) month anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the
End Date
);
provided
that
the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.01(a) shall not be available to any
party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or
shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;
79
(b) by either the Purchaser or BSC in the event that any Governmental Order restraining,
enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have
become final and nonappealable;
(c) by the Purchaser if BSC shall have breached any of its representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which would give rise to the failure of a
condition set forth in Article VII and which cannot be or has not been cured within thirty (30)
days following written notice thereof by the Purchaser;
(d) by BSC if the Purchaser shall have breached any of its representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which would give rise to the failure of a
condition set forth in Article VII and which cannot be or has not been cured within thirty (30)
days following written notice thereof by BSC; or
(e) by the mutual written consent of BSC and the Purchaser.
Section 9.02
Effect of Termination
. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.01, this Agreement shall
forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of either party hereto except (a)
as set forth in Section 5.03 and Article X and (b) that nothing herein shall relieve either party
from liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination.
ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 10.01
Expenses
. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, all costs and expenses, including fees and
disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring
such costs and expenses, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred.
Section 10.02
Notices
. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by
delivery in person, by an internationally recognized overnight courier service, by facsimile or
registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties
hereto at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a
notice given in accordance with this Section 10.02):
(a) if to BSC:
Boston Scientific Corporation
One Boston Scientific Place
Natick, MA 01760-1537
Facsimile: (508) 650-8960
Attention: General Counsel
80
with a copy to:
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022-6069
Facsimile: (212) 848-7179
Attention: Clare OBrien
(b) if to the Purchaser:
Stryker Corporation
2825 Airview Blvd.
Kalamazoo, Michigan 49002 USA
Facsimile: (269) 385-2066
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
155 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Facsimile: (312) 407-8518
Attention: Charles W. Mulaney, Jr.
Richard C. Witzel, Jr.
Section 10.03
Public Announcements
. Neither party to this Agreement shall make, or cause to be made, any press release or public
announcement in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
otherwise communicate with any news media without the prior written consent of the other party
unless otherwise required by Law or applicable stock exchange regulation, and the parties to this
Agreement shall cooperate as to the timing and contents of any such press release, public
announcement or communication.
Section 10.04
Severability
. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being
enforced by any Law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect for so long as the economic and legal substance of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not affected in any manner materially adverse to
either party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal
or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this
Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an
acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated as
originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
81
Section 10.05
Entire Agreement
. This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede
all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between BSC and the Purchaser with
respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
Section 10.06
Assignment
. This Agreement may not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the express written
consent of BSC and the Purchaser (which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion
of BSC or the Purchaser), as the case may be;
provided
that the Purchaser may assign this
Agreement or any of its rights and obligations hereunder to one or more Affiliates of the Purchaser
(a
Purchaser Affiliate
) upon notice to BSC but without the consent of BSC, so long as any
such assignment (a) shall not release the Purchaser from any obligation or liability hereunder and
(b) is not likely to delay the Closing, provided that BSC acknowledges and agrees that the
Purchaser may, subject to its compliance with clause (a) above, assign certain of its rights and
obligations hereunder to the Purchaser Affiliates specified in Schedule 10.06.
Section 10.07
Amendment
. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by,
or on behalf of, BSC and the Purchaser or (b) by a waiver in accordance with Section 10.08.
Section 10.08
Waiver
. Either party to this Agreement may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations or other acts of the other party, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and
warranties of the other party contained herein or in any document delivered by the other party
pursuant hereto or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements of the other party or conditions
to such partys obligations contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if
set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. Any waiver of any
term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent
waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement.
The failure of either party hereto to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a
waiver of any of such rights. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative
to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.
Section 10.09
No Third Party Beneficiaries
. Except for the provisions of Article VIII relating to Indemnified Parties, this
Agreement shall
be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall
confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature
whatsoever, including any rights of employment for any specified period, under or by reason of this
Agreement.
Section 10.10
Currency and Exchange Rates
. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all references to currency, monetary values and
dollars set forth herein shall mean United States (U.S.) dollars and all payments hereunder shall
be made in United States dollars. In the event that there is any need to convert U.S. dollars into
any foreign currency, or vice versa, for any purpose under this Agreement, the exchange rate shall
be that published by the Wall Street Journal three (3) Business Days before the date on which the
82
obligation is paid (or if the Wall Street Journal is not published on such date, the first date
thereafter on which the Wall Street Journal is published), except as otherwise required by
applicable Law (in which case, the exchange rate shall be determined in accordance with such Law).
Section 10.11
Specific Performance
. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the parties hereto could be irreparably damaged if
any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms
or are otherwise breached and that any non-performance or breach of this Agreement by any party
hereto could not be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone and that the parties hereto
would not have any adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in addition to any other right or remedy
to which any party hereto may be entitled, at law or in equity (including monetary damages), such
party shall be entitled to seek enforcement of any provision of this Agreement by a decree of
specific performance and to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent
breaches or threatened breaches of any of the provisions of this Agreement without posting any bond
or other undertaking.
Section 10.12
Governing Law
. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Delaware, without regard to choice or conflict of law principles that would result in the
application of any laws other than the laws of the State of Delaware. Except as provided in
Sections 2.03(b), 5.26 and 8.08(e), all Actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall
be heard and determined exclusively in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and any state
appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of
Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court
within the State of Delaware and any direct appellate court therefrom). Consistent with the
preceding sentence, the parties hereto hereby (a) submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any such
courts for the purpose of any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by either
party hereto and (b) irrevocably waive, and agree not to assert as a defense, counterclaim or
otherwise, in any such Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of
the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that
the Action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Action is improper, or that
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may not be enforced in or by any
of the above-named courts. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such
Action may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner
provided by Law. Each party agrees that notice or the service of process in any Action arising out
of or relating to this Agreement shall be properly served or delivered if delivered in the manner
contemplated by Section 10.02, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of
any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Law.
Section 10.13
Waiver of Jury Trial
. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION BETWEEN THE PARTIES DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER
83
PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY,
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.13.
Section 10.14
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or pdf transmission) in one
or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute
one and the same agreement.
84
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of BSC and the Purchaser has caused this Agreement to be executed as
of the date first written above by its respective officers thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOSTON SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ J. Raymond Elliott
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
J. Raymond Elliott
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRYKER CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Stephen P. MacMillan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Stephen P. MacMillan
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officer
|
Exhibit 10.39
BOSTON SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION
401(k) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
(Amended and Restated, Effective January 1, 2011)
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.1. Qualification and Purpose
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.2. Rights under Plans
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.3. Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.1. Accounts
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.2. Affiliated Employer
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.3. Beneficiary
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.4. Board of Directors
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.5. Code
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.6. Committee
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.7. Company Stock
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.8. Compensation
|
|
|
2
|
|
2.9. Disability
|
|
|
3
|
|
2.10. Discretionary Contribution
|
|
|
3
|
|
2.11. Discretionary Contribution Account
|
|
|
3
|
|
2.12. Elective Contribution
|
|
|
3
|
|
2.13. Elective Contribution Account
|
|
|
3
|
|
2.14. Eligible Employee
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.15. Employee
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.16. Employee Contribution
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.17. Entry Date
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.18. ERISA
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.19. Highly Compensated Employee
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.20. Hour of Service
|
|
|
4
|
|
2.21. Leased Employee
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.22. Matching Contribution Account
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.23. Normal Retirement Age
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.24. Participant
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.25. Participating Employer
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.26. Plan
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.27. Plan Sponsor
|
|
|
6
|
|
- i -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
2.28. Plan Year
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.29. Predecessor Employer
|
|
|
6
|
|
2.30. Qualified Domestic Relations Order
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.31. Qualified Nonelective Contribution
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.32. QNEC Account
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.33. Regulation
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.34. Required Beginning Date
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.35. Rollover Contribution
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.36. Section
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.37. Trust
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.38. Trustee
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.39. Valuation Date
|
|
|
7
|
|
2.40. Year of Service for Vesting
|
|
|
7
|
|
ARTICLE 3. PARTICIPATION
|
|
|
9
|
|
3.1. Date of Participation
|
|
|
9
|
|
3.2. Duration of Participation
|
|
|
10
|
|
ARTICLE 4. CONTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.1. Elective Contributions
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.2. Form and Manner of Affirmative and Automatic Elections
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.3. Matching Contributions
|
|
|
13
|
|
4.4. Discretionary Contributions
|
|
|
13
|
|
4.5. Qualified Nonelective Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.6. Rollover Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.7. Employee Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.8. Crediting of Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.9. Time for Making Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.10. Certain Limits Apply
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.11. Return of Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.12. Establishment of Trust
|
|
|
15
|
|
ARTICLE 5. ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
|
|
|
16
|
|
5.1. General Application
|
|
|
16
|
|
5.2. Separate Accounting
|
|
|
16
|
|
5.3. Direct Rollovers
|
|
|
16
|
|
5.4. Correction of Excess Contributions
|
|
|
17
|
|
5.5. Definition
|
|
|
17
|
|
- ii -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE 6. SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
18
|
|
6.1. Rules of Application
|
|
|
18
|
|
6.2. Definitions
|
|
|
18
|
|
6.3. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
|
|
|
18
|
|
6.4. Notice and Elections
|
|
|
19
|
|
6.5. Vesting of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
|
|
|
19
|
|
ARTICLE 7. PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
20
|
|
7.1. Accounts
|
|
|
20
|
|
7.2. Adjustment of Accounts
|
|
|
20
|
|
7.3. Investment of Accounts
|
|
|
20
|
|
7.4. Appointment of Investment Manager or Named Fiduciary
|
|
|
21
|
|
7.5. Section 404(c) Compliance
|
|
|
21
|
|
7.6. Transfers From Other Plans
|
|
|
22
|
|
ARTICLE 8. VESTING OF ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
23
|
|
8.1. Immediate Vesting of Certain Accounts
|
|
|
23
|
|
8.2. Deferred Vesting of Discretionary Contribution Accounts
|
|
|
23
|
|
8.3. Special Vesting Rules
|
|
|
23
|
|
8.4. Changes in Vesting Schedule
|
|
|
24
|
|
8.5. Forfeitures
|
|
|
24
|
|
8.6. Vesting of Accounts Transferred From Other Plans
|
|
|
25
|
|
ARTICLE 9. WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT
|
|
|
26
|
|
9.1. Hardship Withdrawals
|
|
|
26
|
|
9.2. Withdrawals After Age 59
1
/
2
|
|
|
27
|
|
9.3. Withdrawal from Rollover Account
|
|
|
27
|
|
9.4. Withdrawal on Account of Disability
|
|
|
27
|
|
9.5. Withdrawal of Employee Contributions
|
|
|
27
|
|
9.6. Restrictions on Certain Distributions
|
|
|
28
|
|
9.7. Limitation of Withdrawal Amount
|
|
|
28
|
|
9.8. Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
|
|
|
28
|
|
9.9. Withdrawals by Certain Former Participants in Other Plans
|
|
|
28
|
|
ARTICLE 10. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
|
|
|
30
|
|
10.1. In General
|
|
|
30
|
|
10.2. Rules and Procedures
|
|
|
30
|
|
10.3. Maximum Amount of Loan
|
|
|
30
|
|
10.4. Note; Security; Interest
|
|
|
30
|
|
- iii -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
10.5. Note as Trust Asset
|
|
|
30
|
|
10.6. Rollover of Loans Upon Sale of Participating Employer
|
|
|
31
|
|
10.7. Nondiscrimination
|
|
|
31
|
|
10.8. Spousal Consent to Loans to Certain Former Participants in Other Plans
|
|
|
31
|
|
ARTICLE 11. BENEFITS UPON DEATH OR SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT
|
|
|
32
|
|
11.1. Severance From Employment for Reasons Other Than Death
|
|
|
32
|
|
11.2. Time of Distributions
|
|
|
32
|
|
11.3. Amount of Distribution
|
|
|
33
|
|
11.4. Distributions After a Participants Death
|
|
|
33
|
|
11.5. Designation of Beneficiary
|
|
|
34
|
|
11.6. Direct Rollovers of Eligible Distributions
|
|
|
35
|
|
11.7. Protected Forms of Benefit
|
|
|
36
|
|
11.8. Distribution Restrictions for Elective Contributions
|
|
|
36
|
|
11.9. Minimum Distribution Requirements
|
|
|
37
|
|
11.10. Non-Spousal Rollovers
|
|
|
41
|
|
11.11. Special Distribution Rules for 2009
|
|
|
41
|
|
ARTICLE 12. ADMINISTRATION
|
|
|
42
|
|
12.1. Committee
|
|
|
42
|
|
12.2. Powers of Committee
|
|
|
42
|
|
12.3. Effect of Interpretation or Determination
|
|
|
42
|
|
12.4. Reliance on Tables, etc.
|
|
|
43
|
|
12.5. Claims and Review Procedures
|
|
|
43
|
|
12.6. Indemnification of Committee and Assistants
|
|
|
43
|
|
12.7. Annual Report
|
|
|
43
|
|
12.8. Expenses of Plan
|
|
|
43
|
|
ARTICLE 13. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
|
|
|
44
|
|
13.1. Amendment
|
|
|
44
|
|
13.2. Termination
|
|
|
44
|
|
13.3. Distributions upon Termination of the Plan
|
|
|
44
|
|
13.4. Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets
|
|
|
44
|
|
ARTICLE 14. LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
46
|
|
14.1. Code Section 404 Limits
|
|
|
46
|
|
14.2. Code Section 415 Limits
|
|
|
46
|
|
14.3. Code Section 402(g) Limits
|
|
|
47
|
|
14.4. Code Section 401(k)(3) Limits
|
|
|
49
|
|
- iv -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
14.5. Code Section 401(m) Limits
|
|
|
52
|
|
14.6. Code Section 401(k)(3) and 401(m) Limits after 2010
|
|
|
55
|
|
ARTICLE 15. SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
|
|
|
56
|
|
15.1. Provisions to Apply
|
|
|
56
|
|
15.2. Minimum Contribution
|
|
|
56
|
|
15.3. Adjustment to Limitation on Benefits
|
|
|
57
|
|
15.4. Definitions
|
|
|
57
|
|
ARTICLE 16. MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.1. Exclusive Benefit Rule
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.2. Limitation of Rights
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.3. Nonalienability of Benefits
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.4. Adequacy of Delivery
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.5. Reclassification of Employment Status
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.6. Veterans Reemployment and Benefits Rights
|
|
|
61
|
|
16.7. Governing law
|
|
|
61
|
|
16.8. Authority to Correct Operational Defects
|
|
|
61
|
|
16.9. Electronic Forms
|
|
|
61
|
|
- v -
ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION.
1.1.
Qualification and Purpose
. This document amends and restates the provisions of
the Boston Scientific Corporation 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2011
unless otherwise stated herein. Mergers and account transfers of certain other plans into the Plan
shall have such effective dates as are provided in Schedule B. The original effective date of the
Plan was January 1, 1987. The Plan and its related Trust are intended to qualify as a
profit-sharing plan and trust under Code sections 401(a) and 501(a), the cash or deferred
arrangement forming part of the Plan is intended to qualify under Code section 401(k). The Plan is
intended to constitute a plan described in section 404(c) of ERISA. The provisions of the Plan and
Trust shall be construed and applied accordingly. The purpose of the Plan is to provide benefits
to Participants in a manner consistent and in compliance with such Code sections and Title I of
ERISA. Notwithstanding the general effective date specified above, any provision of this
restatement that is intended to comply with changes in law made by the Economic Growth and Tax
Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA) and the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA),
Internal Revenue Service regulations or other guidance thereunder, or Department of Labor guidance
shall be effective as of the effective dates specified for such changes in the applicable statute,
regulation, or guidance. In addition, this restatement contains provisions intended to comply with
the requirements of the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (the HEART Act and
the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (WRERA). Those provisions should be
construed in accordance with each Act, and any subsequent guidance issued thereunder, and will
supersede any provision of the Plan to the extent that it is inconsistent with either Act.
1.2.
Rights under Plans
. The rights of Participants in this Plan or any other plan
which has been merged into this Plan, and the rights of their beneficiaries, shall be determined in
accordance with the terms of the applicable plan at the time they ceased to be employed.
1.3.
Defined Terms
. All capitalized terms used in the following provisions of the
Plan have the meanings given them under Article 2.
- 1 -
ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS.
Wherever used in the Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:
2.1.
Accounts
mean, for any Participant, the accounts established under the Plan to which
contributions made for the Participants benefit, and any allocable income, expense, gain and loss,
are allocated.
2.2.
Affiliated Employer
means (a) the Plan Sponsor, (b) any corporation that is a member of
a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)) of which the Plan Sponsor is
also a member, (c) any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control
(as defined in Code section 414(c)) with the Plan Sponsor, (d) any trade or business that is a
member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of which the Plan Sponsor
is also a member, or (e) to the extent required by Regulations issued under Code section 414(o),
any other organization; provided, that the term Affiliated Employer shall not include any
corporation or unincorporated trade or business prior to the date on which such corporation, trade
or business satisfies the affiliation or control tests of, (b), (c), (d) or (e) above. In
identifying any Affiliated Employers for purposes of the Code section 415 limits, the definitions
in Code sections 414(b) and (c) shall be modified as provided in Code section 415(h).
2.3.
Beneficiary
means any person entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death
of a Participant.
2.4.
Board of Directors
means the members of the Board of Directors of Boston Scientific
Corporation.
2.5.
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference
to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding
provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection, and
also includes reference to any Regulation issued pursuant to or with respect to such section or
subsection.
2.6.
Committee
means the entity or persons appointed by the Board of Directors, or its
designee, to administer the Plan pursuant to its provisions.
2.7.
Company Stock
means any stock of the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliated Employer
constituting a qualifying employer security within the meaning of section 407(d)(5) of ERISA.
2.8. Compensation
means:
(a) for purposes of determining the Code section 415 limits, the amount of any minimum
contribution under the special top-heavy provisions, and determining the status of an
individual as a highly compensated employee or a key employee, the Participants wages
as defined in Code section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax
- 2 -
withholding at the source, but (i) determined without regard to any rules that limit
the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the
services performed, and (ii) increased by any such amounts that would have been received by
the individual from the Employer but for an election under Code section 125, 132(f)(4),
401(k), or 402(h);
(b) for purposes of the limits under Sections 14.4 and 14.5, if applicable,
compensation as defined under Code section 414(s) and the Treasury regulations thereunder;
and
(c) for all other purposes under the Plan, the same as in (a) above, reduced by all of
the following items (even if includable in gross income): cost-of-living adjustments,
reimbursements or other expense allowances, pay in lieu of vacation upon termination of
employment, bonuses, deferred compensation, payments under a severance plan, amounts
received upon the exercise of options to purchase Company Stock, and moving expenses.
(d) Compensation shall include only that compensation which is actually paid to the
Participant during the applicable Plan Year and prior to the Participants severance from
employment, except as provided in Regulation section 1.415(c)-(2)(e)(3). For all purposes
under the Plan, Compensation for any individual will be limited for any Plan Year as
provided under Code section 401(a)(17). If the period for determining Compensation used in
calculating a Participants allocation for a determination period is shorter than 12 months,
the annual Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the otherwise applicable limit
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the period, and
the denominator of which is 12. For a Participants initial year of participation in the
Plan, Compensation will be recognized for the entire Plan Year.
2.9.
Disability
means an injury or sickness which makes a Participant unable to perform each
of the essential functions (as defined in the Boston Scientific Long Term Disability Plan) of any
gainful occupation (as defined in the Boston Scientific Long Term Disability Plan) for which the
Participant is reasonably fitted by training, education or experience.
2.10.
Discretionary Contribution
means a contribution made for the benefit of a Participant
by a Participating Employer in the discretion of the Board of Directors.
2.11.
Discretionary Contribution Account
means an Account to which Discretionary
Contributions are allocated.
2.12.
Elective Contribution
means a contribution made to the Plan for the benefit of a
Participant pursuant to a Compensation Reduction Authorization. For any Plan Year after December
31, 2010, Elective Contributions shall include an elective deferral contribution described in
Article 6, which is intended to satisfy the ADP safe harbor requirements.
2.13.
Elective Contribution Account
means an Account to which Elective Contributions (but
not Roth Elective Deferrals) are allocated.
- 3 -
2.14.
Eligible Employee
means, subject to Section 16.5:
(a) any Employee who is employed by a Participating Employer, and who, in the opinion
of his or her Participating Employer, may reasonably be expected to complete 1,000 or more
Hours of Service with a Participating Employer in a Plan Year; or
(b) any Employee not already an Eligible Employee under (a) above who is employed by a
Participating Employer, and who has completed 1,000 or more Hours of Service in a
computation period or has previously been an Eligible Employee described in (a) above.
The initial computation period shall be the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the
date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service (the employment commencement date).
The succeeding computation periods commence with the first Plan Year commencing after the
Employees employment commencement date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will an individual become an Eligible Employee
while he or she is characterized by an Affiliated Employer as a Leased Employee, nor will a
foreign national or nonresident alien who is not paid from a Participating Employers U.S.
payroll become an Eligible Employee.
2.15.
Employee
means any individual employed by an Affiliated Employer, including any Leased
Employee and any other individual required to be treated as an employee pursuant to Code sections
414(n) and 414(o).
2.16.
Employee Contribution
means the voluntary after-tax contribution made by a Participant
under the Plan for a Plan Year prior to January 1, 2011.
2.17.
Entry Date
means the first day of each pay period during the Plan Year.
2.18.
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time, and any successor statute or statutes of similar import.
2.19.
Highly Compensated Employee
means each individual employed by an Affiliated Employer
who (i) during such Plan Year or preceding Plan Year, is a 5% owner within the meaning of Code
section 414(q), or (ii) during the preceding Plan Year received Compensation in excess of $110,000
(as adjusted under that Code section) and was in the top paid group as defined therein for such
Plan Year.
2.20.
Hour of Service
means, with respect to any Employee:
(a) Each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance
of duties for an Affiliated Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the
computation period in which the duties were performed;
(b) Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to
payment by any Affiliated Employer (including payments made or due from a trust fund or
insurer to which the Affiliated Employer contributes or pays premiums) on
- 4 -
account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of
whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, each such
hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which such period of time
occurs, subject to the following rules;
(i) No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph
(b) to the Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the
Employee performs no duties;
(ii) Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (b) to an
Employee for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically related
expenses incurred by the Employee, or which is made or due under a plan maintained
solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers compensation,
unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and
(iii) If the period during which the Employee performs no duties falls within
two or more computation periods, and if the payment made on account of such period
is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service
credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the
first two such periods based on the amount of the payment divided by the Employees
most recent hourly rate of Compensation before the period during which no duties
were performed;
(c) Each hour not counted under paragraph (a) or (b) for which back pay, irrespective
of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by any Affiliated
Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period to which
the award or agreement for back pay pertains, provided that crediting of Hours of Service
under this paragraph (c) with respect to periods described in paragraph (b) above shall be
subject to the limitations and special rules set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of
paragraph (b);
(d) Each noncompensated hour while an Employee during a period of absence from any
Affiliated Employer in the armed forces of the United States if the Employee returns to work
for any Affiliated Employer at a time when he or she has reemployment rights under federal
law, and each noncompensated hour while an Employee on an unpaid leave of absence granted by
the Employer; and
(e) Solely for purposes of Section 8.5, each hour not counted under paragraph (a) or
(b) for which the Employee is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, provided
that no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (e) to the
Employee. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity
reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of
the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the
individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for
purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or
placement.
- 5 -
Hours of Service to be credited to an Employee under (a), (b) and (c) above will be calculated and
credited pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor
Regulations, which are incorporated herein by reference. Hours of Service to be credited to an
Employee during a period described in (d) and (e) above will be determined by the Committee with
reference to the individuals most recent normal work schedule, or at the rate of eight hours per
day in the event the Committee is unable to establish such schedule. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, where records of actual hours worked by an Employee are not maintained, an Employee will
be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month for which the Employee would be required to be
credited with at least one Hour of Service.
2.21.
Leased Employee
means any person who is not an employee of a Participating Employer
(including, for purposes of this paragraph, Affiliated Employers) and who provides services to the
Participating Employer, provided that (i) the services are provided pursuant to an agreement
between the Participating Employer and any other person (leasing organization); (ii) the person
has performed the services for the Company on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at
least 1 year; and (iii) the services are performed under the primary direction and control of the
Participating Employer; provided that, an individual shall not be considered a Leased Employee of
the Participating Employer if (i) the employee is covered by a money purchase plan maintained by
the leasing organization providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10
percent of compensation, as that term is defined in Section 2.8(a), (2) immediate participation,
and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20
percent of the Participating Employers nonhighly compensated workforce.
2.22.
Matching Contribution Account
means an Account to which Matching Contributions are
allocated. For Plan Years after December 31, 2010, the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions shall be
maintained in the separate recordkeeping account as described in Article 6.
2.23. Normal Retirement Age
means age 62.
2.24.
Participant
means each Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan pursuant to its
provisions.
2.25.
Participating Employer
means the Plan Sponsor and each Affiliated Employer listed on
Schedule A.
2.26.
Plan
means the Boston Scientific Corporation 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan set forth
herein, and all subsequent amendments thereto.
2.27.
Plan Sponsor
means Boston Scientific Corporation, a Delaware Corporation.
2.28.
Plan Year
means the calendar year.
2.29.
Predecessor Employer
means any trade or business acquired by a Participating Employer,
or any entity from which a Participating Employer has acquired substantially all of its assets.
- 6 -
2.30.
Qualified Domestic Relations Order
means any judgment, decree or order (including
approval of a property settlement agreement) which constitutes a qualified domestic relations
order within the meaning of Code section 414(p). A judgment, decree or order may still be
considered to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order if it requires a distribution to an alternate
payee (or the segregation of accounts pending distribution to an alternate payee) before the
Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution under the Plan.
2.31.
Qualified Nonelective Contribution
means a contribution made in the discretion of the
Plan Sponsor which is designated by the Plan Sponsor as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution and
which falls within the definition of a qualified nonelective contribution under Regulation
section 1.401(k)-6.
2.32.
QNEC Account
means an Account to which Qualified Nonelective Contributions are
allocated.
2.33.
Regulation
means a regulation issued by the Department of Treasury, including any
final regulation, proposed regulation, temporary regulation, as well as any modification of any
such regulation contained in any notice, revenue procedure, or similar pronouncement issued by the
Internal Revenue Service.
2.34.
Required Beginning Date
for a Participant shall be determined as follows:
(a) For a Participant who is a 5 percent owner (as defined in Code section 416), the
Required Beginning Date is April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant
attains age 70
1
/
2
.
(b) For a Participant who is not a 5 percent owner, the Required Beginning Date is
April 1 following the later of (A) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70
1
/
2
or (B) the calendar year in which the Participant incurs a severance from employment
from the Participating Employer.
2.35.
Rollover Contribution
means a contribution made by a Participant which satisfies the
requirements for rollover contributions as set forth in the Plan.
2.36.
Section
means a section of the Plan.
2.37.
Trust
means the trust established under Section 4.12.
2.38. Trustee
means the person or persons who are at any time acting as trustee under the
Trust.
2.39.
Valuation Date
means each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for
trading.
2.40.
Year of Service for Vesting
means a Plan Year during which the Employee completes at
least 1,000 Hours of Service. The following special rules shall apply:
- 7 -
(a) Unless otherwise provided in Schedule B, in the event the Plan Sponsor acquires a
business of another employer, through an acquisition either of assets or stock of such other
employer, an Employee who was employed by such other employer immediately prior to such
acquisition shall have his or her prior service with such other employer taken into account,
as if it were service with an Affiliated Employer.
(b) A Leased Employee shall accrue Years of Service for vesting purposes and shall be
credited with such Years of Service for Vesting upon hire by a Participating Employer as a
common law employee.
- 8 -
ARTICLE 3. PARTICIPATION.
3.1.
Date of Participation
.
(a) Any individual who was a Participant on December 31, 2010 and is an Eligible
Employee on January 1, 2011 will, subject to Section 3.2, continue to be a Participant.
(b) Any other individual will become a Participant on the Entry Date coinciding with or
next following the latest of:
|
(i)
|
|
January 1, 2011;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
the date on which he or she becomes an Eligible Employee;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
the date on which he or she attains age 18; and
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
the 30th day after the date he or she completes an Hour of Service;
|
provided that (1) he or she is an Eligible Employee on such Entry Date and (2) he or she has
in effect on such Entry Date a Compensation Reduction Authorization described in Section 4.2
which was submitted in the manner prescribed by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided by
the Committee, an Employee who has satisfied the requirements of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
above, but who has failed to satisfy the requirements of (1) or (2) above, will become a
Participant on the first Entry Date coinciding with or next following the date on which the
requirements of both (1) and (2) are satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee
who has satisfied the requirements of (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, but has not satisfied the
other requirements of this subsection (b), will become a Participant as of the date a
Discretionary Contribution is made to the Plan, if he or she is otherwise eligible to
receive an allocation pursuant to Section 4.4.
(c) Unless otherwise provided in Schedule B, in the event the Plan Sponsor acquires a
business of another employer, through an acquisition of either assets or stock, an Employee
who was employed by such other employer immediately prior to such acquisition shall have his
or her prior service with such other employer taken into account, as if it were service with
an Affiliated Employer, for purposes of (b)(iv) above and Section 2.14(b).
(d) An Employee who, immediately before becoming an Eligible Employee, has a
contribution agreement in effect with an Affiliated Employer under a separate plan described
in section 401(k) of the Code shall become a Participant on the payroll date coinciding with
or next following the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee, provided that he or she
has a Compensation Reduction Authorization in effect on such payroll date.
- 9 -
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who first completes an Hour of
Service or, in the case of a rehired Employee, resumes employment with a Participating
Employer on or after January 1, 2007 and who would become a Participant in accordance with
subsection (b) but for the failure to enter into a Compensation Reduction Authorization will
become a Participant on the first Entry Date on which an automatic Compensation Reduction
Authorization is in effect with respect to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section
4.2(b).
3.2.
Duration of Participation
. An individual who has become a Participant under the
Plan will remain a Participant for as long as an Account is maintained under the Plan for his or
her benefit, or until his or her death, if earlier. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and
unless otherwise expressly provided for under the Plan, no contributions shall be made with respect
to a Participant who is not an Eligible Employee. In the event a Participant remains an Employee
but ceases to be an Eligible Employee and becomes ineligible for contributions, such Employee will
again become eligible for contributions immediately upon returning to the class of Eligible
Employees. In the event an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee,
such Employee will become a Participant on the first Entry Date on or after becoming an Eligible
Employee, if he or she has satisfied the requirements of Section 3.1. A Participant or former
Participant who is reemployed as an Eligible Employee shall again become eligible for contributions
on the first Entry Date on or after reemployment.
- 10 -
ARTICLE 4. CONTRIBUTIONS.
4.1.
Elective Contributions
. On behalf of each Participant for whom there is in
effect, for any pay period, a Compensation Reduction Authorization described in Section 4.2 and who
is receiving Compensation from a Participating Employer during such pay period, such Participating
Employer will contribute to the Trust, as an Elective Contribution, an amount equal to the amount
by which such Compensation was reduced pursuant to the Compensation Reduction Authorization.
Elective Contributions for any pay period in a Plan Year may not be less than 1 percent of the
Participants Compensation for such pay period and the maximum amount of Elective Contributions for
any pay period shall be the least of:
(a) 25 percent of the Participants Compensation for such pay period;
(b) the maximum amount permitted under Article 14, if applicable; and
(c) any further limit placed on Highly Compensated Employees by the Committee in its
discretion in anticipation of satisfying the actual deferral percentage or actual
contribution percentage limits described in Article 14 to the extent those limits are
applicable for the contributions made during the Plan Year.
In addition, Participants who have attained age 50 before the close of a Plan Year shall be
eligible to have catch-up Elective Contributions made on their behalf for the Plan Year in
accordance with, and subject to, the limitations of Code section 414(v). Such catch-up Elective
Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of compliance by the Plan with the
required limitations of Code sections 402(g) and 415. Except to the extent described in Article 6
to calculate the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions described therein for Plan Years after December
31, 2010, the Participating Employers will not make Matching Contributions on account of catch-up
Elective Contributions. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the
Plan implementing the requirements of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of
the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up Elective Contributions.
4.2.
Form and Manner of Affirmative and Automatic Elections
.
(a) A Compensation Reduction Authorization is an authorization from an Eligible
Employee to a Participating Employer which satisfies the requirements of this Section. A
Compensation Reduction Authorization may be either an affirmative or an automatic
Compensation Reduction Authorization. Each affirmative Compensation Reduction Authorization
shall be in a form prescribed or approved by the Committee, and may be entered into as of
any Entry Date upon such prior notice as the Committee may prescribe. A Compensation
Reduction Authorization may be changed by the Participant, with such prior notice as the
Committee may prescribe, as of the first day of any payroll period. A Compensation
Reduction Authorization shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable on and after
the applicable Entry Date. A Compensation Reduction Authorization may be revoked by the
Participant at any time upon such prior
- 11 -
notice as the Committee may prescribe. A Participant who revokes a Compensation
Reduction Authorization may enter into a new affirmative Compensation Reduction
Authorization only as of a subsequent Entry Date.
(b) An Eligible Employee who first completes an Hour of Service or, in the case of a
rehired Employee, resumes employment with a Participating Employer on or after January 1,
2007 will be deemed to enter into an automatic Compensation Reduction Authorization pursuant
to which his or her Compensation will be automatically reduced by the amount described in
(c) below, beginning on the Entry Date determined by the Committee, and the amount of such
reduction will be contributed to the Trust as a pre-tax Elective Contribution under Section
4.1, subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) An Eligible Employee whose Compensation has been automatically reduced
under this Section 4.2(b) may elect at any time either to (1) cancel such automatic
Compensation Reduction Authorization, thereby ceasing Elective Contributions to the
Plan on his or her behalf, or (2) replace such automatic Compensation Reduction
Authorization with an affirmative Compensation Reduction Authorization, thereby
changing the amount of Elective Contributions to the Plan on his or her behalf or
switching such Elective Contributions to Roth Elective Deferrals made pursuant to
Article 5. Any election under this Section 4.2(b)(i) shall be in a form or manner
prescribed or approved by the Committee and shall be effective with respect to
Compensation payable on and after the date of such election, subject to such notice
as the Committee may prescribe or require.
(ii) Prior to the Entry Date on which an automatic Compensation Reduction
Authorization takes effect with respect to an Eligible Employee, the Eligible
Employee will receive a notice explaining his or her right to elect to terminate or
change the amount of his or her Elective Contributions to the Plan and how such
Elective Contributions will be invested in the absence of any investment election by
the Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee will have a reasonable period of time
after receipt of such notice to cancel the automatic Compensation Reduction
Authorization or replace it with an affirmative Compensation Reduction
Authorization, and to make an affirmative investment election, before the automatic
Compensation Reduction Authorization takes effect. Such notice or a similar notice
will be provided to such Eligible Employee within a reasonable period of time before
each Plan Year thereafter for so long as an automatic Compensation Reduction
Authorization remains in effect with respect to such Eligible Employee under this
Section 4.2(b).
- 12 -
(c) The amount of the reduction in an Eligible Employees Compensation under an
automatic Compensation Reduction Authorization pursuant to Section 4.2(b) shall be as
follows:
|
|
|
First Plan Year in which the automatic
Compensation Reduction Authorization is in effect:
|
|
2% of Compensation
|
Second Plan Year in which the automatic Compensation
Reduction Authorization is in effect:
|
|
3% of Compensation
|
Third Plan Year in which the automatic Compensation
Reduction Authorization is in effect:
|
|
4% of Compensation
|
Fourth Plan Year in which the automatic Compensation
Reduction Authorization is in effect:
|
|
5% of Compensation
|
Fifth Plan Year and future Plan Years in which the
automatic Compensation Reduction Authorization is in
effect:
|
|
6% of Compensation
|
In the event that a Participant who has terminated employment with a Participating
Employer and subsequently resumes employment as an Eligible Employee with a Participating
Employer, for purposes of this Section 4.2(c), the amount of that Employees automatic
Compensation Reduction Authorization shall be determined according to the above amount for
the First Plan Year, and each subsequent Plan Year after his or her rehire, without regard
to his or her previous employment with an Affiliated Employer and without regard to his or
her previous participation in the Plan.
4.3.
Matching Contributions
. For Plan Years after December 31, 2010, the Matching
Contributions shall consist of the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions described in Article 6.
4.4.
Discretionary Contributions
. For each Plan Year, the Participating Employers
shall contribute to the Plan such other amounts, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its sole
discretion, may determine. Any such Discretionary Contribution for a Plan Year shall be made in
cash or, if the Board of Directors so directs, in Company Stock, and shall be allocated among and
credited to the Accounts of each individual who:
(a) is a Participant who was an Eligible Employee on the last day of that Plan Year and
completed at least 1000 Hours of Service during that Plan Year; or
(b) is a Participant who has ceased to be an Eligible Employee during that Plan Year by
reason of death or severance from employment after attaining age 62 or on account of
Disability,
in proportion to the relative amount of his or her Compensation for such Plan Year to the total
Compensation of all the Participants who are eligible to receive an allocation of the Discretionary
Contribution.
- 13 -
4.5.
Qualified Nonelective Contributions
. To the extent necessary to satisfy the Code
section 401(k)(3) limits with respect to Elective Contributions or the Code section 401(m) limits
with respect to Matching Contributions, the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may determine whether
a Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall be made to the Trust for a Plan Year and, if so, the
amount to be contributed by such Participating Employer. If the Plan Sponsor determines that a
Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall be made, each Participating Employer shall contribute its
designated portion. Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be fully vested and subject to the
same distribution rules as Elective Contributions as of the time such Qualified Nonelective
Contributions are made to the Plan.
4.6.
Rollover Contributions
. An Eligible Employee (whether or not a Participant) may
make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan upon demonstration to the Committee that the contribution
is eligible for transfer to the Plan pursuant to the rollover provisions of the Code.
4.7.
Employee Contributions
. For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2011, a Participant
could elect to make after-tax Employee Contributions under the Plan in the form and manner
prescribed or approved by the Committee. Employee Contributions for any pay period in such a Plan
Year could be no less than 1 percent nor greater than 10 percent of the Participants Compensation
for such period.
4.8.
Crediting of Contributions
. Each type of contribution for a Plan Year shall be
allocated among and credited to the respective Accounts of Participants eligible to share in the
contributions as of the Valuation Date next following the date the contributions are received by
the Trustee.
4.9.
Time for Making Contributions
. Elective Contributions will be paid in cash to
the Trust as soon as such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general assets of the
Participating Employer, but in any event no later than the time set forth in Department of Labor
Regulations section 2510.3-102.
4.10.
Certain Limits Apply
. All contributions to the Plan are subject to the
applicable limits set forth under Code sections 401(k), 402(g), 401(m), 404, and 415, as further
described elsewhere in the Plan. In addition, certain minimum allocations may be required under
Code section 416, as also further described elsewhere in the Plan.
4.11.
Return of Contributions
. If any contribution by a Participating Employer to the
Trust is (a) made by reason of a mistake of fact, or (b) believed by the Participating Employer in
good faith to be deductible under Code section 404, but the deduction is disallowed, the Trustee
shall, upon request by the Participating Employer, return to the Participating Employer the excess
of the amount contributed over the amount, if any, that would have been contributed had there not
occurred a mistake of fact or a mistake in determining the deduction. Such excess shall be reduced
by the losses of the Trust attributable thereto, if and to the extent such losses exceed the gains
and income attributable thereto. In no event shall the return of a contribution hereunder cause
any Participants Accounts to be reduced to less than they would have been had the mistaken or
nondeductible amount not been contributed. No return of a contribution hereunder shall be made
more than one year after the mistaken payment of the contribution, or disallowance of the
deduction, as the case may be.
- 14 -
4.12.
Establishment of Trust
. The Plan Sponsor established and maintains a Trust to
accept and hold contributions made under the Plan. The Trust is governed by an agreement between
the Plan Sponsor and the Trustee, the terms of which shall be consistent with the Plans provisions
and intended qualification under Code sections 401(a) and 501(a).
- 15 -
ARTICLE 5. ROTH ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.
5.1.
General Application
.
(a) As of January 1, 2007, the Plan will accept Roth Elective Deferrals made on
behalf of Participants. A Participants Roth Elective Deferrals will be allocated to a
separate account maintained for such deferrals as described in Section 5.2.
(b) Unless specifically stated otherwise, Roth Elective Deferrals will be treated
as Elective Contributions for all purposes under the Plan.
5.2.
Separate Accounting
.
(a) Contributions and withdrawals of Roth Elective Deferrals will be credited and
debited to the Roth Elective Deferral Account maintained for each Participant.
(b) The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Elective Deferrals in
each Participants Account.
(c) Gains, losses, and other credits or charges must be separately allocated on a
reasonable and consistent basis to each Participants Roth Elective Deferral Account and the
Participants other Accounts under the Plan.
(d) No contributions other than Roth Elective Deferrals and properly attributable
earnings will be credited to each Participants Roth Elective Deferral Account.
5.3.
Direct Rollovers
.
(a) Notwithstanding Section 11.6, a direct rollover of a distribution from a Roth
Elective Deferral Account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth elective deferral
account under an applicable retirement plan described in section 402A(e)(1) of the Code or
to a Roth IRA described in section 408A of the Code, and only to the extent the rollover is
permitted under the rules of section 402(c) of the Code.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.6, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution to a
Roth Elective Deferral Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective
deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in section 402A(e)(1) of the
Code and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of section 402(c) of
the Code.
(c) Eligible rollover distributions from a Participants Roth elective deferral
account under another an applicable retirement plan will not be taken into account in
determining whether the total amount of the Participants account balances under the Plan
exceeds $1,000 for purposes of mandatory distributions from the Plan described in Section
11.2.
- 16 -
5.4.
Correction of Excess Contributions
. In the case of a distribution of excess
contributions under Section 14.4, a Highly Compensated Employee may not designate the extent to
which the excess amount is composed of pre-tax elective deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals.
5.5.
Definition
.
(a)
Roth Elective Deferrals
. A Roth Elective Deferral is an Elective
Contribution that is:
(i) Designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the
affirmative Compensation Reduction Authorization as a Roth Elective Deferral that is
being made in lieu of all or a portion of the pre-tax Elective Contributions the
Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan; and
(ii) Treated by the Participating Employer as includable in the
Participants taxable income at the time the Participant would have received that
amount in cash if the Participant had not entered into a Compensation Reduction
Authorization.
(b)
Roth Elective Deferral Account
. A Roth Elective Deferral Account
means an Account to which a Participants Roth Elective Deferrals are allocated.
- 17 -
ARTICLE 6. SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
6.1.
Rules of Application
.
(a) This Article shall apply for Plan Years after December 31, 2010. For each Plan
Year thereafter, the ADP and ACP testing provisions in Sections 14.4 and 14.5 shall not
apply, except to the extent described in any subsequent Plan amendment.
(b) To the extent that any provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the
provisions of this Article, the provi
s
ions of this Article shall apply.
6.2.
Definitions
.
(a) Compensation is defined according to the provisions of Section 2.8 for the
purpose of determining the amount of a Participants Safe Harbor Matching Contribution under
this Article. For purposes of this Article, no dollar limit, other than that imposed by
Code section 401(a)(17), shall limit the Compensation of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee.
(b) Elective Contribution, for a Plan year after December 31, 2010, is an
Elective Contribution, as described in Section 4.1, intended to satisfy the ADP testing
requirements described in Code section 401(k)(12) and which shall satisfy the requirements
of the ADP testing safe harbor without regard to permitted disparity under Code section
401(l).
(c) Eligible Employee, for purposes of this Article, means an Employee eligible
to make Elective Contributions under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who would be
eligible to make Elective Contributions notwithstanding any suspension due to the
Participants receipt of a hardship distribution described in Section 9.1 of the Plan or any
applicable statutory limitations, such as Code sections 402(g) and 415.
(d) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution means the matching contribution described
in Section 6.3 that is intended to satisfy the ACP testing requirements described in Code
section 401(m)(11).
(e) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account means the Account to which Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions will be allocated.
6.3.
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
. On a bi-weekly, payroll
period basis, each Participating Employer will make a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution to
the Trust for the benefit of each Participant on whose behalf it made Elective Contributions
for the period.
(b) The Participating Employer will make a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution for
that period to the Participants Matching Contribution Account, based upon the enhanced
matching contribution formula, which shall be equal to (i) 200% of the Elective
Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the period which do not
- 18 -
exceed 2% of the Participants Compensation for the period, plus (ii) 50% of the
Elective Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the period which exceed 2% but
do not exceed 6% of the Participants Compensation for the period.
(c) For purposes of this Section, the catch-up Elective Contributions described in
Section 4.1 shall be taken into account to determine the amount of each Participants Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions.
6.4.
Notice and Elections
.
(a) Between 30 and 90 days prior to each Plan Year in which Participants will
receive Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, a Participating Employer will provide each
Eligible Employee a notice describing his or her rights and obligations under the Plan (the
Safe Harbor Notice).
(b) If an Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan and his or her
automatic Compensation Reduction Authorization will become effective after the beginning of
the Plan Year, the Participating Employer will provide a Safe Harbor Notice to that Eligible
Employee within a reasonable period of time before his or her Entry Date, but no earlier
than 90 days prior to that date.
(c) As provided in Section 4.2, a Participant may modify the amount of his or her
Elective Contributions as of the first day of any payroll period, including those within the
30-day period following his or her receipt of the safe harbor notice.
6.5.
Vesting of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
. The Participants accrued benefit
derived from the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions described in this Article is nonforfeitable and
may not be distributed earlier than upon his or her severance of employment, death, disability,
attainment of age 59
1
/
2
or the termination of the Plan according to Code section 401(k)(10).
- 19 -
ARTICLE 7. PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS.
7.1.
Accounts
. The Committee will establish and maintain (or cause the Trustee to
establish and maintain) for each Participant, such Accounts as are necessary to carry out the
purposes of this Plan.
7.2.
Adjustment of Accounts
. As of each Valuation Date, each Account will be
adjusted to reflect the fair market value of the assets allocated to the Account. In so doing:
(a) each Account balance will be increased by the amount of contributions, income
and gain allocable to such Account since the prior Valuation Date; and
(b) each Account balance will be decreased by the amount of distributions from the
Account and expenses and losses allocable to the Account since the prior Valuation Date.
Income, expense, gain or loss which is generated by a particular investment within the Trust shall
be allocated among the Accounts invested in that investment in proportion to the balances of such
Accounts as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date. Any expenses relating to a specific
Account or Accounts, including without limitation commissions or sales charges with respect to an
investment in which the Account participates, but excluding costs relating to the processing of
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, may be charged solely to the particular Account or Accounts.
7.3.
Investment of Accounts
.
(a) A Participants Accounts shall be invested by the Trustee as the Participant
directs from among such investment options as the Plan Sponsor may make available from time
to time in accordance with the investment policy established by the Committee. The
Committee shall prescribe the manner in which such directions may be made or changed, the
dates as of which they shall be effective, and the allocation of Accounts with respect to
which no directions are submitted. Any other assets of the Trust not specified above in
this Section shall be invested by the Trustee in the sole discretion of the Trustee and in
accordance with its fiduciary duties under ERISA; provided, that if an investment manager or
other named fiduciary has been appointed with respect to all or a portion of such assets,
the Trustee shall invest such portion as the investment manager or other named fiduciary
directs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all investments under the Plan are subject to the
rules and limitations contained in the prospectus or other documents that describe the
investment.
(b) The Plan shall include a Company Stock investment option. To the extent such
Company Stock has voting rights, or in the event of any tender or exchange offer by any
person for such Company Stock, Participants invested in such Company Stock fund may direct
the Trustee as to the voting and tender of such Company Stock in accordance with procedures
established by the Committee. The Committee may also provide for the temporary suspension
of the right of Participants subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to
invest further amounts in, or to redirect the investment of any
- 20 -
amounts out of, the Company Stock fund. The Committee may also establish from time to
time a maximum percentage of any Participants Accounts which may be invested in the Company
Stock fund. Any restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of employer
securities under the Plan shall be imposed and administered in a manner consistent with
section 401(a)(35)(D)(ii)(II) of the Code, IRS Notice 2006-107, and other guidance
thereunder.
(c) In connection with the acquisition of Schneider (USA) Inc. and Corvita
Corporation, the Company established an investment fund to hold shares of Pfizer Inc. common
stock transferred from the Pfizer Savings and Investment Plan. No contributions under this
Plan may be invested in the Pfizer stock fund, and dividends and interest payable on the
assets of the Pfizer stock fund allocated to the Accounts of a Participant will be invested
according to such Participants current investment election for contributions under the
Plan. A Participant may direct that amounts held in the Pfizer stock fund on his or her
behalf be transferred to one or more other investment funds made available by the Committee
from time to time, and any amounts so transferred shall not be reallocated to the Pfizer
stock fund.
7.4.
Appointment of Investment Manager or Named Fiduciary
. The Plan Sponsor may
appoint in writing one or more investment managers or other named fiduciaries (within the meaning
of ERISA section 402(a)(2)) to manage the investment of all or designated portions of the assets
held in the Trust. The appointment shall be effective upon acknowledgment in writing by the
investment manager or other named fiduciary that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. An
investment manager must be (a) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers
Act of 1940, (b) a bank as defined in that Act, or (c) an insurance company qualified under the
laws of more than one state to manage, acquire or dispose of any assets of the Plan.
7.5.
Section
404(c)
Compliance
. The Plan is intended to be an ERISA section
404(c) plan as described in section 404(c) of ERISA and title 29 of the Code of Federal
Regulations section 2550.404c-1, and shall be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent
with that intent. The investment direction requirements of Department of Labor regulation section
2550.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(1)(iv) and (b)(2)(i)(A) and the requirements relating to the investment
alternatives under the Plan are intended to be satisfied by Section 7.3 above, in each case taking
into account related communications to Participants and beneficiaries under the summary plan
description for the Plan and other communications. For purposes of ERISA section 404(c), the
identified plan fiduciary obligated to comply with Participant and Beneficiary investment
instructions (except as provided in such section and regulations thereunder), the identified plan
fiduciary obligated to provide Participants and Beneficiaries with the materials set forth in
Department of Labor regulations section 2550.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B) and the identified plan fiduciary
obligated to comply with the confidentiality requirements and procedures under Department of Labor
regulations section 2550.404c-1(d)(2)(ii)(E)(4)(viii) relating to employer securities shall be the
Committee. The Committee may decline to implement Participant and Beneficiary investment
instructions which would result in a prohibited transaction described in ERISA section 406 or
section 4975 of the Code or which would generate income that would be taxable to the Plan.
- 21 -
7.6.
Transfers From Other Plans
.
(a) Unless otherwise provided herein, in the event that another plan is merged into
the Plan, or accounts are otherwise transferred to the Plan from another plan, the assets
transferred to the Plan shall be allocated as follows:
(i) Assets attributable to an individuals elective contributions and
qualified nonelective contributions (if any) shall be allocated to an Elective
Contribution Account for his or her benefit under the Plan;
(ii) Assets attributable to matching employer contributions (if any), shall
be allocated to a Matching Contribution Account for his or her benefit under the
Plan;
(iii) Assets attributable to other employer contributions (if any), shall
be allocated to a Discretionary Contribution Account for his or her benefit under
the Plan; and
(iv) Assets attributable to an individuals after-tax contributions (if
any) shall be allocated to an after-tax contribution account for his or her benefit
under the Plan.
The assets transferred may be separately accounted for in sub-accounts under the Plan
as determined to be necessary by the Committee in order to administer the provisions of
Articles 8, 9, 10 and 11. Unless otherwise provided in Schedule B or in an acquisition
agreement between a Participating Employer and the employer maintaining such transferor
plan, all assets transferred under this Section shall be invested in accordance with
investment directions by the Participant under Section 7.3 above or, absent such directions,
in a fund designated by the Committee.
(b) Any individual for whom accounts have been transferred under this Section and
who has not become a Participant under Section 3.1, or pursuant to such other special
eligibility rules provided in Schedule B, shall be treated as a Participant for purposes of
Articles 7, 8, 11, 12, 13 and 16 and, so long as he or she is an Employee, Articles 9 and
10. Such an individual shall become a Participant for all purposes of the Plan to the
extent such individual satisfies the requirements of Section 3.1 or any other special
eligibility rules provided in Schedule B which apply to such individual.
- 22 -
ARTICLE 8. VESTING OF ACCOUNTS.
8.1.
Immediate Vesting of Certain Accounts
. A Participant shall at all times have
a vested interest in 100% of the following accounts, as applicable: Elective Contribution Account,
Employee Contribution Account, QNEC Account, Matching Contribution Account, his or her Rollover
Account, and other accounts that the Committee may establish, unless explicitly provided otherwise
herein.
8.2.
Deferred Vesting of Discretionary Contribution Accounts
.
(a) A Participant who on December 31, 1992 had at least three Years of Service for
purposes of calculating vesting, shall have a vested interest in 100% of his or her
Discretionary Contribution Account, if any.
(b) A Participant not described in (a) above, shall have a vested interest in a
percentage of his or her Discretionary Contribution Account, if any, determined in
accordance with the following schedule and based on his or her Years of Service for Vesting:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Service
|
|
Applicable
|
for Vesting
|
|
Nonforfeitable Percentage
|
less than 1
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
1 but less than 2
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
2 but less than 3
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
3 but less than 4
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
4 but less than 5
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
5 or more
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
8.3.
Special Vesting Rules
. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, a Participant will have a vested interest in 100% of the Accounts maintained for his or
her benefit upon the happening of any one of the following events:
(a) the Participants attainment of age 62 while an Employee;
(b) the Participants severance from employment on account of Disability;
(c) the Participants death while an Employee and, effective January 1, 2007 for
this purpose, a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as
defined in Code section 414(u)) will be treated as having resumed his employment with the
Participating Employer immediately prior to the date of his death;
(d) the termination of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of Contributions
under the Plan; or
(e) the partial termination of the Plan with respect to the Participant.
- 23 -
8.4.
Changes in Vesting Schedule
. If the Plans vesting schedule is amended, or
the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a
Participants vested percentage (or if the Plan changes to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule),
each Participant who has completed 3 years of Vesting Service may elect, within the period
described below, to have his or her vested percentage determined without regard to such amendment
or change. The period referred to in the preceding sentence will begin on the date the amendment
of the vesting schedule is adopted and will end 60 days after the latest of the following dates:
(a) the date on which such amendment is adopted;
(b) the date on which such amendment becomes effective; and
(c) the date on which the Participant is issued written notice of such amendment by
the Committee.
8.5.
Forfeitures
.
(a)
In general
. Any portion of a Participants Account in which he or she
is not vested upon severance from employment for any reason will be forfeited as of the
earlier of:
(i) the expiration of 5 consecutive Plan Years during each of which the
Participant does not complete 501 Hours of Service, or
(ii) the distribution of the vested portion of the Account if such
distribution is made as a result of the Participants severance from employment.
Any Participant who separates from the service of the Affiliated Employers prior to earning
a vested interest in any of his or her Accounts shall be deemed to have received a complete
distribution of his or her vested interest on the day he or she separates from service.
(b)
Certain Restorations
. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if a
Participant forfeits any portion of an Account as a result of the complete distribution of
the vested portion of the Account but thereafter returns to the employ of an Affiliated
Employer, the amount forfeited will be recredited to the Participants Account if he or she
repays to the Plan the entire amount distributed, without interest, prior to the earlier of
(i) the close of the fifth consecutive Plan Year in each of which the Participant does not
complete at least 501 Hours of Service or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date on which
the Participant is reemployed. In the case of a Participant who had earlier separated from
service prior to earning a vested interest in any of his or her Accounts and was deemed to
have received a distribution of such vested interest, the amount forfeited will be restored
upon the Participants reemployment prior to the close of the fifth consecutive Plan Year in
each of which the Participant does not complete at least 501 Hours of Service. A
Participants vested percentage in the amount recredited under this paragraph will
thereafter be determined under the terms of the Plan as if no forfeiture had occurred. The
money required to effect the restoration of a Participants Account shall come from other
Accounts forfeited during the Plan Year of restoration, and to the extent
- 24 -
such funds are inadequate, from a special contribution by the Participants
Participating Employer.
(c) If a Participant forfeits any part of his or her Accounts under paragraph (a)
above, the amount of the forfeiture will be applied, first, toward the restoration of any
amount previously forfeited, as required under paragraph (a) above, and then, toward either
(i) the payment of reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, or (ii) any Matching
Contributions under Section 4.3 or any Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 6.3,
which are required to be made to the Plan, as determined by the Committee.
8.6.
Vesting of Accounts Transferred From Other Plans
. In the event that another
plan is merged into the Plan, or accounts are otherwise transferred to the Plan from another plan,
the portion of each Account under this Plan that is attributable to a vested and nonforfeitable
account, or portion of an account, under the transferor plan shall remain vested and nonforfeitable
under this Plan. The remaining portion of each Account under this Plan that is attributable to a
transferor plan account shall vest in accordance with Section 8.2, unless otherwise provided in
Schedule B.
- 25 -
ARTICLE 9. WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT.
9.1.
Hardship Withdrawals
.
(a)
Immediate and heavy financial need
. A Participant may make a
withdrawal from his or her Elective Contribution Account (but not any portion of the
Participants qualified nonelective contributions) in the event of an immediate and heavy
financial need arising from:
(i) expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be
deductible under Code section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the
expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);
(ii) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for
the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);
(iii) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board
expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the
Participant, or the Participants spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in
Code section 152, but without regard to Code section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and
(d)(1)(B));
(iv) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board
expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the
Participant, or the Participants spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in
Code section 152, but without regard to Code section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and
(d)(1)(B));
(v) payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participants deceased
parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code section 152, but without
regard to Code section 152(d)(1)(B));
(vi) expenses for the repair of damage to the Participants principal
residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code section 165
(determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross
income); or
(vii) any other need identified by the Commissioner of Revenue as a
financial hardship for purposes of section 401(k) plans through the publication of
revenue rulings, notices and other guidance of general applicability.
The Committees determination of whether there is an immediate and heavy financial need, as
defined above, shall be made solely on the basis of written evidence furnished by the
Participant. Such evidence must also indicate the amount of such need. A Participant may
request no more than one withdrawal under this Section in any single Plan Year.
- 26 -
(b)
Distribution of amount necessary to meet need
. As soon as practicable
after the Committees determination that an immediate and heavy financial need exists with
respect to the Participant, that the Participant has obtained all other distributions (other
than hardship distributions) and all nontaxable loans currently available under the Plan and
all other plans maintained by the Affiliated Employers, and that no other resources are
reasonably available to the Participant to satisfy the need, the Committee will direct the
Trustee to pay to the Participant the amount necessary to meet the need created by the
hardship (but not in excess of the value of the Participants Elective Contribution Account,
determined as of the Valuation Date that authorized distribution directions are received by
the Trustee). The amount necessary to meet the need may include any amounts necessary to
pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
from the distribution. Distribution will be made solely from the Participants Elective
Contribution Account, and shall not include any portion of the Account that is attributable
to income earned after December 31, 1988.
(c)
Effect of hardship distribution
. If a Participant receives a hardship
distribution pursuant to this Section, then any Elective Contribution election or any other
cash-or-deferred or employee contribution election in effect with respect to the Participant
under the Plan or any other plan maintained by an Affiliated Employer shall be suspended for
the 6-month period beginning with the date the Participant receives the distribution.
9.2.
Withdrawals After Age 59
1
/
2
. A Participant who is an Employee and has attained
age 59
1
/
2
may make a withdrawal from any one or more of his or her Accounts for any reason, upon such
prior notice as the Committee may prescribe. Any such withdrawal shall be in the amount specified
by the Participant, up to the vested value of the particular Account determined as of the Valuation
Date that the Participants authorized distribution directions are received by the Trustee.
Payment to the Participant shall be made as soon as practicable after such Valuation Date.
9.3.
Withdrawal from Rollover Account
. A Participant who is an Employee may make
a withdrawal from his or her Rollover Account for any reason, upon such prior notice as the
Committee may prescribe. Any such withdrawal shall be in the amount specified by the Participant,
up to the value of the Rollover Account determined as of the Valuation Date that authorized
distribution directions are received by the Trustee. Payment to the Participant shall be made as
soon as practicable after such Valuation Date.
9.4.
Withdrawal on Account of Disability
. A Participant who is an Employee and
who has a Disability, may make a withdrawal from his or her Accounts upon such prior notice as the
Committee may prescribe. Any such withdrawal shall be in the amount specified by the Participant,
up to the vested value of his or her Accounts, determined as of the Valuation Date that the
Participants authorized distribution directions are received by the Trustee. Payment to the
Participant shall be made as soon as practicable after such Valuation Date.
9.5.
Withdrawal of Employee Contributions
. A Participant who is an Employee may
make a withdrawal from his or her Employee Contribution Account for any reason upon such prior
notice and in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may prescribe. Any
- 27 -
such withdrawal shall be in the amount specified by the Participant in accordance with
procedures prescribed by the Committee, up to the value of the Participants Employee Contribution
Account, determined as of the Valuation Date that authorized distribution directions are received
by the Trustee. Payment to the Participant shall be made as soon as practicable after such
Valuation Date.
9.6.
Restrictions on Certain Distributions
. In the case of a Participant who has
not yet reached Normal Retirement Age and whose vested portion of his or her Accounts is valued in
excess of $1,000, no distribution may be made to the Participant under this Article unless:
(a) between the 30th and 180th day prior to the date distribution is to be made,
the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that he or she may defer distribution
until the Normal Retirement Age and provides the Participant with a written description of
the consequences of failing to defer such receipt and of the material features and (if
applicable) the relative values of the forms of distribution available under the Plan; and
(b) the Participant consents to the distribution in writing after the information
described above has been provided to him or her.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the required
notification described above is given, provided that (i) the Committee clearly informs the
Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the
notice to consider whether or not to elect a distribution; and (ii) the Participant, after
receiving the notice, elects a distribution.
For purposes of this Section, a Participants vested portion of his or her Accounts will be
considered to be valued in excess of $1,000 if the value of the vested portion of his or her
Accounts exceeds such amount at the time of the distribution in question. For the avoidance of
doubt, nothing in this Section confers a substantive distribution right to any Participant;
therefore, a Participant must be eligible to receive a distribution pursuant to the other
provisions of this Article in order for this Section to apply.
9.7.
Limitation of Withdrawal Amount
. In the event that there is allocated to a
Participants Account a promissory note with respect to a loan made from the Plan, the maximum
amount of cash that may be withdrawn from the Account prior to the Participants severance from
employment shall be determined without regard to the value of such note.
9.8.
Distributions Required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
. To the
extent required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Committee shall make distributions
from a Participants Accounts to alternate payees named in such order in a manner consistent with
the distribution options otherwise available under the Plan, regardless of whether the Participant
is otherwise entitled to a distribution at such time under the Plan.
- 28 -
9.9.
Withdrawals by Certain Former Participants in Other Plans
.
(a) In addition to the rights to take withdrawals prior to severance from
employment as described above, in the case of a Participant for whom amounts have been
transferred under Section 7.6, the Participant shall be entitled to take withdrawals
hereunder in the circumstances in which withdrawals prior to severance from employment would
have been permitted under the transferor plan, as set forth in Schedule B.
(b) In the case of a married Participant for whom amounts have been transferred
under Section 7.6 from another plan and who has at any time elected an annuity form of
payment under Section 11.7, no withdrawal may be made under this Article unless (i) his or
her spouse consents in writing to such withdrawal, such consent acknowledges the effect of
the withdrawal and is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public, and such
consent specifies the form of the withdrawal (i.e., a lump sum cash payment), or (ii) it is
established to the satisfaction of the Committee that the foregoing consent may not be
obtained because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the
Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
- 29 -
ARTICLE 10. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.
10.1.
In General
. Upon the written request of a Participant on a form acceptable
to the Committee, and subject to the conditions of this Article, the Committee shall direct the
Trustee to make a loan from the Trust to the Participant. For purposes of this Article,
Participant includes any Participant who is an Employee of a Participating Employer, and any
other Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who is a party in interest within
the meaning of ERISA section 3(14).
10.2.
Rules and Procedures
. The Committee shall promulgate such rules and
procedures, not inconsistent with the express provisions of this Article, as it deems necessary to
carry out the purposes of this Article including, but not limited to, rules for charging loan fees
directly to a Participants Accounts. All such rules and procedures shall be deemed a part of the
Plan for purposes of the Department of Labor regulation section 2550.408b-1(d). Loans shall not be
made available to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in an amount (determined under
Department of Labor regulation section 2550.408b-1(b)) greater than the amount made available to
other Participants.
10.3.
Maximum Amount of Loan
. The following limitations shall apply in
determining the amount of any loan to a Participant hereunder:
(a) The amount of the loan, together with any other outstanding indebtedness of the
Participant under the Plan or any other qualified retirement plans of the Affiliated
Employers, shall not exceed $50,000 reduced by the excess of (i) the highest outstanding
loan balance of the Participant from such plans during the one-year period ending on the day
prior to the date on which the loan is made, over (ii) the Participants outstanding loan
balance from such plans immediately prior to the loan.
(b) The amount of the loan shall not exceed 50% of the Participants vested
interest in his or her Accounts, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding
the date of the loan.
10.4.
Note; Security; Interest
. Each loan shall be evidenced by a written note
signed by the Participant and shall be secured by the Participants vested interest in his or her
Accounts, including in such security the note evidencing the loan. The loan shall bear interest at
a reasonable annual percentage interest rate to be determined by the Committee. The documents
evidencing a loan shall provide that payments shall be made not less frequently than quarterly and
over a specified term as determined by the Committee (but not to exceed five years; ten years if
the loan is being applied toward the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant); such
documents shall also require that the loan be amortized with level payments of principal and
interest.
10.5.
Note as Trust Asset
. The note evidencing a loan to a Participant under this
Article shall be an asset of the Trust which is allocated to the Account of such Participant, and
- 30 -
shall for purposes of the Plan be deemed to have a value at any given time equal to the unpaid
principal balance of the note plus the amount of any accrued but unpaid interest.
10.6.
Rollover of Loans Upon Sale of Participating Employer
. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have sole and complete discretion, in the
event of the disaffiliation with the Plan Sponsor of an Affiliated Employer, or the sale or
divestiture of a Participating Employer of a division, business unit or business location of such
Participating Employer, to permit in accordance with Regulation section 1.401(a)(31)-1, Q&A-16, the
direct rollover of a note evidencing a Participant loan to a qualified trust described in Code
section 401(a) or a qualified annuity plan described in Code section 403(a) that will accept such a
direct rollover of a loan note; provided, however, that any such direct rollover of a note
evidencing a Participant loan shall be subject to such rules, procedures and time limitations as
the Committee may establish.
10.7.
Nondiscrimination
. Loans shall be made available under this Article to all
Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis, except that the Committee may make reasonable
distinctions based on creditworthiness.
10.8.
Spousal Consent to Loans to Certain Former Participants in Other Plans
. In
the case of a married Participant for whom amounts have been transferred under Section 7.6 from a
transferor plan and who has at any time elected an annuity form of payment under Section 11.7 or
under the transferor plan, no loan shall be made unless (a) the Participants spouse consents in
writing to such loan and to the use of the Participants Accounts as security for the loan, and
such consent acknowledges the effect of the loan and the use of the Accounts as security, is
witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public, and is provided no more than 180 days before
the date on which the loan is to be secured by the Accounts, or (b) it is established to the
satisfaction of the Committee that the foregoing consent may not be obtained because there is no
spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the
Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
- 31 -
ARTICLE 11. BENEFITS UPON DEATH OR SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT
11.1.
Severance From Employment for Reasons Other Than Death
. Following a
Participants severance from employment of an Affiliated Employer for any reason other than death,
the Participant will receive the vested portion of his or her Accounts in cash (or, if any portion
of the Participants vested Accounts is invested in the Company Stock fund, in shares of Company
Stock, based upon the Participants election of shares rather than cash).
11.2.
Time of Distributions
. Distribution with respect to a Participants
severance from employment for any reason other than death will be made in accordance with this
Section.
(a) If the Participant has attained Normal Retirement Age
or
the vested
portion of the Participants Accounts is valued at $1,000 or less, distribution of such
vested portion will be made in cash (or, if any portion of the Participants vested Accounts
is invested in the Company Stock fund, in shares of Company Stock, based upon the
Participants election of shares rather than cash) as soon as practicable after severance
from employment.
(b) If the Participant has not yet attained Normal Retirement Age and the vested
portion of the Participants Accounts is valued in excess of $1,000 but less than or equal
to $5,000, the Participant may elect to receive distribution of the vested portion of his or
her Accounts in cash (or, if any portion of the Participants vested Accounts is invested in
the , based upon the Participants election of shares rather than cash) or to have such
amount distributed directly to an eligible retirement plan in accordance with Section 11.6.
In the event that the Participant fails to make such an election pursuant to the procedures
provided by the Committee, the Committee will distribute the vested portion of the
Participants Accounts in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by
the Committee.
(c) If the Participant has not yet attained Normal Retirement Age and the vested
portion of the Participants Accounts is valued in excess of $5,000, distribution of such
vested portion may not be made under this paragraph unless
(i) between the 30th and 180th day prior to the date distribution is to be
made, the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that he or she may defer
distribution until the Normal Retirement Age and provides the Participant with a
written description of the consequences of failing to defer such receipt; and
(ii) the Participant consents to the distribution in writing after the
information described above has been provided to him or her, and files such consent
with the Committee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the required
notification described above is given, provided that (i) the Committee clearly informs the
Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the
- 32 -
notice to consider whether or not to elect a distribution; and (ii) the Participant, after
receiving the notice, elects a distribution.
For purposes of this Section, the vested portion of a Participants Accounts will be considered to
be valued in excess of $1,000, if the value of the vested portion of such Accounts (excluding
Rollover Contributions and any earnings thereon) exceeds such amount at the time of the
distribution in question. Distribution under this Section in all events will be made no later than
the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of the Participants
severance from employment or the Participants attainment of the Normal Retirement Age.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee will periodically distribute the vested portion of
terminated Participants Accounts that no longer have a value in excess of $1,000, and will cause
the direct rollover to individual retirement plans of the vested portion of terminated
Participants Accounts that are valued in excess of $1,000 but less than or equal to $5,000.
11.3.
Amount of Distribution
.
(a)
Single Sums
. In the case of a distribution to be made in a single sum,
the amount of the distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date on which
authorized distribution directions are received by the Trustee.
(b)
Installments
. To the extent allowed in Section 11.7, in the case of
distributions to be made in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual installments, the
aggregate installment amount for a particular calendar year (the installment year) shall
be determined by dividing
(i) the value of the vested portion of the Participants Accounts as of the
last Valuation Date preceding the distribution date by
(ii) the lesser of (A) the number of remaining installment years in the
installment period elected by the Participant as of the beginning of the installment
year and (B) the number of years in the applicable remaining life expectancy for the
installment year determined pursuant to regulations under Code section 401(a)(9).
11.4.
Distributions After a Participants Death
.
(a)
Death Prior to Severance From Employment
. If a Participant dies prior
to his or her severance from the service of the Participating Employers, the Participants
Beneficiary will receive the Participants Accounts in either of the following forms, as
elected by the Beneficiary on a form approved by the Committee:
(i) in cash (or, if any portion of the Participants vested Accounts is
invested in the Company Stock fund, in shares of Company Stock, based upon the
Participants election of shares rather than cash) as soon as practicable following
the Participants death (but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year
following the year of the Participants death); or
- 33 -
(ii) to the extent allowed in Section 11.7, in monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual, or annual installments over a period certain not to exceed the life
expectancy of the Beneficiary, such installments to begin no later than December 31
of the calendar year following the year of the Participants death and to be made in
amounts determined in the same manner as under Section 11.3(b) above.
(b)
Death After Severance From Employment
. If a Participant dies after
severance from employment but before the complete distribution of his or her Accounts has
been made, the Participants Beneficiary will receive the vested portion of the
Participants Accounts. Distribution will be made in cash (or, if any portion of the
Participants vested Accounts is invested in the Company Stock fund, in shares of Company
Stock, based upon the Participants election of shares rather than cash) as soon as
practicable following the Participants death (but no later than December 31 of the calendar
year following the year of the Participants death) provided, however, that if distribution
to the Participant had begun following his or her severance from employment in a form
elected by the Participant, distribution will continue to be made to the Beneficiary at
least as rapidly in such form unless the Beneficiary elects to receive the distribution in
cash (or, if any portion of the Participants vested Accounts is invested in the Company
Stock fund, in shares of Company Stock, based upon the Participants election of shares
rather than cash) as soon as practicable following the Participants death. Any such
election must be made on a form approved by the Committee and must be received by the
Committee within such period following the Participants death as the Committee may
prescribe.
Any distribution to a Beneficiary under this Section shall be determined as of the Valuation Date
that authorized distribution directions are received by the Trustee.
11.5.
Designation of Beneficiary
. Subject to the provisions of this Section, a
Participants Beneficiary shall be the person or persons and entity or entities, if any, designated
by the Participant from time to time on a form or in the manner approved by the Committee. In the
absence of an effective beneficiary designation, the full amount payable upon the death of the
Participant shall be paid to his or her surviving spouse or, if none, to his or her estate. If any
Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies prior to receipt of his or her interest in the
Participants Account, such Beneficiarys remaining interest shall be paid to the Beneficiarys
estate (unless the Participant had effectively designated a successor or contingent Beneficiary for
the Beneficiarys remaining interest). A nonspouse beneficiary designation by a Participant who is
married at the time of his or her death shall not be effective unless:
(a) prior to the Participants death, the Participants surviving spouse consented
to and acknowledged the effect of the Participants designation of the specific non-spouse
Beneficiary (including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries) on a
written form approved by the Committee and witnessed by a notary public or a duly authorized
Plan representative; or
(b) it is established to the satisfaction of the Committee that spousal consent may
not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse has died (evidenced by a
certificate of death), because the spouse cannot be located (based on information
- 34 -
supplied by a government agency or independent investigator), or because of such other
circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe; or
(c) the spouse had earlier executed a general consent form permitting the
Participant (i) to select from among certain specified beneficiaries without any requirement
of further consent by the spouse (and the Participant designates a Beneficiary from the
specified list), or (ii) to change his or her Beneficiary without any requirement of further
consent by the spouse. Any such general consent shall be on a form or in the manner
approved by the Committee that was witnessed by a notary public or a duly authorized Plan
representative and must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a
specific beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.
In the event a spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the spouses legal guardian, even if
the guardian is the Participant, may give consent on behalf of the spouse. Any consent and
acknowledgment by (or on behalf of) a spouse, or the establishment that the consent and
acknowledgment cannot be obtained, shall be effective only with respect to such spouse, but shall
be irrevocable once made. A Participants spouse will be determined for all purposes under the
Plan in accordance with federal law.
11.6.
Direct Rollovers of Eligible Distributions
. Notwithstanding any provision
of the Plan to the contrary that may otherwise limit a distributees election under this Section, a
distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any
portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified
by the distributee in a direct rollover. If an eligible rollover distribution is made to a Roth
IRA (as such term is defined in section 408A(b) of the Code), the distributee shall recognize
ordinary income in the amount of the eligible rollover distribution to the extent provided in
section 408A(d)(3)(A) of the Code. For purposes of this Section, the following terms have the
following meanings:
(a) an eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion
of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover
distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially
equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives of the distributee and the distributees
Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent
such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); any distribution that is made on
account of hardship; and the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross
income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to
distributions made after December 31, 2001, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be
an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax Employee
Contributions which are not includable in gross income. However, such portion may be
transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a)
or (b) of the Code, or in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to a qualified trust
described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in
section 403(b) of the Code and such trust or contract agrees to account separately for
amounts so
- 35 -
transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of
such distribution which is includable in gross income and the portion of such distribution
which is not so includable.
(b) with respect to a distributee, an eligible retirement plan is an individual
retirement account described in Code section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity
described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a
qualified trust described in Code section 401(a). With respect to distributions made after
December 31, 2001, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract
described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the
Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to account
separately for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. With respect to
distributions made after December 31, 2007, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean a
Roth IRA described in, and subject to the applicable requirements of, section 408A of the
Code.
(c) a distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the
employees or former employees surviving spouse and the employees or former employees
spouse or former spouse, who is an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
(d) a direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan
specified by the distributee.
11.7.
Protected Forms of Benefit
. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to
the contrary, in the event that the Plan Sponsor directs the Trustee to accept Plan assets for the
benefit of Participants from another qualified retirement plan in connection with a merger or
acquisition, or the adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer, the Account balance
attributable to such benefit shall be payable in the benefit form or forms so provided under the
predecessor plan to the extent required by Code section 411(d)(6) and Regulations promulgated
thereunder, or any successor Code provision (which forms of benefits shall be set forth on Schedule
B to this Plan and identified with the appropriate Participating Employer);
provided
that
, with respect to a Participant whose annuity starting date is on or after the date the
Trustee accepts such assets from such predecessor plan, a particular optional form of benefit shall
not be retained if the form or forms of payment available to the Participant under this Plan
includes payment in a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical (within the meaning
of Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-2(e)(2)) to the optional form of benefit that was available
to the Participant under the predecessor plan.
11.8.
Distribution Restrictions for Elective Contributions
. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Participants Elective Contribution Account shall be
distributable only in accordance with Code section 401(k).
- 36 -
11.9.
Minimum Distribution Requirements
. This Section will apply for purposes of
determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning on or after January 1,
2003, and takes precedence over any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary.
(a)
Time and Manner of Distribution
.
(i) Required Beginning Date. The payment of benefits to the Participant
will commence no later than the Participants Required Beginning Date.
(ii) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant
dies before distributions begin, the Participants entire interest will be
distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(A) If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole
designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will
begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year
in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.
(B) If the Participants surviving spouse is not the Participants
sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the designated
Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(C) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the
year following the year of the Participants death, the Participants entire
interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing
the fifth anniversary of the Participants death.
(D) If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole
designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant
but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section
11.9(a)(ii), other than Section 11.9(a)(ii)(A), will apply as if the
surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this Section 11.9(a)(ii) and Section 11.9(c), unless Section
11.9(a)(ii)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participants
Required Beginning Date. If Section 11.9(a)(ii)(D) applies, distributions are
considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving
spouse under Section 11.9(a)(ii)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased
from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the
Participants Required Beginning Date (or to the Participants surviving spouse
before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under
Section 11.9(a)(ii)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date
distributions actually commence.
- 37 -
(iii) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participants interest is
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a
single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution
calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 11.9(b) and
(c). If the Participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity
purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in
accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
Regulations.
(b)
Required Minimum Distributions During a Participants Lifetime
.
(i) Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar
Year. During the Participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(A) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account
balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth
in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Regulations, using the Participants age as
of the Participants birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(B) if the Participants sole designated Beneficiary for the
distribution calendar year is the Participants spouse, the quotient
obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the number in the
Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Regulations, using the Participants and spouses attained ages as of the
Participants and spouses birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
(ii) Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of
Participants Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this
Section 11.9(b) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and
including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participants date of
death.
(c)
Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death
.
(i) Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the
Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a
designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participants death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the
longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining
life expectancy of the Participants designated Beneficiary, determined as
follows:
1. The Participants remaining life expectancy is calculated
using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one
for each subsequent year.
- 38 -
2. If the Participants surviving spouse is the
Participants sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life
expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participants death
using the surviving spouses age as of the spouses birthday in that
year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving
spouses death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse
is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the
spouses birthday in the calendar year of the spouses death, reduced
by one for each subsequent calendar year.
3. If the Participants surviving spouse is not the
Participants sole designated Beneficiary, the designated
Beneficiarys remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age
of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the
Participants death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after
the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year after the year of the Participants death, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year
after the year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participants account balance by the Participants remaining
life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of
death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii) Death Before Date Distributions Begin.
(A) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the
Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a
designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participants death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the
remaining life expectancy of the Participants designated Beneficiary,
determined as provided in Section 11.9(c)(i).
(B) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the
date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participants death,
distribution of the Participants entire interest will be completed by
December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participants death.
(C) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving
Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date
distributions begin, the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants
sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies
- 39 -
before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse
under Section 11.9(a)(ii)(A), this Section 11.9(c)(ii) will apply as if the
surviving spouse were the Participant.
(D) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All
distributions required under this Section 11.9 will be determined and made
in accordance with the Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(E) Definitions: For purposes of this Section 11.9, the following
definitions shall apply:
1. Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated
as the Beneficiary under Section 2.3 of the Plan and is the
designated Beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Code and
section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the Regulations.
2. Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a
minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before
the Participants death, the first distribution calendar year is the
calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains
the Participants Required Beginning Date. For distributions
beginning after the Participants death, the first distribution
calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are
required to begin under Section 11.9(a)(ii). The required minimum
distribution for the Participants first distribution calendar year
will be made on or before the Participants Required Beginning Date.
The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar
years, including the required minimum distribution for the
distribution calendar year in which the Participants Required
Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that
distribution calendar year.
3. Life Expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of
the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Regulations.
4. Participants account balance. The account balance as of
the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding
the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by
the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures
allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation
calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions
made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The
account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts
rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation
calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or
transferred in the valuation calendar year.
- 40-
5. Required Beginning Date. The date specified in Section
2.34 of the Plan.
11.10.
Non-Spousal Rollovers
. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, an eligible rollover distribution (as defined in Section 11.6) to a Beneficiary who is
not the surviving spouse of a Participant may be directed in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer
to an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a) or an individual retirement
annuity described in Code section 408(b), in accordance with section 402(c)(11) of the Code.
11.11.
Special Distribution Rules for 2009
. Notwithstanding Section 11.9 of the
Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum
distributions for 2009 (2009 RMDs), if not for the enactment of Code section 401(a)(9)(H), and
who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are: (1) equal to the
2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that
include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life
expectancy) of the Participant and the Participants designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at
least 10 years (Extended 2009 RMDs), will receive those distributions for 2009. However,
Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to
elect not to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence. In addition,
notwithstanding Section 11.6 of the Plan, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover
provisions of the Plan, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs will be treated as eligible rollover
distributions, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary.
- 41 -
ARTICLE 12. ADMINISTRATION.
12.1.
Committee
. The Plan will be administered by a committee of individuals
selected by the Board of Directors or its designee, to serve at its pleasure. The Committee will
be a named fiduciary for purposes of section 402(a)(1) of ERISA with authority to control and
manage the operation and administration of the Plan, and will be responsible for complying with all
of the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA. The
Committee will not, however, have any authority over the investment of assets of the Trust in its
capacity as Committee.
12.2.
Powers of Committee
. The Committee will have full discretionary power to
administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the requirements of ERISA. For
this purpose the Committees discretionary power will include, but will not be limited to, the
following authority:
(a) to make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper
for the efficient administration of the Plan or required to comply with applicable law;
(b) to interpret the Plan;
(c) to decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person
to participate in the Plan;
(d) to compute the amounts to be distributed under the Plan, and to determine the
person or persons to whom such amounts will be distributed;
(e) to authorize the payment of distributions;
(f) to keep such records and submit such filings, elections, applications, returns
or other documents or forms as may be required under the Code and applicable Regulations, or
under other federal, state or local law and regulations;
(g) to allocate and delegate its ministerial duties and responsibilities and to
appoint such agents, counsel, accountants and consultants as may be required or desired to
assist in administering the Plan; and
(h) to allocate and delegate its fiduciary responsibilities in accordance with
ERISA section 405.
12.3.
Effect of Interpretation or Determination
. Any interpretation of the Plan
or other determination with respect to the Plan by the Committee shall be final and conclusive on
all persons in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Committee acted arbitrarily
and capriciously.
- 42 -
12.4.
Reliance on Tables, etc
.In administering the Plan, the Committee will be
entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations,
certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by any accountant, trustee, counsel or other
expert who is employed or engaged by the Committee or by the Plan Sponsor on the Committees
behalf.
12.5.
Claims and Review Procedures
. The Committee shall adopt procedures for the
filing and review of claims in accordance with ERISA section 503.
12.6.
Indemnification of Committee and Assistants
. Each Participating Employer
agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and defend to the fullest extent of the law any
Employee or former Employee (a) who serves or has served as a Committee member, (b) who has been
appointed to assist the Committee in administering the Plan, or (c) to whom the Committee has
delegated any of its duties or responsibilities against any liabilities, damages, costs and
expenses (including attorneys fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the
Plan Sponsor) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or
omission to act is in good faith and without gross negligence.
12.7.
Annual Report
. The Committee shall submit annually to the Plan Sponsor a
report showing in reasonable summary form, the financial position of the Trust and giving a brief
account of the operations of the Plan for the past year, and such further information as the Plan
Sponsor may reasonably require.
12.8.
Expenses of Plan
. The Committee may direct the Trustee to pay from the
Trust any or all expenses of administering the Plan, to the extent such expenses are reasonable.
The Committee will determine what constitutes a reasonable expense of administering the Plan, and
whether such expenses shall be paid from the Trust. Any such expenses not paid out of the Trust
shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by ERISA, the
Committee may direct the Trustee to reimburse the Company out of the Trust for a reasonable expense
of administering the Plan which is paid by the Company prior to a determination with respect to
such expense.
- 43 -
ARTICLE 13. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.
13.1.
Amendment
. The Plan Sponsor reserves the power at any time or times to
amend the provisions of the Plan and Trust to any extent and in any manner that it may deem
advisable. Upon delivery to the Trustee and each Participating Employer of an amendment adopted by
the Board of Directors, the Plan shall be amended at the time and in the manner set forth therein,
and all Participants and all persons claiming an interest hereunder shall be bound thereby.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action by the Board of Directors shall be required to amend the
Plan to revise Schedule A, regarding the addition or removal of Participating Employers, Schedule
B, regarding a merger of, or transfer of accounts from, another plan into the Plan or Schedule C,
regarding previous special employer contributions. Moreover, the Plan Sponsor may amend or modify
any plan provisions which relate to ERISA section 404(c) compliance, including changes which would
eliminate the Plans status as an ERISA section 404(c) plan. However, the Plan Sponsor will not
have the power:
(a) to amend the Plan or Trust in such manner as would cause or permit any part of
the assets of the Trust to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
each Participant and his or her Beneficiary (except as permitted by the Plan with respect to
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders or the return of contributions upon nondeductibility or
mistake of fact), unless such amendment is required or permitted by law, governmental
regulation or ruling; or
(b) to amend the Plan or Trust retroactively in such a manner as would reduce the
accrued benefit of any Participant, except as otherwise permitted or required by law. For
purposes of this paragraph, an amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participants
Account balance or eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits
attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued
benefit.
13.2.
Termination
. The Plan Sponsor has established the Plan and authorized the
establishment of the Trust with the bona fide intention and expectation that contributions will be
continued indefinitely, but may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at
any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without liability whatsoever for any such
discontinuance or termination. In addition, the Participating Employers will have no obligation or
liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any given length of time and may cease to be
Participating Employers in a manner acceptable to the Plan Sponsor.
13.3.
Distributions upon Termination of the Plan
. Upon termination of the Plan by
the Plan Sponsor, the Trustee will distribute to each Participant (or other person entitled to
distribution) the value of the Participants Accounts in a single sum as soon as practicable
following such termination. The amount of such distribution shall be determined as of the
Valuation Date that authorized distribution directions are received by the Trustee.
13.4.
Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets
. In case of any
merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets and liabilities of the Plan to, any
- 44 -
other plan, provision must be made so that each Participant would, if the Plan then
terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is
equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately
before the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.
- 45 -
ARTICLE 14. LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS.
14.1.
Code Section 404 Limits
. The sum of the contributions made by each
Participating Employer under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount
deductible under the applicable provisions of the Code. All contributions under the Plan made by a
Participating Employer are expressly conditioned on their deductibility under Code section 404 for
the taxable year when paid (or treated as paid under Code section 404(a)(6)).
14.2.
Code Section 415 Limits
.
(a)
Incorporation by reference
. Code section 415 is hereby incorporated by
reference into the Plan.
(b)
Annual addition
. The Committee shall determine an annual addition for
each Participant for each limitation year, which shall consist of the following amounts:
(i) Elective Contributions allocated to the Participants Accounts for the
year;
(ii) Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions allocated to
the Participants Accounts for the year;
(iii) Qualified Nonelective Contributions allocated to the Participants
Accounts for the year;
(iv) Employee Contributions allocated to the Participants Accounts for the
year;
(v) forfeitures;
(vi) amounts allocated to an individual medical amount (as defined in Code
section 415(l)(2)) which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by an
Affiliated Employer; and
(vii) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable
to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key
employee (as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as
defined in Code section 419(e)) maintained by an Affiliated Employer.
(c) Except as permitted by Code section 414(v), the annual additions made on behalf of
the Participant for any limitation year, when added to the annual additions, if any, to his
or her account for such year under all other plans maintained by the Affiliated Employers
(as determined under Regulation section 1.415(f)-1), shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the
dollar limit under Code section 415(c)(1)(A), as adjusted for increases in the cost of
living under Code section 415(d), or (ii) 100 percent of the Participants
- 46 -
Compensation for
such limitation year from the Affiliated Employers. The compensation limit referred to in
(ii) above shall not apply to an individual medical benefit account (as
defined in Code section 415(l)) or a post-retirement medical benefits account for a key
employee (as defined in Code section 419A(d)(1)).
(d)
Limitation Year
. For purposes of determining the Code section 415 limits
under the Plan, the limitation year shall be the Plan Year.
(e)
Order of reductions
. To the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations of
Code section 415 for any Participant, the annual addition which would otherwise be made on
behalf of the Participant under the Plan shall be reduced before the Participants benefit
is reduced under any and all defined benefit plans, and before the Participants annual
addition is reduced under any other defined contribution plan.
(f)
Return of excess contributions
. If, as a result of a reasonable error in
estimating a Participants Compensation for a Plan Year or limitation year, a reasonable
error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code section
402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code section
415, or under such other facts and circumstances as may be permitted under regulation or by
the Internal Revenue Service, the annual addition under the Plan for a Participant would
cause the Code section 415 limitations for a limitation year to be exceeded, the excess
amounts shall be corrected as determined by the Committee in a manner permitted under the
correction programs under Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or subsequent Internal Revenue Service
correction programs.
14.3.
Code
Section 402(g)
Limits
.
(a)
In general
. The maximum amount of Elective Contributions made on behalf of
any Participant for any calendar year, when added to the amount of elective deferrals under
all other plans, contracts and arrangements of an employer with respect to the Participant
for the calendar year, shall in no event exceed the maximum applicable limit in effect for
the calendar year under Code section 402(g)(1), provided, however, that catch-up Elective
Contributions described in Section 4.1 shall not be taken into account for purposes of
compliance with Code section 402(g)(1). For purposes of the Plan, an individuals elective
deferrals for a taxable year are the sum of the following:
(i) Any elective contribution under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement
(as defined in Code section 401(k)): (1) to the extent the contribution is not
includable in the individuals gross income for the taxable year on account of Code
section 402(a)(8) (before applying the limits of Code section 402(g) or this
Section); or (2) to the extent the contribution is includable in the individuals
gross income for the taxable year on account of Code section 402A as a Roth
contribution;
(ii) Any employer contribution to a simplified employee pension (as defined in
code section 408(k) to the extent not includable in the individuals
- 47 -
gross income
for the taxable year on account of Code section 402(h)(1)(B) (before applying the
limits of Code section 402(g)); and
(iii) Any employer contribution to a custodial account or annuity contract
under section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement (within the meaning of Code
section 3121(a)(5)(D)), to the extent not includable in the individuals gross
income for the taxable year on account of Code section 403(b) before applying the
limits of Code section 402(g).
A Participant will be considered to have made excess deferrals for a taxable year to the
extent that the Participants elective deferrals for the taxable year exceed the applicable
limit described above for the year.
(b)
Distribution of excess deferrals
. In the event that an amount is included
in a Participants gross income for a taxable year as a result of an excess deferral under
Code section 402(g), and the Participant notifies the Committee on or before the March 1
following the taxable year that all or a specified part of an Elective Contribution made for
his or her benefit represents an excess deferral, the Committee shall make every reasonable
effort to cause such excess deferral, adjusted for allocable income, to be distributed to
the Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such excess
deferral was made. The income allocable to excess deferrals is equal to the allocable gain
or loss for the taxable year of the individual, plus, in the case of a distribution in a
taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, but before January 1, 2008, the
allocable gain or loss for the period between the end of the taxable year and the date of
distribution (the gap period). For distributions in taxable years beginning prior to
January 1, 2007, income allocable to excess deferrals for the taxable year shall be
determined by multiplying the gain or loss attributable to the Participants Elective
Contribution Account for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Participants excess deferrals for the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the sum
of the Participants Elective Contribution Account balance as of the beginning of the
taxable year plus the Participants Elective Contributions for the taxable year. For
distributions in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007 and before January 1,
2008, income allocable to excess deferrals for the aggregate of the taxable year and the gap
period shall be determined in accordance with the alternative method set forth in proposed
Regulation section 1.402(g)-1(e)(5)(iii). A distribution of excess deferrals for a taxable
year beginning after December 31, 2007, shall not include any income allocable to the gap
period. No distribution of an excess deferral shall be made during the taxable year of a
Participant in which the excess deferral was made unless the correcting distribution is made
after the date on which the Plan received the excess deferral and both the Participant and
the Plan designate the distribution as a distribution of an excess deferral. The amount of
any excess deferrals that may be distributed to a Participant for a taxable year shall be
reduced by the amount of Elective Contributions that were excess contributions and were
previously distributed to the Participant for the Plan Year beginning with or within such
taxable year.
(c)
Treatment of excess deferrals
. For other purposes of the Code, including
Code sections 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 404, 409, 411, 412, and 416, excess deferrals must be
- 48 -
treated as employer contributions even if they are distributed in accordance with paragraph
(b) above. However, excess deferrals of a non-Highly Compensated Employee are not to be
taken into account for purposes of Code section 401(k)(3) (the actual
deferral percentage test) to the extent the excess deferrals are prohibited under Code
section 401(a)(30). Excess deferrals are also to be treated as employer contributions for
purposes of Code section 415 unless distributed under paragraph (b) above.
14.4.
Code Section
401(k)(3)
Limits
.
(a)
In general
. Elective Contributions made under the Plan, other than the
safe harbor contributions described in Article 6 for a Plan Year after December 31, 2010,
are subject to the limits of Code section 401(k)(3), as more fully described below. The
Plan provisions relating to the 401(k)(3) limits are to be interpreted and applied in
accordance with Code sections 401(k)(3) and 401(a)(4), which are hereby incorporated by
reference, and in such manner as to satisfy such other requirements relating to Code section
401(k) as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury from time to time.
(b)
Actual deferral ratios
. For each Plan Year, the Committee will determine
the actual deferral ratio for each Participant who is eligible for Elective Contributions.
The actual deferral ratio shall be the ratio, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent, of the Elective Contributions (plus any Qualified Nonelective Contributions
treated as Elective Contributions) made on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year to
the Participants Compensation for the Plan Year. For purposes of determining a
Participants actual deferral ratio:
(i) Elective Contributions will be taken into account only if each of the
following requirements are satisfied:
(A) the Elective Contribution is allocated to the Participants
Elective Contribution Account as of a date within the Plan Year is not
contingent upon participation in the Plan or performance of services on any
date subsequent to that date, and is actually paid to the Trust no later
than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to
which the contribution relates; and
(B) the Elective Contribution relates to Compensation that either would
have been received by the Participant in the Plan Year but for the
Participants election to defer under the Plan, or is attributable to
services performed in the Plan Year and, but for the Participants election
to defer, would have been received by the Participant within 2
1
/
2
months after
the close of the Plan Year.
To the extent Elective Contributions which meet the requirements of (A) and (B)
above constitute excess deferrals, they will be taken into account for each Highly
Compensated Employee, but will not be taken into account for any non-Highly
Compensated Employee;
- 49 -
(ii) In the case of a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year and is eligible to have elective deferrals (and qualified nonelective
contributions, to the extent treated as elective deferrals)
allocated to his or her accounts under two or more cash or deferred
arrangements described in Code section 401(k) maintained by an Affiliated Employer,
the Participants actual deferral ratio shall be determined as if such elective
deferrals (as well as qualified nonelective or qualified ) are made under a single
arrangement, and if two or more of the cash or deferred arrangements have different
Plan Years, all Plan Years ending with or within the same calendar year shall be
treated as a single Plan Year;
(iii) The applicable period for determining Compensation for each Participant
for a Plan Year shall be the 12-month period ending on the last day of such Plan
Year; provided, that to the extent permitted under Regulations, the Committee may
choose, on a uniform basis, to treat as the applicable period only that portion of
the Plan Year during which the individual was eligible to make Elective
Contributions;
(iv) Qualified Nonelective Contributions made on behalf of Participants who are
eligible to receive Elective Contributions shall be treated as Elective
Contributions to the extent permitted by Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(a)(6);
(v) In the event that the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections
401(k), 410(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans with
the same Plan Year, or if one or more other plans with the same Plan Year satisfy
such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be
applied by determining the actual deferral ratios as if all such plans were a single
plan;
(vi) An employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make
Elective Contributions shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective
Contributions are made; and
(vii) Elective Contributions which are made on behalf of non-Highly Compensated
Employees which could be used to satisfy the Code section 401(k)(3) limits but are
not necessary to be taken into account in order to satisfy such limits, may instead
be taken into account for purposes of the Code section 401(m) limits to the extent
permitted by Regulation sections 1.401(m)-2(a)(6).
(c)
Actual deferral percentages
. Each Plan Year, the actual deferral ratios
for all Highly Compensated Employees who are eligible for Elective Contributions for a Plan
Year shall be averaged to determine the actual deferral percentage for the highly
compensated group for the Plan Year, and the actual deferral ratios for all Employees who
are not Highly Compensated Employees but are eligible for Elective Contributions for the
Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual deferral percentage for the non-highly
compensated group for the Plan Year.
- 50 -
(d)
Actual deferral percentage tests
. For a Plan Year, at least one of the
following tests must be satisfied:
(i) the highly compensated groups actual deferral percentage for the Plan Year
does not exceed 125% of the current year actual deferral percentage for the
non-highly compensated group; or
(ii) the excess of the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated
group for the Plan Year over the current year actual deferral percentage for the
nonhighly compensated group does not exceed two percentage points, and the actual
deferral percentage for the highly compensated group for the Plan Year does not
exceed twice the current year actual deferral percentage for the nonhighly
compensated group.
For purposes of satisfying the above tests for a Plan Year, the current year actual
deferral percentage for the nonhighly compensated group refers to the actual deferral
percentage determined for the current Plan Year for the nonhighly compensated group.
Whether a Participant is considered within the highly compensated or nonhighly compensated
group will be based upon the Participants Compensation during the preceding Plan Year.
(e)
Adjustments by Committee
. If, prior to the time all Elective Contributions
for a Plan Year have been contributed to the Trust, the Committee determines that Elective
Contributions are being made at a rate which will cause the Code section 401(k)(3) limits to
be exceeded for the Plan Year, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, limit the amount
of Elective Contributions to be made with respect to one or more Highly Compensated
Employees for the balance of the Plan Year by suspending or reducing Elective Contribution
elections to the extent the Committee deems appropriate. Any Elective Contributions which
would otherwise be made to the Trust shall instead be paid to the affected Participant in
cash.
(f)
Excess contributions
. If the Code section 401(k)(3) limits have not been
met for a Plan Year after all contributions for the Plan Year have been made, the Committee
will determine the amount of excess contributions with respect to Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees in the manner prescribed by Code section 401(k)(8) and by
applicable regulations.
(g)
Distribution of excess contributions
. A Participants excess
contributions, adjusted for income, will be designated by the Participating Employer as a
distribution of excess contributions and distributed to the Participant. The income
allocable to excess contributions is equal to the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year,
plus, for the Plan Years commencing on January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2007, the allocable
gain or loss for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution
(the gap period). Income allocable to excess contributions for the Plan Year shall be
determined by multiplying the gain or loss attributable to the Participants Elective
Contribution Account and QNEC Account balances by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
excess contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is
the
- 51 -
sum of the Participants Elective Contribution Account and QNEC Account balances as of
the beginning of the Plan Year plus the Participants Elective Contributions and Qualified
Nonelective Contributions for the Plan Year. Income allocable to excess
contributions for the gap period (for the 2006 and 2007 Plan Years) shall be determined
in accordance with the safe harbor method set forth in Regulation section
1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D). Distribution of excess contributions will be made after the close
of the Plan Year to which the contributions relate, but within 12 months after the close of
such Plan Year. Excess contributions shall be treated as annual additions under the Plan,
even if distributed under this paragraph.
(h)
Special rules
. For purposes of distributing excess contributions, the
amount distributed with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year shall be
reduced by the amount of excess deferrals previously distributed to the Highly Compensated
Employee for his or her taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.
(i)
Recordkeeping requirement
. The Committee, on behalf of the Participating
Employers, shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the
Code section 401(k)(3) limits, including the extent to which Qualified Nonelective
Contributions are taken into account in determining the actual deferral ratios.
(j)
Excise tax where failure to correct
. If the excess contributions are not
corrected within 2
1
/
2
months after the close of the Plan Year to which they relate, the
Participating Employers will be liable for a 10 percent excise tax on the amount of excess
contributions attributable to them, to the extent provided by Code section 4979. Qualified
Nonelective Contributions properly taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year
may enable the Plan to avoid having excess contributions, even if the contributions are made
after the close of the 2
1
/
2
month period.
14.5.
Code
Section 401(m)
Limits
.
(a)
In General
. Matching Contributions made under the Plan, other than the
safe harbor contributions described in Article 6 for a Plan Year after December 31, 2010,
are subject to the limits of Code section 401(m), as more fully described below. The Plan
provisions relating to the 401(m) limits are to be interpreted and applied in accordance
with Code sections 401(m) and 401(a)(4), which are hereby incorporated by reference, and in
such manner as to satisfy such other requirements relating to Code section 401(m) as may be
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury from time to time.
(b)
Actual contribution ratios
. For each Plan Year, the Administrator will
determine the actual contribution ratio for each Participant who is eligible for Matching
Contributions. The actual contribution ratio shall be the ratio, calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth of one percent, of the sum of the Matching Contributions and Qualified
Nonelective Contributions which are not treated as Elective Contributions made on behalf of
the Participant for the Plan Year, to the Participants Compensation for the Plan Year. For
purposes of determining a Participants actual contribution ratio:
- 52 -
(i) A Matching Contribution will be taken into account only if the Contribution
is allocated to a Participants Account as of a date within the Plan Year, is
actually paid to the Trust no later than 12 months after the close of the
Plan Year, and is made on behalf of a Participant on account of the
Participants Elective Contributions for the Plan Year;
(ii) in the case of a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year and is eligible to have Matching Contributions or employee contributions
(including amount treated as Matching Contributions) allocated to his or her
accounts under two or more plans maintained by an Affiliated Employer which may be
aggregated for purposes of Code sections 410(b) and 401(a)(4), the Participants
actual contribution ratio shall be determined as if such contributions are made
under a single plan, and if two or more of the plans have different Plan Years, all
Plan Years ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single
Plan Year;
(iii) the applicable period for determining Compensation for each Participant
for a Plan Year shall be the 12-month period ending on the last day of such Plan
Year; provided that to the extent permitted under Regulations, the Administrator may
choose, on a uniform basis, to treat as the applicable period only that portion of
the Plan Year during which the individual was eligible for Matching Contributions;
(iv) Elective Contributions not applied to satisfy the Code section 401(k)(3)
limits and Qualified Nonelective Contributions not treated as Elective Contributions
may be treated as Matching Contributions to the extent permitted by Regulation
section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6);
(v) in the event that the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections
401(k), 410(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans with
the same Plan Year, or if one or more other plans with the same Plan Year satisfy
such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be
applied by determining the actual deferral ratios as if all such plans were a single
plan; and
(vi) any forfeitures under the Plan which are applied against Matching
Contributions shall be treated as Matching Contributions.
(c)
Actual contribution percentages
. Each Plan Year, the actual contribution
ratios for all Highly Compensated Employees who are eligible for Matching Contributions for
a Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual contribution percentage for the highly
compensated group for the Plan Year, and the actual contribution ratios for all Employees
who are not Highly Compensated Employees but are eligible for Matching Contributions for the
Plan Year shall be averaged to determine the actual contribution percentage for the
nonhighly compensated group for the Plan Year.
- 53 -
(d)
Actual contribution percentage tests
. For a Plan Year, at least one of the
following tests must be satisfied:
(i) the highly compensated groups actual contribution percentage for the Plan
Year does not exceed 125% of the current year actual contribution percentage for the
nonhighly compensated group; or
(ii) the excess of the actual contribution percentage for the highly
compensated group for the Plan Year over the current year actual contribution
percentage for the nonhighly compensated group does not exceed two percentage
points, and the actual contribution percentage for the highly compensated group for
the Plan Year does not exceed twice the current year actual contribution percentage
for the nonhighly compensated group.
For purposes of satisfying the above tests for a Plan Year, the current year actual
contribution percentage for the nonhighly compensated group refers to the actual
contribution percentage determined for the current Plan Year for the nonhighly compensated
group. Whether a Participant is considered within the highly compensated or nonhighly
compensated group will be based upon the Participants Compensation during the preceding
Plan Year.
(e)
Adjustments by Administrator
. If, prior to the time all Matching
Contributions for a Plan Year have been contributed to the Trust, the Administrator
determines that such contributions are being made at a rate which will cause the Code
section 401(m) limits to be exceeded for the Plan Year, the Administrator may, in its sole
discretion, limit the amount of such contributions to be made with respect to one or more
Highly Compensated Employees for the balance of the Plan Year by limiting the amount of such
contributions to the extent the Administrator deems appropriate.
(f)
Excess aggregate contributions
. If the Code section 401(m) limits have not
been satisfied for a Plan Year after all contributions for the Plan Year have been made, the
excess of the aggregate amount of the Matching Contributions (and any Qualified Nonelective
Contribution or elective deferral taken into account in computing the actual contribution
percentages) actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over
the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under Code section 401(m)(2)(A) shall be
considered to be excess aggregate contributions. The Committee will determine the amount
of excess aggregate contributions with respect to Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees in the manner prescribed by Code section 401(m)(6)(C) and by applicable
regulations.
(g)
Distribution of excess aggregate contributions
. A Participants excess
aggregate contributions, adjusted for income, will be designated by the Participating
Employer as a distribution of excess aggregate contributions, and distributed to the
Participant. The income allocable to excess aggregate contributions is equal to the
allocable gain or loss for the taxable year of the individual, plus, for the Plan Years
commencing on January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2007, the allocable gain or loss for the period
between the end of the taxable year and the date of distribution (the gap period).
- 54 -
Income allocable to excess aggregate contributions for the taxable year shall be determined by
multiplying the gain or loss attributable to the Participants Matching Contribution Account
balances by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess
aggregate contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of
which is the sum of the Participants Matching Contribution Account balances as of the
beginning of the Plan Year plus the Participants Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.
Distribution of excess aggregate contributions will be made after the close of the Plan Year
to which the contributions relate, but within 12 months after the close of such Plan Year.
Excess aggregate contributions shall be treated as employer contributions for purposes of
Code sections 401(a)(4), 404, and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.
(h)
Recordkeeping requirement
. The Administrator, on behalf of the
Participating Employers, shall maintain such records as are necessary to demonstrate
compliance with the Code section 401(m) limits, including the extent to which Elective
Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions are taken into account in determining
the actual contribution ratios.
(i)
Excise tax where failure to correct
. If the excess aggregate contributions
are not corrected within 2
1
/
2
months after the close of the Plan Year to which they relate,
the Participating Employers will be liable for a 10 percent excise tax on the amount of
excess aggregate contributions attributable to them, to the extent provided by Code section
4979. Qualified Nonelective Contributions properly taken into account under this section
for the Plan Year may enable the Plan to avoid having excess aggregate contributions, even
if the contributions are made after the close of the 2
1
/
2
month period.
14.6.
Code Section
401(k)(3)
and
401(m)
Limits after 2010
. For Plan Years after
December 31, 2010, the provisions of Article 6 shall describe the ADP and ACP nondiscrimination
testing requirements satisfied by the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions described therein.
- 55 -
ARTICLE 15. SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS.
15.1.
Provisions to Apply
. The provisions of this Article shall apply for any
top-heavy Plan Year notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan.
15.2.
Minimum Contribution
. For any Plan Year which is a top-heavy plan year, the
Participating Employers shall contribute to the Trust a minimum contribution on behalf of each
Participant who is not a key employee for such year and who has not separated from service from the
Affiliated Employers by the end of the Plan Year, regardless of whether or not the Participant has
elected to make Elective Contributions for the Year. The minimum contribution shall, in general,
equal 3% of each such Participants Compensation, but shall be subject to the following special
rules:
(a) If the largest contribution on behalf of a key employee for such year, taking into
account only Elective Contributions, Matching Contributions (if any), Discretionary
Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, is equal to less than 3% of the key
employees Compensation, such lesser percentage shall be the minimum contribution percentage
for Participants who are not key employees. This special rule shall not apply, however, if
the Plan is required to be included in an aggregation group and enables a defined benefit
plan to meet the requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) or 410.
(b) No minimum contribution will be required with respect to a Participant who is also
covered by another top-heavy defined contribution plan of an Affiliated Employer which meets
the vesting requirements of Code section 416(b) and under which the Participant receives the
top-heavy minimum contribution.
(c) If a Participant is also covered by a top-heavy defined benefit plan of an
Affiliated Employer, 5% shall be substituted for 3% above in determining the minimum
contribution.
(d) The minimum contribution with respect to any Participant who is not a key employee
for the particular year will be offset by any Discretionary Contributions and any Qualified
Nonelective Contributions, but not any other type of contribution otherwise made for the
Participants benefit for such year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2001, the minimum contribution described above will be offset
also by any Matching Contributions made for the Participants benefit for such year.
(e) If additional minimum contributions are required under this Section, such
contributions shall be credited to the Participants Discretionary Contribution Account.
(f) A minimum contribution required under this Section shall be made even though, under
other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an
allocation for the year because of (i) the Participants failure to complete 1,000 hours of
service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (ii) the Participants failure
- 56 -
to make mandatory contributions or Elective Contributions to the Plan, or (iii)
Compensation less than a stated amount.
15.3.
Adjustment to Limitation on Benefits
. With respect to Plan Years prior to
January 1, 2001, for purposes of the Code section 415 limits, the definitions of defined
contribution plan fraction and defined benefit plan fraction contained therein shall be
modified, for any Plan Year which is a top-heavy Plan Year, by substituting 1.0 for 1.25 in
Code sections 415(e)(2)(B) and 415(e)(3)(B).
15.4.
Definitions
. For purposes of these top-heavy provisions, the following terms
have the following meanings:
(a) key employee means a key employee described in Code section 416, and non-key
employee means any employee who is not a key employee (including employees who are former
key employees);
(b) top-heavy plan year means a Plan Year if any of the following conditions exist
(unless Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Article 6 are the only employer
contributions to the Plan):
(i) the top-heavy ratio for the Plan exceeds 60 percent and the Plan is not
part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans;
(ii) this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part
of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for the group of plans
exceeds 60 percent; or
(iii) the Plan is part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive
aggregation group of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation
group exceeds 60 percent.
(c) top-heavy ratio:
(i) If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including
any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer has not maintained any
defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the determination
date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for the Plan alone or
for the required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the
numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all key employees on the
determination date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the
1-year period ending on the determination date(s)), and the denominator of which is
the sum of all account balances (including any part of an account balance
distributed in the 1-year period ending on the determination date(s) and in the case
of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or
disability, including any such amount distributed in the 5-year period ending in
determination dates(s)), both computed in accordance with Code section 416. Both
the numerator and the denominator of the top-heavy ratio
- 57 -
are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the
determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date
under Code section 416.
(ii) If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans
(including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer maintains or has
maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending
on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy
ratio for any required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction,
the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated
defined contribution plan or plans for all key employees, determined in accordance
with (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated
defined benefit plan or plans for all key employees as of the determination date(s),
and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated
defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance
with (i) above, and the present value of all accrued benefits under the defined
benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the determination date(s), all
determined in accordance with Code section 416. The accrued benefits under a
defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio
are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period
ending on the determination date.
(iii) For purposes of (i) and (ii) above, the value of account balances and the
present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation
date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the determination
date, except as provided in Code section 416 for the first and second plan years of
a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant
(A) who is not a key employee but who was a key employee in a prior year, or (B) who
has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any employer
maintaining the plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the
determination date will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and
the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account
will be made in accordance with Code section 416. Deductible employee contributions
will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When
aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be
calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same
calendar year.
(iv) The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a key employee shall be
determined under (A) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes
under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (B) if there is no
such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).
(d) The permissive aggregation group is the required aggregation group of plans plus
any other plan or plan of the employer which, when considered as a group with
- 58 -
the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code
sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(e) The required aggregation group is (i) each qualified plan of the employer in
which at least one key employee participates or participated at any time during the
determination period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (ii) any other
qualified plan of the employer which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the
requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b).
(f) For purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio, the valuation date shall be the
last day of the applicable plan year.
(g) For purposes of establishing present value to compute the top-heavy ratio, any
benefit shall be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the interest and
mortality rates specified in the defined benefit plan(s), if applicable.
(h) The term determination date means, with respect to the initial plan year of a
plan, the last day of such plan year and, with respect to any other plan year of a plan, the
last day of the preceding plan year of such plan. The term applicable determination date
means, with respect to the Plan, the determination date for the Plan Year of reference and,
with respect to any other plan, the determination date for any plan year of such plan which
falls within the same calendar year as the applicable determination date of the Plan.
- 59 -
ARTICLE 16. MISCELLANEOUS.
16.1.
Exclusive Benefit Rule
. No part of the corpus or income of the Trust allocable
to the Plan will be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of each
Participant and Beneficiary, except as otherwise provided under the provisions of the Plan relating
to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, the payment of reasonable expenses of administering the
Plan, the return of contributions upon nondeductibility or mistake of fact, or the failure of the
Plan to qualify initially.
16.2.
Limitation of Rights
. Neither the establishment of the Plan or the Trust, nor
any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits,
will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against
any Participating Employer or Committee or Trustee, except as provided herein, and in no event will
the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way be affected hereby.
It is a condition of the Plan, and each Participant expressly agrees by his or her participation
herein, that each Participant will look solely to the assets held in the Trust for the payment of
any benefit to which he or she is entitled under the Plan.
16.3.
Nonalienability of Benefits
. The benefits provided hereunder will not be
subject to the voluntary or involuntary alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution
or levy of any kind, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be
recognized, except to the extent required by law or to comply with a court order pursuant to
subparagraph 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code. However, if the Committee receives any Qualified Domestic
Relations Order that requires the payment of benefits hereunder or the segregation of any Account,
such benefits shall be paid, and such Account segregated, in accordance with the applicable
requirements of such Order, consistent with the provisions of the Plan and the requirements in the
Code. In addition, the Account balance may be pledged as security for a loan from the Plan in
accordance with the Plans loan procedures.
16.4.
Adequacy of Delivery
. Any payment to be made under the Plan by the Trustee may
be made by the Trustees check. Mailing to a person or persons entitled to distributions hereunder
at the addresses designated by the Participating Employer or Committee shall be adequate delivery
by the Trustee of such distributions for all purposes. In the event the whereabouts of a person
entitled to benefits under the Plan cannot be determined after diligent search by the Committee,
the Committee may place the benefits in a federally insured, interest-bearing bank account opened
in the name of such person. Such action shall constitute a full distribution of such benefits
under the terms of the Plan and Trust.
16.5.
Reclassification of Employment Status
. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, an individual who is not characterized or treated as a common law employee of a
Participating Employer shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. However, in the event
that such an individual is reclassified or deemed to be reclassified as a common law employee of a
Participating Employer, the individual shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the
actual date of such reclassification (to the extent such individual otherwise qualifies as an
Eligible Employee hereunder). If the effective date of any such reclassification is prior to the
actual date
- 60 -
of such reclassification, in no event shall the reclassified individual be eligible to
participate in the Plan retroactively to the effective date of such reclassification.
16.6.
Veterans Reemployment and Benefits Rights
. Effective December 12, 1994 and
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service
credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code section
414(u).
16.7.
Governing law
. The Plan and Trust will be construed, administered and enforced
according to the laws of Massachusetts to the extent such laws are not preempted by ERISA.
16.8.
Authority to Correct Operational Defects
. The Committee will have full
discretionary power and authority to correct any operational defect of the Plan in any manner or
by any method it deems appropriate in its sole discretion in order to cause the Plan (i) to operate
in accordance with its terms or (ii) to maintain its tax-qualified status under the Code. For
purposes of this Section, an operational defect is any operational or administrative action (or
inaction) in connection with the Plan which, in the judgment of the Committee, fails to conform
with the terms of the Plan or causes or could cause the Plan to lose its tax-qualified status under
the Code.
16.9.
Electronic Forms
. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, to the
extent the Committee allows any form or document under the Plan to be provided, completed or
changed by means of telephone, computer or other paperless media, a paper document shall not be
required for such form or document to be effective under the Plan.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and
on its behalf by its duly authorized officer, this ____day of December, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOSTON SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 61 -
Schedule A
(As of January 1, 2011)
|
|
|
|
Participating Employer
|
|
State of Incorporation
|
|
Asthmatx, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston Scientific Corporation
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston Scientific Miami Corporation
|
|
Florida
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corp.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston Scientific Wayne Corporation
|
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cardiac Pacemakers Inc.
|
|
Minnesota
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corvita Corporation
|
|
Florida
|
|
|
|
|
|
EndoVascular Technologies, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enteric Medical Technologies, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
EP Technologies, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant Delaware Holding Corp.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant Intercontinental Corp.
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant LLC
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guidant Sales LLC
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Therapeutics, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
- 62 -
Schedule B
Special Provisions Regarding Former Participants in Other Plans
The following plans have been merged into this Plan as of the dates indicated below. Any
elections made by participants in such plans with respect to contributions, beneficiaries,
investments, loans or benefit distributions shall carry over and be treated as if made under this
Plan, except as otherwise provided by the Committee.
1.
Cardiovascular Imaging Systems, Inc. 401(k) Salary Reduction Plan and
Trust
On October 3, 1995, the Cardiovascular Imaging Systems, Inc. 401(k) salary reduction plan was
merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve (Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
|
Immediate life annuity.
Immediate life annuity with a period certain of 10, 15, or 20
years.
Immediate annuity for the life of the Participant, with a
survivor annuity for the Participants beneficiary which is
100%, 66 2/3% or 50% of the amount payable during the life of
the Participant.
Any combination of the above options and the benefit forms
described in Section 11.1.
- 63 -
2.
|
|
Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
|
Effective January 1, 1996, the Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing
Plan was merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
No
|
3.
Symbiosis Corporation 401(k) Plan and Trust
Effective June 1, 1996, the Symbiosis Corporation 401(k) Plan and Trust was merged into this
Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
4.
American Home Products Corporation Savings Plan
Effective June 1, 1996, the accounts under the American Home Products Corporation Savings Plan
attributable to Participants employed by Symbiosis Corporation were merged into this Plan.
- 64 -
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting Rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Withdrawal from after-tax contribution account
|
|
|
(Once per Plan Year; $500 minimum)
|
|
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
5.
EPT 401(k) Plan
Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1996, the EPT 401(k) Plan is hereby
merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Any individual who is a participant in the EPT 401(k) Plan (the Former Plan)
on December 31, 1996 shall become a Participant in the Plan as of January 1, 1997.
(ii) Each other Employee of EP Technologies, Inc. shall be subject to the
participation rules under Section 3.1.
|
|
|
Special rules regarding allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Any individual who is a participant in the EPT 401(k) Plan (the Former Plan)
on December 31, 1996 and who is actively employed by the Plan Sponsor or an
Affiliated Employer on or after December 31, 1996 shall have a 100% nonforfeitable
interest in the portion of his or her Accounts under this Plan that are attributable
to the transfer of his or her employer matching contribution account balance, if
any, from the Former Plan.
(ii) Any individual who is actively employed by EP Technologies, Inc. on December
31, 1996 and who has 3 or more years of service for purposes of calculating vesting
(as determined under the Former Plan) shall have a vested
- 65 -
interest in a percentage of his or her Discretionary Contribution Account under the
Plan, if any, determined in accordance with the following schedule and based on his
or her Years of Service for Vesting:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Service
|
|
Applicable
|
|
for Vesting
|
|
Nonforfeitable Percentage
|
|
3 but less than 4
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
4 or more
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
Hardship withdrawals allowed from any account
which is 100% vested.
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
6.
Heart Technology, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1996, the Heart Technology, Inc. 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan is hereby merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Any individual who is a participant in the Heart Technology, Inc. 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan (the Former Plan) on December 31, 1996 shall become a Participant in
the Plan as of January 1, 1997.
(ii) Any individual who is an active employee of Boston Scientific Corporation
Northwest Technology Center, Inc. on December 31, 1996 and who has satisfied the
eligibility requirements under the Former Plan as of December 31, 1996 (age 18 and
the earlier of 6 months continuous employment or 1 year of service), but who has not
yet enrolled in the Former Plan shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first
Entry Date on or after January 1, 1997 on which such individual (a) is an Eligible
Employee and (b) has in effect a Compensation Reduction Authorization described in
Section 4.2.
(iii) Any individual who is an active employee of Boston Scientific Corporation
Northwest Technology Center, Inc. on December 31, 1996 and who has not yet satisfied
the eligibility requirements under the Former Plan as of December 31, 1996 shall
become a Participant in the Plan as of the Entry Date coinciding with or next
following the date on which the individual (a) satisfies the eligibility
requirements under Section 3.1, substituting age 18 for age 21 in Section
- 66 -
3.1(b)(iii), (b) is an Eligible Employee and (c) has in effect a Compensation
Reduction Authorization described in Section 4.2.
(iv) Each other Employee of Boston Scientific Corporation Northwest Technology
Center, Inc. shall be subject to the participation rules under Section 3.1.
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting Rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
Yes
|
Any individual who is a participant in the Heart Technology, Inc. 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan (the Former Plan) on December 31, 1996 and who is an active employee
of the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliated Employer on or after December 31, 1996 shall
have a 100% nonforfeitable interest in the portion of his or her Accounts under this
Plan that are attributable to the transfer of his or her employer matching
contribution account balance, if any, from the Former Plan.
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
Yes
|
In-service withdrawals of rollover account; limited to once per year.
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
7.
Meadox Medicals, Inc. Employees Savings Plan
Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1996, the Meadox Medicals, Inc.
Employees Savings Plan is hereby merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Any individual who is a participant in the Meadox Medicals, Inc. Employees
Savings Plan (the Former Plan) on December 31, 1996 shall become a Participant in
the Plan as of January 1, 1997.
(ii) Any individual who is an active employee of Meadox Medicals, Inc. on December
31, 1996, but who has not yet enrolled in the Former Plan shall become a Participant
in the Plan on any Entry Date on or after January 1, 1997, provided on such Entry
Date such individual (a) is an Eligible Employee and (b) has in effect a
Compensation Reduction Authorization described in Section 4.2.
(iii) Each other Employee of Meadox Medicals, Inc. shall be subject to the
participation rules under Section 3.1.
- 67 -
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting Rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
Yes
|
Any individual who is a participant in the Meadox Medicals, Inc. Employees
Retirement Plan (the Former Plan) on December 31, 1996 and is an active employee
of the Plan Sponsor or an Affiliated Employer on or after December 31, 1996 shall
have a 100% nonforfeitable interest in the portion of his or her Accounts under this
Plan that are attributable to the transfer of his or her employer matching
contribution account balance, if any, from the Former Plan.
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
After-tax contribution account.
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
8.
Target Therapeutics, Inc. 401(k) Plan and Trust
Effective as of the close of December 31, 1997, the Target Therapeutics, Inc. 401(k) Plan and
Trust was merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
9.
Pfizer Savings and Investment Plan
Effective as of the close of November 30, 1998, the portion of the Pfizer Savings and
Investment Plan and trust benefitting employees of Schneider (USA) Inc. and Corvita Corporation was
merged into this Plan.
- 68 -
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Individuals who were employed by Schneider (USA) Inc. or Corvita Corporation on
September 10, 1998 may participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(c) without
regard to the age requirement of that Section.
(ii) Any Employee who was a participant in the Pfizer Savings and Investment Plan
on September 9, 1998 shall become a Participant in this Plan as of September 10,
1998.
(iii) Each other individual who becomes an Employee of Schneider (USA) Inc. or
Corvita Corporation shall be subject to the general participation rules of Section
3.1.
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
Yes
|
In order to administer special distribution options with respect to contributions
attributable to the NAMIC USA Corporation Profit Sharing and Incentive Savings Plan,
Pfizer matching contributions and Pfizer after-tax employee contributions (and
earnings on all such contributions) such contributions (and related earnings) shall
be transferred into separate accounts or subaccounts under this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
Yes
|
The Pfizer matching contribution account, after-tax employee contribution account,
and former NAMIC accounts (attributable to contributions other than elective
contributions) can be withdrawn in-service at any time.
Pfizer and NAMIC elective contribution accounts can be withdrawn on account of
hardship or disability.
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Former participants of the Pfizer Savings and Investment Plan must obtain
spousal consent for loans and hardship withdrawals from their Pfizer accounts.
(ii) Accounts of Participants for whom NAMIC Accounts are maintained (i.e., former
participants of the NAMIC USA Corporation Profit Sharing and Incentive Plan) are
subject to the QJSA rules with respect to those accounts.
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7)
|
|
Yes
|
- 69 -
(i) Lump sum withdrawals or distributions from the Pfizer stock fund can be
distributed in shares of Pfizer common stock (with cash in lieu of any fractional
shares) at the Participants election.
(ii) NAMIC Accounts, in addition to the benefit forms described under Section 11.1
and 11.7, can be distributed as follows:
Immediate annuity for the life of the Participant, with a survivor
annuity for the Participants beneficiary which is 50% of the amount
payable during the life of the Participant.
Immediate life annuity.
Other annuity options.
10.
Catheter Innovations, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan
Effective as of the close of December 31, 2001, the Catheter Innovations, Inc. 401(k)
Retirement Savings Plan (the Catheter Innovations Plan) and Trust shall be merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
|
50% joint and survivor annuity.
Straight life annuity.
Single life annuity with period of certain of five, ten or fifteen years.
Single life annuity with installment refund
50%, 66(%, or 100% joint and survivor annuity with installment refund.
- 70 -
Fixed period annuity for any period of whole months which is not less than sixty and
does not exceed the life expectancy of the Participant and the named Beneficiary.
Installments.
11.
Quanam Medical Corporation 401(k) Plan
Effective as of the close of December 31, 2001, the Quanam Medical Corporation 401(k) Plan
(the Quanam Plan) and Trust shall be merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
12.
Interventional Technologies, Inc. 401(k) Plan
Effective as of the close of December 31, 2001, the Interventional Technologies, Inc. 401(k)
Plan (the IVT Plan) and Trust shall be merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
None
|
- 71 -
13.
The Guidant Employee Savings and Stock Ownership Plan
Effective as of the close of June 1, 2008, The Guidant Employee Savings and Stock Ownership
Plan and Trust (the Guidant ESSOP) shall be merged into this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Participation rules (Section 3.1(c)):
|
|
Yes
|
(i) Any individual who is a participant in the Guidant ESSOP on May 31, 2008 shall
become a Participant in the Plan as of June 1, 2008.
(ii) Any individual who is an active employee of Guidant Corporation on May 31,
2008, but who has not yet become a participant in the Guidant ESSOP as of such date,
shall become eligible to participate in the Plan as of June 1, 2008 and shall be
subject to the Plans automatic election rules under Section 4.2.
(iii) Each other employee of Guidant Corporation shall be subject to the Plans
general participation rules under Section 3.1.
|
|
|
Special Matching Contribution Rules (Section 4.3):
|
|
Yes
|
In order to allocate the Financed Shares remaining in the Guidant ESSOPs Suspense
Account (as such terms are defined in the Guidant ESSOP) solely to individuals who
were participants in the Guidant ESSOP as of May 31, 2008, all Matching
Contributions under this Plan to individuals who were participants in the Guidant
ESSOP as of May 31, 2008 shall be made in Shares instead of cash until such time as
the Financed Shares are exhausted; provided, however, that any Participants in the
Plan who receive Matching Contributions in the form of Shares shall have the same
diversification rights with respect to such Shares as provided in Sections 5.06(b)
and 19.14(b) of the Guidant ESSOP as in effect on May 31, 2008. This portion of the
Plan shall be deemed to be an employee stock ownership plan under Code section
4975(e)(7) and ERISA section 407(d)(6), and shall be administered in a manner
consistent with the requirements applicable thereto, including without limitation
those applicable to Shares purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.
|
|
|
Special Rules re allocation of transferred accounts
(Section 7.6(a)):
|
|
Yes
|
In order to administer special in-service withdrawal, diversification and
distribution options with respect to Minimum Matching Contributions, Additional
Matching Contributions and Basic Contributions made to Guidant ESSOP Participants
ESOP Accounts (as such terms are defined in the Guidant ESSOP as of May 31, 2008),
such amounts (and earnings thereon) shall be transferred into separate accounts or
subaccounts under this Plan.
|
|
|
Special Vesting rules (Sections 8.6 and 2.40):
|
|
Yes
|
- 72 -
Any individual who is a participant in, and who has a forfeitable interest under,
the Guidant ESSOP as of May 31, 2008 shall, as of the date on which he or she
returns to the employ of an Affiliated Employer, have a 100% nonforfeitable interest
in the portions of his or her Accounts under this Plan that are attributable to the
transfer of such forfeitable interest; provided, that such return to the employ of
an Affiliated Employer occurs prior to the date on which the individual incurs (or
would have incurred) five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance within the
meaning of Sections 10.01(a) and 19.08(b) of the Guidant ESSOP.
|
|
|
Special in-service withdrawal rules (Section 9.9(a)):
|
|
Yes
|
The Guidant ESSOP PAYSOP, ESOP Pre-Split Matching, Company Matching, Intermedics
Matching Accounts (as such terms are defined in the Guidant ESSOP as of May 31,
2008) may be withdrawn in-service at any time, but not more than once per year.
Post-retirement, pre-distribution withdrawals shall be permitted consistent with
Sections 10.01(b)(3) and 19.13(d) of the Guidant ESSOP as of May 31, 2008.
|
|
|
QJSA rules applicable (Section 11.7):
|
|
No
|
|
|
|
Optional forms of payment to preserve
(Sections 11.1 and 11.7):
|
|
Yes
|
Distributions rights that were applicable to a Participants ESOP Account, if any,
under the Guidant ESSOP, as of May 31, 2008, shall continue to apply to the portion
of such Participants Account under this Plan that is attributable to the transfer
of his or her ESOP Account from the Guidant ESSOP.
|
|
|
Special Normal Retirement Age (Section 2.23):
|
|
Yes
|
The Normal Retirement Age shall be age 65 with respect to a Participants accounts
transferred from the Guidant ESSOP.
- 73 -
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
- 74 -
Schedule C
Other Employer Contributions
. The Participating Employers shall contribute to the
Plan such other amounts as the Board of Directors determined on behalf of certain eligible
Participants as set forth in this Schedule. Such contributions were made in cash and allocated to
the Employer Contribution Account of each eligible Participant as set forth in this Schedule.
Special 1998 Contribution
Pursuant to Section C.1, during the 1998 Plan Year, the Participating Employers made a special
contribution on behalf of certain Participants (as listed below) in the amounts as indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participants Receiving
|
|
Amount of Special
|
|
Special 1998 Contribution
|
|
1998 Contribution
|
|
Anderson
|
|
Connie
|
|
$
|
1,196.07
|
|
Colon
|
|
Eleanor
|
|
$
|
702.99
|
|
Davis
|
|
Andrew
|
|
$
|
3,621.51
|
|
Khammanivong
|
|
Lounh
|
|
$
|
133.28
|
|
Lynch
|
|
Elizabeth
|
|
$
|
955.41
|
|
Montuori
|
|
John
|
|
$
|
59.59
|
|
Munoz
|
|
Mauro
|
|
$
|
498.25
|
|
Murley
|
|
Joyce
|
|
$
|
113.59
|
|
Ouk
|
|
Dara
|
|
$
|
139.34
|
|
Panescu
|
|
Dorin
|
|
$
|
210.66
|
|
Reineck
|
|
Jean
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
Shah
|
|
Krunal
|
|
$
|
287.47
|
|
Vierra
|
|
Jean
|
|
$
|
1,277.98
|
|
Zweirs
|
|
Douglas
|
|
$
|
3,323.15
|
|
Schallehn
|
|
Marcia
|
|
$
|
494.02
|
|
Lambert
|
|
Jose
|
|
$
|
974.21
|
|
Miranda
|
|
Gilbert
|
|
$
|
1,817.55
|
|
Vnuk
|
|
Theresa
|
|
$
|
216.67
|
|
Bliss
|
|
Mark
|
|
$
|
1,123.34
|
|
McCoy
|
|
Michael
|
|
$
|
936.33
|
|
Bautista
|
|
Amalia
|
|
$
|
81.91
|
|
Bean Jr
|
|
James I
|
|
$
|
210.87
|
|
Born
|
|
John
|
|
$
|
861.98
|
|
Brennan
|
|
Eileen F.
|
|
$
|
181.17
|
|
Duran
|
|
Julio
|
|
$
|
192.01
|
|
Fissenden
|
|
Lawrence P
|
|
$
|
176.37
|
|
Gomez
|
|
Boris
|
|
$
|
188.68
|
|
Johnson
|
|
Jeffrey
|
|
$
|
624.93
|
|
Laguerre
|
|
Anne G
|
|
$
|
117.76
|
|
Lindberg
|
|
Berndt E
|
|
$
|
170.25
|
|
Meintsma
|
|
Kathryn
|
|
$
|
305.60
|
|
Mistry
|
|
Illa
|
|
$
|
284.25
|
|
Murley
|
|
Rebecca
|
|
$
|
85.38
|
|
- 75 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participants Receiving
|
|
Amount of Special
|
|
Special 1998 Contribution
|
|
1998 Contribution
|
|
Nguyen
|
|
Amy N
|
|
$
|
56.07
|
|
Ooley
|
|
Adam C
|
|
$
|
90.99
|
|
Rooney
|
|
Robert J.
|
|
$
|
63.53
|
|
Sabic
|
|
Tereza
|
|
$
|
27.88
|
|
Scouton
|
|
Patricia A
|
|
$
|
80.82
|
|
Springer
|
|
James A
|
|
$
|
76.49
|
|
Stewart
|
|
Jack D
|
|
$
|
323.88
|
|
Sutherlin
|
|
Todd
|
|
$
|
487.28
|
|
Swenson
|
|
Gregory
|
|
$
|
633.79
|
|
Teoh
|
|
Clifford
|
|
$
|
647.08
|
|
Tyburski
|
|
Karen
|
|
$
|
337.98
|
|
Vanarsdale
|
|
Timothy L
|
|
$
|
48.98
|
|
Williams
|
|
Denny L
|
|
$
|
112.18
|
|
Winders
|
|
Patricia L
|
|
$
|
61.21
|
|
Mack
|
|
Aggie
|
|
$
|
135.08
|
|
Mendez
|
|
Rafael
|
|
$
|
446.86
|
|
Brown
|
|
Roland
|
|
$
|
554.46
|
|
Hanson
|
|
Ilene A
|
|
$
|
132.66
|
|
Hass
|
|
Katherine A
|
|
$
|
123.31
|
|
Panuganti
|
|
Vijayasri
|
|
$
|
166.80
|
|
Pless
|
|
Nina M
|
|
$
|
58.07
|
|
Nguon
|
|
Sokha
|
|
$
|
110.47
|
|
Capece
|
|
Brian
|
|
$
|
349.39
|
|
Hanley
|
|
Steven
|
|
$
|
584.17
|
|
Duffy
|
|
James
|
|
$
|
763.93
|
|
Bot
|
|
Marc
|
|
$
|
896.45
|
|
Bergquist
|
|
Jonathan
|
|
$
|
386.20
|
|
Croci
|
|
Steven
|
|
$
|
3,008.25
|
|
Horkey
|
|
Natasha
|
|
$
|
105.39
|
|
Martinez
|
|
Lisa
|
|
$
|
609.11
|
|
Quinn
|
|
Patricia
|
|
$
|
326.29
|
|
Vela
|
|
Juan
|
|
$
|
373.92
|
|
Wathen
|
|
Peggy
|
|
$
|
9.83
|
|
Watson
|
|
Gisela
|
|
$
|
28.49
|
|
White
|
|
William
|
|
$
|
19.66
|
|
Bennett
|
|
Michael
|
|
$
|
4,334.80
|
|
Caneda
|
|
Jorge
|
|
$
|
561.89
|
|
Cielinski
|
|
Carrie
|
|
$
|
285.85
|
|
Duckett
|
|
Tammie
|
|
$
|
939.51
|
|
Koprowski
|
|
Janet
|
|
$
|
2,590.23
|
|
Leblanc
|
|
Ronald
|
|
$
|
1,521.94
|
|
Robertson
|
|
Tammy
|
|
$
|
93.24
|
|
Schmidt
|
|
Jennifer
|
|
$
|
202.93
|
|
Singh
|
|
Sarwesh
|
|
$
|
440.24
|
|
Smith
|
|
Johnnie
|
|
$
|
68.57
|
|
Stephenson
|
|
Marie
|
|
$
|
65.00
|
|
Takock
|
|
Aykham
|
|
$
|
227.72
|
|
Talbot
|
|
Connie
|
|
$
|
471.05
|
|
Tool
|
|
Sandra
|
|
$
|
840.78
|
|
Wei
|
|
Kuo-Shiun
|
|
$
|
4,630.44
|
|
Carrillo Jr.
|
|
Oscar
|
|
$
|
703.96
|
|
- 76 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participants Receiving
|
|
Amount of Special
|
|
Special 1998 Contribution
|
|
1998 Contribution
|
|
Josef
|
|
Corazon
|
|
$
|
382.88
|
|
Khao
|
|
Sarith
|
|
$
|
232.73
|
|
Roberts
|
|
Barbara
|
|
$
|
1,278.94
|
|
Vennes
|
|
Robert
|
|
$
|
2,278.61
|
|
Zhong
|
|
Sheng-Ping
|
|
$
|
2,054.13
|
|
Miller
|
|
Connie
|
|
$
|
1,531.31
|
|
Miller
|
|
Paul
|
|
$
|
1,573.04
|
|
Jertson
|
|
John
|
|
$
|
266.33
|
|
Colonna
|
|
Douglas
|
|
$
|
310.94
|
|
Markle
|
|
Charlotte
|
|
$
|
287.02
|
|
Flores
|
|
Anita
|
|
$
|
130.32
|
|
Oza
|
|
Paritosh
|
|
$
|
276.74
|
|
Special Year 2000 Contribution
Pursuant to Section C.1, during the 2000 Plan Year, the Participating Employers made a special
contribution on behalf of certain Participants (as listed below) in the amounts as indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participants Receiving
|
|
Amount of Special
|
|
Special 2000 Contribution
|
|
2000 Contribution
|
|
Poublon
|
|
John A.
|
|
$
|
123.42
|
|
OMara
|
|
Robert J.
|
|
$
|
122.92
|
|
Hauer
|
|
Lillian R.
|
|
$
|
259.15
|
|
Paige
|
|
Corrine F.
|
|
$
|
213.16
|
|
Carpenter
|
|
Flo
|
|
$
|
129.82
|
|
Wetherbee
|
|
William A.
|
|
$
|
147.18
|
|
Greer
|
|
David A.
|
|
$
|
7.54
|
|
Randall
|
|
Bryan L.
|
|
$
|
94.76
|
|
Hebert
|
|
Charles B.
|
|
$
|
131.84
|
|
Bennett
|
|
Ronald W.
|
|
$
|
138.69
|
|
Chow
|
|
Stephen Y.
|
|
$
|
262.10
|
|
Silveira
|
|
Rachelle L.
|
|
$
|
1,151.11
|
|
Oukaroune
|
|
Souphaly
|
|
$
|
10.64
|
|
Fedie
|
|
Byron
|
|
$
|
25.12
|
|
Special Contribution for Certain Former Employees of Cardiac Pathways
Pursuant to Section C.1, the Participating Employers made, in 2002, a special contribution on
behalf of each Participant who (i) formerly participated in the
Cardiac Pathways Corporation 401(k) Plan (the Cardiac Plan), (ii) earned in the aggregate less
than $60,000 in 2001 from Boston Scientific Corporation and Cardiac Pathways Corporation, and (iii)
was actively employed by Boston Scientific Corporation as of the last day of the Plan Year. Such
contribution for each eligible Participant shall equal 35% of such Participants projected
elective deferral amount. For purposes of this paragraph, projected elective deferral amount
means the amount that the Participant would have deferred under the Cardiac Plan from
- 77 -
August 8, 2001 through December 31, 2001 if the Cardiac Plan had not been terminated and if the
Participants elective deferral election under the Cardiac Plan as of August 7, 2001 had remained
the same for the remainder of the year.
Special Discretionary Contribution for 2004
Special Discretionary Contribution
. For the Plan Year ending on December 31,
2004, the Participating Employers contributed a Discretionary Contribution to the Plan
solely in accordance with the following provisions, notwithstanding any provision in Section
4.4 to the contrary (such Discretionary Contribution made pursuant to these provisions to be
referred to as the Special Discretionary Contribution). The Special Discretionary
Contribution was made in cash and credited to the Accounts of Employees who:
(i) were Eligible Employees on the last day of the Plan Year, or
(ii) had ceased to be Eligible Employees during the Plan Year by reason of
severance from employment after attaining age 62 or on account of death or
Disability;
provided, however, that each such Employee (x) had satisfied the age requirement of Section
3.1(b)(iii) as of the last day of the Plan Year (or satisfied such age requirement as of the
date of death, severance from employment, or Disability, if applicable under clause (ii) of
this sentence), and (y) was not a nonresident alien who has no United States source income.
(b) The amount of any such Special Discretionary Contribution that was allocated and
credited to the Discretionary Contribution Account of each Employee described in subsection
(a) above was determined according to the following formula:
3% x C x Y
where C meant such Employees Compensation for the Plan Year ending on December 31, 2004, and Y
meant one-twelfth of the Employees number of complete months of service with an Affiliated
Employer, determined at the close of the Plan Year ending on December 31, 2004. For purposes of
determining an Employees months of service under the immediately preceding sentence, an Employee
who was employed by a business or employer that the Plan Sponsor acquired through the acquisition
either of assets or stock had his or her prior service with such other employer taken into account
as if it were service with an Affiliated Employer, provided that such Employee was employed by such
other employer immediately prior to such acquisition. The amount allocated hereunder to any
Employee was reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitation of Section 14.2, and to
prevent the allocation from exceeding $41,000, and the excess was not reallocated to any other
Employee.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8(c), solely for purposes of allocating this Special
Discretionary Contribution for the Plan Year ending December 31, 2004, Compensation did not include
commissions actually paid to any Employee for such Plan Year, but instead included an
- 78 -
amount equal
to the average annual aggregate commissions paid to any Employee for the three Plan Years ending in
2002, 2003, and 2004.
Vesting of Special Discretionary Contributions
. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 8.2, a Participant who was an Eligible Employee on December 31, 2007 shall have a vested
interest in 100% of any Special Discretionary Contribution that was allocated to his or her
Discretionary Contribution Account.
- 79 -